Use these links to rapidly review the document
TABLE OF CONTENTS
INDEX TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 4, 2014

Registration No. 333-          


UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549



FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933



MOELIS & COMPANY
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

DELAWARE
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)
  6199
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  46-4500216
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

399 Park Avenue, 5th Floor
New York, New York 10022
(212) 883-3800
(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Registrant's Principal Executive Offices)



Osamu R. Watanabe Esq.
General Counsel
Moelis & Company
399 Park Avenue, 5th Floor
New York, New York 10022
(212) 883-3800
(Name, Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Agent For Service)



Copies to:

Joseph A. Coco, Esq.
Richard B. Aftanas, Esq.
Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP
Four Times Square
New York, New York 10036
(212) 735-3000

 

Jay Clayton, Esq.
Glen T. Schleyer, Esq.
Sullivan & Cromwell LLP
125 Broad Street
New York, New York 10004
(212) 558-4000

          Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

          If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.    o

          If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.    o

          If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.    o

          If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.    o

          Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer" and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer o   Accelerated filer o   Non-accelerated filer ý
(Do not check if a
smaller reporting company)
  Smaller reporting company o



CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

       
 
Title of Each Class of Securities
to be Registered

  Proposed Maximum
Aggregate Offering
Price(1)(2)

  Amount of
Registration Fee

 

Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share

  $100,000,000   $12,880

 

(1)
Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act.

(2)
Includes offering price of shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase.

          The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

   


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS (Subject to Completion)
Dated March 4, 2014

                        Shares

LOGO

Class A Common Stock



        We are offering            shares of Class A common stock. This is our initial public offering and no public market currently exists for our shares. We anticipate that the initial public offering price will be between $            and $            per share.

        We intend to apply to list our Class A common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "MC."

        We are an "emerging growth company" under applicable Securities and Exchange Commission rules and will be subject to reduced public company reporting requirements.



        Investing in our Class A common stock involves risks. See "Risk Factors" beginning on page 16.

        The Securities and Exchange Commission and state securities regulators have not approved or disapproved these securities, or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

           
 
 
  Price to public
  Underwriting
discounts and
commissions(1)

  Proceeds to us
 

Per Share

  $               $                   $                    
 

Total

  $               $                   $                    

 

(1)
See "Underwriting" for a description of the compensation payable to the underwriters.

        We have granted the underwriters the right to purchase up to an additional             shares of Class A common stock at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions.

        The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of Class A common stock to purchasers on or about                        , 2014.

Goldman, Sachs & Co.   Morgan Stanley

Moelis & Company

   

                        , 2014


Table of Contents

GRAPHIC


Table of Contents


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
  Page  

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

    1  

RISK FACTORS

    16  

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

    31  

ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE

    32  

USE OF PROCEEDS

    43  

DIVIDEND POLICY

    44  

CAPITALIZATION

    45  

DILUTION

    46  

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION

    47  

SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

    52  

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

    53  

BUSINESS

    68  

MANAGEMENT

    80  

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

    85  

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PERSON TRANSACTIONS

    93  

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

    95  

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

    96  

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

    100  

CERTAIN UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF CLASS A COMMON STOCK

    102  

UNDERWRITING (CONFLICTS OF INTEREST)

    105  

VALIDITY OF COMMON STOCK

    110  

EXPERTS

    110  

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

    110  

INDEX TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

    F-1  

        Through and including                    , 2014 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer's obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

        We and the underwriters have not authorized anyone to provide any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus, any amendment or supplement to this prospectus or in any free writing prospectuses we have prepared. We and the underwriters take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. Neither the delivery of this prospectus nor the sale of our Class A common stock means that information contained in this prospectus is correct after the date of this prospectus. This prospectus is an offer to sell the shares offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so.


MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA

        The industry, market and competitive position data referenced throughout this prospectus are based on research, industry and general publications, including surveys and studies conducted by third parties. Industry publications, surveys and studies generally state that they have been obtained from sources believed to be reliable. We have not independently verified such third party information. While we are not aware of any misstatements regarding any industry, market or similar data presented herein, such data involve uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed under the headings "Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements" and "Risk Factors" in this prospectus.

        In this prospectus, we use the term "independent investment banks" or "independent advisors" to refer to investment banks primarily focused on advisory services and that conduct limited or no commercial banking or sales and trading activities. We use the term "global independent investment banks" to refer to independent investment banks with global coverage capabilities across all major industries and regions. We consider the global independent investment banks to be our publicly-traded peers, Evercore Partners Inc., Greenhill & Co., Inc., Lazard Ltd, and us.

   


Map Legend

/*\
Strategic alliance

i


Table of Contents

 


PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

        This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and does not contain all of the information that you should consider in making your investment decision. Before investing in our Class A common stock, you should carefully read this entire prospectus, including our financial statements and the related notes thereto and the information set forth under the sections "Risk Factors," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and the historical financial statements and related notes, in each case included in this prospectus. Some of the statements in this prospectus constitute forward-looking statements. See "Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements." Unless the context requires otherwise, the words the "Company," "we," "us" and "our" refer to Moelis & Company and its subsidiaries, and for periods prior to the reorganization described herein, the advisory business of Moelis & Company Holdings LP. Unless the context otherwise requires, references to (1) "Moelis & Company" refer solely to Moelis & Company, a Delaware corporation, and not to any of its subsidiaries, (2) "Group LP" refer solely to Moelis & Company Group LP, a Delaware limited partnership, and not to any of its subsidiaries, (3) "Partner Holdings" refer to Moelis & Company Partner Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and (4) "Old Holdings" refer solely to Moelis & Company Holdings LP, a Delaware limited partnership.


Moelis & Company

        Moelis & Company is a leading global independent investment bank that provides innovative strategic and financial advice to a diverse client base, including corporations, governments and financial sponsors. We assist our clients in achieving their strategic goals by offering comprehensive, globally integrated financial advisory services across all major industry sectors. Our team of experienced professionals advises clients on their most critical decisions, including mergers and acquisitions ("M&A"), recapitalizations and restructurings and other corporate finance matters.

        Since our first full year of operations, we have been the fastest growing global independent investment bank as measured by revenues and market share gains. We have grown by hiring high-caliber professionals, expanding the scope and geographic reach of our advisory services, developing new client relationships and cultivating our professionals through training and mentoring. Today we serve our clients with over 300 advisory professionals, including 88 Managing Directors, based in 14 offices around the world. We have advised on over $1 trillion of transactions, including three of the ten largest announced global mergers and acquisitions and four of the ten largest announced global recapitalizations and restructurings in 2013.

        Moelis & Company was founded in 2007 by veteran investment bankers to create a global independent investment bank that offers multi-disciplinary solutions and exceptional transaction execution combined with the highest standard of confidentiality and discretion. We create lasting client relationships by providing focused innovative advice through a highly collaborative and global approach not limited to specific products or access to particular regions. Our compensation model fosters our holistic approach to clients by emphasizing quality of advice and is not a commission-based structure where employees are compensated on a defined percentage of the revenues they generate. We believe our discretionary approach to compensation leads to exceptional advice, strong client impact and enhanced internal collaboration.

        We have demonstrated strong financial performance, achieving revenues of $411 million and pre-tax income of $73 million in 2013, our sixth full year of operations. We have also won numerous awards for our client focus and innovation, including "Most Innovative Independent Investment Bank" by The Banker in 2010, 2011 and 2013 and "Best Global Independent Investment Bank" by Euromoney Magazine in 2010 and have served as financial advisor to our clients on many noteworthy assignments, including the following transactions.

 

1


Table of Contents

GRAPHIC

2


Table of Contents

Our Market Opportunity

        We believe that we will continue to grow revenues and gain market share as a result of being well positioned to benefit from the following market forces:

3


Table of Contents

Our Key Competitive Strengths

        With 14 offices located around the world, capabilities in all major industries and deep advisory expertise, we believe we are well positioned to take advantage of the strong market opportunity for independent investment banks. Furthermore, we believe our business is differentiated from that of our competitors in the following respects:

4


Table of Contents

Risk Factors

        Investing in our Class A common stock involves risks. You should carefully consider the risks described in "Risk Factors" beginning on page 16 before making a decision to invest in our Class A common stock. If any of these risks actually occurs, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially adversely affected. In such case, the trading price of our Class A common stock would likely decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment. The following is a summary of some of the principal risks we face:

5


Table of Contents

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

        As a company with less than $1.0 billion in revenues during our last fiscal year, we qualify as an "emerging growth company" pursuant to the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the "JOBS Act"). An emerging growth company may take advantage of specified exemptions from various requirements that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies in the United States. These provisions include:

        The JOBS Act also permits an emerging growth company such as us to take advantage of an extended transition period to comply with new or revised accounting standards applicable to public companies.

        When we are no longer deemed to be an emerging growth company, we will not be entitled to the exemptions provided in the JOBS Act discussed above. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of:

        We have availed ourselves in this prospectus of the reduced reporting requirements described above with respect to executive compensation disclosure requirements. We expect to continue to avail ourselves of the emerging growth company exemptions described above. As a result, the information that we provide to stockholders will be less comprehensive than what you might receive from other public companies. We have not elected to avail ourselves of the exemption that allows emerging growth

6


Table of Contents

companies to extend the transition period for complying with new or revised financial accounting standards.



        Moelis & Company was incorporated in Delaware on January 9, 2014, in contemplation of this offering. Our principal executive offices are located at 399 Park Avenue, 5th Floor, New York, NY 10022, and our phone number is (212) 883-3800.

7


Table of Contents

Our Structure

        Prior to this offering we will effect the reorganization described in "Organizational Structure." Following the reorganization and this offering, Moelis & Company will be a holding company and its only assets will be its partnership interests in Group LP, its equity interest in the sole general partner of Group LP, Moelis & Company Group GP LLC, and its interests in its subsidiaries. Moelis & Company will operate and control all of the business and affairs of Group LP and its operating entity subsidiaries indirectly through its equity interest in Moelis & Company Group GP LLC.

        The diagram below depicts our organizational structure following this offering.

GRAPHIC

8


Table of Contents

        Immediately following this offering:

9


Table of Contents

 


The Offering

Class A common stock offered by us

                               shares (                    shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full).

Class A common stock to be outstanding immediately after this offering

 

                             shares (                    shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full).

Class B common stock to be outstanding immediately after this offering

 

                             shares.

Use of proceeds

 

Our net proceeds from this offering will be approximately $            (or approximately $            if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full) after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us (assuming the Class A common stock is sold at $            per share, which is the mid-point of the estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus).

 

Moelis & Company will use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering to purchase            Class A partnership units directly from Group LP and the remaining net proceeds to make one-time payments to the partners of Old Holdings who received, directly or indirectly, shares of Class A common stock in exchange for the Group LP Class A partnership units they would have otherwise received in connection with the reorganization. See "Organizational Structure—The Reorganization."

 

Group LP will use a portion of the net proceeds it receives from this offering to make a one-time cash distribution to the partners of Old Holdings who hold Group LP Class A partnership units as of the day prior to the closing of this offering and the remaining $            of the net proceeds that it receives for general corporate purposes.

 

See "Use of Proceeds."

Voting rights

 

Each share of our Class A common stock will entitle its holder to one vote on all matters to be voted on by stockholders generally.

 

The shares of our Class B common stock will entitle Partner Holdings to (i) for so long as the Class B Condition (as defined below in "Organizational Structure") is satisfied, ten votes per share, and (ii) after the Class B Condition ceases to be satisfied, one vote per share. Partner Holdings will have a number of shares of Class B common stock in Moelis & Company that is equal to the aggregate number of vested and unvested Class A partnership units in Group LP held by Partner Holdings. Based on Mr. Moelis's control of Partner

   

 

10


Table of Contents

 

Holdings, until the Class B Condition ceases to be satisfied, Mr. Moelis will have all of the voting power of the Class B common stock.

 

Holders of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock will vote together as a single class on all matters presented to our stockholders for their vote or approval, except as otherwise provided in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or as required by applicable law. See "Description of Capital Stock—Class B Common Stock."

 

Upon completion of this offering, holders of our Class A common stock who are not affiliated with our directors and executive officers will own approximately        % of Moelis & Company's Class A common stock and will have approximately        % of the voting power in Moelis & Company.

Exchange Rights

 

Subject to the terms and conditions of the Group LP limited partnership agreement and the lock-up restrictions described below, each Group LP Class A unitholder will have the right to exchange Group LP Class A partnership units, either for shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis, or cash (based on the market price of the shares of Class A common stock), at Group LP's option. If Group LP chooses to exchange such units for our Class A common stock, Moelis & Company will deliver an equivalent number of shares of Class A common stock to Group LP for further delivery to the exchanging holder and receive a corresponding number of newly issued Group LP Class A partnership units. The exchanging holder's surrendered Group LP Class A partnership units will be cancelled by Group LP. As Group LP Class A unitholders exchange their Group LP Class A partnership units, Moelis & Company's percentage of economic ownership of Group LP will be correspondingly increased. Following each such exchange, Partner Holdings will be required to surrender to Moelis & Company a corresponding number of shares of Class B common stock, and such shares will be converted into shares of Class A common stock at a conversion rate based on the ratio of the subscription price for such shares of Class B common stock to the initial public offering price of the Class A common stock, which will be delivered to Partner Holdings. Group LP will also convert an equivalent number of Class B partnership units held by Moelis & Company into Class A partnership units based on the same conversion rate. See "Organizational Structure—Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement of Group LP—Exchange Rights."

   

 

11


Table of Contents

Lock-up

 

Group LP Class A partnership units and Moelis & Company Class A common stock held by our Managing Directors (including through Partner Holdings) are subject to lock-up agreements for four years from this offering. After this period, Group LP Class A partnership units held by a Managing Director will become exchangeable into Class A common stock or cash as described above and Moelis & Company Class A common stock held by a Managing Director will become transferrable, in each case in three equal installments on each of the fourth, fifth and sixth anniversary of this offering. If a Managing Director terminates his or her employment with the Company prior to the end of the lock-up period, the Company will be entitled to extend the lock-up period until up to the tenth anniversary of this offering.

Stockholders Agreement

 

In connection with the completion of this offering, Moelis & Company will enter into a stockholders agreement with Partner Holdings pursuant to which, for so long as the Class B Condition is satisfied, Partner Holdings will have certain approval rights.

 

After the Class B Condition ceases to be satisfied, for so long as the Secondary Class B Condition is satisfied, Partner Holdings will have certain more limited approval rights.

 

See "Organizational Structure—Rights of Partner Holdings and Stockholders Agreement."

Registration Rights

 

In connection with the completion of this offering, Moelis & Company will grant registration rights pursuant to which:

 

Moelis & Company will be required to use its reasonable best efforts to file a shelf registration statement within                 months of the consummation of this offering, providing for the exchange of Group LP Class A partnership units held by certain Group LP non-employee Class A unitholders for an equivalent number of shares of its Class A common stock and the resale of such shares at any time and from time to time thereafter, subject to applicable restrictions imposed by Moelis & Company;

 

Moelis & Company will be required to use its reasonable best efforts to file a shelf registration statement within                 months of the expiration of the lock-up period relating to our Managing Directors described above, providing for the exchange of Group LP Class A partnership units held by such Managing Directors for an equivalent number of shares of Moelis & Company Class A common stock and the resale of shares of Moelis & Company Class A common stock by our Managing Directors at any time and from time to time, subject to applicable restrictions imposed by Moelis & Company;

   

 

12


Table of Contents

 

certain Group LP Class A unitholders will have the ability to cause Moelis & Company to register the shares of its Class A common stock they could acquire upon exchange of their Group LP Class A partnership units, subject to certain contractual restrictions; and

 

certain Group LP Class A unitholders will have the ability to cause Moelis & Company to register the shares of its Class A common stock they could acquire upon exchange of their Group LP Class A partnership units, subject to certain contractual restrictions, in any public underwritten offerings by Moelis & Company after the expiration or earlier termination (if any) of the lock-up agreements referred to above, subject to customary pro rata cutbacks.

 

See "Organizational Structure—Registration Rights."

Board Representation

 

Our board of directors will nominate individuals designated by Partner Holdings equal to a majority of the board of the directors, for so long as the Class B Condition is satisfied. See "Organizational Structure—Rights of Partner Holdings and Stockholders Agreement."

Dividend Policy

 

Following this offering and subject to applicable law, we intend to pay a quarterly cash dividend initially equal to $            per share of Class A common stock, commencing with the                    . Any declaration and payment of future dividends to holders of our Class A common stock will be at the sole discretion of our board of directors and will depend on many factors, including our financial condition, earnings, cash flows, capital requirements, level of indebtedness, statutory and contractual restrictions applicable to the payment of dividends and other considerations that our board of directors deems relevant. See "Dividend Policy."

Conflicts of Interest

 

Moelis & Company controls Moelis & Company LLC, a participating underwriter in this offering. Therefore, Moelis & Company LLC is deemed to have a "conflict of interest" within the meaning of Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. ("FINRA") Rule 5121(f)(5)(B). In addition, Moelis & Company and other affiliates of Moelis & Company LLC will be deemed to receive more than 5% of net offering proceeds and will have a "conflict of interest" pursuant to FINRA Rule 5121(f)(5)(C)(ii). This offering is being made in compliance with the requirements of FINRA Rule 5121. Since Moelis & Company LLC is not primarily responsible for managing this offering, pursuant to FINRA Rule 5121(a)(1)(A), the appointment of a qualified independent underwriter is not necessary. Moelis & Company LLC will not confirm sales to discretionary accounts without the prior written approval of the customer. See "Underwriting."

   

 

13


Table of Contents

Risk Factors

 

See "Risk Factors" for a discussion of risks you should carefully consider before investing in our Class A common stock.

Proposed New York Stock Exchange Trading Symbol

 

"MC."

        The number of shares of our Class A common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on                    shares of our Class A common stock outstanding as of                         , 2014. The number of shares of Class A common stock to be outstanding after this offering excludes, as of                        , 2014,                     shares of Class A common stock reserved for issuance in exchange for Group LP Class A partnership units held by certain Group LP non-employee Class A unitholders:

        Unless otherwise indicated, the information in this prospectus assumes the following:

 

14


Table of Contents

 


Summary Historical Financial and Other Data

        The summary historical financial and operating data as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 presented below have been derived from our audited combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

        The summary historical financial data as of December 31, 2011 presented below have been derived from our audited combined financial statements which are not included in this prospectus.

        You should read the summary historical financial and operating data set forth below in conjunction with the sections entitled "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our combined financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
($ in thousands)
  2013   2012   2011  

Statement of Operations Data

                   

Revenues

  $ 411,386   $ 385,871   $ 268,024  

Expenses:

                   

Compensation and benefits

    264,944     274,941     200,368  

Non-compensation expenses

    76,333     72,885     78,526  
               

Total operating expenses

    341,277     347,826     278,894  

Operating income (loss)

    70,109     38,045     (10,870 )

Other income and expenses

    (771 )   333     245  

Income (loss) from equity method investment

    3,681     (658 )   5,737  
               

Income (loss) before income taxes

    73,019     37,720     (4,888 )

Provision for income taxes

    2,794     2,498     3,642  
               

Net income (loss)

  $ 70,225   $ 35,222   $ (8,530 )
               
               

Statement of Financial Condition Data (period end)

                   

Total assets

  $ 443,463   $ 402,668   $ 204,929  

Total liabilities

    134,093     142,560     92,754  

Equity

    309,370     260,108     112,175  

Other Data and Metrics

   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Bankers at period-end

    317     340     335  

Managing Directors at period-end

    86     80     76  

Number of fee-paying clients

    263     236     182  

Number of fee-paying clients ³ $1M

    109     107     72  

% of total revenues from top 10 transactions

    23 %   22 %   34 %

 

15


Table of Contents


RISK FACTORS

        Investing in our Class A common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the following risks and all other information contained in this prospectus, including our financial statements and the related notes thereto, before investing in our Class A common stock. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones we face. Additional risks and uncertainties that we are unaware of, or that we currently believe are not material, also may become important factors that affect us. If any of the following risks materialize, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected. In that case, the trading price of our Class A common stock could decline, and you may lose some or all of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business

Our future growth will depend on, among other things, our ability to successfully identify, recruit and develop talent and will require us to commit additional resources.

        We have experienced rapid growth over the past several years, which may be difficult to sustain at the same rate. Our future growth will depend on, among other things, our ability to successfully identify and recruit individuals and teams to join our firm. It typically takes time for these professionals to become profitable and effective. During that time, we may incur significant expenses and expend significant time and resources toward training, integration and business development aimed at developing this new talent. If we are unable to recruit and develop profitable professionals, we will not be able to implement our growth strategy and our financial results could be materially adversely affected.

        In addition, sustaining growth will require us to commit additional management, operational and financial resources and to maintain appropriate operational and financial systems to adequately support expansion, especially in instances where we open new offices that may require additional resources before they become profitable. See "—Our growth strategy may involve opening or acquiring new offices and expanding internationally and would involve hiring new Managing Directors and other senior professionals for these offices, which would require substantial investment by us and could materially and adversely affect our operating results." There can be no assurance that we will be able to manage our expanding operations effectively, and any failure to do so could materially adversely affect our ability to grow revenue and control our expenses.

Changing market conditions can adversely affect our business in many ways, including by reducing the volume of the transactions involving our business, which could materially reduce our revenue.

        As a financial services firm, we are materially affected by conditions in the global financial markets and economic conditions throughout the world. For example, our revenue is directly related to the volume and value of the transactions in which we are involved. During periods of unfavorable market or economic conditions, the volume and value of M&A transactions may decrease, thereby reducing the demand for our M&A advisory services and increasing price competition among financial services companies seeking such engagements. In addition, during periods of strong market and economic conditions, the volume and value of recapitalization and restructuring transactions may decrease, thereby reducing the demand for our recapitalization and restructuring advisory services and increasing price competition among financial services companies seeking such engagements. Our results of operations would be adversely affected by any such reduction in the volume or value of such advisory transactions. Further, in the period following an economic downturn, the volume and value of M&A transactions typically takes time to recover and lags a recovery in market and economic conditions.

        Our profitability may also be adversely affected by our fixed costs and the possibility that we would be unable to scale back other costs within a time frame sufficient to match any decreases in revenue relating to changes in market and economic conditions. The future market and economic climate may

16


Table of Contents

deteriorate because of many factors beyond our control, including rising interest rates or inflation, terrorism or political uncertainty.

Our revenue in any given period is dependent on the number of fee-paying clients in such period, and a significant reduction in the number of fee-paying clients in any given period could reduce our revenue and adversely affect our operating results in such period.

        Our revenue in any given period is dependent on the number of fee-paying clients in such period. We had 109 clients and 107 clients paying fees equal to or greater than $1 million in 2013 and 2012, respectively. We may lose clients as a result of the sale or merger of a client, a change in a client's senior management, competition from other financial advisors and financial institutions and other causes. A significant reduction in the number of fee-paying clients in any given period could reduce our revenue and adversely affect our operating results in such period.

Our ability to retain our Managing Directors and our other professionals, including our executive officers, is critical to the success of our business.

        Our future success depends to a substantial degree on our ability to retain qualified professionals within our organization, including our Managing Directors. However, we may not be successful in our efforts to retain the required personnel as the market for qualified investment bankers is extremely competitive. Our investment bankers possess substantial experience and expertise and have strong relationships with our advisory clients. As a result, the loss of these professionals could jeopardize our relationships with clients and result in the loss of client engagements. For example, if any of our Managing Directors or other senior professionals, including our executive officers, or groups of professionals, were to join or form a competing firm, some of our current clients could choose to use the services of that competitor rather than our services. There is no guarantee that our compensation and non-competition arrangements with our Managing Directors provide sufficient incentives or protections to prevent our Managing Directors from resigning to join our competitors. In addition, some of our competitors have more resources than us which may allow them to attract some of our existing employees through compensation or otherwise. The departure of a number of Managing Directors or groups of professionals could have a material adverse effect on our business and our profitability.

        We depend on the efforts and reputations of Mr. Moelis and our other executive officers. Our senior leadership team's reputations and relationships with clients and potential clients are critical elements in the success of our business. The loss of the services of any of them, in particular Mr. Moelis, could have a material adverse effect on our business, including our ability to attract clients.

Substantially all of our revenue is derived from advisory fees. As a result, our revenue and profits are highly volatile on a quarterly basis and may cause the price of our Class A common stock to fluctuate and decline.

        Our revenue and profits are highly volatile. We derive substantially all of our revenue from advisory fees, generally from a limited number of engagements that generate significant fees at key transaction milestones, such as closing, the timing of which is outside of our control. We expect that we will continue to rely on advisory fees for most of our revenue for the foreseeable future. Accordingly, a decline in our advisory engagements or the market for advisory services would adversely affect our business. In addition, our financial results will likely fluctuate from quarter to quarter based on the timing of when fees are earned, and high levels of revenue in one quarter will not necessarily be predictive of continued high levels of revenue in future periods. Because we lack other, more stable, sources of revenue, which could moderate some of the volatility in our advisory revenue, we may experience greater variations in our revenue and profits than other larger, more diversified competitors in the financial services industry. Fluctuations in our quarterly financial results could, in turn, lead to

17


Table of Contents

large adverse movements in the price of our common stock or increased volatility in our stock price generally.

        Because in many cases we are not paid until the successful consummation of the underlying transaction, our revenue is highly dependent on market conditions and the decisions and actions of our clients, interested third parties and governmental authorities. For example, we may be engaged by a client in connection with a sale or divestiture, but the transaction may not occur or be consummated because, among other things, anticipated bidders may not materialize, no bidder is prepared to pay our client's price or because our client's business experiences unexpected operating or financial problems. We may be engaged by a client in connection with an acquisition, but the transaction may not occur or be consummated for a number of reasons, including because our client may not be the winning bidder, failure to agree upon final terms with the counterparty, failure to obtain necessary regulatory consents or board or stockholder approvals, failure to secure necessary financing, adverse market conditions or because the target's business experiences unexpected operating or financial problems. In these circumstances, we often do not receive significant advisory fees, despite the fact that we have devoted considerable resources to these transactions.

        In addition, we face the risk that certain clients may not have the financial resources to pay our agreed-upon advisory fees. Certain clients may also be unwilling to pay our advisory fees in whole or in part, in which case we may have to incur significant costs to bring legal action to enforce our engagement agreement to obtain our advisory fees.

Our joint ventures, strategic investments and acquisitions may result in additional risks and uncertainties in our business.

        In addition to recruiting and internal expansion, we may grow our core business through joint ventures, strategic investments or acquisitions.

        In the case of joint ventures, such as our 50% investment in our Australian joint venture, Moelis Australia Holdings Pty Ltd (the "Australian JV"), we are subject to additional risks and uncertainties relating to governance and controls, in that we may be dependent upon, and subject to liability, losses or reputational damage relating to personnel, controls and systems that are not fully under our control. In addition, disagreements between us and our joint venture partners may negatively impact our business. Although our Australian JV must abide by certain market risk limits approved by us with respect to its trading activities, there is a risk that such limits will be insufficient to protect us against significant losses. In addition, investments made by our Australian JV could be unprofitable.

        In the event we make further strategic investments or acquisitions, we would face numerous risks and would be presented with financial, managerial and operational challenges, including the difficulty of integrating personnel, financial, accounting, technology and other systems and management controls.

If the number of debt defaults, bankruptcies or other factors affecting demand for our recapitalization and restructuring advisory services declines, our recapitalization and restructuring business could suffer.

        We provide various financial recapitalization and restructuring and related advice to companies in financial distress or to their creditors or other stakeholders. A number of factors affect demand for these advisory services, including general economic conditions, the availability and cost of debt and equity financing, governmental policy and changes to laws, rules and regulations, including those that protect creditors. In addition, providing recapitalization and restructuring advisory services entails the risk that the transaction will be unsuccessful, takes considerable time and can be subject to a bankruptcy court's discretionary power to disallow or discount our fees. If the number of debt defaults, bankruptcies or other factors affecting demand for our recapitalization and restructuring advisory services declines, our recapitalization and restructuring business would be adversely affected.

18


Table of Contents

Our failure to deal appropriately with actual, potential or perceived conflicts of interest could damage our reputation and materially adversely affect our business.

        We confront actual, potential or perceived conflicts of interest in our business. For instance, we face the possibility of an actual, potential or perceived conflict of interest where we represent a client on a transaction in which an existing client is a party. We may be asked by two potential clients to act on their behalf on the same transaction, including two clients as potential buyers in the same acquisition transaction, and we may act for both clients if both clients agree to us doing so. In each of these situations, we face the risk that our current policies, controls and procedures do not timely identify or appropriately manage such conflicts of interest.

        It is possible that actual, potential or perceived conflicts could give rise to client dissatisfaction, litigation or regulatory enforcement actions. Appropriately identifying and managing actual or perceived conflicts of interest is complex and difficult, and our reputation could be damaged if we fail, or appear to fail, to deal appropriately with one or more potential or actual conflicts of interest. Regulatory scrutiny of, or litigation in connection with, conflicts of interest could have a material adverse effect on our reputation which could materially adversely affect our business in a number of ways, including a reluctance of some potential clients and counterparties to do business with us.

Employee misconduct, which is difficult to detect and deter, could harm us by impairing our ability to attract and retain clients and by subjecting us to legal liability and reputational harm.

        There is a risk that our employees could engage in misconduct that would adversely affect our business. For example, our business often requires that we deal with confidential matters of great significance to our clients. If our employees were to improperly use or disclose confidential information provided by our clients, we could be subject to regulatory sanctions and suffer serious harm to our reputation, financial position, current client relationships and ability to attract future clients. It is not always possible to deter employee misconduct, and the precautions we take to detect and prevent misconduct may not be effective in all cases. If our employees engage in misconduct, our business could be materially adversely affected.

We may face damage to our professional reputation if our services are not regarded as satisfactory or for other reasons.

        As an advisory service firm, we depend to a large extent on our relationships with our clients and reputation for integrity and high-caliber professional services to attract and retain clients. As a result, if a client is not satisfied with our services, it may be more damaging in our business than in other businesses.

We face strong competition from other financial advisory firms, many of which have the ability to offer clients a wider range of products and services than those we can offer, which could cause us to fail to win advisory mandates and subject us to pricing pressures that could materially adversely affect our revenue and profitability.

        The financial services industry is intensely competitive, and we expect it to remain so. Our competitors are other investment banking and financial advisory firms. We compete on both a global and a regional basis, and on the basis of a number of factors, including depth of client relationships, industry knowledge, transaction execution skills, our range of products and services, innovation, reputation and price. In addition, in our business there are usually no long-term contracted sources of revenue. Each revenue-generating engagement typically is separately solicited, awarded and negotiated.

        We have experienced intense competition over obtaining advisory mandates in recent years, and we may experience further pricing pressures in our business in the future as some of our competitors may seek to obtain increased market share by reducing fees.

19


Table of Contents

        Our primary competitors are large financial institutions, many of which have far greater financial and other resources than us and, unlike us, have the ability to offer a wider range of products, from loans, deposit taking and insurance to brokerage and trading, which may enhance their competitive position. They also regularly support investment banking, including financial advisory services, with commercial lending and other financial services and products in an effort to gain market share, which puts us at a competitive disadvantage and could result in pricing pressures or loss of opportunities, which could materially adversely affect our revenue and profitability. In addition, we may be at a competitive disadvantage with regard to certain of our competitors who are able to and often do, provide financing or market making services that are often a crucial component of the types of transactions on which we advise.

        In addition to our larger competitors, over the last few years a number of independent investment banks that offer independent advisory services have emerged, with several showing rapid growth. As these independent firms or new entrants into the market seek to gain market share there could be pricing pressures, which would adversely affect our revenues and earnings.

As a member of the financial services industry, we face substantial litigation risks.

        Our role as advisor to our clients on important transactions involves complex analysis and the exercise of professional judgment, including rendering "fairness opinions" in connection with mergers and other transactions. Our activities may subject us to the risk of significant legal liabilities to our clients and affected third parties, including shareholders of our clients who could bring securities class actions against us. In recent years, the volume of claims and amount of damages claimed in litigation and regulatory proceedings against financial services companies have been increasing. These risks often may be difficult to assess or quantify and their existence and magnitude often remain unknown for substantial periods of time. Our engagements typically include broad indemnities from our clients and provisions to limit our exposure to legal claims relating to our services, but these provisions may not protect us in all cases, including when a client does not have the financial capacity to pay under the indemnity. As a result, we may incur significant legal expenses in defending against or settling litigation. In addition, we may have to spend a significant amount to adequately insure against these potential claims. Substantial legal liability or significant regulatory action against us could have material adverse financial effects or cause significant reputational harm to us, which could seriously harm our business prospects.

Our management has not previously managed a public company.

        Our management team has historically operated our business as a privately-owned company. The individuals who now constitute our management have not previously managed a publicly-traded company.

        Compliance with public company requirements will place significant additional demands on our management and will require us to enhance our investor relations, legal, financial reporting and corporate communications functions. These additional efforts may strain our resources and divert management's attention from other business concerns, which could adversely affect our business and profitability.

        In addition, the reorganization to take place in connection with the consummation of this offering will involve separating our advisory business from the asset management business of Old Holdings. These two businesses have historically utilized common management and operational structures, including facilities and technology platforms as well as legal, compliance, marketing and other support personnel and senior management oversight. The process of separating these businesses, and of operating our advisory business on a stand-alone basis, may result in increased costs and inefficiencies

20


Table of Contents

and other impediments to the regular operations of our business, the occurrence of any of which could adversely affect our business and profitability.

Extensive and evolving regulation of our business and the business of our clients exposes us to the potential for significant penalties and fines due to compliance failures, increases our costs and may result in limitations on the manner in which our business is conducted.

        As a participant in the financial services industry, we are subject to extensive regulation in the U.S. and internationally. We are subject to regulation by governmental and self-regulatory organizations in the jurisdictions in which we operate. As a result of market volatility and disruption in recent years, the U.S. and other governments have taken unprecedented steps to try to stabilize the financial system including providing assistance to financial institutions and taking certain regulatory actions. The full extent of the effects of these actions and of legislative and regulatory initiatives (including the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act) effected in connection with, and as a result of, such extraordinary disruption and volatility is uncertain, both as to the financial markets and participants in general, and as to us in particular.

        Our ability to conduct business and our operating results, including compliance costs, may be adversely affected as a result of any new requirements imposed by the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC"), FINRA or other U.S. or foreign governmental regulatory authorities or self-regulatory organizations that regulate financial services firms or supervise financial markets. We may be adversely affected by changes in the interpretation or enforcement of existing laws and rules by these governmental authorities and self-regulatory organizations. In addition, some of our clients or prospective clients may adopt policies that exceed regulatory requirements and impose additional restrictions affecting their dealings with us. Accordingly, we may incur significant costs to comply with U.S. and international regulation. In addition, new laws or regulations or changes in enforcement of existing laws or regulations applicable to our clients may adversely affect our business. For example, changes in antitrust enforcement could affect the level of M&A activity and changes in applicable regulations could restrict the activities of our clients and their need for the types of advisory services that we provide to them.

        Our failure to comply with applicable laws or regulations could result in adverse publicity and reputational harm as well as fines, suspensions of personnel or other sanctions, including revocation of the registration of us or any of our subsidiaries as a financial adviser and could impair executive retention or recruitment. In addition, any changes in the regulatory framework could impose additional expenses or capital requirements on us, result in limitations on the manner in which our business is conducted, have an adverse impact upon our financial condition and business and require substantial attention by senior management. In addition, our business is subject to periodic examination by various regulatory authorities, and we cannot predict the outcome of any such examinations.

Our business is subject to various operational risks.

        We face various operational risks related to our business on a day-to-day basis. We rely heavily on financial, accounting, communication and other information technology systems, and the people who operate them. These systems, including the systems of third parties on whom we rely, may fail to operate properly or become disabled as a result of tampering or a breach of our network security systems or otherwise, including for reasons beyond our control.

        Our clients typically provide us with sensitive and confidential information. We are dependent on information technology networks and systems to securely process, transmit and store such information and to communicate among our locations around the world and with our clients, alliance partners and vendors. We may be subject to attempted security breaches and cyber-attacks and, while none have had a material impact to date, a successful breach could lead to shutdowns or disruptions of our systems or

21


Table of Contents

third-party systems on which we rely and potential unauthorized disclosure of sensitive or confidential information. Breaches of our or third-party network security systems on which we rely could involve attacks that are intended to obtain unauthorized access to our proprietary information, destroy data or disable, degrade or sabotage our systems, often through the introduction of computer viruses, cyber-attacks and other means and could originate from a wide variety of sources, including unknown third parties outside the firm. Although we take various measures to ensure the integrity of our and third-party systems on which we rely, there can be no assurance that these measures will provide adequate protection. If our or third-party systems on which we rely are compromised, do not operate properly or are disabled, we could suffer a disruption of our business, financial losses, liability to clients, regulatory sanctions and damage to our reputation.

        We operate a business that is highly dependent on information systems and technology. Any failure to keep accurate books and records can render us liable to disciplinary action by governmental and self-regulatory authorities, as well as to claims by our clients. We rely on third-party service providers for certain aspects of our business. Any interruption or deterioration in the performance of these third parties or failures of their information systems and technology could impair our operations, affect our reputation and adversely affect our business.

        In addition, a disaster or other business continuity problem, such as a pandemic, other man-made or natural disaster or disruption involving electronic communications or other services used by us or third parties with whom we conduct business, could lead us to experience operational challenges, and our inability to timely and successfully recover could materially disrupt our business and cause material financial loss, regulatory actions, reputational harm or legal liability.

We may not be able to generate sufficient cash in the future to service any future indebtedness.

        Our ability to make scheduled payments on or to refinance any future debt obligations depends on our financial condition and operating performance. We cannot provide assurance that we will maintain a level of cash flows from operating activities sufficient to permit us to pay the principal of, and interest on, any future indebtedness. If our cash flows and capital resources are insufficient to fund any future debt service obligations, we may be forced to reduce or delay investments and capital expenditures, or to sell assets, seek additional capital or restructure or refinance such indebtedness.

Our international operations are subject to certain risks, which may affect our revenue.

        In 2013, we earned approximately 19% of our revenues from our international operations. We intend to grow our non-U.S. business, and this growth is important to our overall success. In addition, many of our larger clients are non-U.S. entities seeking to enter into transactions involving U.S. businesses. Our international operations carry special financial and business risks, which could include the following:

22


Table of Contents

        If our international business increases relative to our total business, these factors could have a more pronounced effect on our operating results.

Our growth strategy may involve opening or acquiring new offices and expanding internationally and would involve hiring new Managing Directors and other senior professionals for these offices, which would require substantial investment by us and could materially and adversely affect our operating results.

        Our ability to grow our advisory business organically depends in part on our ability to open or acquire new offices, expand internationally and hire new Managing Directors and other senior professionals for these offices. We may not be successful in any efforts to open new offices, expand internationally or hire new Managing Directors and other senior professionals for these offices. The costs of opening a new office, expanding internationally and hiring the necessary personnel to staff the office are substantial. If we are not successful in these efforts, we may not be able to recover our investments or our substantial cost outlays, and new international operations may not achieve profitability.

We may enter into new lines of business which may result in additional risks and uncertainties in our business.

        We currently generate substantially all of our revenue from advisory transactions. However, we may grow our business by entering into new lines of business. To the extent we enter into new lines of business, we will face numerous risks and uncertainties, including risks associated with actual or perceived conflicts of interest because we would no longer be limited to the advisory business, the possibility that we have insufficient expertise to engage in such activities profitably or without incurring inappropriate amounts of risk, the required investment of capital and other resources and the loss of clients due to the perception that we are no longer focusing on our core business.

        Entry into certain lines of business may subject us to new laws and regulations with which we are not familiar, or from which we are currently exempt, and may lead to increased litigation and regulatory risk. In addition, certain aspects of our cost structure, such as costs for compensation, occupancy and equipment rentals, communication and information technology services, and depreciation and amortization will be largely fixed, and we may not be able to timely adjust these costs to match fluctuations in revenue related to our entering into new lines of business. If a new business generates insufficient revenues or if we are unable to efficiently manage our expanded operations, our results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

Fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates could adversely affect our results.

        Because our financial statements are denominated in U.S. dollars and we receive a portion of our net revenue in other currencies (including euros and pound sterling), we are exposed to fluctuations in foreign currencies. In addition, we pay certain of our expenses in such currencies. We have not entered into any transactions to hedge our exposure to these foreign exchange fluctuations through the use of derivative instruments or otherwise. An appreciation or depreciation of any of these currencies relative to the U.S. dollar would result in an adverse or beneficial impact, respectively, to our financial results.

23


Table of Contents

The cost of compliance with international broker-dealer, employment, labor, benefits and tax regulations may adversely affect our business and hamper our ability to expand internationally.

        Since we operate our business both in the U.S. and internationally, we are subject to many distinct broker-dealer, employment, labor, benefits and tax laws in each country in which we operate, including regulations affecting our employment practices and our relations with our employees and service providers. If we are required to comply with new regulations or new interpretations of existing regulations, or if we are unable to comply with these regulations or interpretations, our business could be adversely affected or the cost of compliance may make it difficult to expand into new international markets. Additionally, our competitiveness in international markets may be adversely affected by regulations requiring, among other things, the awarding of contracts to local contractors, the employment of local citizens and/or the purchase of services from local businesses or favoring or requiring local ownership.

Risks Related to Our Organizational Structure

Moelis & Company's only assets after completion of this offering will be its partnership interests in Group LP, its equity interest in the sole general partner of Group LP, Moelis & Company Group GP LLC, and its interests in its subsidiaries, and Moelis & Company is accordingly dependent upon distributions from Group LP to pay dividends, taxes and other expenses.

        Moelis & Company will be a holding company, and its only assets will be its partnership interests in Group LP, its equity interest in the sole general partner of Group LP, Moelis & Company Group GP LLC, and its interests in its subsidiaries. Moelis & Company has no independent means of generating revenue. Moelis & Company intends to cause Group LP to make distributions to its partners in an amount sufficient to cover all applicable taxes payable, other expenses and dividends, if any, declared by us.

        Group LP is generally prohibited under Delaware law from making a distribution to a partner to the extent that, at the time of the distribution, after giving effect to the distribution, liabilities of Group LP (with certain exceptions) exceed the fair value of its assets. Furthermore, certain subsidiaries of Group LP may be subject to similar legal limitations on their ability to make distributions to Group LP. Moreover, our regulated subsidiaries may be subject to regulatory capital requirements that limit the distributions that may be made by those subsidiaries.

        Deterioration in the financial condition, earnings or cash flow of Group LP and its subsidiaries for any reason could limit or impair their ability to pay such distributions. Additionally, to the extent that Moelis & Company requires funds and Group LP is restricted from making such distributions under applicable law or regulation or under the terms of financing arrangements, or is otherwise unable to provide such funds, our liquidity and financial condition could be materially adversely affected.

We will be required to pay our Managing Directors for certain tax benefits we may claim as a result of the tax basis step-up we receive in connection with this offering and related transactions. In certain circumstances, payments under the tax receivable agreement may be accelerated and/or significantly exceed the actual tax benefits we realize.

        On the date of this offering, we will be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as having directly purchased Class A partnership units in Group LP from the existing unitholders. In the future, additional Group LP Class A partnership units may be exchanged for shares of Class A common stock. See "Organizational Structure—Exchange Rights." Both this initial purchase and these additional exchanges may result in increases in the tax basis of the assets of Group LP that otherwise would not have been available. Such increases in tax basis are likely to increase (for tax purposes) depreciation and amortization deductions and therefore reduce the amount of income tax we would otherwise be required to pay in the future. These increases in tax basis may also decrease gain (or increase loss) on

24


Table of Contents

future dispositions of certain capital assets to the extent the increased tax basis is allocated to those capital assets. The Internal Revenue Service (the "IRS") may challenge all or part of these tax basis increases, and a court could sustain such a challenge.

        We intend to enter into a tax receivable agreement with our Managing Directors that will provide for the payment by us to our Managing Directors of 85% of the amount of cash savings, if any, in U.S. federal, state and local income tax or franchise tax that we actually realize as a result of (a) the increases in tax basis attributable to our Managing Directors and (b) tax benefits related to imputed interest deemed to be paid by us as a result of this tax receivable agreement. See "Organizational Structure—Tax Receivable Agreement." While the actual increase in tax basis, as well as the amount and timing of any payments under the tax receivable agreement, will vary depending upon a number of factors, including the timing of exchanges, the price of shares of our Class A common stock at the time of the exchange, the extent to which such exchanges are taxable, and the amount and timing of our income, we expect that, as a result of the size of the increases in the tax basis of the tangible and intangible assets of Group LP attributable to our interests in Group LP, during the expected term of the tax receivable agreement, the payments that we may make to our Managing Directors could be substantial.

        Although we are not aware of any issue that would cause the IRS to challenge a tax basis increase, our Managing Directors generally will not reimburse us for any payments that may previously have been made under the tax receivable agreement. As a result, in certain circumstances we could make payments to the Managing Directors under the tax receivable agreement in excess of our cash tax savings. Our ability to achieve benefits from any tax basis increase, and the payments to be made under the tax receivable agreement, will depend upon a number of factors, as discussed above, including the timing and amount of our future income.

        In addition, the tax receivable agreement provides that, upon a merger, asset sale or other form of business combination or certain other changes of control or if, at any time, we elect an early termination of the tax receivable agreement, our (or our successor's) obligations with respect to exchanged or acquired Class A partnership units (whether exchanged or acquired before or after such change of control or early termination) would be based on certain assumptions, including that we would have sufficient taxable income to fully utilize the deductions arising from the increased tax deductions and tax basis and other benefits related to entering into the tax receivable agreement, and, in the case of certain early termination elections, that any Class A partnership units that have not been exchanged will be deemed exchanged for the market value of the Class A common stock at the time of termination. Consequently, it is possible, in these circumstances also, that the actual cash tax savings realized by us may be significantly less than the corresponding tax receivable agreement payments.

If Moelis & Company were deemed an "investment company" under the Investment Company Act of 1940 as a result of its ownership of Group LP, applicable restrictions could make it impractical for us to continue our business as contemplated and could have a material adverse effect on our business.

        If Moelis & Company were to cease participation in the management of Group LP, its interests in Group LP could be deemed an "investment security" for purposes of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the "1940 Act"). Generally, a person is deemed to be an "investment company" if it owns investment securities having a value exceeding 40% of the value of its total assets (exclusive of U.S. government securities and cash items), absent an applicable exemption. Following this offering, Moelis & Company will have no assets other than its partnership interests in Group LP and its equity interest in the sole general partner of Group LP, Moelis & Company Group GP LLC and its interests in its subsidiaries. A determination that this interest was an investment security could result in Moelis & Company being an investment company under the 1940 Act and becoming subject to the registration and other requirements of the 1940 Act. We intend to conduct our operations so that we will not be deemed an investment company. However, if we were to be deemed an investment

25


Table of Contents

company, restrictions imposed by the 1940 Act, including limitations on our capital structure and our ability to transact with affiliates, could make it impractical for us to continue our business as contemplated and have a material adverse effect on our business and the price of our Class A common stock.

We and Old Holdings will enter into various arrangements, including a master separation agreement, which will contain cross-indemnification obligations of us and Old Holdings.

        The master separation agreement that we intend to enter into with Old Holdings will provide, among other things, that Old Holdings generally will indemnify us for losses that we incur arising out of, or relating to, the businesses conducted by Old Holdings and losses that we incur arising out of, or relating to, Old Holdings' breach of the master separation agreement. In addition, we generally will indemnify Old Holdings for losses that Old Holdings incurs arising out of, or relating to, our business and losses Old Holdings' incurs arising out of, or relating to, our breach of the master separation agreement. We may not be able to recover any or all of the amount of indemnified losses from Old Holdings should it be financially unable to perform under its indemnification obligations. In addition, we may be required to make substantial payments under our indemnity obligations to Old Holdings, which could materially adversely affect our results of operations.

The use of the "Moelis" brand name by Old Holdings and its subsidiaries may expose us to reputational harm that could adversely affect our business should they take actions that damage the brand name.

        After the separation transaction, Old Holdings will operate as a separate legal entity, and we will license to Old Holdings and its subsidiaries the use of the "Moelis" brand name for certain purposes, including in connection with asset management activities. As Old Holdings and its subsidiaries historically have and will continue to use the "Moelis" brand name, and because after the separation transactions we will not control these entities, there is a risk of reputational harm to us if Old Holdings and its subsidiaries have, or in the future, were to, among other things, engage in poor business practices, experience adverse results or otherwise damage the reputational value of the "Moelis" brand name. These risks could adversely affect our revenue and our business prospects.

Risks Related to Our Class A Common Stock and this Offering

Control by Mr. Moelis of the voting power in Moelis & Company may give rise to actual or perceived conflicts of interests.

        Upon completion of this offering, Moelis & Company will be controlled by Mr. Moelis, through his control of Partner Holdings. Mr. Moelis' interests may differ from those of other stockholders. Upon completion of this offering, Mr. Moelis will control approximately        % of the voting interest in Moelis & Company, (or        % if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full), primarily through his control of Partner Holdings, which will hold all outstanding Class B common stock upon completion of this offering. The shares of Class B common stock will entitle Partner Holdings to (i) for so long as the Class B Condition is satisfied, ten votes per share and (ii) after the Class B Condition ceases to be satisfied, one vote per share. See "Organizational Structure—Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement of Group LP—Voting and Economic Rights." In addition, in connection with the completion of this offering, Moelis & Company will enter into a stockholders agreement with Partner Holdings, pursuant to which, for so long as the Class B Condition is satisfied, Partner Holdings will have certain approval rights over certain transactions. See "Organizational Structure—Rights of Partner Holdings and Stockholders Agreement." As a result, because Mr. Moelis will have a majority of the voting power in Moelis & Company and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be in effect upon consummation of this offering will not provide for cumulative voting, he will have the ability to elect all of the members of our board of directors and thereby to control our management and affairs, including determinations

26


Table of Contents

with respect to acquisitions, dispositions, borrowings, issuances of Class A common stock or other securities, and the declaration and payment of dividends. Mr. Moelis will be able to determine the outcome of all matters requiring stockholder approval and will be able to cause or prevent a change of control of Moelis & Company or a change in the composition of our board of directors and could preclude any unsolicited acquisition of Moelis & Company. Mr. Moelis' voting control could deprive our stockholders of an opportunity to receive a premium for their Class A common stock as part of a sale of Moelis & Company and might ultimately affect the market price of our Class A common stock. As a result of the control exercised by Mr. Moelis over us, none of our agreements with him have been negotiated on "arm's length" terms. We cannot assure you that we would not have received more favorable terms from an unaffiliated party.

Upon the listing of our shares on the New York Stock Exchange, we will be a "controlled company" within the meaning of the rules of the New York Stock Exchange and, as a result, will qualify for, and intend to rely on, exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements. You will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to such requirements.

        Upon completion of this offering, Mr. Moelis, through his control of Partner Holdings, will hold more than 50% of the voting power of our shares eligible to vote. As a result, we will be a "controlled company" under the rules of the New York Stock Exchange ("NYSE"). Under these rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power in the election of directors is held by an individual, group or another company is a "controlled company" and may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including the requirements that (i) a majority of the board of directors consist of independent directors and (ii) that the board of directors have compensation and nominating and corporate governance committees composed entirely of independent directors.

        For at least some period following this offering, we intend to utilize these exemptions. As a result, immediately following this offering we will not have a majority of independent directors on our board of directors. Accordingly, although we may transition to a board with a majority of independent directors prior to the time we cease to be a "controlled company," for such period of time you will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance requirements set by the NYSE. In the event that we cease to be a "controlled company" and our shares continue to be listed on the NYSE, we will be required to comply with these provisions within the applicable transition periods. These exemptions do not modify the independence requirements for our audit committee, and we intend to comply with the applicable requirements of the SEC and the NYSE with respect to our audit committee within the applicable time frame.

We are an emerging growth company, and any decision on our part to comply only with certain reduced reporting and disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies could make our common stock less attractive to investors.

        We are an emerging growth company and, for as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, we may choose to take advantage of exemptions from various reporting requirements applicable to other public companies but not to "emerging growth companies," including, but not limited to, not being required to have our independent registered public accounting firm audit our internal control over financial reporting under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We could be an emerging growth company for up to five years following the completion of this offering. We will cease to be an emerging growth company upon the earliest of: (i) the end of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of this offering, (ii) the first fiscal year after our annual gross revenues are $1.0 billion or more, (iii) the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued

27


Table of Contents

more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities or (iv) the end of any fiscal year in which the market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates exceeded $700 million as of the end of the second quarter of that fiscal year. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive if we choose to rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result of any choices to reduce future disclosure, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock, and the price of our common stock may be more volatile.

        Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can also delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this accommodation, and, therefore, we will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

You will experience immediate and substantial dilution in the book value of your Class A common stock.

        The initial public offering price of our Class A common stock is substantially higher than the net tangible book value per share of our Class A common stock. Net tangible book value represents the amount of our tangible assets less total liabilities. As a result, you will incur immediate dilution of $            per share (based on an initial public offering price of $            per share, the mid-point of the range on the cover of this prospectus). For more information, see "Dilution."

There may not be an active trading market for shares of our Class A common stock, which may cause our Class A common stock to trade at a discount from its initial offering price and make it difficult to sell the shares you purchase.

        Prior to this offering, there has been no public trading market for shares of our Class A common stock. It is possible that, after this offering, an active trading market will not develop or continue, which would make it difficult for you to sell your shares of Class A common stock at an attractive price or at all. The initial public offering price per share of our Class A common stock will be determined by agreement among us and the representatives of the underwriters, and may not be indicative of the price at which the shares of our Class A common stock will trade in the public market after this offering.

The historical financial information in this prospectus may not permit you to predict our costs of operations.

        The historical financial information in this prospectus does not reflect the added costs we expect to incur as a public company, including costs related to public company reporting, investor relations and compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. As a result of these matters, among others, it may be difficult for investors to compare our future results to historical results or to evaluate our relative performance or trends in our business. For more information on our historical financial information, see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and the historical financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

If securities analysts do not publish research or reports about our business or if they downgrade our Company or our sector, the price of our Class A common stock could decline.

        The trading market for our Class A common stock will depend in part on the research and reports that industry or financial analysts publish about us or our business. We do not control these analysts. Furthermore, if one or more of the analysts who do cover us downgrades our Company or our industry, or the stock of any of our competitors, the price of our Class A common stock could decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of our Company, we could lose visibility in the market, which in turn could cause the price of our Class A common stock to decline.

28


Table of Contents

Our share price may decline due to the large number of shares eligible for future sale and for exchange.

        The market price of our Class A common stock could decline as a result of sales of a large number of shares of Class A common stock in the market after the offering or the perception that such sales could occur. These sales, or the possibility that these sales may occur, also might make it more difficult for us to sell equity securities in the future at a time and at a price that we deem appropriate. After the consummation of this offering, we will have outstanding shares of Class A common stock. This number primarily comprises the shares of our Class A common stock that we are selling in this offering, which may be resold immediately in the public market. See "Shares Eligible for Future Sale."

        We have agreed with the underwriters not to dispose of or hedge any of our Class A common stock, subject to specified exceptions, during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date that is 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of the representatives of the underwriters. Subject to these agreements, we may issue and sell in the future additional shares of Class A common stock.

        In addition, the existing Group LP Class A partnership unitholders (including certain Managing Directors) will, at the time of this offering, own an aggregate of                     Class A partnership units in Group LP. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will allow the exchange of Class A partnership units in Group LP (other than those held by us) for shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to customary conversion rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassifications. Our directors and executive officers and certain of their affiliates have agreed with the underwriters not to dispose of or hedge any of our Class A common stock, subject to specified exceptions, during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date that is 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of the representatives of the underwriters. After the expiration of the 180-day lock-up period, the shares of Class A common stock (including those issuable upon exchange of Group LP partnership units) that are held by the existing Group LP Class A partnership unitholders (including our Managing Directors) will be eligible for resale from time to time, subject to certain contractual restrictions and to restrictions under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act").

        Certain Class A partnership unitholders in Group LP and holders of our Class A common stock are parties to agreements with us pursuant to which we have granted them registration rights. Under those agreements, after the expiration of the 180-day lock-up period, these persons will have the ability to cause us to register the shares of our Class A common stock (including the shares they could acquire upon exchange of Class A partnership units in Group LP), subject to certain contractual restrictions. See "Organizational Structure—Registration Rights."

The market price of our Class A common stock may be volatile, which could cause the value of your investment to decline.

        Securities markets worldwide experience significant price and volume fluctuations. This market volatility, as well as general economic, market or political conditions, could reduce the market price of our Class A common stock in spite of our operating performance. In addition, our operating results could be below the expectations of public market analysts and investors, and in response, the market price of our Class A common stock could decrease significantly. You may be unable to resell your shares of our Class A common stock at or above the initial public offering price.

Anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents and Delaware law could delay or prevent a change in control.

        Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws may delay or prevent a merger or acquisition that a stockholder may consider favorable by permitting our board of directors to issue one or more series of preferred stock, requiring advance notice for stockholder proposals and

29


Table of Contents

nominations and placing limitations on convening stockholder meetings. In addition, there will be no cumulative voting in the election of directors, and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that directors may be removed, with or without cause, only with the affirmative vote of at least 80% of the voting interest of stockholders entitled to vote; provided, however, that for so long as the Class B Condition is satisfied, directors may be removed, with or without cause, with the affirmative vote of a majority of the voting interest of stockholders entitled to vote. In addition, we are subject to provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law that restrict certain business combinations with interested stockholders. These provisions may also discourage acquisition proposals or delay or prevent a change in control, which could harm our stock price. See "Description of Capital Stock."

30


Table of Contents


SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

        This prospectus contains forward-looking statements, which reflect our current views with respect to, among other things, our operations and financial performance. You can identify these forward-looking statements by the use of words such as "outlook," "believes," "expects," "potential," "continues," "may," "will," "should," "seeks," "approximately," "predicts," "intends," "plans," "estimates," "anticipates" or the negative version of these words or other comparable words. Such forward-looking statements are subject to various risks and uncertainties. Accordingly, there are or will be important factors that could cause actual outcomes or results to differ materially from those indicated in these statements. We believe these factors include, but are not limited to, those described under "Risk Factors." These factors should not be construed as exhaustive and should be read in conjunction with the other cautionary statements that are included in this prospectus. We undertake no obligation to publicly update or review any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future developments or otherwise.

31


Table of Contents


ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE

Overview

        Prior to this offering we will effect a reorganization described below. Following the reorganization and this offering, Moelis & Company will be a holding company and its only assets will be its partnership interests in Group LP, its equity interest in the sole general partner of Group LP, Moelis & Company Group GP LLC, and its interests in its subsidiaries. Moelis & Company will operate and control all of the business and affairs of Group LP and its operating entity subsidiaries indirectly through its equity interest in Moelis & Company Group GP LLC.

        The diagram below depicts our organizational structure following this offering.

GRAPHIC

32


Table of Contents

        Immediately following this offering:

The Reorganization

        On January 9, 2014, in contemplation of our initial public offering, Moelis & Company was incorporated in Delaware. Moelis & Company has not engaged in any business or other activities except in connection with its incorporation and this offering and currently holds no assets and has no subsidiaries other than Moelis & Company Group GP LLC.

        Our business is presently owned by Moelis & Company Holdings LP, which we refer to in this prospectus as Old Holdings. In connection with the consummation of this offering, a reorganization of the existing businesses of Old Holdings will be effected pursuant to which the existing advisory business of Old Holdings will be transferred to Group LP. Old Holdings will retain its existing asset management business, which includes managers of direct lending funds, hedge funds, private equity funds and collateralized loan obligation funds. We refer to these transactions as the "reorganization."

        As part of the reorganization, Old Holdings will distribute to its existing partners, directly or indirectly, all of the Group LP Class A partnership units it holds. However, Old Holdings and Moelis & Company may, in lieu of Group LP Class A partnership units, issue an equivalent number of shares of Moelis & Company Class A common stock to an existing partner of Old Holdings based on various considerations, including the partner's place of residence and tax considerations. Old Holdings will not retain an interest in Group LP following the reorganization. We and Old Holdings will be party to certain agreements following the reorganization and this offering. See "Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Agreements with Old Holdings."

        As a result of the reorganization, Moelis & Company will be a holding company and its only assets will be its partnership interests in Group LP and its equity interest in the sole general partner of Group LP, Moelis & Company Group GP LLC, and its interests in its subsidiaries. Through our control of the sole general partner of Group LP, we will operate and control all of the business and affairs of Group LP and its operating entity subsidiaries.

33


Table of Contents

The Offering and Related Transactions

        In connection with this offering:

Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement of Group LP

        We will operate our business through Group LP and its subsidiaries. The provisions governing the operations of Group LP and the rights and obligations of its partners are set forth in the amended and restated limited partnership agreement of Group LP, the material terms of which are described below. A form of the limited partnership agreement of Group LP is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Governance

        Through our control of the general partner of Group LP, we will have unilateral control (subject to the consent of Partner Holdings on various matters) over the affairs and decisions of Group LP. As such, we, through our officers and directors, will be responsible for all operational and administrative

34


Table of Contents

decisions of Group LP and the day-to-day management of Group LP's business. Furthermore, Moelis & Company Group GP LLC, Group LP's general partner, cannot be removed as the general partner without Moelis & Company's approval. No Group LP unitholders, in their capacity as such, will have any authority or right to control the management of Group LP or to bind it in connection with any matter. However, Partner Holdings will have the ability to exercise majority voting control over Moelis & Company by virtue of its ownership of all shares of Class B common stock. See "—Amendments" and "Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Class A Common Stock and this Offering—Control by Mr. Moelis of the voting power in Moelis & Company may give rise to actual or perceived conflicts of interest."

Voting and Economic Rights

        Group LP will issue Class A partnership units to Moelis & Company and to the existing holders of Old Holdings units who are to become Group LP Class A unitholders. In addition, Group LP will issue Class B partnership units to Moelis & Company. The Group LP Class B partnership units will correspond with the economic rights of shares of Moelis & Company's Class B common stock. Group LP Class A unitholders will have no voting rights by virtue of their ownership of Group LP partnership units, except for the right to approve certain amendments to the limited partnership agreement of Group LP, certain changes to the capital accounts of the limited partners of Group LP and any conversion of Group LP to a corporation other than for purposes of a sale transaction. Following the consummation of this offering, Partner Holdings will hold all shares of Moelis & Company Class B common stock, enabling it to exercise majority voting control over Moelis & Company and, indirectly, over Group LP. See "Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Class A Common Stock and this Offering—Control by Mr. Moelis of the voting power in Moelis & Company may give rise to actual or perceived conflicts of interest."

        Pursuant to the Group LP limited partnership agreement, we have the right to determine when distributions will be made to the partners of Group LP and the amount of any such distributions. If we authorize a distribution, such distribution will be made to the partners of Group LP (i) in the case of a tax distribution (as described below), to the holders of partnership units in proportion to the amount of taxable income of Group LP allocated to such holder and (ii) in the case of other distributions, pro rata in accordance with the percentages of their respective partnership units, except as required under applicable tax law.

        The holders of partnership units in Group LP, including Moelis & Company, will incur U.S. federal, state and local income taxes on their allocable share of any net taxable income of Group LP. Net profits and net losses of Group LP will generally be allocated to its partners pro rata in accordance with the percentages of their respective partnership units, except as required under applicable tax law. In accordance with the partnership agreement, we intend to use commercially reasonable efforts to cause Group LP to make cash distributions to the holders of partnership units of Group LP for purposes of funding their tax obligations in respect of the income of Group LP that is allocated to them. Generally, these tax distributions will be computed based on our estimate of the net taxable income of Group LP allocable to such holder of partnership units multiplied by an assumed tax rate equal to the highest effective marginal combined U.S. federal, state and local income tax rate prescribed for an individual or corporation (taking into account the nondeductibility of certain expenses and the character of our income).

Coordination of Moelis & Company and Group LP

        Following the consummation of this offering, at any time we issue a share of Class A common stock for cash, the net proceeds received by us will be promptly transferred to Group LP, and Group LP will issue to us one of its Group LP Class A partnership units. At any time we issue a share of Class A common stock pursuant to our proposed equity incentive plan we will contribute to

35


Table of Contents

Group LP all of the proceeds that we receive (if any), and Group LP will issue to us one of its Group LP Class A partnership units, having the same restrictions, if any, attached to the shares of Class A common stock issued under the proposed equity incentive plan. Conversely, if we redeem or repurchase any of our shares of Class A common stock, Group LP will, immediately prior to our redemption or repurchase, redeem or repurchase an equal number of Group LP Class A partnership units held by us, upon the same terms and for the same price, as the shares of Class A common stock are redeemed or repurchased. We can only redeem or repurchase shares of Class A common stock if Group LP first redeems or repurchases an equivalent amount of Group LP Class A partnership units that we hold.

        Under the terms of the Group LP limited partnership agreement, we may in the future cause Group LP to issue Group LP partnership units or other, newly created classes of Group LP securities to one or more investors having such rights, preferences and other terms as we determine, and in such amount as we may determine. In addition, we may in the future elect to compensate our employees by granting them, directly or indirectly, Group LP partnership units, whether or not subject to forfeiture, or profits interests or other securities. Any such issuance would have a dilutive effect on the economic interest we hold in Group LP. In addition, in connection with any future issuances of Group LP Class A partnership units, we will issue our shares of Class B common stock having, for so long as the Class B Condition is satisfied, ten votes per share on a            -for-            basis, which would have a dilutive effect on the voting power of our then current holders of shares of Class A common stock. The tax receivable agreement will cover any exchanges of Group LP Class A partnership units issued to the current parties to that agreement after the offering, and it is possible that new investors in the Group LP Class A partnership units after the offering may become parties to the tax receivable agreement as well.

        Pursuant to the Group LP limited partnership agreement, we will agree that we will not conduct any business other than the management and ownership of Group LP, its general partner, and its operating entity subsidiaries, or own any other assets (other than cash or cash equivalents to be used to satisfy liabilities or other assets held on a temporary basis).

Material Corporate Transactions

        In the event that Group LP proposes to engage in a material corporate transaction, including a merger, consolidation, dissolution or sale of substantially all of its assets, we, through Moelis & Company Group GP LLC, in its capacity as the sole general partner of Group LP, shall have the power and authority to approve such a transaction. In addition, in the event that we, through Moelis & Company Group GP LLC, in its capacity as the sole general partner of Group LP, determine that all (or any portion) of the partnership units of Group LP, should be sold to a third party purchaser, we will have the right to compel the holders of the partnership units of Group LP to sell all or the same portion of their partnership units of Group LP to this third party purchaser.

Exchange Rights

        Subject to the transfer and exchange restrictions set forth in the Group LP limited partnership agreement and described below and other restrictions, if any, imposed by us, holders of fully vested Group LP Class A partnership units (other than Moelis & Company) may exchange these units for shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to customary conversion rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassifications. At any time a share of Class A common stock is redeemed, repurchased, acquired, cancelled or terminated by us, one Group LP Class A partnership unit registered in the name of Moelis & Company will automatically be cancelled by Group LP so that the number of Group LP Class A partnership units held by Moelis & Company at all times equals the number of shares of Class A common stock outstanding.

36


Table of Contents

        We have reserved for issuance                shares of Class A common stock in respect of the aggregate number of shares of Class A common stock expected to be issued over time upon the exchanges by Group LP Class A partnership unitholders, unless Moelis & Company exercises its option to pay cash in lieu of shares of Class A common stock for some or all of such exchanged Group LP Class A partnership units. The cash amount will be based on the market price of the shares of Class A common stock. We may in the future cause Group LP to issue additional Group LP Class A partnership units that would also be exchangeable for shares of Class A common stock.

        Group LP Class A partnership units and Moelis & Company Class A common stock held by our Managing Directors (including through Partner Holdings) are subject to lock-up agreements for four years from this offering. After this period, Group LP Class A partnership units held by a Managing Director will become exchangeable into Class A common stock or cash as described above and Moelis & Company Class A common stock held by a Managing Director will become transferrable, in each case in three equal installments on each of the fourth, fifth and sixth anniversary of this offering. If a Managing Director terminates his or her employment with the Company prior to the end of the lock-up period, the Company will be entitled to extend the lock-up period until up to the tenth anniversary of this offering. We may waive the transfer and exchange restrictions set forth in the Group LP limited partnership agreement, including in connection with a secondary offering of shares of our Class A common stock by our Managing Directors. In addition, these restrictions cease to apply upon the death or termination of employment by us due to disability of the applicable Managing Director with respect to such Managing Director's Group LP Class A partnership units.

Conversion of Class B Common Stock

        Following each exchange of Group LP Class A partnership units for shares of Class A common stock, the holders of shares of Class B common stock will be required to surrender to Moelis & Company a corresponding number of shares of Class B common stock for conversion into shares of Class A common stock at a conversion rate based on the subscription price for such shares of Class B common stock to the initial public offering price of the Class A common stock. Group LP will also convert an equivalent number of Class B partnership units held by Moelis & Company into Class A partnership units based on the same Class B to Class A common stock conversion rate.

Indemnification and Exculpation

        To the extent permitted by applicable law, Group LP will indemnify its general partner, its executive officers and agents from and against any losses, liabilities, damages, costs, expenses, fees or penalties incurred by any acts or omissions of these persons, provided that the acts or omissions of these indemnified persons are not the result of fraud, intentional misconduct or a violation of the implied contractual duty of good faith and fair dealing, or any lesser standard of conduct permitted under applicable law.

        Group LP's general partner and its executive officers and agents will not be liable to Group LP, its limited partners or their affiliates for damages incurred by any acts or omissions of these persons, provided that the acts or omissions of these exculpated persons are not the result of fraud, intentional misconduct or a violation of the implied contractual duty of good faith and fair dealing, or any lesser standard of conduct permitted under applicable law.

Dissolution

        Group LP may be dissolved only upon the occurrence of certain unlikely events specified in the Group LP limited partnership agreement.

37


Table of Contents

Restrictive Covenants of our Managing Directors

        Our Managing Directors are subject to forfeiting their interests in vested Group LP partnership units and Moelis & Company Class A common stock they hold as of the offering if they terminate their employment without good reason and compete with the Company within 12 months thereafter, except for a certain limited number of designated units and stock which were awarded to replace equity of a former employer forfeited upon joining.

        Our Managing Directors have agreed not to solicit our employees during the term of their employment and for 12 months thereafter.

Registration Rights

        In connection with the completion of this offering, Moelis & Company will grant registration rights pursuant to which:

        All fees, costs and expenses of underwritten registrations will be borne by Moelis & Company, other than underwriting discounts and selling commissions, which will be borne by each stockholder selling its shares. Our registration obligations will be subject to certain restrictions on, among other things, the frequency of requested registrations, the number of shares to be registered and the duration of these rights.

        Effective January 1, 2012, we entered into a strategic alliance with Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation ("SMBC") and its subsidiary, SMBC Nikko Securities Inc. ("Nikko"). Pursuant to the strategic alliance agreement, we granted SMBC the right, under certain circumstances and subject to certain restrictions, to require us to register under the Securities Act shares of our Class A common stock issuable upon exchange of their Class A partnership units. Such securities registered under any registration statement will be available for sale in the open market unless restrictions apply.

38


Table of Contents

Rights of Partner Holdings and Stockholders Agreement

        In connection with the completion of this offering, Moelis & Company will enter into a stockholders agreement with Partner Holdings pursuant to which, for so long as the Class B Condition is satisfied, Partner Holdings will have approval rights over the following transactions:

        The effect of the agreement is that Partner Holdings may maintain control over our significant corporate transactions even if it holds less than a majority of the combined total voting power of our shares of Class A and Class B common stock.

        Our board of directors will nominate individuals designated by Partner Holdings equal to a majority of the board of the directors, for so long as the Class B Condition is satisfied.

39


Table of Contents

        The "Class B Condition" is defined as Mr. Moelis satisfying all of the following conditions:

          (i)  he maintains directly or indirectly ownership of an aggregate of at least                shares of Class A common stock of Moelis & Company and Equivalent Class A Shares (as defined below), subject to customary adjustments, which will represent approximately one-third of his ownership immediately following this offering;

         (ii)  he maintains directly or indirectly beneficial ownership (as defined below) of at least five percent (5%) of the Class A common stock of Moelis & Company (calculated, without duplication, on the basis that all issued and outstanding Group LP Class A partnership units not held by Moelis & Company or its subsidiaries had been exchanged for shares of Class A common stock of Moelis & Company);

        (iii)  he has not been convicted of a criminal violation of a material U.S. federal or state securities law that constitutes a felony or a felony involving moral turpitude;

        (iv)  he is not deceased; and

         (v)  his employment agreement has not been terminated in accordance with its terms because of a breach of his covenant to devote his primary business time and effort to the business and affairs of the Company and its subsidiaries or because he suffered an "incapacity" (i.e., order of incompetence or of insanity or permanent physical incapacity).

        "Equivalent Class A Shares" means, on any date, the number of shares of Class A common stock represented by any shares, units, interests, options, warrants, evidence of indebtedness, stock awards or other securities or awards which by their terms are directly or indirectly convertible into, exchangeable for, exercisable for or pursuant to which the holder is entitled to receive shares of Class A common stock, whether immediately, only after the passage of time or only after the satisfaction of conditions and notwithstanding any right to pay cash in lieu of shares of Class A common stock.

        "Beneficial ownership" has the same meaning given to it in Section 13(d) under the Exchange Act and the rules thereunder, except that a person will be deemed to have "beneficial ownership" of all securities that person has the right to acquire, whether the right is exercisable immediately, only after the passage of time or only after the satisfaction of conditions and notwithstanding any right to pay cash in lieu of such securities.

        After the Class B Condition ceases to be satisfied, for so long as the Secondary Class B Condition is satisfied, Partner Holdings will have certain approval rights over the following transactions:

        After the Class B Condition ceases to be satisfied, for so long as the Secondary Class B Condition is satisfied, our board of directors will nominate individuals designated by Partner Holdings equal to one quarter of the board of directors.

        For so long as either the Class B Condition or the Secondary Class B Condition is satisfied, Partner Holdings will retain the right to remove any director previously designated by it.

40


Table of Contents

        The "Secondary Class B Condition" is defined as Mr. Moelis satisfying all of the following conditions:

Tax Receivable Agreement

        On the date of this offering, Moelis & Company will be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as having directly purchased Class A partnership units in Group LP from the existing unitholders. In the future, additional Group LP Class A partnership units may be exchanged for shares of Class A common stock. We expect that, as a result of both this initial purchase and these future exchanges of Group LP Class A partnership units for shares of Class A common stock, the tax basis of Group LP's assets attributable to our interests in Group LP will be increased. These increases in the tax basis of Group LP's assets attributable to our interests in Group LP would not have been available to us but for this initial purchase and future exchanges of Group LP Class A partnership units for shares of Class A common stock. Such increases in tax basis are likely to increase (for tax purposes) depreciation and amortization deductions and therefore reduce the amount of income tax we would otherwise be required to pay in the future. These increases in tax basis may also decrease gain (or increase loss) on future dispositions of certain capital assets to the extent the increased tax basis is allocated to those capital assets. The IRS may challenge all or part of these tax basis increases, and a court could sustain such a challenge.

        We intend to enter into a tax receivable agreement with our eligible Managing Directors that will provide for the payment by us to our eligible Managing Directors of 85% of the amount of cash savings, if any, in U.S. federal, state and local income tax or franchise tax that we actually realize as a result of (a) the increases in tax basis attributable to our Managing Directors and (b) tax benefits related to imputed interest deemed to be paid by us as a result of this tax receivable agreement. We expect to benefit from the remaining 15% of cash savings, if any, in income tax that we realize. For purposes of the tax receivable agreement, cash savings in income tax will be computed by comparing our actual income tax liability to the amount of such taxes that we would have been required to pay had there been no increase to the tax basis of the tangible and intangible assets of Group LP as a result of the exchanges and had we not entered into the tax receivable agreement. The term of the tax receivable agreement will commence upon consummation of this offering and will continue until all such tax benefits have been utilized or expired, unless we exercise our right to terminate the tax receivable agreement for an amount based on an agreed value of payments remaining to be made under the agreement.

        Although we are not aware of any issue that would cause the IRS to challenge a tax basis increase, our eligible Managing Directors will not reimburse us for any payments previously made under the tax receivable agreement. As a result, in certain circumstances we may make payments to the eligible Managing Directors generally under the tax receivable agreement in excess of our actual cash tax savings. While the actual amount and timing of any payments under this agreement will vary depending upon a number of factors, including the timing of exchanges, the price of shares of our Class A common stock at the time of the exchange, the extent to which such exchanges are taxable and the amount and timing of our income, we expect that, as a result of the size of the increases of the tangible and intangible assets of Group LP attributable to our interests in Group LP, during the expected term of the tax receivable agreement, the payments that we may make to our eligible Managing Directors could be substantial. Payments made under the tax receivable agreement are required to be made

41


Table of Contents

within 225 days of the filing of our tax returns. Because we generally expect to receive the tax savings prior to making the cash payments to the selling holders of Group LP partnership units, we do not expect the cash payments to have a material impact on our liquidity.

        In addition, the tax receivable agreement provides that, upon a merger, asset sale, or other form of business combination or certain other changes of control or if, at any time, we elect an early termination of the tax receivable agreement, our (or our successor's) obligations with respect to exchanged or acquired units (whether exchanged or acquired before or after such change of control or early termination) will be based on certain assumptions, including that we would have sufficient taxable income to fully utilize the deductions arising from the increased tax deductions and tax basis and other benefits related to entering into the tax receivable agreement, and, in the case of certain early termination elections, that any units that have not been exchanged are deemed exchanged for the market value of the Class A common stock at the time of termination. Consequently, it is possible, in these circumstances, that the actual cash tax savings realized by us may be significantly less than the corresponding tax receivable agreement payments.

42


Table of Contents


USE OF PROCEEDS

        Our net proceeds from this offering will be approximately $            (or approximately $            if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full) after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us (assuming the Class A common stock is sold at $            per share, which is the mid-point of the estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus).

        Moelis & Company will use approximately $            of the net proceeds from this offering to purchase            Class A partnership units directly from Group LP. Moelis & Company will use the remaining $            of net proceeds to make one-time payments of $            to the partners of Old Holdings who received, directly or indirectly, shares of Class A common stock in exchange for the Group LP Class A partnership units they would otherwise have received in connection with the reorganization. See "Organizational Structure—The Reorganization."

        Group LP will use approximately $            of the net proceeds it receives from this offering to make a one-time cash distribution of $            to the partners of Old Holdings who hold Group LP Class A partnership units as of the day prior to the closing of this offering. Group LP will use the remaining $            of the net proceeds that it receives for general corporate purposes.

        As a result of Moelis & Company's payments of approximately $            and Group LP's distribution of approximately $            , the partners of Old Holdings will each have received their pro rata portion of the aggregate amount paid and distributed, as applicable. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares, Moelis & Company and Group LP will make additional payments and distributions, respectively.

        A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price per share would increase (decrease) the estimated net proceeds to us by approximately $                    (or approximately $                    if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock in full), assuming that the number of shares of Class A common stock sold by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of 100,000 shares in the number of shares of Class A common stock offered by us would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $                    , assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains the same, and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions.

43


Table of Contents


DIVIDEND POLICY

        Following this offering and subject to applicable law, we intend to pay a quarterly cash dividend initially equal to $             per share of Class A common stock, commencing with the                    . Any declaration and payment of future dividends to holders of our Class A common stock will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on many factors, including our financial condition, earnings, cash flows, capital requirements, level of indebtedness, statutory and contractual restrictions applicable to the payment of dividends and other considerations that our board of directors deems relevant.

        Holders of our Class B common stock will be entitled to receive dividends of the same type as any dividends payable on outstanding Class A common stock. Dividends on shares of Class B common stock will be calculated based on the applicable subscription amount such that the aggregate dividends payable with respect to Class B common stock will equal the dividends payable with respect to an equivalent dollar amount of Class A common stock. See "Description of Capital Stock—Class B Common Stock."

        Moelis & Company will be a holding company and its only asset will be its partnership interests in Group LP, its equity interest in the sole general partner of Group LP, Moelis & Company Group GP LLC, and its interests in its subsidiaries. Under Delaware law, dividends may be payable only out of surplus, which is calculated as our assets less our liabilities and our capital, or, if we have no surplus, out of our net profits for the fiscal year in which the dividend is declared and/or the preceding fiscal year. We intend to cause Group LP to make distributions to Moelis & Company in an amount sufficient to cover dividends, if any, declared by us. If Group LP makes such distributions, each other Group LP Class A unitholder will be entitled to receive equivalent distributions from Group LP on its units.

44


Table of Contents


CAPITALIZATION

        The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of December 31, 2013, as follows:

        You should read this table in conjunction with the sections entitled "Organizational Structure," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our combined financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
  As of December 31, 2013  
 
  Actual   As Adjusted  
 
  (in thousands, except
share amounts)

 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 303,024   $    
           
           

Parent company equity

  $ 309,370        

Stockholders' equity:

             

Class A common stock of $0.01 par value per share: shares authorized, shares issued and outstanding, actual; shares authorized, shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted

             

Class B common stock of $0.01 par value per share: shares authorized, shares issued and outstanding, actual; shares authorized, shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted

             

Additional paid-in capital

             

Accumulated income

             

Total equity

  $ 309,370        
           

Total capitalization

  $ 309,370   $    
           
           

        A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, would increase (decrease) the as adjusted amount of each of cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders' equity and total capitalization by approximately $                     million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

45


Table of Contents


DILUTION

        If you invest in our Class A common stock, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our Class A common stock and the net tangible book value per share of our Class A common stock after this offering. Dilution results from the fact that the per share offering price of the Class A common stock is substantially in excess of the book value per share attributable to the existing equityholders.

        Our net tangible book value as of December 31, 2013 was approximately $             million, or $            per share of our Class A common stock. Net tangible book value represents the amount of total tangible assets less total liabilities and net tangible book value per share represents net tangible book value divided by the number of shares of Class A common stock outstanding, after assuming that all of the Class A partnership unitholders of Group LP exchanged their vested units for newly-issued shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis.

        After giving effect to the sale of                    shares of Class A common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, the mid-point of the price range on the cover of this prospectus, our net tangible book value would have been $            million, or $            per share. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value (or a decrease in net tangible book deficit) of $            per share to existing equityholders and an immediate dilution in net tangible book value of $             per share to new investors.

        The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis assuming the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares:

Assumed initial public offering price per share

        $    

Net tangible book value per share as of December 31, 2013

  $          

Increase in net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors in this offering

             
             

Net tangible book value per share after this offering

             
             

Dilution in net tangible book value per share to new investors in this offering

        $    
             
             

        The following table summarizes the total number of shares of Class A common stock purchased from us, the total cash consideration paid to us and the average price per share paid by the existing Class A partnership equityholders and by new investors purchasing shares in this offering, assuming that all of the Group LP Class A partnership unitholders exchanged their vested units for shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis:

 
  Shares Purchased   Total Consideration    
 
 
  Average
Price Per
Share
 
 
  Number   Percent   Amount   Percent  

Existing equityholders

              $           $    

New investors

                               
                         

Total

          100 % $       100 %      
                         
                         

        Of the                Class A partnership units held by Class A partnership unitholders of Group LP (other than Moelis & Company), immediately following this offering                will be fully vested and                will be unvested. If we had assumed that all of the Class A partnership unitholders exchanged their unvested units in addition to their vested units for newly issued shares of our Class A common stock, the dilution in net tangible book value per share to new investors would have been greater, and the average price per share paid by the existing equityholders would have been lower.

46


Table of Contents


UNAUDITED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION

        The following unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements have been derived by applying pro forma adjustments to our historical combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

        The adjustments necessary to fairly present the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements have been based on available information and assumptions that we believe are reasonable. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements of operations and financial condition are presented for illustrative purposes only and do not purport to represent our results of operations or financial position that would actually have occurred had the transactions referred to below been consummated on January 1, 2013 for the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations, as applicable, and on December 31, 2013 for the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of financial condition, or to project our results of operations or financial position for any future date or period. The adjustments are described in the notes to the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements.

        The pro forma adjustments principally give effect to the following items:

        The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information presented assumes no exercise by the underwriters of the option to purchase up to an additional                  shares of Class A common stock from us and that the shares of Class A common stock to be sold in this offering are sold at $              per share, which is the midpoint of the price range on the front cover of this prospectus.

        Following the offering, we will incur costs associated with being a U.S. publicly traded company. Such costs will include new or increased expenses for such items as insurance, directors' fees, accounting work, legal advice and compliance with applicable U.S. regulatory and stock exchange requirements, including costs associated with compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and periodic or current reporting obligations under the Exchange Act. No pro forma adjustments have been made to reflect such costs due to the fact that they currently are not objectively determinable.

        The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information is included for informational purposes only and does not purport to reflect our results of operations or financial condition that would have occurred had we operated as a public company during the periods presented. You should read this unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information together with the other information contained in this prospectus, including "Organizational Structure," "Management's

47


Table of Contents

Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our combined financial statements and the notes thereto.

 
  Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined
Statement of Operations Year Ended December 31, 2013
 
($ in thousands, except per share data)
  Moelis &
Company
Historical
  Reorganization
Adjustments
  As Adjusted
Before
Offering
  Initial Public
Offering
Adjustments
  Moelis &
Company Pro Forma
 

Revenues

  $ 411,386                          

Expenses:

                               

Compensation and benefits

    264,944                   (a)      

Non-compensation expenses

    76,333                          
                       

Total operating expenses

    341,277                          

Operating income

    70,109                          

Other income and expenses

    (771 )                        

Income from equity method investments

    3,681                          
                       

Income before income taxes

    73,019                          

Provision for income taxes

    2,794                   (b)      
                       

Net income

    70,225                          

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

                      (c)      
                       

Net income attributable to Moelis & Company

  $ 70,225                          
                       
                       

Weighted average shares of Class A common stock outstanding:

                               

Basic

                              (d)

Diluted

                              (d)

Net income available to holders of shares of Class A common stock per share:

                               

Basic

                              (d)

Diluted

                              (d)

(a)
Reflects compensation expense associated with        RSUs issued in connection with this offering. The RSUs vest on a graded vesting schedule over a five-year period and therefore compensation expense will be recognized over this five-year period. This adjustment does not reflect one-time compensation expense associated with the issuance of       fully vested shares of Class A common stock. This adjustment does not reflect compensation expense related to awards issued contemporaneously with this offering but relating to the Company's annual compensation process.

(b)
As a partnership, we are not subject to U.S. federal income taxes, but we are subject to tax in certain foreign and local jurisdictions. An adjustment has been made to increase our effective tax rate to      %, which assumes the Company is taxed as a C corporation including (at the highest statutory rates apportioned to each) state, local, and foreign taxes.

Income before income taxes

       

Noncontrolling interest %

       
       

Income attributable to noncontrolling interest

       
       

Income attributable to common shareholders

       

Effective tax rate

       
       

Provision for income taxes

       

Less: Prior recorded provision (creditable)

       
       

Adjustment to provision for income taxes

       

48


Table of Contents

(c)
Reflects an adjustment to record the        % noncontrolling interests that partners of Old Holdings (other than the Company) own in Group LP relating to their partnership units, assuming            shares of Class A common stock are outstanding after this offering and        partnership units are held by partners of Old Holdings.


(d)
Reflects net income attributable to common shareholders divided by weighted average Class A common stock outstanding.

        We have not included the impact of shares of Class B common stock because these shares are entitled to an insignificant economic participation.

        Class A partnership units may be exchanged for our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to customary conversion rate adjustments for splits, unit distributions and reclassifications and compliance with applicable lock-up, vesting and transfer restrictions. If all Class A partnership units were to be exchanged for Class A common stock immediately following the reorganization, fully diluted Class A common stock outstanding would be              . In computing the dilutive effect, if any, that the aforementioned exchange would have on earnings per share, we consider that net income available to holders of Class A common stock would increase due to elimination of the noncontrolling interest in consolidated entities associated with the Group LP Class A partnership units (including any tax impact). For the year ended December 31, 2013, such exchange is not reflected in fully diluted earnings per share as the assumed exchange was anti-dilutive.

        We issued        unvested RSUs to employees in connection with this offering. Basic weighted average shares of Class A common stock outstanding are not impacted by the RSUs. Further, the RSUs are not reflected in diluted weighted average shares as the calculation is dependent upon the average stock price for the year, which is not determinable.

        We issued        fully vested shares of Class A common stock to employees in connection with this offering. Weighted average shares of Class A common stock outstanding are increased by the full        shares and are included in the denominator for both basic EPS and diluted EPS.

49


Table of Contents

 
  Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined
Statement of Financial Condition As of December 31, 2013
 
($ in thousands)
  Moelis &
Company
Historical
  Reorganization
Adjustments
  As Adjusted
Before
Offering
  Initial Public
Offering
Adjustments
  Moelis & Company Pro Forma  

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 303,024       (a)(b)           (c)(d)      

Restricted cash

    792                          

Total receivables

    35,343                          

Deferred compensation

    3,495                          

Investments at fair value

    68,141                          

Investment in joint venture

    12,481                          

Equipment and leasehold improvements, net

    5,156                          

Deferred tax asset

    1,315                   (e)      

Prepaid expenses and other assets

    13,716                          
                       

Total assets

    443,463                          
                       
                       

Compensation payable

    104,527                          

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

    14,262                   (e)      

Other liabilities

    15,304                          
                       

Total liabilities

    134,093                          
                       

Parent company investment

    308,444       (a)(b)           (f)      

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

    926                          

Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share

                      (c)(f)      

Class B common stock, par value $0.01 per share

                             

Additional paid-in-capital

                      (c)(d)(e)(f)      

Noncontrolling interests

                      (f)      
                       

Total equity

    309,370                          
                       

Total liabilities and equity

  $ 443,463                          
                       
                       

(a)
Reflects the capitalization of Old Holdings in an amount equal to approximately $              . This amount will be used in the operations of Old Holdings and will not be available for the operations of Moelis & Company.

(b)
Reflects funding of a pre-offering distribution to the partners of Old Holdings in an amount approximating $              .

(c)
Reflects net proceeds of approximately $              from the offering of              shares of Class A common stock, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses.

(d)
Reflects a distribution out of offering proceeds to the partners of Old Holdings.

(e)
Reflects the tax impact associated with the one-time cash distribution which is treated as an acquisition for U.S. federal income tax purposes of Class A partnership units in Group LP from certain partners of Old Holdings. This distribution results in a deferred tax asset of approximately $              . To the extent we estimate that we will not realize the full benefit represented by the deferred tax asset, based on an analysis of expected future earnings, we will reduce the deferred

50


Table of Contents

(f)
In connection with this offering,              pre-reorganization partnership units of Old Holdings will become              post-reorganization Class A Group LP partnership units.                of these partnership units will be held by the partners of Old Holdings and represent a noncontrolling interest in Group LP, and the remaining units will be converted into Class A common stock of the Company, representing a controlling interest. This adjustment reflects the reallocation of the parent company investment among controlling and noncontrolling interests.

51


Table of Contents


SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

        The following selected financial and other data should be read together with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and the historical financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

        We derived the selected historical financial data as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 from our audited combined financial statements which are included elsewhere in this prospectus.

        We derived the selected historical financial data as of December 31, 2011 from our audited combined financial statements which are not included in this prospectus.

        We derived the selected historical financial data as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 and for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 from our unaudited combined financial statements which are not included in this prospectus. The unaudited combined financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 have been prepared on substantially the same basis as the audited combined financial statements and include all normal and recurring adjustments that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of the financial position and operating results for these periods.

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
($ in thousands)
  2013   2012   2011   2010   2009  

Statement of Operations Data

                               

Revenues

 
$

411,386
 
$

385,871
 
$

268,024
 
$

315,421
 
$

178,817
 

Expenses:

                               

Compensation and benefits

    264,944     274,941     200,368     197,456     115,132  

Non-compensation expenses

    76,333     72,885     78,526     66,784     43,218  
                       

Total operating expenses

    341,277     347,826     278,894     264,240     158,350  

Operating income (loss)

    70,109     38,045     (10,870 )   51,181     20,467  

Other income and expenses

    (771 )   333     245     173     425  

Income (loss) from equity method investment

    3,681     (658 )   5,737     (479 )    
                       

Income (loss) before income taxes

    73,019     37,720     (4,888 )   50,875     20,892  

Provision for income taxes

    2,794     2,498     3,642     3,666     611  
                       

Net income (loss)

  $ 70,225   $ 35,222   $ (8,530 ) $ 47,209   $ 20,281  
                       
                       

Statement of Financial Condition Data (period end)

                               

Total assets

  $ 443,463   $ 402,668   $ 204,929   $ 267,878   $ 238,650  

Total liabilities

    134,093     142,560     92,754     120,527     126,837  

Equity

    309,370     260,108     112,175     147,351     111,813  

Other Data and Metrics

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Bankers at period-end

    317     340     335     262     178  

Managing Directors at period-end

    86     80     76     58     40  

Number of fee-paying clients

    263     236     182     175     123  

Number of fee-paying clients ³ $1M

    109     107     72     96     63  

% of total revenues from top 10 transactions

    23 %   22 %   34 %   26 %   27 %

52


Table of Contents


MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

        The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our "Selected Historical Financial and Other Data" and our historical financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from the forward-looking statements below. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to, those identified below and those discussed in the section entitled "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this prospectus.

Executive Overview

        Moelis & Company is a leading global independent investment bank that provides innovative strategic and financial advice to a diverse client base, including corporations, governments and financial sponsors. With 14 offices located in the United States, Europe, the Middle East, Asia and Australia, we advise clients around the world on their most critical decisions, including mergers and acquisitions, recapitalizations and restructurings and other corporate finance matters.

        We were founded in July 2007 by veteran investment bankers to create a global independent investment bank that offers multi-disciplinary solutions and exceptional transaction execution. We opened for business in New York and Los Angeles with a team of top tier advisory professionals. The dislocation in the financial services industry caused by the global financial crisis provided us with a unique opportunity to rapidly build a firm with global scale and broad advisory expertise, and we more than tripled our professional headcount from the end of 2008 through the end of 2011. Since our founding, we have added new Managing Directors with sector, regional or transactional expertise and with strong client relationships. In addition, we have established recruiting programs at top universities to hire talented junior professionals and instituted training programs to help develop them into advisory specialists.

        We have added Managing Directors to expand our sector expertise, and currently provide capabilities across all major industries including Consumer, Retail & Restaurants; Financial Institutions; Financial Sponsors; General Industrials; Healthcare; Natural Resources; Real Estate, Gaming, Lodging & Leisure and Technology, Media & Telecommunications. In addition, we hired professionals to broaden our global reach and opened a network of offices, expanding into London in 2008, Sydney in 2009, Dubai in 2010, Hong Kong and Beijing in 2011 and Frankfurt, Mumbai and Paris in 2012. We also added regional capabilities in the U.S., opening offices in Boston in 2007, Chicago in 2008 and Houston and Palo Alto in 2011. We have developed additional areas of advisory expertise to complement our strong M&A capabilities and to meet the changing needs of our clients. Our early investment in recapitalization and restructuring talent in mid-2008 positioned us to capitalize on the significant increase in restructuring volume during the global financial crisis. In 2009, we added expertise in advising clients on capital markets matters and advising financial institutions on complex risk exposures. Our ability to provide services to our clients across sectors and regions and through all phases of the business cycle has led to long-term client relationships and a diversified revenue base.

        As of December 31, 2013, we served our clients globally with 317 advisory bankers, including 86 Managing Directors. We plan to continue to grow our firm across sectors, geographies and products to deliver the most relevant advice and innovative solutions to our clients.

        We generate revenues primarily from providing advisory services on transactions that are subject to individually negotiated engagement letters which set forth our fees. We generally generate fees at key transaction milestones, such as closing, the timing of which is outside of our control. As a result, revenues and net income in any period may not be indicative of full year results or the results of any

53


Table of Contents

other period and may vary significantly from year to year and quarter to quarter. The performance of our business depends on the ability of our professionals to build relationships with clients over many years by providing trusted advice and exceptional transaction execution.

Business Environment and Outlook

        Economic and global financial conditions can materially affect our operational and financial performance. See "Risk Factors" in this prospectus for a discussion of some of the factors that can affect our performance. Revenues and net income in any period may not be indicative of full year results or the results of any other period and may vary significantly from year to year and quarter to quarter.

        In 2013, we earned revenues of $411.4 million, or an increase of 7% from the $385.9 million earned in 2012. We achieved these results relative to a year-over-year 12% decline in the number of global completed M&A transactions and a 4% decline in global completed M&A volume. While prolonged economic uncertainty has adversely affected global M&A activity levels, we have experienced a growing demand for independent advice. In 2013, 80% of the top 10 announced M&A deals and 75% of the top 20 announced M&A deals included independent advisors. This is up significantly from 2003, when 30% of both the top 10 and top 20 announced M&A deals included independent advisors.

        In 2013, we took steps to improve the efficiency of our operations through the rationalization of our headcount. As a result, the number of our advisory professionals decreased by 7% during 2013, while we increased the number of our Managing Directors from 80 to 86. We believe that the team of professionals we have in place today is well positioned to continue to take advantage of attractive market opportunities to enhance our leadership position as a global independent investment bank.

        In 2013, compensation and benefits expenses of $264.9 million represented 64% of revenues, down from 71% of revenues in 2012. The decline in our compensation ratio reflects the continued maturation of our business and a rationalization of our headcount. Non-compensation expenses were $76.3 million in 2013, representing 19% of revenues, the same percentage as in 2012. We earned net income of $70.2 million during 2013, as compared with $35.2 million of net income earned in 2012, representing our highest annual net income since inception.

        Based on historical experience, we believe the current economic backdrop (high corporate cash balances, healthy capital markets and financial sponsors seeking to return capital) provides a strong foundation for what should be an active M&A environment. Despite lower than average M&A activity, we believe our clients have increasing confidence in the U.S. economy as the political and economic environment has become more constructive and financing remains readily available at historically low cost. In addition, European economies continue to slowly stabilize. Based on these market factors and the growing demand for independent advice, we believe we are well positioned for 2014.

54


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

        The following is a discussion of our results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

 
   
   
   
  Variance  
 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2013 vs. 2012   2012 vs. 2011  
($ in thousands)
  2013   2012   2011  

Revenues

  $ 411,386   $ 385,871   $ 268,024     7 %   44 %

Expenses:

                               

Compensation and benefits

    264,944     274,941     200,368     -4 %   37 %

Non-compensation expenses

    76,333     72,885     78,526     5 %   -7 %
                       

Total operating expenses

    341,277     347,826     278,894     -2 %   25 %

Operating income (loss)

    70,109     38,045     (10,870 )   84 %   N/M  

Other income and expenses

    (771 )   333     245     N/M     36 %

Income (loss) from equity method investment

    3,681     (658 )   5,737     N/M     N/M  
                       

Income (loss) before income taxes

    73,019     37,720     (4,888 )   94 %   N/M  

Provision for income taxes

    2,794     2,498     3,642     12 %   -31 %
                       

Net income (loss)

  $ 70,225   $ 35,222   $ (8,530 )   99 %   N/M  
                       
                       


N/M
= not meaningful

Revenues

        We operate in a highly competitive environment. Each revenue-generating engagement is separately solicited, awarded and negotiated, and there are usually no long-term contracted sources of revenue. As a consequence, our fee-paying client engagements are not likely to be predictable, and high levels of revenues in one quarter are not necessarily predictive of continued high levels of revenues in future periods. To develop new business, our professionals maintain an active business dialogue with a large number of existing clients and potential clients, as well as with their legal and other advisors. We add new clients each year as our bankers continue to expand their relationships, as we hire senior bankers who bring their client relationships and as we receive introductions from our relationship network of senior executives, board members, attorneys and other third parties. We also lose clients each year as a result of the sale or merger of clients, changes in clients' senior management, competition from other financial services firms and other causes.

        We earn substantially all of our revenues from advisory engagements, and, in many cases, we are not paid until the successful completion of an underlying transaction. Complications that may terminate or delay a transaction include failure to agree upon final terms with the counterparty, failure to obtain required regulatory consents, failure to obtain board or stockholder approvals, failure to secure financing, adverse market conditions or unexpected operating or financial problems related to either party to the transaction. In these circumstances, we often do not receive significant advisory fees despite the fact that we may have devoted considerable time and resources to the transaction. Barriers to the completion of a restructuring transaction may include a lack of anticipated bidders for the assets of our client or the inability of our client to restructure its operations or indebtedness due to a failure to reach agreement with its creditors. In these circumstances, our fees are generally limited to monthly retainer fees and reimbursement of certain out-of-pocket expenses.

        We do not allocate our revenues by the type of advice we provide (M&A, recapitalizations and restructurings or other corporate finance matters) because of the complexity of the transactions on which we may earn revenues and our holistic approach to client service. For example, a restructuring engagement may evolve to require a sale of all or a portion of the client, M&A assignments can develop

55


Table of Contents

from relationships established on prior restructuring engagements and capital markets expertise can be instrumental on both M&A and restructuring assignments.

        Revenues were $411.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared with $385.9 million in 2012, representing an increase of 7%. This result compares favorably with a 12% decline in the number of global completed M&A transactions and a 4% decline in global completed M&A volume during the year.

        Select advisory assignments completed in 2013 include:

        In 2013, we earned revenues from 263 clients, up from 236 clients in the prior year. The total number of clients paying fees equal to or greater than $1 million in 2013 increased to 109 from 107 in the prior year. Our top 10 transactions in 2013 contributed 23% of our total revenue, up slightly from 22% in 2012.

        Revenues were $385.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared with $268.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, representing an increase of 44%. This result compares favorably with a 13% decline in global completed M&A volume and a 5% decline in the number of global completed M&A transactions for the same period.

        Select advisory assignments completed in 2012 include:

56


Table of Contents

        An increased number of clients contributed to our advisory revenue growth, and in 2012, we generated revenues from 236 clients as compared with 182 clients in 2011. The total number of clients paying fees equal to or greater than $1 million increased to 107 in 2012 from 72 in the prior year. Additionally, our top 10 transactions in 2012 contributed 22% of our total revenues, as compared with 34% in 2011.

Operating Expenses

        The following table sets forth information relating to our operating expenses, which are reported net of reimbursements of certain expenses by our clients:

 
   
   
   
  Variance  
 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2013 vs. 2012   2012 vs. 2011  
($ in thousands)
  2013   2012   2011  

Expenses:

                               

Compensation and benefits

  $ 264,944   $ 274,941   $ 200,368     -4 %   37 %

% of revenues

    64 %   71 %   75 %            

Non-compensation expenses

  $ 76,333   $ 72,885   $ 78,526     5 %   -7 %

% of revenues

    19 %   19 %   29 %            

Total operating expenses

  $ 341,277   $ 347,826   $ 278,894     -2 %   25 %

% of revenues

    83 %   90 %   104 %            

Income (loss) before income taxes

  $ 73,019   $ 37,720   $ (4,888 )   94 %   N/M  

% of revenues

    18 %   10 %   N/M              


N/M
= not meaningful

        Our operating expenses are classified as compensation and benefits expenses and non-compensation expenses, and headcount is the primary driver of our expenses. Compensation and benefits expenses account for the majority of our operating expenses. Non-compensation expenses, which include the costs of professional fees, travel and related expenses, communication, technology and information services, occupancy, depreciation and other expenses, generally have been less significant in comparison with compensation and benefits expenses. Expenses are recorded on the combined statements of operations, net of any expenses reimbursed by clients.

        Operating expenses were $341.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 and represented 83% of revenues, compared with $347.8 million in 2012 which represented 90% of revenues. Our

57


Table of Contents

income before income taxes increased significantly, growing from $37.7 million in 2012 to $73.0 million in 2013, which represented 18% of revenues as compared with 10% in the prior year.

        Operating expenses were $347.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 and represented 90% of revenues, compared with $278.9 million of operating expenses in the year ended December 31, 2011 which represented 104% of revenues. Our income before income taxes of $37.7 million grew to 10% of revenues in the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared with a loss before income taxes of $4.9 million in the prior year period.

Compensation and Benefits Expenses

        Our compensation and benefits expenses are determined by management based on revenues earned, the competitiveness of the prevailing labor market and anticipated compensation requirements for our employees, the level of recruitment of new Managing Directors, the amount of compensation expenses amortized for equity awards and other relevant factors.

        Our compensation expenses consist of base salary and benefits, annual incentive compensation payable as cash bonus awards, including certain amounts subject to clawback and contingent upon a required period of service ("contingent cash awards") and amortization of equity-based compensation awards. Base salary and benefits are paid ratably throughout the year. Equity awards are amortized into compensation expenses on a graded basis (based upon the fair value of the award at the time of grant) during the service period over which the award vests, which is typically four to eight years. The awards are recorded within equity as they are expensed. Contingent cash awards are amortized into compensation expenses over the required service period, which is typically two to three years. Cash bonuses, which are accrued each quarter, are discretionary and dependent upon a number of factors including the performance of the Company and are generally paid during the first two months of each calendar year with respect to prior year performance. The equity component of the annual incentive award is determined with reference to the Company's estimate of grant date fair value, which in turn determines the number of equity awards granted subject to a vesting schedule.

        Due to our rapid expansion in the early years of our operations, the ratio of our compensation expenses to revenues has been higher than what we intend to target in the future. Newly hired bankers typically require a ramp up period before they and their client relationships begin to contribute meaningful revenues to the Company. As a result, our compensation ratio has been higher in prior periods of significant headcount growth. We have reduced our compensation ratio in recent periods primarily through the continued maturation of our advisory platform as the tenure of our senior bankers has increased. Based on these factors and an improving macroeconomic environment, we intend to target a compensation ratio of            %. However, if we identify opportunities to grow revenues through significant expansion or to position our Company during challenging market conditions for future growth, we may report a compensation ratio in excess of this target. We intend to compensate our personnel competitively in order to continue building our business and growing our firm.

        Our compensation expenses are primarily based upon revenues, prevailing labor market conditions and other factors that can fluctuate, including headcount, and as a result, our compensation expenses may fluctuate materially in any particular period. Accordingly, the amount of compensation expenses recognized in any particular period may not be consistent with prior periods or indicative of future periods.

        For the year ended December 31, 2013, compensation-related expenses of $264.9 million represented 64% of revenues, down from 71% of revenues in the prior year. The decline in

58


Table of Contents

compensation expenses primarily relates to a lower discretionary bonus accrual during 2013 as compared with 2012, which is driven by a combination of the Company's performance, labor market conditions, the continued maturation of our platform and actions we took to improve the efficiency of our operations by rationalizing our headcount.

        Our fixed compensation costs, which are primarily the sum of base salaries, payroll taxes and benefits and the amortization of previously issued equity and contingent cash awards, were $163.3 million and $165.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The aggregate amount of discretionary cash bonus expenses, which generally represents the excess amount of total compensation over base compensation and amortization of equity and contingent cash awards, was $101.6 million and $109.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

        For the year ended December 31, 2012, compensation-related expenses of $274.9 million represented 71% of revenues, down from 75% in the prior year. A substantial portion of compensation expenses include discretionary bonuses, which are driven by a combination of Company performance and the competitiveness of the prevailing labor market.

        Our fixed compensation costs were $165.9 million and $141.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Our fixed compensation costs may vary from year to year based on such factors as changes to headcount, changes to the composition of headcount, prevailing market conditions which affect salary levels and changes in charges for the amortization of equity awards and other related matters. The aggregate amount of discretionary cash bonus expenses of $109.0 million and $58.8 million was recognized for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Non-Compensation Expenses

        Our non-compensation expenses include the costs of professional fees, travel and related expenses, communication, technology and information services, occupancy, depreciation and other expenses. Reimbursed client expenses are netted against non-compensation expenses.

        Historically, our non-compensation expenses, particularly occupancy and travel costs associated with business development, have increased as we have grown our business and made strategic investments. This trend may continue as we expand into new sectors, geographies and products to serve our clients' evolving needs. In addition, we will experience increased non-compensation expenses in connection with becoming a public company.

        Non-compensation expenses were $76.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2013, representing 19% of revenues, the same percentage as in 2012. The year-over-year increase in non-compensation expenses of $3.4 million was primarily attributable to an increase in travel and related expenses and professional fees.

        Non-compensation expenses were $72.9 million in the year ended December 31, 2012, representing a 7% decrease from the $78.5 million of non-compensation expenses recorded in the year ended December 31, 2011. The decrease in non-compensation expenses was primarily attributable to a $5.0 million legal settlement which was recorded in 2011 and related to our role advising on the sale of a company. Excluding the legal settlement, a decrease in professional fees was partially offset by

59


Table of Contents

increases in occupancy and communication, technology and information services in 2012. Non-compensation expenses as a percentage of revenues were 19% in 2012, down from 29% (or 27% excluding the legal settlement) in 2011. The decline in the non-compensation ratio was primarily due to increased revenues.

Income (Loss) From Equity Method Investment

        On April 1, 2010, we entered into the Australian JV, investing a combination of cash and certain net assets in exchange for a 50% interest in the Australian JV. The remaining 50% of the Australian JV is owned by an Australian trust established by and for the benefit of Australian executives. The Australian JV's primary business is offering advisory services, much like the Company. The Australian JV also has an equity capital markets and research, sales and trading business covering Australian public equity securities.

        Income (loss) from equity method investment, which relates to our share of gains and losses of the Australian JV, was income of $3.7 million and a loss of $0.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. During 2013, the Australian JV generated $41.7 million of revenues and $34.3 million of expenses, resulting in net income of $7.4 million, of which we recognized our 50% share, or $3.7 million. In 2012, the Australian JV generated $35.8 million of revenues and $37.1 million of expenses, resulting in a net loss of $1.3 million, of which we recognized our 50% share, or a loss of $0.7 million. The Australian JV's revenues increased by 16% for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared with 2012. The Australian JV generally derives revenues from a varying number of engagements each period which may result in revenues that vary significantly from period to period. Operating expenses decreased 8% during the year ended December 31, 2013 when compared with 2012 primarily due to lower compensation expenses.

        Income (loss) from equity method investment was a loss of $0.7 million and income of $5.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2012, the Australian JV generated $35.8 million of revenues and $37.1 million of expenses, resulting in a net loss of $1.3 million, of which we recognized our 50% share, or a $0.7 million loss. For the year ended December 31, 2011, the Australian JV generated $52.3 million of revenues and $40.9 million of expenses, resulting in net income of $11.5 million, of which we recognized our 50% share, or $5.7 million. The Australian JV's revenues decreased by 32% for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared with 2011 due to the earlier year including more significant transactions. The Australian JV's operating expenses decreased during the year ended December 31, 2012 when compared with 2011 primarily due to lower incentive compensation expenses as a result of lower revenues during the year.

Provision for Income Taxes

        The Company comprises entities that are organized as limited liability companies and limited partnerships. For federal income tax purposes, the Company is a pass-through entity. Accordingly, no federal income taxes are assessed at the Company level. Federal income tax law and regulations require partners to report their allocable share of the Company's taxable income or loss in their respective tax returns. Certain foreign, state and local tax authorities levy taxes on the Company based on its income. The Company's provision for income taxes is primarily related to New York City Unincorporated Business Tax ("UBT") attributable to the Company's operations allocated to New York City.

60


Table of Contents

        During the year ended December 31, 2013, the provision for income taxes was $2.8 million, which reflected an effective tax rate of 4% as compared with a provision for income taxes of $2.5 million and an effective tax rate of 7% for the year ended December 31, 2012. The decline in the effective tax rate primarily related to the impact of the relative decrease in the proportion of non-deductible partner compensation to pretax income.

        During the year ended December 31, 2012, the provision for income taxes was $2.5 million, which reflected an effective tax rate of 7% as compared with a provision for income taxes of $3.6 million on a net loss before taxes for the year ended December 31, 2011. The difference in the effective tax rates is primarily due to (i) the Company having net taxable income in New York City in both periods but the overall net loss in 2011 resulting in a negative effective tax rate; and (ii) the inclusion in the 2011 income tax provision of an expense of $1.9 million relating to a valuation allowance which reduced the Company's deferred tax assets pertaining to foreign jurisdictions. At December 31, 2011, we concluded that a full valuation allowance should be established with regard to the tax benefits associated with certain foreign net operating losses.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

        We regularly monitor our liquidity position, including cash and cash equivalents, working capital assets and liabilities, any commitments and other liquidity requirements. The Company's cash and cash equivalents reflects the cash of Old Holdings. Prior to this offering such cash is used to fund working capital and investments of Old Holdings, as well as of the Company. After the offering, the cash will either be retained by the Company or distributed to Old Holdings and its existing owners, as described below and more fully under "Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information".

        Our current assets have historically comprised cash, short-term liquid investments and receivables related to fees earned from providing advisory services. Our current liabilities include accrued expenses, including accrued employee compensation. We pay a significant portion of incentive compensation during the first two months of each calendar year with respect to the prior year's results. We also distribute estimated partner tax payments in the first quarter of each year in respect of the prior year's operating results. Therefore, levels of cash generally have declined during the first quarter of each year after incentive compensation was paid to our employees and estimated tax payments were distributed to partners. Cash then gradually increased over the remainder of the year. We expect these practices to continue.

        We evaluate our cash needs on a regular basis in light of current market conditions. Cash and cash equivalents include all short-term highly liquid investments that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash and have original maturities of three months or less from the date of purchase. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company had cash equivalents of $260.8 million and $158.0 million, respectively, invested in U.S. Treasury Bills, bank time deposits and government securities money market funds. Additionally, as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company had cash of $42.2 million and $27.6 million, respectively, maintained in U.S. and non-U.S. bank accounts, of which some U.S. account balances exceeded the FDIC coverage limit of $250,000.

        In addition to cash and cash equivalents, we hold U.S. Treasury Bills and bank time deposits classified as investments on our statement of financial condition as they have original maturities of three months or more from the date of purchase. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company held $66.2 million and $139.1 million of these liquid investments, respectively.

        Our liquidity is highly dependent upon cash receipts from clients which are generally dependent upon the successful completion of transactions as well as the timing of receivable collections, which

61


Table of Contents

typically occurs within 60 days of billing. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012 accounts receivable were $28.8 million and $37.7 million, respectively, net of allowances of $0.8 million and $1.7 million, respectively.

        To provide for working capital and other general corporate purposes, we maintain a $25.0 million unsecured revolving credit facility that matures on June 30, 2015. Advances on the facility bear interest at the greater of a fixed rate of 3.50% per annum or at the Company's option of (i) LIBOR plus 1% or (ii) Prime minus 1.50%. As of December 31, 2013, the Company had no borrowings under the credit facility.

        As of December 31, 2013, the Company's available credit under this facility was $15.3 million as a result of the issuance of an aggregate amount of $9.7 million of various standby letters of credit, which were required in connection with certain office leases and other agreements. The Company incurs a 1% per annum fee on the outstanding balances of issued letters of credit.

        On July 25, 2013, a dividend distribution (in excess of the required tax distribution) of approximately $35.4 million was granted to unitholders of record as of the distribution date. Vested and unvested units held since April 1, 2013 were eligible to participate. The dividend distribution was recorded as net cash used in financing activities in the combined statements of cash flows.

        In connection with this offering, we expect to distribute $            of cash, as discussed further under "Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information." We believe that the cash we retain post-transaction, the cash generated from operations and our revolving credit facility will be sufficient to meet our operating needs and commitments. We may also adjust our expenses or consider a range of financing alternatives to meet future liquidity needs.

Regulatory Capital

        We actively monitor our regulatory capital base. Our principal subsidiaries are subject to regulatory requirements in their respective jurisdictions to ensure general financial soundness and liquidity. This requires, among other things, that we comply with certain minimum capital requirements, record-keeping, reporting procedures, experience and training requirements for employees and certain other requirements and procedures. These regulatory requirements may restrict the flow of funds to and from affiliates. See Note 11 of the combined financial statements as of December 31, 2013 for further information. These regulations differ in the United States, United Kingdom, Hong Kong and other countries in which we operate a registered broker dealer. The license under which we operate in each such country is meant to be appropriate to conduct an advisory business. We believe that we provide each of our subsidiaries with sufficient capital and liquidity, consistent with their business and regulatory requirements.

Tax Receivable Agreement

        We intend to enter into a tax receivable agreement with our eligible Managing Directors that will provide for the payment by us to our eligible Managing Directors of 85% of the amount of cash savings, if any, in U.S. federal, state and local income tax or franchise tax that we actually realize as a result of (a) the increases in tax basis attributable to our Managing Directors and (b) tax benefits related to imputed interest deemed to be paid by us as a result of this tax receivable agreement. We expect to benefit from the remaining 15% of cash savings, if any, in income tax that we realize. For purposes of the tax receivable agreement, cash savings in income tax will be computed by comparing our actual income tax liability to the amount of such taxes that we would have been required to pay had there been no increase to the tax basis of the tangible and intangible assets of Group LP as a result of the exchanges and had we not entered into the tax receivable agreement. The term of the tax receivable agreement will commence upon consummation of this offering and will continue until all such tax benefits have been utilized or expired, unless we exercise our right to terminate the tax

62


Table of Contents

receivable agreement for an amount based on an agreed value of payments remaining to be made under the agreement.

        Payments made under the tax receivable agreement are required to be made within 225 days of the filing of our tax returns. Because we generally expect to receive the tax savings prior to making the cash payments to the selling holders of Group LP partnership units, we do not expect the cash payments to have a material impact on our liquidity.

        In addition, the tax receivable agreement provides that, upon a merger, asset sale, or other form of business combination or certain other changes of control or if, at any time, we elect an early termination of the tax receivable agreement, our (or our successor's) obligations with respect to exchanged or acquired units (whether exchanged or acquired before or after such change of control or early termination) will be based on certain assumptions, including that we would have sufficient taxable income to fully utilize the deductions arising from the increased tax deductions and tax basis and other benefits related to entering into the tax receivable agreement, and, in the case of an early termination election, that any units that have not been exchanged are deemed exchanged for the market value of the Class A common stock at the time of termination. Consequently, it is possible, in these circumstances, that the actual cash tax savings realized by us may be significantly less than the corresponding tax receivable agreement payments.

        See "Organizational Structure" and "Risk Factors."

Cash Flows

        Our operating cash flows are primarily influenced by the timing and receipt of advisory fees, which are generally collected within 60 days of billing, and the payment of operating expenses, including payments of incentive compensation to our Managing Directors and employees. We distribute estimated partner taxes and pay a significant portion of incentive compensation during the first two months of each calendar year with respect to the prior year's results. A summary of our operating, investing and financing cash flows is as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
($ in thousands)
  2013   2012   2011  

Cash Provided By (Used In)

                   

Operating Activities:

                   

Net income (loss)

  $ 70,225   $ 35,222   $ (8,530 )

Non-cash charges

    52,562     50,115     26,277  

Other operating activities

    (5,130 )   25,398     (37,651 )
               

Total operating activities

    117,657     110,735     (19,904 )

Investing Activities

    71,668     (113,122 )   (31,224 )

Financing Activities

    (73,503 )   67,284     (52,427 )

Effect of exchange rate changes

    1,579     494     293  
               

Net increase (decrease) in cash

    117,401     65,391     (103,262 )

Beginning Cash

    185,623     120,232     223,494  
               

Ending Cash

  $ 303,024   $ 185,623   $ 120,232  
               
               

        Cash and cash equivalents were $303.0 million at December 31, 2013, an increase of $117.4 million from $185.6 million of cash and cash equivalents at December 31, 2012. Operating activities resulted in a net inflow of $117.7 million primarily related to net income and non-cash equity compensation charges, partially offset by a decrease in compensation payable. Investing activities resulted in a net

63


Table of Contents

inflow of $71.7 million primarily attributable to net proceeds from sales of investments of U.S. Treasury Bills and bank time deposits. Financing activities resulted in a net outflow of $73.5 million primarily related to tax and dividend distributions to partners.

        Cash and cash equivalents were $185.6 million at December 31, 2012, an increase of $65.4 million from $120.2 million at December 31, 2011. Operating activities resulted in a net inflow of $110.7 million primarily related to an increase in compensation payable, non-cash equity compensation charges and net income. Investing activities resulted in a net outflow of $113.1 million primarily attributable to net purchases of investments of U.S. Treasury Bills and bank time deposits. Financing activities resulted in a net cash inflow of $67.3 million, primarily attributable to a cash investment of $93.2 million made by our Japan alliance partner, SMBC, in Old Holdings, which was partially offset by tax distributions to partners.

        Cash and cash equivalents were $120.2 million at December 31, 2011, a decrease of $103.3 million from $223.5 million at December 31, 2010. Operating activities resulted in a net cash outflow of $19.9 million primarily related to a decrease in compensation payable and a net loss for the year, partially offset by non-cash equity compensation charges. Investing activities resulted in a net cash outflow of $31.2 million primarily attributable to net purchases of investments of U.S. Treasury Bills. Financing activities resulted in a net cash outflow of $52.4 million primarily related to tax distributions to partners.

Contractual Obligations

        The following table sets forth information relating to our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2013:

 
  Payment Due by Period  
($ in thousands)
  Total   Less than
1 Year
  1 - 3 Years   3 - 5 Years   More than
5 Years
 

Operating leases

  $ 67,480   $ 10,946   $ 18,131   $ 18,579   $ 19,824  
                       

Total

  $ 67,480   $ 10,946   $ 18,131   $ 18,579   $ 19,824  
                       
                       

        In connection with the Company's Australian JV, the Company granted a put option enabling the key senior Australian executive to sell his shares held in the Australian JV back to the Company at fair value upon certain defined exit events. The put option cannot be exercised prior to March 2015, except in the event of death or disability of the key senior Australian executive. If the put option is exercised, the Company will be required to pay 50% of the purchase price immediately and the remaining balance within 18 months (in cash or listed stock). In addition, the Company holds a call option, exercisable upon the occurrence of certain defined events, to purchase the shares from the Australian trust at fair value with the same payment terms as called for under the put option, described above.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

        We do not invest in any off-balance sheet vehicles that provide liquidity, capital resources, market or credit risk support, or engage in any leasing activities that expose us to any liability that is not reflected in our combined financial statements.

64


Table of Contents

Market Risk and Credit Risk

        Our business is not capital-intensive and we do not invest in derivative instruments or, generally, borrow through issuing debt. As a result, we are not subject to significant market risk (including interest rate risk, foreign currency exchange rate risk and commodity price risk) or credit risk.

        Our cash and cash equivalents include all short-term highly liquid investments that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash and have original maturities of three months or less from the date of purchase. We invest most of our cash in U.S. Treasury Bills, bank time deposits and government securities money market funds. Cash is maintained in U.S. and non-U.S. bank accounts. Some U.S. account balances exceed the FDIC coverage limit. In addition to cash and cash equivalents, we hold U.S. Treasury Bills and bank time deposits classified as investments on our statement of financial condition as they have original maturities of three months or more (but less than twelve months) from the date of purchase. We believe our cash and short-term investments are not subject to any material interest rate risk, equity price risk, credit risk or other market risk.

        We regularly review our accounts receivable and allowance by considering factors such as historical experience, credit quality, age of the accounts receivable and recoverable expense balances, and the current economic conditions that may affect a customer's ability to pay such amounts owed to the Company. We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts that, in our opinion, provides for an adequate reserve to cover losses that may be incurred. See "—Critical Accounting Policies—Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts."

        The Company is exposed to the risk that the exchange rate of the U.S. dollar relative to other currencies may have an adverse effect on the reported value of the Company's non-U.S. dollar denominated or based assets and liabilities. In addition, the reported amounts of our advisory revenues may be affected by movements in the rate of exchange between the pound sterling and the euro and the U.S. dollar, in which our financial statements are denominated. For the year ended December 31, 2013, the net impact of the fluctuation of foreign currencies in other comprehensive income in the combined statements of comprehensive income was $0.8 million. We have not entered into any transactions to hedge our exposure to these foreign currency fluctuations through the use of derivative instruments or other methods.

Critical Accounting Policies

        We believe that the critical accounting policies included below represent those that are most important to the presentation of our financial condition and results of operations and require management's most difficult, subjective and complex judgment.

        The preparation of combined financial statements and related disclosures in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Estimates and assumptions are reviewed periodically, and the effects of revisions are reflected in the period for which they are determined to be necessary.

        In addition to the revenues, expenses, assets and liabilities that are specifically identifiable to the Company, certain expenses have been allocated from Old Holdings based on the most relevant measure, including relative usage or proportion of the Company's headcount to that of Old Holdings.

65


Table of Contents

For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, $9.5 million, $10.1 million and $9.5 million, respectively, of occupancy expenses have been allocated to the Company based on the proportion of the Company's headcount to that of Old Holdings. For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, $9.8 million, $9.4 million and $8.8 million, respectively, of communication, technology and information services expenses have been allocated to the Company based on a combination of relative usage and the proportion of the Company's headcount to that of Old Holdings. All other expenses were specifically identifiable to the Company. Management believes that the assumptions and allocations underlying the combined financial statements are reasonable and the allocated amounts are representative of the amounts that would have been recorded in the combined financial statements had the Company operated independent of Old Holdings for the historical periods presented.

        All intercompany balances and transactions within the Company have been eliminated.

Revenue and Expense Recognition

        The Company recognizes revenues from providing advisory services when earned. Upfront fees and retainers are recognized over the estimated period during which the related services are to be performed. Transaction-related fees are recognized when all services for a transaction have been provided, specified conditions have been met and the transaction closes. Deferred revenues are recorded for fees received that have not yet been earned. Expenses are recorded on the combined financial statements, net of client reimbursements.

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

        The accompanying combined statements of financial condition present accounts receivable balances net of allowance for doubtful accounts based on the Company's assessment of the collectability of customer accounts.

        The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts that, in management's opinion, provides for an adequate reserve to cover losses that may be incurred. The Company regularly reviews the allowance by considering factors such as historical experience, credit quality, age of the accounts receivable and recoverable expense balances, and the current economic conditions that may affect a customer's ability to pay such amounts owed to the Company.

        After concluding that a reserved accounts receivable is no longer collectible, the Company will charge-off the receivable. This is determined based on several factors including the age of the accounts receivable and the credit worthiness of the customer. This has the effect of reducing both the gross receivable and the allowance for doubtful accounts.

Equity-based Compensation

        The Company recognizes the cost of employee services received in exchange for an equity instrument award. The cost is based on the fair value at the time of grant, amortized over the service period required by the award's vesting terms. The measurement of the fair value at the time of grant requires the Company to make estimates about its future operating results and the appropriate risk-adjusted discount rates. The methods used to estimate the fair value of equity-based compensation generally include the market approach and the income approach, each of which involves a significant degree of judgment. Under the market approach, fair value is determined with reference to observable valuation measures for comparable companies (e.g., multiplying a key performance metric of the comparable company by a relevant valuation multiple—adjusted for differences between the Company and the referenced comparable). Under the income approach, fair value is determined by converting future amounts (e.g., cash flows or earnings) to a single present amount (discounted) using current expectations about those future amounts. These estimates could change in the future and have a material impact on the estimate of the fair value. The Company recognizes such amounts in compensation and benefits expenses on the accompanying combined statements of operations and as an

66


Table of Contents

increase to parent company equity on the accompanying combined statements of financial condition and in the accompanying combined statements of changes in parent company equity.

Investment in Joint Venture

        The Company accounts for its investment in the Australian JV under the equity method of accounting as the Company does not control the entity but jointly controls the Australian JV with the Australian trust. The Company reflects its investment in investment in joint venture on the accompanying combined statements of financial condition. In connection with this investment, the Company acquired a call option to purchase the remaining 50 percent interest in the Australian JV. Also, in connection with the investment, the Company granted a put option enabling the key senior Australian executive to sell his remaining shares in the Australian JV back to the Company upon certain defined exit events. The call and the put options are embedded in the equity method investment and have not been separated as embedded derivatives because they do not meet the definition of a derivative given that the investee's shares are not publicly traded. The investment reflects the Company's share of contributions made to, distributions received from, and the equity earnings and losses of, the Australian JV. The Company reflects its share of gains and losses of the Australian JV in income (loss) from equity method investment in the combined statements of operations.

Income Taxes

        The Company's operating results are included in Old Holdings' U.S. federal and state income tax returns, as well as the tax filings for non-U.S. jurisdictions in which the Company operates. For purposes of the Company's combined financial statements, income tax expense and deferred tax balances have been calculated as if the Company completed its tax returns on a stand-alone basis separate from Old Holdings ("Separate Return Method"). The Separate Return Method applies the accounting guidance for income taxes to the combined financial statements as if the Company was a separate taxpayer and a stand-alone enterprise from Old Holdings for the periods presented.

        The Company comprises entities that are organized as limited liability companies and limited partnerships. For federal income tax purposes, the Company is a pass-through entity. Accordingly, no federal income taxes are assessed at the Company level. Federal income tax law and regulations require the partners to report their allocable share of the Company's taxable income or loss in their respective tax returns. Certain foreign, state and local tax authorities levy taxes on the Company based on its income.

        The Company will continue to review the conclusions reached regarding uncertain tax positions, which may be subject to review and adjustment at a later date based on ongoing analyses of tax laws, regulations and interpretations thereof. To the extent that the Company's assessment of the conclusions reached regarding uncertain tax positions changes, such change in estimate will be recorded in the period in which such determination is made. The Company reports tax-related interest and penalties, if applicable, as a component of income tax expense.

Recent Accounting Developments

        For a discussion of recently issued accounting developments and their impact or potential impact on our combined financial statements, see Note 3—Recent Accounting Pronouncements, of the combined financial statements included in this prospectus.

67


Table of Contents


BUSINESS

Moelis & Company

        Moelis & Company is a leading global independent investment bank that provides innovative strategic and financial advice to a diverse client base, including corporations, governments and financial sponsors. We assist our clients in achieving their strategic goals by offering comprehensive, globally integrated financial advisory services across all major industry sectors. Our team of experienced professionals advises clients on their most critical decisions, including M&A, recapitalizations and restructurings and other corporate finance matters.

        Since our first full year of operations, we have been the fastest growing global independent investment bank as measured by revenues and market share gains. We have grown by hiring high-caliber professionals, expanding the scope and geographic reach of our advisory services, developing new client relationships and cultivating our professionals through training and mentoring. Today we serve our clients with over 300 advisory professionals, including 88 Managing Directors, based in 14 offices around the world. We have advised on over $1 trillion of transactions, including three of the ten largest announced global mergers and acquisitions and four of the ten largest announced global recapitalizations and restructurings in 2013.

        Moelis & Company was founded in 2007 by veteran investment bankers to create a global independent investment bank that offers multi-disciplinary solutions and exceptional transaction execution combined with the highest standard of confidentiality and discretion. We create lasting client relationships by providing focused innovative advice through a highly collaborative and global approach not limited to specific products or access to particular regions. Our compensation model fosters our holistic approach to clients by emphasizing quality of advice and is not a commission-based structure where employees are compensated on a defined percentage of the revenues they generate. We believe our discretionary approach to compensation leads to exceptional advice, strong client impact and enhanced internal collaboration.

        We have demonstrated strong financial performance, achieving revenues of $411 million and pre-tax income of $73 million in 2013, our sixth full year of operations. We have also won numerous awards for our client focus and innovation, including "Most Innovative Independent Investment Bank" by The Banker in 2010, 2011 and 2013 and "Best Global Independent Investment Bank" by Euromoney Magazine in 2010 and have served as financial advisor to our clients on many noteworthy assignments, including the following transactions.

68


Table of Contents

GRAPHIC

69


Table of Contents

Our Market Opportunity

        We believe that we will continue to grow revenues and gain market share as a result of being well positioned to benefit from the following market forces:

70


Table of Contents

Our Key Competitive Strengths

        With 14 offices located around the world, capabilities in all major industries and deep advisory expertise, we believe we are well positioned to take advantage of the strong market opportunity for independent investment banks. Furthermore, we believe our business is differentiated from that of our competitors in the following respects:

71


Table of Contents

Why We Are Going Public

        We believe that becoming a public company is important to the evolution of our business and will allow us to:

72


Table of Contents

Our Growth Strategy

        Our growth strategy is to continue to take advantage of what we believe are attractive market opportunities to enhance our leadership position as a global independent investment bank, advising our clients on important mergers and acquisitions, recapitalization and restructuring transactions and other strategic matters. We seek to achieve these objectives through the following two primary strategies:

Our Advisory Offering

        We offer holistic advisory solutions to clients by integrating our bankers' deep industry knowledge and broad corporate finance experience with our global capabilities. With 14 offices located in the United States, Europe, the Middle East, Asia and Australia, we combine local and regional expertise with international market knowledge to provide highly integrated information flow and strong cross-border capabilities. Since our founding, we have rapidly scaled our global platform, as we believe clients value our ability to be relevant in their local market as well as to provide valuable global insights.

        We combine our global capabilities with expertise in all major industries including Consumer, Retail & Restaurants; Financial Institutions; Financial Sponsors; General Industrials; Healthcare; Natural Resources; Real Estate, Gaming, Lodging & Leisure and Technology, Media & Telecommunications. We collaborate globally to bring our deep industry knowledge to the local markets where our clients operate.

        We focus on a wide range of clients from large public multinational corporations to middle market private companies to individual entrepreneurs, and we deliver the full resources of our firm and the highest level of senior attention to every client, regardless of size or situation. We advise our clients through all phases of the business cycle using our strong capabilities in M&A, recapitalization and restructuring and other advisory services.

        When we advise clients on selling a company, a business or a portfolio of assets, we bring strong sell side capabilities and a history of achieving superior value for clients. In circumstances where our clients need sell side expertise, our services may include:

73


Table of Contents

        When we advise clients on the potential acquisition of a company or of certain assets, our services may include:

        Moelis & Company has substantial expertise in guiding special committees of boards of directors to evaluate strategies and negotiate proposals by leveraging decades of transaction experience. We execute a rigorous process to help special committees synthesize alternatives and develop an appropriate course of action. In addition, we bring a strong understanding of key deal points and the interplay between deal terms, value and the various stakeholders involved.

        For our clients in financial distress, we partner senior recapitalization and restructuring professionals with our industry, M&A and capital markets experts to provide holistic advice. We advise both companies and creditors, utilizing our strong relationship network to access capital, identify potential partners and drive support for our transactions. Since our inception, approximately 60% of our recapitalization and restructuring engagements have been on the company or debtor side of a transaction. We understand that during times of financial distress, having a true partner as an advisor is of critical importance, and our partnership and collaboration with our clients during these times has helped us develop long-lasting company relationships. In addition, our deep relationships throughout the creditor and recapitalization and restructuring communities provide multiple creditor side origination opportunities and allow us to develop a comprehensive perspective from all constituents. We understand that in distressed situations, many creditors become temporary equityholders of businesses, and we help these clients realize value which leads to further M&A activity for us. When advising on a distressed situation, our services may include:

74


Table of Contents

        As part of our holistic approach to client service, we have substantial experience in advising clients on complex risk exposures. Our team, which includes two former global heads of structuring groups, consists of experts in structured products, securitization, derivatives and risk management who are highly qualified to value complex assets and advise on repositioning and divesting underperforming portfolios. These capabilities have been particularly relevant to our financial institutions clients since the global financial crisis. When advising clients on complex risk matters, our services may include:

        We advise clients on capital markets matters, providing comprehensive capital structure advice and developing financing solutions tailored to the specific needs of issuers. Our independence and objectivity, coupled with our direct and long-standing institutional buy-side relationships, inform our market views and enhance the likelihood of a successful transaction. We advise clients on all aspects of public and private debt and equity transactions, and our services may include:

        We provide a broad range of other financial advisory services tailored to the specific circumstances and needs of our clients. For example, we act as defense advisor to boards of directors responding to unsolicited proposals, we act as expert witness for clients in major litigation and we assist private clients and governments in negotiations of significant commercial matters.

        We seek to generate repeat business from our clients by becoming long-term partners with them as opposed to being solely transaction focused. We are also committed to developing new client relationships, and we maintain an active dialogue with a large number of potential clients, as well as with their financial and legal advisors, on an ongoing basis. We have gained a significant number of new clients each year as demonstrated by the number of fee-paying clients growing from 236 in 2012 to 263 in 2013. We continue to penetrate new relationships through our business development initiatives, growing our senior team with professionals who bring additional client relationships and through introductions from our strong network of relationships with senior executives, board members, attorneys and other third parties.

Our People

        We believe that our people are our most valuable asset. Our goal is to attract, retain and develop the best and brightest talent in our industry across all levels. We strive to foster a collaborative environment, and we seek individuals who are passionate about our business and fit our culture. Our Managing Directors are compensated based on the quality of advice and execution provided to a client, which is predicated on delivering our full suite of advisory services through a high degree of collaboration across different industries, products and regions. This collaborative approach is demonstrated by the fact that on almost all of our transactions, at least two Managing Directors support the client. We reinforce our long-term vision and values by rewarding for client impact and

75


Table of Contents

lasting relationships. We do not compensate on a commission-based pay model and do not manage our business based on industry, product or regional silos. Our compensation structure for junior bankers is based on a system of meritocracy whereby bankers are rewarded for top performance.

        We recruit our junior bankers from the world's leading undergraduate and graduate programs. Since our inception we have had a dedicated campus recruiting effort through which we have hired over 200 analysts from these undergraduate programs. We devote significant time and resources to training and mentoring our employees and have implemented a generalist program in which our junior professionals receive significant transaction experience across a wide range of products and industries. We believe this exposure enhances the investment banking experience and allows our junior professionals to develop and refine their proficiency in a broad variety of corporate finance matters at an early stage in their career. We are committed to talent retention and our goal is to develop our brightest and most ambitious junior professionals into successful Managing Directors. To this end, we have promoted 22 internal professionals to Managing Director since 2010.

        The "Moelis Standard" defines our core values and guides our employees in every interaction with our clients and each other. Our year-end evaluation process measures both performance and alignment with the "Moelis Standard," ensuring that we continue to integrate our expertise to meaningfully enhance the quality of our advice and strengthen our client relationships.

Our Australian Joint Venture

        On August 18, 2009, we opened our sixth global office in Sydney to provide investment banking services in Australia and expand our coverage of the Asia-Pacific region. Following the establishment of this office and the hiring of what we believe is a strong executive team, we entered into a joint venture with this team. Our Australian JV has been responsible for providing our investment banking services in this region since April 1, 2010. Our Australian JV's primary business is offering advisory services. In addition, it has an equity capital markets and research, sales and trading business covering Australian public equity securities.

        We and the Australian executives each contributed approximately $4.5 million on April 1, 2010 for a 50% economic interest in the Australian JV. Under the Australian JV terms, we are prohibited from conducting investment banking services in Australia outside of the Australian JV, while the Australian executives are prohibited from conducting investment banking services outside of Australia with limited exceptions. As of January 31, 2014, the JV had 52 employees, including 25 advisory professionals.

        An executive committee comprising the key Australian executives manages the day to day operations of the Australian JV. A board of directors, comprising two senior executives appointed by us and two Australian executives, oversees major business decisions including the annual budget, trading limits, equity issuances, distributions, creation of any board committees, formation and dissolution of subsidiaries and disposals/acquisitions, financial indebtedness and unbudgeted expenses over a certain threshold. A sub-committee of the board of directors, comprising one senior executive appointed by us and one Australian executive, makes certain key business decisions including terms and conditions of capital contributions, revenue sharing and resource allocation on cross-border transactions and compensation.

        The Australian JV will continue until terminated by the mutual agreement of the parties. In the event of the departure of the key senior Australian executive, unless we agree to the remaining Australian executives' proposal for revised Australian JV terms, a call/put option arrangement is triggered. Under this arrangement, we have a right to acquire the Australian executives' interests in the Australian JV and, depending on the terms of the departure, the key senior Australian executive has the right to require us to purchase his interests, in each case for the fair market value (calculated assuming the goodwill associated with the Moelis & Company brand belongs to us and not the Australian JV).

76


Table of Contents

Our Strategic Alliance with Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation and its Subsidiary, SMBC Nikko Securities Inc.

        Effective January 1, 2012, we entered into a strategic alliance with SMBC and Nikko to provide advisory services, including advising on mergers, acquisitions, divestitures, restructurings and other corporate finance matters, to Japanese companies in regions where our firms conduct business. On February 17, 2012, SMBC invested approximately $93 million in our Company in connection with the strategic alliance. The alliance has provided us and our clients with access to the Japanese market as well as provided us with opportunities to advise Japanese clients on the full suite of our advisory services, with a particular focus on cross-border M&A. Established in 1876 as Mitsui Bank, SMBC is the second largest bank in Japan based on market capitalization. Nikko is one of the five major securities companies in Japan. Our strategic alliance agreement has an initial term of three years with an automatic one-year renewal, unless written notice is provided at least six months prior to the end of the term by any party.

Competition

        The financial services industry is intensely competitive, and we expect it to remain so. Our competitors are other investment banking and financial advisory firms. We compete on both a global and a regional basis, and on the basis of a number of factors, including depth of client relationships, industry knowledge, transaction execution skills, our range of products and services, innovation, reputation and price.

        We believe our primary competitors in securing advisory engagements include the investment banking businesses of Bank of America Corporation, Citigroup Inc., Credit Suisse Group AG, The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc., JPMorgan Chase & Co., Morgan Stanley and other large investment banking firms as well as independent investment banking firms such as Evercore Partners Inc., Greenhill & Co., Inc., Houlihan Lokey, Inc., Lazard Ltd and NM Rothschild & Sons Limited.

        We compete to attract and retain qualified employees. Our ability to continue to compete effectively in our business will depend upon our ability to attract new employees and retain and motivate our existing employees.

        In past years there has been substantial consolidation in the financial services industry. In particular, a number of large commercial banks and other broad-based financial services firms have established or acquired broker-dealers or have merged with other financial institutions. Many of these firms have the ability to offer a wider range of products, from loans, deposit-taking and insurance to brokerage, asset management and investment banking services, which may enhance their competitive position. They also have the ability to support investment banking and securities products with commercial lending and other financial services revenues in an effort to gain market share, which could result in pricing pressure in our business or loss of opportunities for us. In addition, we may be at a competitive disadvantage with regard to certain of our competitors who are able to, and regularly do, provide financing or market making services that are often instrumental in effecting transactions. The trend toward consolidation has significantly increased the capital base and geographic reach of our competitors as well as the potential for actual or perceived conflicts of these firms.

Regulation

        Our business, as well as the financial services industry generally, is subject to extensive regulation in the U.S. and across the globe. As a matter of public policy, regulatory bodies in the U.S. and the rest of the world are charged with safeguarding the integrity of the securities and other financial markets and with protecting the interests of customers participating in those markets, not with protecting the interests of our stockholders or creditors. In the U.S., the SEC is the federal agency responsible for the administration of the federal securities laws. Moelis & Company LLC, our wholly-

77


Table of Contents

owned subsidiary through which we conduct our financial advisory business in the U.S., is registered as a broker-dealer with the SEC. Moelis & Company LLC is subject to regulation and oversight by the SEC. In addition, FINRA, a self-regulatory organization that is subject to oversight by the SEC, adopts and enforces rules governing the conduct, and examines the activities, of its member firms, including Moelis & Company LLC. State securities regulators also have regulatory or oversight authority over Moelis & Company LLC.

        Broker-dealers are subject to regulations that cover all aspects of the securities business, including capital structure, record-keeping and the conduct and qualifications of directors, officers and employees. In particular, as a registered broker-dealer and member of a self-regulatory organization, we are subject to the SEC's uniform net capital rule, Rule 15c3-1. Rule 15c3-1 specifies the minimum level of net capital a broker-dealer must maintain and also requires that a significant part of a broker-dealer's assets be kept in relatively liquid form. The SEC and various self-regulatory organizations impose rules that require notification when net capital falls below certain predefined criteria, limit the ratio of subordinated debt to equity in the regulatory capital composition of a broker-dealer and constrain the ability of a broker-dealer to expand its business under certain circumstances. Additionally, the SEC's uniform net capital rule imposes certain requirements that may have the effect of prohibiting a broker-dealer from distributing or withdrawing capital and requiring prior notice to the SEC for certain withdrawals of capital.

        In addition to the regulation we are subject to in the United States, we are also subject to regulation internationally by the Financial Conduct Authority in the United Kingdom, the Securities and Futures Commission in Hong Kong, the Australian Securities and Investments Commission and the Dubai Financial Services Authority.

        Certain parts of our business are subject to compliance with laws and regulations of U.S. federal and state governments, non-U.S. governments, their respective agencies and/or various self-regulatory organizations or exchanges relating to, among other things, the privacy of client information, and any failure to comply with these regulations could expose us to liability and/or reputational damage.

        The U.S. and non-U.S. government agencies and self-regulatory organizations, as well as state securities commissions in the United States, are empowered to conduct periodic examinations and initiate administrative proceedings that can result in censure, fines, the issuance of cease-and-desist orders or the suspension or expulsion of a broker-dealer or its directors, officers or employees.

        Federal anti-money-laundering laws make it a criminal offense to own or operate a money transmitting business without the appropriate state licenses, which we maintain, and registration with the U.S. Department of the Treasury's Financial Crimes Enforcement Network (FinCEN). In addition, the USA PATRIOT Act of 2001 and the Treasury Department's implementing federal regulations require us, as a "financial institution," to establish and maintain an anti-money-laundering program.

        In connection with its administration and enforcement of economic and trade sanctions based on U.S. foreign policy and national security goals, the Treasury Department's Office of Foreign Assets Control, or OFAC, publishes a list of individuals and companies owned or controlled by, or acting for or on behalf of, targeted countries. It also lists individuals, groups and entities, such as terrorists and narcotics traffickers, designated under programs that are not country-specific. Collectively, such individuals and companies are called "Specially Designated Nationals," or SDNs. Assets of SDNs are blocked, and we are generally prohibited from dealing with them. In addition, OFAC administers a number of comprehensive sanctions and embargoes that target certain countries, governments and geographic regions. We are generally prohibited from engaging in transactions involving any country, region or government that is subject to such comprehensive sanctions.

        The Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (the "FCPA") and the UK 2010 Bribery Act (the "UK Bribery Act") prohibit the payment of bribes to foreign government officials and political figures. The FCPA

78


Table of Contents

has a broad reach, covering all U.S. companies and citizens doing business abroad, among others, and defining a foreign official to include not only those holding public office but also local citizens acting in an official capacity for or on behalf of foreign government-run or -owned organizations or public international organizations. The FCPA also requires maintenance of appropriate books and records and maintenance of adequate internal controls to prevent and detect possible FCPA violations. Similarly, the UK Bribery Act prohibits us from bribing, being bribed or making other prohibited payments to government officials or other persons to obtain or retain business or gain some other business advantage.

Facilities

        Our principal executive offices are located in leased office space at 399 Park Avenue, 5th Floor, New York, New York 10022. We lease the space for our offices in Beijing, Boston, Chicago, Dubai, Frankfurt, Hong Kong, Houston, London, Los Angeles, Mumbai, Palo Alto, Paris and Sydney. We do not own any real property. We consider these arrangements to be adequate for our present needs.

Employees

        As of January 31, 2014, we had approximately 470 employees.

Legal Proceedings

        From time to time, we may be subject to legal proceedings and claims in the ordinary course of business. We are not currently a party to any material litigation.

79


Table of Contents


MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

        The following table sets forth information regarding our executive officers and directors, including their ages as of the date hereof.

Name
  Age   Position

Kenneth Moelis

    55   Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

Navid Mahmoodzadegan

    44   Co-Founder and Managing Director

Jeffrey Raich

    47   Co-Founder and Managing Director

J. Richard Leaman III

    51   Managing Partner

Elizabeth Crain

    49   Chief Operating Officer

Joseph Simon

    55   Chief Financial Officer

Osamu R. Watanabe

    53   General Counsel

        Kenneth Moelis is our Chairman and has served as our Chief Executive Officer since 2007. Mr. Moelis has over 30 years of investment banking and mergers and acquisitions experience. Prior to founding our Company, Mr. Moelis worked at UBS from 2001 to 2007, where he was most recently President of UBS Investment Bank and previously Joint Global Head of Investment Banking. Before joining UBS, Mr. Moelis was Head of Corporate Finance at Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette, where he worked from 1990 through 2000. Mr. Moelis began his career as an investment banker with Drexel Burnham Lambert in 1981. Mr. Moelis serves on the University of Pennsylvania Board of Trustees, the Wharton Board of Overseers, the Board of the Tourette Syndrome Association and the Board of Governors of Cedars Sinai Hospital. Mr. Moelis holds a B.S. and an M.B.A. from the Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania.

        Navid Mahmoodzadegan is a Co-Founder and has served as a Managing Director of our Company since 2007. Prior to founding our Company, Mr. Mahmoodzadegan worked at UBS from 2001 to 2007, where he was most recently Global Head of Media Investment Banking. Before joining UBS, Mr. Mahmoodzadegan was an investment banker at Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette from 1995 to 2001. He began his career as an attorney with Irell & Manella. Mr. Mahmoodzadegan is a member of the Harvard Law School Dean's Leadership Council of Southern California. He holds an A.B. from the University of Michigan and a J.D. from Harvard Law School.

        Jeffrey Raich is a Co-Founder and has served as a Managing Director and Head of Mergers and Acquisitions of our Company since 2007. Prior to founding our Company, Mr. Raich worked at UBS from 2001 to 2007 where he was most recently Joint Global Head of Mergers and Acquisitions. Prior to joining UBS, Mr. Raich was a Managing Director and Head of West Coast Mergers and Acquisitions at Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette, where he worked from 1996 to 2000. He began his career as an investment banker with PaineWebber in 1989. Mr. Raich is a member of the McIntire School of Commerce Advisory Board at the University of Virginia and a Board Member of the UCLA Health System. He holds a B.S. in Commerce with Distinction from the McIntire School of Commerce at the University of Virginia.

        J. Richard Leaman III has served as our Managing Partner since 2012. Prior to joining our Company in 2010, Mr. Leaman worked at UBS from 1997 to 2010, most recently as Chairman of UBS Investment Bank's Investment Banking Division and previously as Global Head of Investment Banking, Joint Global Head of Investment Banking, Global Head of Mergers and Acquisitions, as well as Co-Head of Healthcare Banking at Dillon, Read & Co. Inc., which was acquired by UBS in 1997. Before joining Dillon, Read & Co. Inc., Mr. Leaman was an investment banker at Smith Barney, Harris Upham & Co. Incorporated from 1986 to 1992. Mr. Leaman is a member of the Board of Visitors for the Fuqua School of Business. Mr. Leaman holds a B.A. from Duke University and an M.B.A. from the Fuqua School of Business at Duke University.

80


Table of Contents

        Elizabeth Crain is a Co-Founder and has served as our Chief Operating Officer since 2007. Prior to founding our Company, Ms. Crain worked at UBS from 2001 to 2007, where she was most recently a Managing Director in the UBS Investment Bank Office of the CEO and President and previously Chief Operating Officer and Chief Administrative Officer of the UBS Investment Banking Department Americas. Before joining UBS, Ms. Crain was a principal at Morgan Stanley Capital Partners from 1997 to 2000. She began her career in investment banking in 1988 at Merrill Lynch. Ms. Crain holds a B.S. from Arizona State University and an M.B.A. from the Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania.

        Joseph Simon has served as our Chief Financial Officer since 2010. Prior to joining our Company, Mr. Simon served as Chief Financial Officer of Financial Security Assurance from 2002 to 2010. Prior to joining Financial Security Assurance, Mr. Simon served as Chief Financial Officer of IntraLinks and TENTV.com from 2000 to 2002. Prior to that, Mr. Simon worked at Cantor Fitzgerald where he served as Chief Financial Officer, Global Controller and Global Head of Operations from 1993 to 1999. Before joining Cantor Fitzgerald, Mr. Simon was a Fixed Income Product and Legal Entity Controller at Morgan Stanley from 1986 to 1993. Before joining Morgan Stanley, Mr. Simon worked at First Boston in Internal Audit. He began his career at Price Waterhouse from 1983 to 1986. Mr. Simon holds a B.S. from Cornell University and an M.B.A. from The University of Michigan. He is a Certified Public Accountant.

        Osamu R. Watanabe has served as our General Counsel and Chief Compliance Officer since 2011. Prior to joining our Company in 2010, he was General Counsel and Chief Compliance Officer of Sagent Advisors from 2009 to 2010. Prior to joining Sagent Advisors, Mr. Watanabe held senior legal positions at UBS from 2002 to 2009, Credit Suisse First Boston from 2001 to 2002 and Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette from 1997 to 2001. From 1987 to 1997, Mr. Watanabe was in private practice at Sullivan & Cromwell in New York, Tokyo, Hong Kong and Melbourne. Prior to that, he clerked for the Honorable Morey L. Sear, Eastern District of Louisiana. Mr. Watanabe holds a B.A. from Antioch College and a J.D. from Yale Law School (1985).

Board Composition

        Our business affairs will be managed under the direction of our board of directors.

        Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will provide that our board of directors will consist of not less than three directors nor more than 11 directors, and the exact number of our directors shall be fixed from time to time by a resolution of our board of directors. Currently, our sole director is our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Moelis. Prior to the closing of this offering, we intend to appoint four additional directors, including one independent director in accordance with the criteria established by the NYSE for independent board members, to our board of directors. We intend to appoint an additional independent director within 90 days of this offering and a second additional independent director within 12 months of this offering. After this offering, our board of directors will initially be composed of                    members.

        At each annual meeting of stockholders, the directors will be elected for a one-year term to serve until the next annual meeting of our stockholders, or until their successors are duly appointed.

        Each of our executive officers serves at the discretion of our board of directors and holds office until his or her successor is duly appointed and qualified or until his or her earlier resignation or removal. There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.

        Upon completion of this offering, Moelis & Company will enter into a stockholders agreement with Partner Holdings. Under this agreement Partner Holdings will have the right to designate a number of designees to our board of directors equal to a majority of the board of directors so long as

81


Table of Contents

the Class B Condition is satisfied. After the Class B Condition ceases to be satisfied, for so long as the Secondary Class B Condition is satisfied, our board of directors will nominate individuals designated by Partner Holdings equal to one quarter of the board of directors. For so long as either the Class B Condition or the Secondary Class B Condition is satisfied, Partner Holdings will retain the right to remove any director previously designated by it.

        See "Organizational Structure—Rights of Partner Holdings and Stockholders Agreement."

        Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that directors may be removed only for cause and only with the affirmative vote of at least 80% of the voting interest of stockholders entitled to vote; provided, however, that for so long as the Class B Condition is satisfied, directors may be removed with or without cause with the affirmative vote of a majority of the voting interest of stockholders entitled to vote. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will also provide that any vacancy on the board of directors may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office.

        Upon completion of this offering, Mr. Moelis, through his control of Partner Holdings, will hold more than 50% of the voting power of our shares eligible to vote. As a result, we will be a "controlled company" under the rules of the NYSE. Under these rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by an individual, group or another company is a "controlled company" and may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance standards, including the requirements that (i) a majority of our board of directors consist of independent directors and (ii) that our board of directors have compensation and nominating and corporate governance committees composed entirely of independent directors, as independence is defined in Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act and under the listing standards.

Director Independence

        We intend to apply to list our Class A common stock on the NYSE. Under the rules of the NYSE, independent directors must comprise a majority of a listed company's board of directors. In addition, the rules of the NYSE require that, subject to specified exceptions, each member of a listed company's audit, compensation and nominating and corporate governance committees must be independent. As discussed above, we intend to avail ourselves of the "controlled company" exception and, as a result, although we will have an independent audit committee, we will not have a majority of independent directors on our board. Under the rules of the NYSE, a director is independent only if our board of directors makes an affirmative determination that the director has no material relationship with us.

Board Committees

        Our board of directors has the authority to appoint committees to perform certain management and administrative functions. Our board of directors will have an audit committee composed of independent directors and a compensation committee, each of which has the composition and the responsibilities described below. Our board of directors may from time to time establish other committees.

Audit Committee

        Upon or prior to completion of this offering, we will establish an audit committee to oversee our accounting and financial reporting process and the audit of our financial statements and to assist our board of directors in monitoring our financial systems and our legal and regulatory compliance. Our audit committee will be responsible for, among other things:

82


Table of Contents

        We believe that the functioning of our audit committee will comply with the applicable requirements of the NYSE and SEC rules and regulations.

        Our board of directors will consider the independence and other characteristics of each member of our audit committee. Audit committee members must satisfy the NYSE independence requirements and additional independence criteria set forth under Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act. In addition, the NYSE requires that, subject to specified exceptions, including certain phase-in rules, each member of a listed company's audit committee be independent and that audit committee members also satisfy independence criteria set forth in Rule 10A-3. In order to be considered independent for purposes of Rule 10A-3, an audit committee member may not, other than in his or her capacity as a member of the board, accept consulting, advisory or other fees from us or be an affiliated person of us. After the applicable phase-in period, each of the members of our audit committee will qualify as an independent director pursuant to the NYSE rules and Rule 10A-3.

Compensation Committee

        Upon or prior to completion of this offering, we will establish a compensation committee to oversee our compensation policies, plans and programs. The compensation committee will be responsible for, among other things:

83


Table of Contents

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

        We have adopted a code of business conduct and ethics that is applicable to all of our employees, officers and directors, including our chief executive and senior financial officers. The code of business conduct and ethics will be available on our website at www.moelis.com. We expect that any amendment to the code, or any waivers of its requirements, will be disclosed on our website. The inclusion of our website in this prospectus does not include or incorporate by reference the information on our website into this prospectus.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

        None of our executive officers currently serves, or has served during the last completed fiscal year, on the compensation committee or board of directors of any other entity that has one or more executive officers serving as a member of our board of directors or compensation committee.

Non-Employee Director Compensation

        We will reimburse any non-employee directors for expenses incurred in connection with attending board and committee meetings and will continue to do so after this offering. In addition, after the consummation of our initial public offering, we intend to implement a director compensation program for our independent directors.

84


Table of Contents


EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

        Our named executive officers for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, which consist of our Chief Executive Officer and our two other most highly compensated executive officers who were serving as executive officers as of December 31, 2013, are as follows:

2013 Summary Compensation Table

        The following table summarizes the total compensation paid to or earned by each of our named executive officers in 2013.

Name and Principal Position
  Year   Salary
($)
  Bonus
($)(1)
  Stock
Awards
($)(2)
  All Other
Compensation
($)(3)
  Total
($)
 

Kenneth Moelis,
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

    2013     400,000           0     10,245 (4)      

Navid Mahmoodzadegan,
Co-Founder and Managing Director

   
2013
   
400,000
         
0
   
10,251
       

Jeffrey Raich,
Co-Founder and Managing Director

   
2013
   
400,000
         
0
   
10,251
       

(1)
The amounts to be listed in this column represent the annual cash incentive bonuses paid to each of the named executive officers in early 2014 in respect of 2013 performance. These bonuses are described in more detail below in the section entitled "2013 Executive Compensation Elements—Annual Cash Incentive Bonuses."

(2)
While we did not make any grants of stock awards to our named executive officers in 2013, we expect to make grants of equity incentive awards to the named executive officers in early 2014 in respect of 2013 performance. The value of these equity incentive awards will be included in this footnote.

(3)
The amounts listed in this column represent (i) $7,650 in matching contributions that we made to each named executive officer in early 2014 in respect of their participation in our 401(k) plan in 2013, which is described in more detail below in the section entitled "Retirement Arrangements" and (ii) $2,595 paid to Mr. Moelis and $2,601 paid to each of Messrs. Mahmoodzadegan and Raich in respect of certain tax-related interest payments that resulted from the timing of our annual cash bonus payments in relation to the date on which estimated taxes were required to be paid by each officer.

(4)
In addition to the amounts to be listed in this column, we reimbursed Mr. Moelis for costs in lieu of a hotel when traveling to New York City on business. The amount of this reimbursement approximated the cost of a hotel room and thus we did not incur any incremental cost relating to this form of reimbursement.

85


Table of Contents

2013 Executive Compensation Elements

        Each of our named executive officers was provided with the following material elements of compensation in 2013:

        Base Salary.    We provide a base salary of $400,000 to each named executive officer. Consistent with the practice in our industry, base salaries for our named executive officers generally comprise a small portion of their total annual compensation. The amount of the base salary for the named executive officers was set in accordance with the terms of their respective employment agreements with us and may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with those agreements.

        We will not increase the base salaries of our named executive officers in connection with this offering.

        Annual Cash Incentive Bonuses.    Annual cash incentive bonuses are a key component of our executive compensation strategy and are expected to represent the majority of compensation paid to each of the named executive officers in respect of 2013. We did not provide guaranteed cash bonuses to any of our named executive officers in respect of 2013 and did not set specific performance targets upon which the bonuses would become payable.

        Instead, the annual cash bonuses paid to our named executive officers in respect of 2013 were discretionary in amount and were based on a performance evaluation conducted by our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, in consultation with other executive officers. With respect to 2013 annual cash bonuses, the evaluation involved an analysis of both (i) our overall Company performance and (ii) the performance of the individual officer and his contributions to the Company. We believe that this evaluation process allowed us to link pay with performance in the closest way possible and provided us with the flexibility necessary to take all relevant factors into account in determining the amount of the bonuses. We feel that this provided us with a better incentive compensation structure than a formulaic bonus structure based solely on the achievement of specific pre-established performance targets, which may not capture all appropriate factors that materially impacted our performance.

        In addition, in order to link the annual bonuses to our long-term success and given that we did not defer payment of the bonuses to a later date, each of the bonuses that were paid to the named executive officers in early 2014 in respect of 2013 are subject to repayment if the officer competes with us within 12 months following termination of employment under certain circumstances. The repayment percentages are as follows:

Date of Termination
  Percentage of 2013
Annual Cash
Bonus
Required to
be Repaid
 

On or Prior to March 31, 2015

    100 %

Between April 1, 2015 and June 30, 2015

    75 %

Between July 1, 2015 and September 30, 2015

    50 %

Between October 1, 2015 and December 31, 2015

    25 %

        Equity Incentive Awards.    Upon the consummation of this offering, we intend to grant equity incentive awards in the form of restricted stock units to our named executive officers in respect of 2013 performance. We did not set specific performance targets upon which the restricted stock units would be granted. Instead, the restricted stock units that will be granted to our named executive officers in respect of 2013 performance are discretionary in amount and are based on a performance evaluation conducted by our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, in consultation with other executive officers. In addition, the restricted stock units will be subject to a vesting period following grant, in order to provide an additional retention incentive to our named executive officers. The terms and conditions of

86


Table of Contents

the restricted stock units are described below in the section entitled "—Restricted Stock Units Grants—Incentive Awards Relating to 2013 Performance."

        Retirement Arrangements.    We maintain a 401(k) savings plan for eligible employees, including our named executive officers, and provide annual discretionary matching contributions to 401(k) plan participants. We do not maintain a defined benefit pension plan.

        Employee Benefits.    Eligible employees, including our named executive officers, participate in broad-based and comprehensive employee benefit programs, including medical, dental, vision, life and disability insurance. Our named executive officers participate in these programs on the same basis as eligible employees generally.

Employment Agreements

        We expect to enter into an employment agreement with Mr. Moelis in connection with this offering pursuant to which he will serve as our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. The employment agreement is expected to provide that Mr. Moelis will receive an annual base salary of $400,000, will be eligible to receive an annual discretionary performance bonus and will be eligible to participate in our employee benefit plans and arrangements as in effect from time to time. We anticipate that either party will be permitted to terminate the agreement at any time with or without cause, but Mr. Moelis will agree that he will not voluntarily terminate his employment for three years following the completion of this offering, other than for good reason. Good reason is expected to mean a material breach of a material provision of the employment agreement, any equity award agreement or the stockholder agreement between us and Partner Holdings.

        The employment agreement is expected to provide that upon a voluntary termination of Mr. Moelis's employment other than for good reason, he will not compete with us for 90 days following such termination of his employment. In addition, the agreement is expected to provide that Mr. Moelis will not solicit our employees, independent contractors, consultants, service providers or suppliers for one year following termination of his employment for any reason. The agreement is also expected to include restrictions relating to confidentiality, intellectual property and non-disparagement.

        We expect to enter into employment agreements with Messrs. Mahmoodzadegan and Raich in connection with this offering, which will replace each of their current agreements in effect for the year ended December 31, 2013. The terms of these agreements have not yet been determined. This prospectus will be updated to include a summary of these agreements once their terms are finalized.

Restricted Stock Unit Grants

        Upon the consummation of this offering, we intend to grant RSUs to certain of our Managing Directors and non-Managing Director employees, including our named executive officers, in respect of their 2013 performance and to provide an additional retention incentive to these individuals. These RSUs will be granted subject to the terms of the 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan and individual award agreements, as described below. See the section below entitled "—Moelis & Company 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan."

        Each RSU will represent the right to receive upon settlement either, at our option, a share of our Class A common stock or an amount of cash equal to the fair market value of a Class A share. Participants will have no rights as a stockholder with respect to the RSUs unless and until shares of our

87


Table of Contents

Class A common stock underlying the RSUs are actually delivered, provided that each participant will generally be eligible to receive additional RSUs in respect of any dividends we pay with respect to our Class A common stock, which additional RSUs will be subject to the same restrictions and conditions as the underlying RSUs.

        Generally, any of these RSUs that are granted in respect of 2013 performance to our Managing Directors, including our named executive officers, will vest in equal installments on each of April 1, 2017, April 1, 2018 and April 1, 2019, provided that the participant remains in continuous employment or service with us through the applicable vesting date. Any of these RSUs that are granted in respect of 2013 performance to our non-Managing Director employees will generally vest in equal installments on each of April 1, 2015, April 1, 2016, April 1, 2017 and April 1, 2018, provided that the participant remains in continuous employment or service with us through the applicable vesting date. Except as described in the following paragraphs, if the participant's employment or service with us is terminated for any reason, any unvested RSUs will be forfeited as of the notice of termination date.

        If the participant's employment or service with us is terminated (i) by us without cause, (ii) by the participant for "good reason" (as defined in the 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan) or (iii) by us due to disability, any unvested RSUs will continue to vest on the originally scheduled vesting dates, provided that the participant has not engaged in any "detrimental activities" (as described below) through the applicable vesting date. If the participant engages in any detrimental activity following such termination, any unvested RSUs will be forfeited. For purposes of these RSU awards, "detrimental activities" will mean any solicitation of our employees or certain clients, any interference with our relationships with certain clients, any failure to execute an attestation that the participant has not engaged in such acts prior to each applicable vesting date or other time reasonably requested by us or any failure to satisfy any obligation of the participant under any agreement with us with respect to confidentiality, non-disparagement, nonsolicitation or noncompetition. If the participant's employment or service with us is terminated due to the participant's death, any unvested RSUs will immediately vest.

        If the participant's employment or service with us is terminated (i) by us without cause or (ii) by the participant for good reason, in each case on or within 12 months after the effective date of a "change in control" (as defined in the 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan), any unvested RSUs will immediately vest.

Moelis & Company 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan

        Prior to the completion of this offering, we intend to adopt the Moelis & Company 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the "Plan") to provide additional incentives to selected officers, employees, Managing Directors, non-employee directors, independent contractors, partners and consultants, in order to strengthen their commitment to us, motivate them to faithfully and diligently perform their responsibilities and attract and retain competent and dedicated persons who are essential to the success of our business and whose efforts will impact our long-term growth and profitability.

        Types of Awards.    The Plan will provide for the issuance of incentive stock options ("ISOs"), nonqualified stock options, stock appreciation rights ("SARs"), restricted stock, RSUs, stock bonuses, other stock-based awards and cash awards.

        Shares Available; Certain Limitations.    A total of            shares of Class A common stock will initially be reserved and available for issuance under the Plan, as increased on the first day of each fiscal year beginning in fiscal year 2015 by the number of shares of Class A common stock equal to

88


Table of Contents


                    . No more than            shares of Class A common stock will be delivered pursuant to the exercise of ISOs.

        Shares subject to an award that remain unissued upon the termination of the award will again become available for grant under the Plan. However, shares that are exchanged by a participant or withheld as payment in connection with any award, as well as any shares exchanged by a participant or withheld to satisfy tax withholding obligations, will not be available for subsequent awards. If an award is denominated in shares, but settled in cash, the number of shares previously subject to the award will again be available for grants. If an award can only be settled in cash, it will not be counted against the total number of shares available for grant under the Plan.

        Administration.    The Plan will be administered by our board of directors, or if our board of directors does not administer the Plan, a committee of our board of directors that complies with Section 16 of the Exchange Act, any other applicable legal or stock exchange listing requirements and, to the extent applicable, requirements of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code") (the board or committee referred to above being sometimes referred to as the plan administrator). The plan administrator may interpret the Plan and may prescribe, amend and rescind rules and make all other determinations necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan.

        The plan administrator may select the eligible recipients who will receive awards, may determine the terms and conditions of those awards and may amend the terms and conditions of outstanding awards.

        Restricted Stock and RSUs.    Restricted stock and RSUs may be granted under the Plan. The plan administrator will determine the terms and conditions applicable to the grant of restricted stock and RSUs, as well as any non-transfer periods with respect to restricted stock or the shares of Class A common stock issued with respect to RSUs. If the restrictions, performance objectives or other conditions determined by the plan administrator are not satisfied, the restricted stock and RSUs will be forfeited. The plan administrator has the sole discretion to provide for the lapse of restrictions in installments or the acceleration or waiver of restrictions under certain circumstances, including the attainment of performance goals or a participant's termination of employment or service. The rights of restricted stock and RSU holders upon a termination of employment or service will be set forth in individual award agreements.

        Unless the applicable award agreement provides otherwise, participants with restricted stock will generally have the rights of a stockholder, including the right to vote and receive dividends. During the restricted period, RSUs may also be credited with dividend equivalent rights. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any dividends or dividend equivalent awards will be subject to the same terms and conditions as the underlying award.

        Stock Options.    We may issue stock options under the Plan. Each option will indicate whether it is intended to be an ISO or a nonqualified stock option. The exercise price of all options will be no less than 100% of the fair market value of the related shares on the date of grant. The maximum term of an option may not exceed 10 years. Each option will vest and become exercisable at such time and subject to such terms and conditions as determined by the plan administrator.

        Unless the applicable nonqualified stock option agreement provides otherwise, in the event of an optionee's termination of employment or service, nonqualified stock options will be treated as follows: (i) if the termination is for any reason other than for cause, disability or death, vested options generally will remain exercisable for 90 days and then expire, (ii) if the termination is on account of the optionee's disability or death, vested options generally will remain exercisable for one year and then expire and (iii) if the termination is for cause, all options, whether vested or unvested, will expire upon

89


Table of Contents

notice of termination. Unless the applicable stock option agreement provides otherwise, any options that are not vested and exercisable will expire upon notice of termination.

        Unless otherwise provided by the plan administrator, in the event of an optionee's termination of employment or service for any reason, any vested ISOs will remain exercisable for 90 days and then expire.

        SARs.    SARs may be granted under the Plan either alone or in conjunction with all or part of any stock option granted under the Plan. A free-standing SAR granted under the Plan entitles its holder to receive an amount per share equal to the excess of the fair market value of a share over the base price of the SAR. A SAR granted in conjunction with all or part of a stock option entitles its holder to receive an amount per share equal to the excess of the fair market value of a share over the exercise price of the related option. Each SAR will be granted with a base price that is not less than 100% of the fair market value of the related shares on the date of grant. The maximum term of a SAR may not exceed 10 years. The plan administrator may determine to settle the exercise of a SAR in shares of Class A common stock, cash, or any combination thereof.

        Unless an individual free-standing SAR agreement provides otherwise, free-standing SARs will generally be treated in the same manner as non qualified stock options upon termination of employment. SARs granted in conjunction with all or part of a stock option will be exercisable at such times and subject to all of the terms and conditions applicable to the related option.

        Other Stock-Based Awards.    Other stock-based awards, valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, shares of Class A common stock may be granted under the Plan. The plan administrator will determine the terms and conditions of these awards, including the number of shares to be granted, the manner of settlement, and the conditions to vesting and payment.

        Stock Bonuses and Cash Awards.    Bonuses payable in fully vested shares of Class A common stock and awards that are payable solely in cash may also be granted under the Plan.

        Equitable Adjustments.    In the event of certain corporate transactions or events, an equitable substitution or proportionate adjustment shall be made, at the sole discretion of the plan administrator, to the applicable share amounts and other terms.

        Change in Control and Qualifying Termination.    Unless otherwise determined by the plan administrator and evidenced in an award agreement, in the event that (i) a "change in control" (as defined below) occurs and (ii) a participant's employment or service is terminated by us or any of our successors or affiliates without cause or by the participant for "good reason" (as defined below) within 12 months following the change in control, then (a) any unvested or unexercisable portion of any award carrying a right to exercise will become fully vested and exercisable and (b) the restrictions, deferral limitations, payment conditions and forfeiture conditions applicable to an award will lapse and such unvested awards will be deemed fully vested, and any performance conditions imposed with respect to such awards will be deemed to be fully achieved. The completion of this offering will not be a change of control under the Plan. For purposes of the Plan, unless otherwise defined in an individual award agreement, "good reason" will mean a material breach by us or any of our affiliates of a material provision of a participant's employment agreement or offer letter, if any, with us or any of our affiliates.

        Definition of Change in Control.    For purposes of the Plan, a "change in control" will mean, in summary: (i) a person or a group of persons (other than a shareholder's family members or a trust for the benefit of a shareholder and/or the shareholder's family members) becomes the beneficial owner of more than 50% of the Company's voting power; (ii) an unapproved change in the majority membership of our board of directors; (iii) a merger or consolidation of the Company or any of its subsidiaries such that, immediately thereafter, either (a) the members of the board of directors immediately prior thereto

90


Table of Contents

do not constitute a majority of the board of directors of the surviving entity or its parent or (b) the holders of the Company's voting securities immediately prior thereto fail to represent more than 50% of the combined voting power of the surviving entity or its parent; or (iv) shareholder approval of a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company or the consummation of an agreement for the sale or disposition of substantially all of the Company's assets, other than a sale or disposition to an entity, at least 50% of the combined voting power of which is owned by the Company's shareholders in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the Company immediately prior to such sale. However, a Change in Control will not be deemed to have occurred as a result of any transaction or series of integrated transactions following which Kenneth Moelis or any of his affiliates possesses, directly or indirectly, the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of the Company (or any successor thereto), whether through the ownership of voting securities, as trustee or executor, by contract or otherwise, including, without limitation, the ownership, directly or indirectly, of securities having the power to elect a majority of the board of directors of the Company or the board of directors or similar body governing the affairs of any successor to the Company.

        Amendment and Termination of the Plan.    The Plan provides our board of directors with authority to amend, alter or terminate the Plan, but no such action may impair the rights of any participant with respect to outstanding awards without the participant's consent. The plan administrator may amend an award, prospectively or retroactively, but no such amendment may impair the rights of any participant without the participant's consent. Stockholder approval of any such action will be obtained if required to comply with applicable law.

        Plan Term.    The Plan will terminate on the 10th anniversary of the effective date of the Plan (although awards granted before that time will remain outstanding in accordance with their terms).

        We intend to file with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-8 covering the shares of Class A common stock issuable under the Plan.

Outstanding Equity Awards at 2013 Fiscal Year-End

        The following table summarizes the outstanding equity awards held by each of our named executive officers as of December 31, 2013.

 
  Stock Awards
Name
  Number of
Shares
or Units of Stock
That Have
Not Vested (#)(1)
  Market Value of
Shares or Units
of Stock
That Have
Not Vested ($)(2)

Kenneth Moelis

       

Navid Mahmoodzadegan

       

Jeffrey Raich

       

(1)
The stock awards listed in this column consist of outstanding and unvested partnership units that the officer held, directly or indirectly, in respect of Old Holdings prior to the reorganization described above in the section entitled "Organizational Structure—The Reorganization." These units are generally subject to vesting over a period of up to eight years, contingent upon the officer's continued employment, and are subject to forfeiture if the officer competes with us within 12 months following termination of employment under certain circumstances. As a result of the reorganization, these units will be

91


Table of Contents

(2)
The market value is determined by multiplying the value of Old Holdings units as of December 31, 2013, as determined in accordance with Old Holdings' annual valuation process, by the number of units.

2013 Director Compensation

        We did not have any directors during 2013. As a result, no information relating to our 2013 director compensation has been included in this prospectus.

92


Table of Contents


CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PERSON TRANSACTIONS

        In addition to the director and executive officer compensation arrangements discussed above in the section entitled "Executive Compensation," this section describes transactions, or series of related transactions, since January 1, 2011 to which we were a party or will be a party, in which:

Transactions With Our Directors, Executive Officers and 5% Holders

Agreements with Kenneth Moelis

        We entered into an agreement with Mr. Moelis, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, to pay expenses relating to the use of an aircraft owned by an affiliate of Mr. Moelis. Pursuant to the agreement, we agreed to pay for a portion of the costs associated with Mr. Moelis' use of the aircraft for Moelis & Company business travel. During the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, we incurred expenses of approximately $2.3 million, $2.6 million and $2.6 million, respectively, for the use of the aircraft. These charges included only allocated costs based on business usage. Mr. Moelis pays for all unallocated expenses and any expenses related to personal flights or mixed-use flights (flights in which a non-business passenger is also on the flight).

        Moelis & Company intends to grant a license to Mr. Moelis, under which Mr. Moelis and his progeny will have the right to use trademarks incorporating the term "Moelis" for certain purposes, including in connection with asset management activities.

Rights of Partner Holdings and Stockholders Agreement

        In connection with the completion of this offering, Moelis & Company will enter into a stockholders agreement with Partner Holdings. See "Organizational Structure—Rights of Partner Holdings and Stockholders Agreement."

Agreements With Old Holdings

Master Services Agreement

        We also intend to enter into a master services agreement with Old Holdings. Under the master services agreement, we will provide corporate and related services and office space to Old Holdings. Old Holdings will pay us mutually agreed-upon fees for these services, which will be based on our costs of providing the shared services. The charges for the shared services generally are intended to allow us to recover the costs directly associated with providing the services, plus out-of-pocket costs and expenses, generally without profit. Under the master services agreement, Old Holdings will be able to use our services for a fixed term established on a service-by-service basis, which may be extended by mutual written agreement. Old Holdings may terminate any of the specified services for any reason with            days prior written notice to us. Generally, each party will indemnify the other party and its respective directors, officers, employees and agents against losses resulting from the transitional services, except, in the case of indemnification by Old Holdings and its subsidiaries, to the extent of our gross negligence or intentional misconduct, not to exceed the amount of fees paid to us.

Master Separation Agreement

        We intend to enter into a master separation agreement with Old Holdings in connection with the reorganization. The following discussion summarizes the material provisions of the agreement. The

93


Table of Contents

agreement will set forth, among other things, Old Holdings' principal transactions with us necessary to separate the advisory and asset management businesses of Old Holdings. The agreement will identify the assets to be transferred, the liabilities to be assumed and the contracts to be assigned to us as part of the reorganization, and it will provide for when and how these transfers, assumptions and assignments will occur. Information in this prospectus with respect to the assets and liabilities of the parties is presented based on the allocation of such assets and liabilities pursuant to the reorganization, unless the context otherwise requires. The agreement will provide that, in the event that the transfer or assignment of certain assets and liabilities to us does not occur prior to the offering, then until such assets or liabilities are able to be transferred or assigned, Old Holdings or its subsidiaries will hold such assets on behalf of and for the benefit of us.

        The agreement will provide for cross-indemnities that generally place the financial responsibility on us and our subsidiaries for all liabilities associated with the current and historical advisory business and operations, and generally place on Old Holdings and its subsidiaries the financial responsibility for liabilities associated with all of Old Holdings' current and historical asset management businesses and operations.

License Agreements

        Moelis & Company intends to grant a license to Old Holdings and certain affiliates, under which Old Holdings and such affiliates will have the right to use trademarks incorporating the term "Moelis" for certain purposes, including in connection with asset management activities. Old Holdings will not be able to use the trademarks if it is engaged in investment banking advisory services, and cannot use the trademark "Moelis & Company" or any derivations of it. The license will be non-exclusive, non-sublicensable (except under certain conditions) and royalty-free. The license agreement will continue in perpetuity unless terminated in accordance with its terms. Moelis & Company may terminate the license if Old Holdings becomes insolvent, makes an assignment of the trademark for the benefit of its creditors, takes actions that cause any government or creditors to condemn or expropriate its assets or materially breaches the license agreement and fails to cure such breach.

Other Support/Administration Agreements

        We may enter into additional support and administration agreements with Old Holdings related to the reorganization on arm's length terms. Such agreements may include leasing agreements or tax matter agreements.

Policies and Procedures for Related Person Transactions

        Prior to the completion of this offering, our board of directors will adopt a written statement of policy regarding transactions with related persons, which we refer to as our "related person policy." Our related person policy requires that a "related person" (as defined in paragraph (a) of Item 404 of Regulation S-K) must promptly disclose to our General Counsel any "related person transaction" (defined as any transaction that is anticipated to be reportable by us under Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K in which we were or are to be a participant and the amount involved exceeds $120,000 and in which any related person had or will have a direct or indirect material interest) and all material facts with respect thereto. The General Counsel will then promptly communicate that information to our board of directors. No related person transaction will be executed without the approval or ratification of our board of directors or a duly authorized committee of our board of directors. It is our policy that directors interested in a related person transaction will recuse themselves from any vote on a related person transaction in which they have an interest.

94


Table of Contents


PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

        The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of Moelis & Company Class A and Class B common stock by (i) each person known to us to beneficially own more than 5% of any class of the outstanding common stock, (ii) each of our directors, (iii) each of our named executive officers and (iv) all directors and executive officers as a group.

        The number of shares and percentage of beneficial ownership after the offering set forth below is based on shares to be issued and outstanding immediately after the offering of Class A common stock, assuming no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock.

        Concurrently with this offering, we will issue to Partner Holdings            shares of Class B common stock. The number of shares of Class B common stock listed in the table below correlates to the aggregate number of vested and unvested Class A partnership units in Group LP that Partner Holdings will own immediately after this offering. The number of shares of Class B common stock will depend in part on the price at which shares of Class A common stock are sold in this offering. For purposes of the presentation of the total number of shares of Class B common stock beneficially owned, we have assumed that the shares of Class A common stock will be sold at $            per share, which is the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC.

 
  Shares Beneficially Owned After this
Offering
 
Name and Address of Beneficial Owner
  Number of
Shares of
Class A
Common
Stock
  Number of
Shares of
Class B
Common
Stock
  % of
Combined
Voting
Power
 

Kenneth Moelis

                   

Navid Mahmoodzadegan

                   

Jeffrey Raich

                   

All named executive officers, directors and 5% stockholders as a group (seven persons)

                   

*
Less than 1%.

95


Table of Contents


DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

        The following description of our capital stock upon the consummation of this offering is qualified in its entirety by reference to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws, the forms of which will be filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and by applicable law.

        Upon consummation of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of            shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share, and             shares of Class B common stock, par value $0.01 per share. Unless our board of directors determines otherwise, we will issue all shares of our capital stock in uncertificated form.

Class A Common Stock

        Holders of our Class A common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. Our Class A stockholders will not be entitled to cumulate their votes in the election of directors. Generally, all matters to be voted on by stockholders must be approved by a majority (or, in the case of election of directors, by a plurality) of the votes entitled to be cast by all holders of shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock present in person or represented by proxy, voting together as a single class. Except as otherwise provided by law, amendments to the amended and restated certificate of incorporation must be approved by a majority or, in some cases, a super-majority of the combined voting power of all shares of Class A common stock and shares of Class B common stock, voting together as a single class. However, amendments to the amended and restated certificate of incorporation that would increase or decrease the par value of the shares of such class, or alter or change the powers, preferences or special rights of the shares of such class so as to affect them adversely also must be approved by a majority of the votes entitled to be cast by the holders of the shares of the class affected by the amendment, voting as a separate class.

        Holders of our Class A common stock are entitled to receive dividends when and if declared by our board of directors out of funds legally available therefor, subject to any statutory or contractual restrictions on the payment of dividends and to any restrictions on the payment of dividends imposed by the terms of any outstanding preferred stock.

        Upon our dissolution or liquidation or the sale of all or substantially all of our assets, after payment in full of all amounts required to be paid to creditors and to the holders of preferred stock having liquidation preferences, if any, the holders of our Class A and Class B common stock will be entitled to receive our remaining assets available for distribution on a pro rata basis.

        Holders of our Class A common stock do not have preemptive, subscription, redemption or conversion rights.

        Subject to the transfer restrictions set forth in the Group LP limited partnership agreement, holders of fully vested Group LP Class A partnership units (other than Moelis & Company) may exchange these units for shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis or cash (based on the market price of the shares of Class A common stock) at Group LP's option, subject to customary conversion rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassifications.

        Each share of Class B common stock may, at the option of the holders, be converted into Class A common stock, at a conversion rate determined based on the ratio of the subscription price for such shares to the initial public offering price of the Class A common stock.

Class B Common Stock

        For so long as the Class B Condition is satisfied, each share of our Class B common stock will entitle Partner Holdings to ten votes for each share held of record on all matters submitted to a vote

96


Table of Contents

of stockholders. After the Class B Condition ceases to be satisfied, each share of our Class B common stock will entitle Partner Holdings to one vote for each share held of record on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. Shares of our Class B common stock are not transferable. Our Class B stockholders will not be entitled to cumulate their votes in the election of directors.

        Holders of our Class B common stock will be entitled to receive dividends of the same type as any dividends payable on outstanding Class A common stock. Dividends on shares of Class B common stock will be calculated based on the applicable subscription amount such that the aggregate dividends payable with respect to Class B common stock will equal the dividends payable with respect to an equivalent dollar amount of Class A common stock. The holders of our Class B common stock are entitled to receive, on a pari passu basis with the holders of our Class A common stock, such dividend or other distribution when, as and if declared by our board of directors out of funds legally available therefor, subject to any statutory or contractual restrictions on the payment of dividends and to any restrictions on the payment of dividends imposed by the terms of any outstanding preferred stock.

        Each share of Class B common stock may, at the option of Partner Holdings, be converted into Class A common stock, at a conversion rate determined based on the ratio of the subscription price for such shares to the initial public offering price of the Class A common stock.

        Holders of our Class B common stock do not have preemptive or subscription rights.

Preferred Stock

        Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will authorize our board of directors to establish one or more series of preferred stock (including convertible preferred stock). Unless required by law or by any stock exchange, the authorized shares of preferred stock will be available for issuance without further action by you. Our board of directors may determine, with respect to any series of preferred stock, the terms and rights of that series, including:

97


Table of Contents

        We may issue a series of preferred stock that could, depending on the terms of the series, impede or discourage an acquisition attempt or other transaction that some, or a majority, of you might believe to be in your best interests or in which you might receive a premium for your Class A common stock over the market price of the Class A common stock.

Authorized but Unissued Capital Stock

        Delaware law does not require stockholder approval for any issuance of authorized shares. However, the listing requirements of the NYSE, which will apply so long as the Class A common stock remains listed on the NYSE, require stockholder approval of certain issuances of capital stock equal to or exceeding 20% of the then outstanding voting power or then outstanding number of shares of Class A common stock. These additional shares may be used for a variety of corporate purposes, including future public offerings, to raise additional capital or to facilitate acquisitions.

        One of the effects of the existence of unissued and unreserved Class A common stock or preferred stock may be to enable our board of directors to issue shares to persons friendly to current management, which issuance could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of our Company by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise, and thereby protect the continuity of our management and possibly deprive the stockholders of opportunities to sell their shares of Class A common stock at prices higher than prevailing market prices.

Forum Selection Clause

        Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers, employees or agents or our stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or amended and restated bylaws or (iv) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine. In the event that the Court of Chancery lacks jurisdiction over any such action or proceeding, the sole and exclusive forum for such action or proceeding will be another state or federal court located within the State of Delaware. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock is deemed to have notice of and consented to the foregoing provision.

Anti-Takeover Effects of Provisions of Delaware Law, our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and the Stockholders Agreement

        Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will be filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and become effective immediately prior to this offering, and bylaws will contain provisions that are intended to enhance the likelihood of continuity and stability in the composition of the board of directors and that may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a future takeover or change in control of our Company unless the takeover or change in control is approved by our board of directors. These provisions include the following:

        Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that stockholder action may be taken by written consent in lieu of a meeting for so long as the Class B Condition is satisfied. After the Class B Condition ceases to be satisfied, stockholders will no longer have the ability to consent in writing to the taking of any action so that stockholder action may be taken only at an annual or special meeting of stockholders.

        Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that, except as otherwise required by law, special meetings of our stockholders can only be called by our Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of our board of directors or a committee of the board

98


Table of Contents

of directors that has been duly designated by the board of directors and whose powers and authority include the power to call such meetings, or by the chairman of our board of directors. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for so long as the Class B Condition is satisfied, stockholders collectively holding at least a majority of the voting power of the issued and outstanding shares of our capital stock entitled to vote in connection with the election of directors may call a special meeting. After the Class B Condition ceases to be satisfied, stockholders will no longer have the ability to call a special meeting.

        In addition, upon completion of this offering, we will enter into a stockholders agreement with Partner Holdings. Under this agreement, Partner Holdings will have the right to designate a number of designees to our board of directors equal to a majority of the board of directors so long as the Class B Condition is satisfied. After the Class B Condition ceases to be satisfied, for so long as the Secondary Class B Condition is satisfied, Partner Holdings will have the right to designate a number of designees to our board of directors equal to one quarter of the board of directors. As long as the Class B Condition or the Secondary Class B Condition is satisfied, Partner Holdings will retain the right to remove any director previously designated by it. See "Organizational Structure—Rights of Partner Holdings and Stockholders Agreement."

        In addition, there will be no cumulative voting in the election of directors and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that directors may be removed, with or without cause, only with the affirmative vote of at least 80% of the voting interest of stockholders entitled to vote; provided, however, that for so long as the Class B Condition is satisfied, directors may be removed, with or without cause, with the affirmative vote of a majority of the voting interest of stockholders entitled to vote.

        The foregoing provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws and the stockholders agreement could discourage potential acquisition proposals and could delay or prevent a change in control. These provisions are intended to enhance the likelihood of continuity and stability in the composition of our board of directors and in the policies formulated by our board of directors and to discourage certain types of transactions that may involve an actual or threatened change of control. These provisions are designed to reduce our vulnerability to an unsolicited acquisition proposal. The provisions also are intended to discourage certain tactics that may be used in proxy fights. However, such provisions could have the effect of discouraging others from making tender offers for our shares and, as a consequence, they also may inhibit fluctuations in the market price of our Class A common stock that could result from actual or rumored takeover attempts. Such provisions also may have the effect of preventing changes in our management or delaying or preventing a transaction that might benefit you or other minority stockholders.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

        The transfer agent and registrar for our Class A common stock will be                                              . The transfer agent's address is                                              .

Listing

        We intend to apply to list our Class A common stock on the NYSE under the symbol "MC."

99


Table of Contents


SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

        Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our Class A common stock. No prediction can be made as to the effect, if any, future sales of shares, or the availability for future sales of shares, will have on the market price of our Class A common stock prevailing from time to time. The sale of substantial amounts of our Class A common stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales could occur, could harm the prevailing market price of our Class A common stock. Upon completion of this offering we will have a total of            shares of our Class A common stock outstanding, or            shares assuming the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full.

        We intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register Class A common stock issued or reserved for issuance under our stock incentive plan. Any such Form S-8 registration statement will automatically become effective upon filing. Accordingly, shares registered under such registration statement will be available for sale in the open market, unless such shares are subject to vesting restrictions with us or the lock-up restrictions described below. We expect that the registration statement on Form S-8 will cover            shares.

Registration Rights

        In connection with the completion of this offering, Moelis & Company will grant registration rights pursuant to which:

        All fees, costs and expenses of underwritten registrations will be borne by the Company, other than underwriting discounts and selling commissions, which will be borne by each stockholder selling its shares. Our registration obligations will be subject to certain restrictions on, among other things, the frequency of requested registrations, the number of shares to be registered and the duration of these rights.

100


Table of Contents

        Effective January 1, 2012, we entered into a strategic alliance with SMBC and Nikko. Pursuant to the strategic alliance agreement, we granted SMBC the right, under certain circumstances and subject to certain restrictions, to require us to register shares of our Class A common stock issuable upon exchange of Class A partnership units owned by SMBC. Such securities of Moelis & Company registered under any registration statement will be available for sale in the open market unless restrictions apply.

Lock-Up Arrangements

        We, all of our directors, officers, Partner Holdings (through which our U.S. based Managing Directors and certain non-U.S. based Managing Directors hold Group LP Class A partnership units) and the entity through which the remaining Managing Directors hold shares of Class A common stock have agreed that, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus without the prior written consent of the representatives of the underwriters, we and they will not, subject to some exceptions, directly or indirectly, (i) offer for sale, sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of (or enter into any transaction or device that is designed to, or could be expected to, result in the disposition by any person at any time in the future of) any shares of our Class A common stock or any securities that are substantially similar to the shares of our Class A common stock (including, without limitation, shares of our Class A common stock that may be deemed to be beneficially owned in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC and shares of our Class A common stock that may be issued upon exercise of any options or warrants) or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of our Class A common stock, (ii) enter into any swap or other derivatives transaction that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of shares of our Class A common stock or any securities that are substantially similar to the shares of our Class A common stock, (iii) make any demand for or exercise any right or file or cause to be filed a registration statement, including any amendments thereto, with respect to the registration of any shares of our Class A common stock or securities convertible, exercisable or exchangeable into shares of our Class A common stock or any of our other securities, or (iv) publicly disclose the intention to do any of the foregoing.

Rule 144

        In general, under Rule 144, a person (or persons whose shares are aggregated), including any person who may be deemed our affiliate, is entitled to sell within any three month period, a number of restricted securities that does not exceed the greater of 1% of the then outstanding Class A common stock and the average weekly trading volume during the four calendar weeks preceding each such sale, provided that at least six months have lapsed since such shares were acquired from us or any affiliate of ours and certain manner of sale, notice requirements and requirements as to availability of current public information about us are satisfied. Any person who is deemed to be our affiliate must comply with the provisions of Rule 144 (other than the holding period requirement) in order to sell shares of Class A common stock which are not restricted securities (such as shares acquired by affiliates either in this offering or through purchases in the open market following this offering).

101


Table of Contents


CERTAIN UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS
FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF CLASS A COMMON STOCK

        The following discussion is a summary of U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences generally applicable to non-U.S. holders of Class A common stock that acquire Class A common stock for cash pursuant to this offering and that hold such shares as capital assets (generally, for investment). For purposes of this discussion, a non-U.S. holder is any beneficial owner that for U.S. federal income tax purposes is not an entity classified as a partnership and is not a U.S. holder; the term U.S. holder means:

        If a partnership or other pass-through entity holds Class A common stock, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a partner in the partnership generally will depend upon the status of the partner or member and the activities of the partnership or other entity. Accordingly, we urge partnerships or other pass-through entities that hold Class A common stock and partners or members in these partnerships or other entities to consult their tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of Class A common stock.

        This summary does not consider specific facts and circumstances that may be relevant to a particular non-U.S. holder's tax position and does not consider the non-income tax consequences or the state, local or non-U.S. tax consequences of an investment in Class A common stock. It also does not apply to non-U.S. holders subject to special tax treatment under the U.S. federal income tax laws (including banks, insurance companies, tax-exempt organizations, dealers in securities or currency, persons who purchase, hold or dispose of Class A common stock as part of a "straddle," "hedge," "conversion transaction," "wash sale" or other risk-reduction or integrated transaction, controlled foreign corporations, passive foreign investment companies, companies that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax, tax-exempt organizations, former U.S. citizens or residents and persons who hold or receive Class A common stock as compensation). This summary is based upon the Code, existing and proposed Treasury regulations, IRS rulings and pronouncements and judicial decisions in effect, all of which are subject to change, possibly on a retroactive basis, or differing interpretations.

        The discussion included herein is only a summary. Accordingly, we urge you to consult your tax advisor with respect to the U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. income and other tax consequences of holding and disposing of Class A common stock.

Dividends

        Any dividend paid to a non-U.S. holder with respect to Class A common stock generally will be subject to withholding tax at a 30% rate (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty). Generally, a non-U.S. holder must certify as to its status, and to any right to reduced withholding under an applicable income tax treaty, on a properly completed IRS Form W-8BEN in order to obtain the benefit of such right. If, however, the non-U.S. holder provides an IRS Form W-8ECI, certifying that the dividend is effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder's conduct

102


Table of Contents

of a trade or business within the U.S., the dividend will not be subject to withholding. Instead, such dividends are subject to U.S. federal income tax at regular rates applicable to U.S. persons generally and, for corporate holders, may also be subject to a 30% "branch profits tax" unless you qualify for a lower rate under an applicable U.S. income tax treaty.

Dispositions

        A non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income or withholding tax in respect of any gain on a sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of Class A common stock unless:

        We do not believe that we currently are a USRPHC, and we do not anticipate becoming a USRPHC in the future.

U.S. Federal Estate Taxes

        Class A common stock owned or treated as owned by an individual who is a non-U.S. holder at the time of death will be included in the individual's gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes, and may be subject to U.S. federal estate tax, unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise.

Withholding Rules Pursuant to the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act

        Legislation enacted in 2010 and existing guidance issued thereafter will require, after June 30, 2014, withholding at a rate of 30% on dividends in respect of, and after December 31, 2016, gross proceeds from the sale of, Class A common stock held by or through certain foreign financial institutions (including investment funds), unless such institution enters into an agreement with the U.S. Treasury to report, on an annual basis, information with respect to shares in, and accounts maintained by, the institution to the extent such shares or accounts are held by certain U.S. persons or by certain non-U.S. entities that are wholly or partially owned by U.S. persons. Accordingly, the entity through which Class A common stock is held will affect the determination of whether such withholding is required. Similarly, dividends in respect of, and gross proceeds from the sale of, Class A common stock held by an investor that is a non-financial non-U.S. entity, which does not qualify under certain exceptions, will be subject to withholding at a rate of 30% beginning after the dates noted above, unless such entity either (i) certifies to us (or another applicable withholding agent) that such entity does not have any "substantial U.S. owners" or (ii) provides certain information regarding the entity's "substantial U.S. owners," which we (or another applicable withholding agent) will in turn provide to the U.S. Treasury. We will not pay any additional amounts to holders in respect of any amounts withheld. Non-U.S. holders are encouraged to consult with their tax advisers regarding the possible implications of these rules on their investment in Class A common stock.

103


Table of Contents

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

        You generally will be required to comply with certain certification procedures to establish that you are not a U.S. person in order to avoid backup withholding with respect to dividends or the proceeds of a disposition of Class A common stock. In addition, we are required to annually report to the IRS and you the amount of any distributions paid to you, regardless of whether we actually withheld any tax. Copies of the information returns reporting such distributions and the amount withheld, if any, may also be made available to the tax authorities in the country in which you reside under the provisions of an applicable income tax treaty. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules generally will be allowed as a refund or credit against your U.S. federal income tax liability, provided that certain required information is provided on a timely basis to the IRS.

104


Table of Contents


UNDERWRITING

        Moelis & Company will enter into an underwriting agreement with respect to the shares of Class A common stock being offered with Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, as representatives of the underwriters named below. Subject to certain conditions, each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase the number of shares indicated in the following table.

Underwriters
  Number of Shares of
Class A common stock
 

Goldman, Sachs & Co. 

       

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

       

Moelis & Company LLC

       

Total

       

        The underwriters are committed to take and pay for all of the shares of Class A common stock being offered, if any are taken, other than the shares covered by the option described below unless and until this option is exercised.

        The underwriters have an option to buy up to an additional            shares of Class A common stock from the company to cover sales by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than the total number set forth in the table above. They may exercise that option for 30 days. If any shares are purchased pursuant to this option, the underwriters will severally purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as set forth in the table above.

        The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by Moelis & Company. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase            additional shares of Class A common Stock.

Paid by Moelis & Company
  No
Exercise
  Full
Exercise
 

Per Share

  $     $    

Total

  $     $    

        Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $            per share from the initial public offering price. After the initial offering of the shares, the representatives may change the offering price and the other selling terms. The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters' right to reject any order in whole or in part.

        We, all of our directors, officers, Partner Holdings (through which our U.S. based Managing Directors and certain non-U.S. based Managing Directors will hold Group LP Class A partnership units) and the entity through which the remaining Managing Directors hold shares of Class A common stock have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to dispose of or hedge any of their Class A common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of Class A common stock during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date that is 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of the representatives. This agreement does not apply to any existing employee benefit plans. See "Shares Eligible for Future Sale" for a discussion of certain transfer restrictions.

        Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for the shares of Class A common stock. The initial public offering price will be negotiated among the Company and the representatives. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price of the shares, in addition to prevailing market conditions, will be the Company's historical performance, estimates of the business

105


Table of Contents

potential and earnings prospects of the Company, an assessment of the Company's management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.

        An application has been made to list the Class A common stock on the NYSE under the symbol "MC."

        In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell shares of Class A common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering, and a short position represents the amount of such sales that have not been covered by subsequent purchases. A "covered short position" is a short position that is not greater than the amount of additional shares for which the underwriters' option described above may be exercised. The underwriters may cover any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to cover the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase additional shares pursuant to the option described above. "Naked" short sales are any short sales that create a short position greater than the amount of additional shares for which the option described above may be exercised. The underwriters must cover any such naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the Class A common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

        The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

        Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own accounts, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the Company's stock, and together with the imposition of the penalty bid, may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the Class A common stock. As a result, the price of the Class A common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time. These transactions may be effected on the NYSE, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

Conflicts of Interest

        Moelis & Company controls Moelis & Company LLC, a participating underwriter in this offering. Therefore, Moelis & Company LLC is deemed to have a "conflict of interest" within the meaning of FINRA Rule 5121(f)(5)(B). In addition, Moelis & Company and other affiliates of Moelis & Company LLC will be deemed to receive more than 5% of net offering proceeds and will have a "conflict of interest" pursuant to FINRA Rule 5121(f)(5)(C)(ii). This offering is being made in compliance with the requirements of FINRA Rule 5121. Since Moelis & Company LLC is not primarily responsible for managing this offering, pursuant to FINRA Rule 5121(a)(1)(A), the appointment of a qualified independent underwriter is not necessary. Moelis & Company LLC will not confirm sales to discretionary accounts without the prior written approval of the customer.

106


Table of Contents

Selling Restrictions

European Economic Area

        In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a "Relevant Member State"), an offer of shares of Class A common stock to the public may not be made in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that an offer of shares of Class A common stock to the public may be in that Relevant Member State at any time:

        For the purposes of this provision, the expression an "offer of shares of Class A common stock to the public" in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares of Class A common stock to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the shares, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member State and the expression "Prospectus Directive" means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.

United Kingdom

        Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:

Hong Kong

        The shares of class A common stock may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to "professional investors" within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a "prospectus"

107


Table of Contents

within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares of Class A common stock which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to "professional investors" within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

Singapore

        This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares of Class A common stock may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the "SFA"), (ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

        Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries' rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 except: (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA, (ii) where no consideration is given for the transfer or (iii) by operation of law.

Japan

        The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law) and each underwriter has agreed that it will not offer or sell any securities, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

        The underwriters do not expect sales to discretionary accounts to exceed five percent of the total number of shares of Class A common stock offered.

        The Company estimates that its share of the total expenses of the offering, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $            .

        The Company has agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

        The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include sales and trading, commercial and investment banking, advisory,

108


Table of Contents

investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, market making, brokerage and other financial and non-financial activities and services. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have provided, and may in the future provide, a variety of these services to the Company and to persons and entities with relationships with the Company, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.

        In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates, officers, directors and employees may purchase, sell or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade securities, derivatives, loans, commodities, currencies, credit default swaps and other financial instruments for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and trading activities may involve or relate to assets, securities and/or instruments of the Company (directly, as collateral securing other obligations or otherwise) and/or persons and entities with relationships with the Company. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also communicate independent investment recommendations, market color or trading ideas and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such assets, securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they should acquire, long and/or short positions in such assets, securities and instruments.

109


Table of Contents


VALIDITY OF COMMON STOCK

        The validity of the shares of Class A common stock offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, New York, New York. Sullivan & Cromwell LLP, New York, New York, is representing the underwriters in this offering.


EXPERTS

        The combined financial statements as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013 included in this Prospectus and the related financial statement schedule included elsewhere in the Registration Statement, have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein (which report expresses an unqualified opinion on the combined financial statements and financial statement schedule and includes an explanatory paragraph referring to certain expenses that have been allocated from Moelis & Company Holdings LP to the Company). Such combined financial statements and financial statement schedule have been so included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.


WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

        We filed a registration statement on Form S-1 with the Securities and Exchange Commission with respect to the registration of the Class A common stock offered for sale with this prospectus. This prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement and the exhibits to the registration statement. For further information about us, the Class A common stock we are offering by this prospectus and related matters, you should review the registration statement, including the exhibits filed as a part of the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus about the contents of any contract or any other document that is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are not necessarily complete, and we refer you to the full text of the contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. A copy of the registration statement and the exhibits that were filed with the registration statement may be inspected without charge at the public reference facilities maintained by the Securities and Exchange Commission at 100 F. Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549, and copies of all or any part of the registration statement may be obtained from the Securities and Exchange Commission upon payment of the prescribed fee. Information on the operation of the public reference facilities may be obtained by calling the Securities and Exchange Commission at 1-800-SEC-0330. The Securities and Exchange Commission maintains a website that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The address of the site is http://www.sec.gov.

        As a result of this offering, we will become subject to the information and periodic reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and, in accordance with such requirements, will file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission. These periodic reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the regional offices, public reference facilities and web site of the Securities and Exchange Commission referred to above. We intend to furnish our stockholders with annual reports containing consolidated financial statements audited by our independent registered accounting firm.

110


Table of Contents


INDEX TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS*

 
  Page

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

  F-2

Combined Statements of Financial Condition as of December 31, 2013 and 2012

  F-3

Combined Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

  F-4

Combined Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

  F-5

Combined Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

  F-6

Combined Statements of Changes in Parent Company Equity for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

  F-7

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

  F-8

Financial Statement Schedule: Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

  S-1

*    The combined financial statements reflect the historical results of operations and financial position of the Company for all periods presented. Accordingly, the historical financial statements do not reflect what the results of operations and financial position of the Company would have been had the Company been a stand-alone, public company for the periods presented.

        The Company has operated in the U.S. through various limited liability companies and partnerships. As a result, the Company's income has generally not been subject to U.S. federal income taxes. Taxes related to income earned by partnerships represent obligations of the individual partners. Income taxes shown on the Company's historical combined statements of operations are primarily attributable to taxes incurred in non-U.S. entities and to New York City unincorporated business tax attributable to the Company's operations apportioned to New York City. Unaudited pro forma taxes based on the reorganization and initial public offering are provided within the unaudited pro forma financial information section of this prospectus.

        The combined financial statements of the Company include only those accounts attributable to the advisory business of the Company's parent ("Advisory business" or "Advisory operations") and includes certain allocations from the Company's parent. There is currently no separate capital structure for the combined Advisory businesses. Accordingly, the Company has not presented historical earnings per unit of the combined entities. Unaudited pro forma earnings per share, based on the reorganization and the initial public offering, are provided within the unaudited pro forma financial information section of the prospectus.

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Partners of Moelis & Company Holdings LP:

        We have audited the accompanying combined financial statements of the Advisory operations of Moelis & Company Holdings LP (the "Company") as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related combined statements of operations, comprehensive income, cash flows and changes in parent company equity for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index to the Combined Financial Statements. These combined financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the combined financial statements and the financial statement schedule based on our audits.

        We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        In our opinion, such combined financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Advisory operations of Moelis & Company Holdings LP as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the results of their related combined operations, comprehensive income, cash flows and changes in parent company equity for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also, in our opinion, such financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic combined financial statements taken as a whole, present fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

        As discussed in Note 2 to the combined financial statements, certain expenses have been allocated from Moelis & Company Holdings LP to the Company.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

New York, New York
February 26, 2014

F-2


Table of Contents


Combined Financial Statements of the
Advisory Operations of Moelis & Company Holdings LP

Combined Statements of Financial Condition

(dollars in thousands)

 
  Unaudited
Pro Forma
December 31, 2013
(Note 4)
  As of December 31,  
 
  2013   2012  

Assets

                   

Cash and cash equivalents

  $     $ 303,024   $ 185,623  

Restricted cash

          792     774  

Receivables:

                   

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $773 and $1,746 as of 2013 and 2012, respectively

          28,784     37,651  

Other receivables, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $1,080 and $2,673 as of 2013 and 2012, respectively

          6,559     9,811  
                 

Total receivables

          35,343     47,462  

Deferred compensation

         
3,495
   
6,314
 

Investments at fair value (cost basis $69,066 and $139,136 as of 2013 and 2012, respectively)

          68,141     139,138  

Investment in joint venture

          12,481     10,371  

Equipment and leasehold improvements, net

          5,156     5,786  

Intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization of $466 and $296 as of 2013 and 2012, respectively

          42     211  

Deferred tax asset

          1,315     819  

Prepaid expenses and other assets

          13,674     6,170  
               

Total assets

  $     $ 443,463   $ 402,668  
               
               

Liabilities and Parent Company Equity

                   

Compensation payable

          104,527     119,936  

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

          14,262     13,924  

Deferred revenue

          6,838     2,649  

Other liabilities

          8,466     6,051  
                 

Total liabilities

          134,093     142,560  
                 

Commitments and Contingencies (See Note 12)

                   

Parent company investment

         
308,444
   
259,945
 

Accumulated other comprehensive income

          926     163  
               

Total parent company equity

          309,370     260,108  
               

Total liabilities and parent company equity

  $     $ 443,463   $ 402,668  
               
               

   

See notes to the combined financial statements.

F-3


Table of Contents


Combined Financial Statements of the
Advisory Operations of Moelis & Company Holdings LP

Combined Statements of Operations

(dollars in thousands)

 
  For the Years Ended December 31,  
 
  2013   2012   2011  

Revenues

  $ 411,386   $ 385,871   $ 268,024  

Expenses

   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Compensation and benefits

    264,944     274,941     200,368  

Occupancy

    13,902     14,098     12,386  

Professional fees

    13,281     12,256     15,318  

Communication, technology and information services

    13,819     13,299     11,623  

Travel and related expenses

    18,153     14,921     15,466  

Depreciation and amortization

    2,296     2,507     2,085  

Other expenses

    14,882     15,804     21,648  
               

Total expenses

    341,277     347,826     278,894  
               

Operating income (loss)

    70,109     38,045     (10,870 )

Other income and expenses

    (771 )   333     245  

Income (loss) from equity method investment

    3,681     (658 )   5,737  
               

Income (loss) before income taxes

    73,019     37,720     (4,888 )

Provision for income taxes

    2,794     2,498     3,642  
               

Net income (loss)

  $ 70,225   $ 35,222   $ (8,530 )
               
               

   

See notes to the combined financial statements.

F-4


Table of Contents


Combined Financial Statements of the
Advisory Operations of Moelis & Company Holdings LP

Combined Statements of Comprehensive Income

(dollars in thousands)

 
  For the Years Ended December 31,  
 
  2013   2012   2011  

Net income (loss)

  $ 70,225   $ 35,222   $ (8,530 )

Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of tax

    763     511     183  
               

Other comprehensive income

    763     511     183  
               

Comprehensive income (loss)

  $ 70,988   $ 35,733   $ (8,347 )
               
               

   

See notes to the combined financial statements.

F-5


Table of Contents


Combined Financial Statements of the
Advisory Operations of Moelis & Company Holdings LP

Combined Statements of Cash Flows

(dollars in thousands)

 
  For the Years Ended December 31,  
 
  2013   2012   2011  

Cash flows from operating activities

                   

Net income (loss)

  $ 70,225   $ 35,222   $ (8,530 )

Adjustments to reconcile combined net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

                   

Bad debt expense

    1,564     2,926     2,948  

Depreciation and amortization

    2,296     2,507     2,085  

Amortization of compensation associated with acquisition

    820     820     614  

(Income) loss from equity method investment

    (3,681 )   658     (5,737 )

Equity-based compensation

    48,539     41,224     24,371  

Deferred tax provision

    261     (284 )   1,564  

Other

    2,763     2,264     432  

Changes in assets and liabilities:

                   

Accounts receivable

    5,805     (25,696 )   2,730  

Other receivables

    1,175     (1,090 )   (1,566 )

Prepaid expenses and other assets

    (7,403 )   1,294     (1,786 )

Deferred compensation

    2,811     1,783     (8,086 )

Compensation payable

    (16,728 )   47,869     (29,888 )

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

    238     2,135     1,831  

Deferred revenue

    4,179     841     (2,199 )

Dividends received

    2,375     750      

Other liabilities

    2,418     (2,488 )   1,313  
               

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

    117,657     110,735     (19,904 )
               

Cash flows from investing activities

                   

Purchase of investments

    (145,230 )   (177,144 )   (29,922 )

Proceeds from sales of investments

    218,142     68,060     1,270  

Notes provided to employees

        (406 )    

Note payments received from employees

    383     56     157  

Purchase of equipment and leasehold improvements

    (1,623 )   (3,682 )   (2,517 )

Acquisition of subsidiary, net of cash acquired

            (127 )

Change in restricted cash

    (4 )   (6 )   (85 )
               

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

    71,668     (113,122 )   (31,224 )
               

Cash flows from financing activities

                   

Capital contribution received from investor in Parent

        93,217      

Tax distributions to Parent for partners

    (40,130 )   (23,665 )   (30,644 )

Dividend distributions to Parent for partners

    (35,389 )        

Other cash contributions from (distributions to) Parent

    2,016     (2,268 )   (21,783 )
               

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

    (73,503 )   67,284     (52,427 )
               

Effect of exchange rate fluctuations on cash and cash equivalents

    1,579     494     293  

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

    117,401     65,391     (103,262 )

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year

    185,623     120,232     223,494  
               

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year

  $ 303,024   $ 185,623   $ 120,232  
               
               

Supplemental cash flow disclosure:

                   

Cash paid during the year for:

                   

Income taxes

  $ 1,422   $ 2,859   $ 2,548  

Investing activities:

                   

Non-cash settlement of accounts receivable

  $ 2,828   $   $  

Non-cash contribution from Parent

  $ 757   $   $  

   

See notes to the combined financial statements.

F-6


Table of Contents


Combined Financial Statements of the
Advisory Operations of Moelis & Company Holdings LP

Combined Statements of Changes in Parent Company Equity

(dollars in thousands)

 
  Parent
Company
Investment
  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
  Total
Parent
Company
Equity
 

Balance as of January 1, 2011

  $ 147,882   $ (531 ) $ 147,351  

Net income (loss)

    (8,530 )       (8,530 )

Other comprehensive income

        183     183  

Net cash distributions to Parent

    (52,427 )       (52,427 )

Equity-based compensation

    24,371         24,371  

Equity-based contributions to joint venture and Parent's advisory board

    1,227         1,227  
               

Balance as of December 31, 2011

    112,523     (348 )   112,175  

Net income (loss)

    35,222         35,222  

Other comprehensive income

        511     511  

Net cash contributions from Parent

    67,284         67,284  

Equity-based compensation

    41,224         41,224  

Equity-based contributions to joint venture and Parent's advisory board

    3,692         3,692  
               

Balance as of December 31, 2012

    259,945     163     260,108  

Net income (loss)

    70,225         70,225  

Other comprehensive income

        763     763  

Net cash distributions to Parent

    (73,503 )       (73,503 )

Equity-based compensation

    48,539         48,539  

Equity-based contributions to joint venture and Parent's advisory board

    2,481         2,481  

Other non-cash contributions

    757         757  
               

Balance as of December 31, 2013

  $ 308,444   $ 926   $ 309,370  
               
               

   

See notes to the combined financial statements.

F-7


Table of Contents


Combined Financial Statements of the
Advisory Operations of Moelis & Company Holdings LP

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

(dollars in thousands)

1. ORGANIZATION AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION

        The accompanying combined financial statements include the historical carved out accounts and operations of the Advisory business (the "Company," "we," "our," or "us") of Moelis & Company Holdings LP (the "Parent" or "Old Holdings"). The Parent is a Delaware limited partnership that commenced operations originally as a limited liability company on May 1, 2007 and was converted to a limited partnership on July 1, 2011. The general partner of the Parent is Moelis & Company Holdings GP LLC. The sole member of Moelis & Company Holdings GP LLC is Moelis & Company Manager LLC ("Manager"), which is wholly-owned by certain co-founding partners. The Company's activities as an investment banking advisory firm constitute a single business segment offering clients, including corporations, governments and financial sponsors, a range of advisory services with expertise across all major industries in mergers and acquisitions, recapitalizations and restructurings and other corporate finance matters.

        Basis of Presentation—The combined financial statements of the Company include only those accounts attributable to the Advisory business which include certain accounts and allocations from the Parent and the following subsidiaries:

F-8


Table of Contents


Combined Financial Statements of the
Advisory Operations of Moelis & Company Holdings LP

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands)

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

        Basis of Accounting—The Company prepared the accompanying combined financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America ("U.S. GAAP"). The combined financial statements include the combined operations, assets and liabilities of the Company.

        In addition to the revenues, expenses, assets and liabilities that are specifically identifiable to the Company, certain expenses have been allocated from the Parent based on the most relevant measure, including relative usage or proportion of the Company's headcount to that of the Parent. For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, $9,477, $10,094 and $9,473, respectively, of occupancy expenses have been allocated to the Company based on the proportion of the Company's headcount to that of the Parent. For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, $9,793, $9,433 and $8,834, respectively, of communication, technology and information services expenses have been allocated to the Company based on a combination of relative usage and the proportion of the Company's headcount to that of the Parent. All other expenses were specifically identifiable to the Company. Management believes the assumptions and allocations underlying the combined financial statements are reasonable, and the allocated amounts are representative of the amounts that would have been recorded in the combined financial statements had the Company operated independent of the Parent for the historical periods presented.

        All intercompany balances and transactions within the Company have been eliminated.

        Cash and Cash Equivalents—Cash and cash equivalents include all short-term highly liquid investments that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash and have original maturities of three months or less from the date of purchase.

        As of December 31, 2013, the Company had cash equivalents of $260,825 (December 31, 2012: $157,978) invested primarily in U.S. treasury bills and government securities money market funds. Additionally, as of December 31, 2013 the Company had cash of $42,199 (December 31, 2012: $27,645) maintained in U.S. and non-U.S. bank accounts, of which some account balances exceeded the FDIC coverage limit of $250.

        Restricted Cash—The Company held cash of $792 and $774 as of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively, in restricted collateral accounts deposited in connection with corporate credit card programs.

        Receivables—The accompanying combined statements of financial condition presents accounts receivable balances net of allowance for doubtful accounts based on the Company's assessment of the collectability of customer accounts.

        The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts that, in management's opinion, provides for an adequate reserve to cover losses that may be incurred. The Company regularly reviews the allowance by considering factors such as historical experience, credit quality, age of the accounts receivable and recoverable expense balances, and the current economic conditions that may affect a customer's ability to pay such amounts owed to the Company.

        After concluding that a reserved accounts receivable is no longer collectible, the Company will charge-off the receivable. This is determined based on several factors including the age of the accounts

F-9


Table of Contents


Combined Financial Statements of the
Advisory Operations of Moelis & Company Holdings LP

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands)

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

receivable and the credit worthiness of the customer. This has the effect of reducing both the gross receivable and the allowance for doubtful accounts.

        Deferred Compensation—Deferred compensation costs represent arrangements with certain employees whereby cash payments are subject to a required period of service subsequent to payment by the Company. These amounts are charged to expenses over the period that the employee is required to provide services in order to vest in the payment.

        Financial Instruments at Fair Value—Fair value is generally based on quoted prices, however if quoted market prices are not available, fair value is determined based on other relevant factors, including dealer price quotations, price activity for equivalent instruments and valuation pricing models. The Company established a fair value hierarchy which prioritizes and ranks the level of market price observability used in measuring financial instruments at fair value. Market price observability is affected by a number of factors, including the type of instrument, the characteristics specific to the instrument and the state of the marketplace (including the existence and transparency of transactions between market participants). Financial instruments with readily-available actively quoted prices or for which fair value can be measured from actively-quoted prices in an orderly market will generally have a higher degree of market price observability and a lesser degree of judgment used in measuring fair value.

        Financial instruments measured and reported at fair value are classified and disclosed in one of the following categories (from highest to lowest) based on inputs:

        In certain cases, the inputs used to measure fair value may fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In such cases, the determination of which category within the fair value hierarchy is appropriate for any given investment is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The Company's assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgment, and considers factors specific to the instrument.

        For level 3 investments in which pricing inputs are unobservable and limited market activity exists, management's determination of fair value is based on the best information available, may incorporate management's own assumptions and involves a significant degree of judgment.

        Investment in Joint Venture—The Company accounts for its investment in Moelis Australia Holdings under the equity method of accounting as the Company does not control the entity but jointly controls Moelis Australia Holdings with the Trust. The Company reflects its investment in investment in joint

F-10


Table of Contents


Combined Financial Statements of the
Advisory Operations of Moelis & Company Holdings LP

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands)

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

venture on the accompanying combined statements of financial condition. In connection with this investment, the Company acquired a call option to purchase the remaining 50% interest in Moelis Australia Holdings. Also, in connection with the investment, the Company granted a put option enabling the key senior Australian executive to sell his remaining shares in Moelis Australia Holdings back to the Company upon certain defined exit events. The call and the put options are embedded in the equity method investment and have not been separated as embedded derivatives because they do not meet the definition of a derivative given that the investee's shares are not publicly traded. The investment reflects the Company's share of contributions made to, distributions received from, and the equity earnings and losses of, the joint venture. The Company reflects its share of gains and losses of the joint venture in income (loss) from equity method investment in the combined statements of operations.

        Equipment and Leasehold Improvements—Equipment consists primarily of office equipment, computer equipment and furniture and fixtures and is stated at cost less accumulated depreciation, which is determined using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Leasehold improvements are stated at cost less accumulated amortization, which is determined using the straight-line method over the lesser of the term of the lease or the estimated useful lives of the assets.

        Major renewals and improvements are capitalized and minor replacements, maintenance and repairs are charged to expenses as incurred. Upon retirement or disposal of assets, the cost and related accumulated depreciation or amortization are removed from the combined statements of financial condition and any gain or loss is reflected in the combined statements of operations.

        Revenue and Expense Recognition—The Company recognizes revenues from providing advisory services when earned. Upfront fees are recognized over the estimated period that the related services are performed. Transaction-related fees are recognized when all services for a transaction have been provided, specified conditions have been met and the transaction closes. Underwriting revenues are recognized when the offering is deemed complete and is presented net of related expenses. Deferred revenues are recorded for fees received that have not yet been earned. Expenses are recorded on the combined statements of operations, net of client reimbursements. Reimbursable expenses billed to clients totaled $10,652 for the year ended December 31, 2013 (2012: $11,471; 2011: $8,093).

        Equity-based Compensation—The Company recognizes the cost of partner and non-partner employee services received in exchange for an equity instrument award. The cost is based on its grant-date fair value amortized over the service period required by the award's vesting terms. The measurement of the grant-date fair value requires the Company's Parent to make estimates about its future operating results and the appropriate risk-adjusted discount rates. The methods used to estimate the fair value of equity-based compensation generally include the market approach and the income approach, each of which involve a significant degree of judgment. Under the market approach, fair value is determined with reference to observable valuation measures for comparable companies (e.g., multiplying a key performance metric of the comparable company by a relevant valuation multiple—adjusted for differences between the Company's Parent and the referenced comparable). Under the income approach, fair value is determined by converting future amounts (e.g., cash flows or earnings) to a single present amount (discounted) using current expectations about those future

F-11


Table of Contents


Combined Financial Statements of the
Advisory Operations of Moelis & Company Holdings LP

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands)

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

amounts. These estimates could change in the future and have a material impact on the estimate of the fair value. The Company recognizes such amounts in compensation and benefits expenses on the accompanying combined statements of operations and as an increase to parent company equity on the accompanying combined statements of financial condition and in the accompanying combined statements of changes in parent company equity. See Note 8 for further discussion.

        Income Taxes—The Company's operating results were included in the Parent's U.S. federal and state income tax returns, as well as the tax filings for non-U.S. jurisdictions. For purposes of the Company's combined financial statements, provision for income taxes and deferred tax balances have been calculated as if the Company completed its tax returns on a stand-alone basis separate from the Parent ("Separate Return Method"). The Separate Return Method applies the accounting guidance for income taxes to the combined financial statements as if the Company were a separate taxpayer and a stand-alone enterprise from its Parent for the periods presented.

        The Company is comprised of entities that are organized as limited liability companies and limited partnerships. For federal income tax purposes, the Company is a pass-through entity. Accordingly, no federal income taxes are assessed at the Company level. Federal income tax law and regulations require the partners to report their allocable share of the Company's taxable income or loss in their respective tax returns. Certain foreign, state and local tax authorities levy taxes on the Company based on its income.

        The Company will continue to review the conclusions reached regarding uncertain tax positions, which may be subject to review and adjustment at a later date based on ongoing analyses of tax laws, regulations and interpretations thereof. To the extent that the Company's assessment of the conclusions reached regarding uncertain tax positions changes, such change in estimate will be recorded in the period in which such determination is made. The Company reports income tax-related interest and penalties, if applicable, as a component of income tax expense. For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, no such amounts were recognized.

        Foreign Currency Translation—Assets and liabilities held in non-U.S. dollar denominated (functional) currencies are translated into U.S. dollars at exchange rates in effect at the end of the reporting period. Revenues and expenses are translated at average exchange rates during the reporting period. A charge or credit is recorded to other comprehensive income to reflect the translation of these amounts to the extent the non-U.S. currency is designated the functional currency of the subsidiary. Non-functional currency related transaction gains and losses are immediately recorded in the combined statements of operations.

        Use of Estimates—The preparation of combined financial statements and related disclosures in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Estimates and assumptions are reviewed periodically, and the effects of revisions are reflected in the period in which they are determined to be necessary.

F-12


Table of Contents


Combined Financial Statements of the
Advisory Operations of Moelis & Company Holdings LP

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands)

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

        In preparing the combined financial statements, management makes estimates and assumptions regarding:

3. RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

        In January 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2013-01 "Clarifying the Scope of Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities" ("ASU 2013-01"). ASU 2013-01 provides amendments to ASU 2011-11 by clarifying the scope of transactions that are subject to the disclosures of offsetting. The amendments in this update are effective retrospectively for periods beginning after January 1, 2013. The adoption of this update did not have an impact on the Company's combined financial statements.

        In July 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2013-11, "Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists" ("ASU 2013-11"). ASU 2013-11 provides amendments to ASC No. 740, "Income Taxes", which clarify the guidance for the financial statement presentation of an unrecognized tax benefit when a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss or a tax credit carryforward exists. The amendments require that an unrecognized tax benefit, or a portion of an unrecognized tax benefit, be presented in the financial statements as a reduction to a deferred tax asset for a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss or a tax credit carryforward. If a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss or a tax credit carryforward is not available at the reporting date under the tax law of the applicable jurisdiction to settle any additional income taxes that would result from the disallowance of a tax position or the tax law of the applicable jurisdiction does not require the entity to use, and the entity does not intend to use, the deferred tax asset for such purpose, the unrecognized tax benefit should be presented in the financial statements as a liability and should not be combined with deferred tax assets. The amendments in this update are effective prospectively during interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2013, with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently assessing the impact of the adoption of this update on the Company's combined financial statements.

4. BUSINESS CHANGES AND DEVELOPMENTS

Reorganization and Initial Public Offering

        Subsequent to December 31, 2013, Old Holdings submitted a registration statement on Form S-1 to the SEC indicating a plan to undertake a reorganization of its business in connection with the initial public offering of Class A common stock by Moelis & Company, a newly-formed Delaware corporation. Following the reorganization, the Advisory operations will be owned by Moelis & Company Group LP, a Delaware limited partnership ("Group LP"). Group LP will be controlled by Moelis & Company. The new public shareholders will be entitled to receive a portion of the economics of the Advisory operations through their direct ownership interests in Class A common stock of Moelis & Company.

F-13


Table of Contents


Combined Financial Statements of the
Advisory Operations of Moelis & Company Holdings LP

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands)

4. BUSINESS CHANGES AND DEVELOPMENTS (Continued)

The existing owners of the Parent will continue to receive the majority of the economics of the Advisory operations, as non-controlling interest holders, primarily through direct and indirect ownership interests in Group LP partnership units. As a corporation, Moelis & Company will be subject to United States federal and state corporate income taxes, which will result in a material increase in the applicable tax rates and current tax expense incurred post reorganization.

        Prior to the date of the offering, the Company intends to distribute approximately $            to its existing owners and approximately $            to a separate business of the Parent. The unaudited pro forma combined statement of financial condition as of December 31, 2013 gives pro forma effect to this distribution of $            payable in cash as if the distribution had been effected as of December 31, 2013. The unaudited pro forma combined statement of financial condition is presented for illustrative purposes only and does not purport to project the Company's combined financial condition for any future date.

Acquisition of Asia Pacific Advisors

        On April 12, 2011, the Company acquired Asia Pacific Advisers ("APA"), an independent financial advisory firm based in Hong Kong. The transaction was approved by the Hong Kong Securities and Futures Commission. APA's name was changed to Moelis & Company Asia Limited.

        The total consideration paid for APA was $127 and was allocated to the net liabilities assumed of $380 and the identifiable intangible customer relationships acquired of $507. The customer relationship asset is being amortized over its useful life of three years.

        Expenses associated with the amortization of the customer relationships for the year ended December 31, 2013 were $168 (2012: $168) and were included in depreciation and amortization in the combined statements of operations. Expenses associated with the amortization of the customer relationships for the period April 12, 2011 through December 31, 2011 were $127 and were included in depreciation and amortization in the combined statements of operations.

        In connection with the acquisition of APA, the Company paid cash of $2,250 and agreed to a profit sharing arrangement with certain individuals who became employees of the Company at the acquisition date. The upfront cash paid and profit sharing payouts are contingent upon continuing employment over a service period beginning on the date of acquisition through December 31, 2013. For the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company recorded $820 (2012: $820) related to such payout in compensation and benefits expenses in the combined statements of operations. For the period April 12, 2011 through December 31, 2011, the Company recorded $614 related to such payout in compensation and benefits expenses in the combined statements of operations.

Investment in Joint Venture

        On April 1, 2010, the Company entered into a 50-50 joint venture in Moelis Australia Holdings, investing a combination of cash and certain net assets of its wholly-owned subsidiary, Moelis Australia, in exchange for its interests. The remaining 50% is owned by an Australian trust established by and for the benefit of Moelis Australia senior executives.

F-14


Table of Contents


Combined Financial Statements of the
Advisory Operations of Moelis & Company Holdings LP

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands)

4. BUSINESS CHANGES AND DEVELOPMENTS (Continued)

        On April 1, 2011, the Parent contributed its equity to Moelis Australia Holdings (or the "Australian JV"), which in turn granted equity awards to its employees in return for providing future employment related services. These units generally vest over an eight year service period and are recorded as compensation expenses on Moelis Australia Holdings' financial statements. As the recipients are not employees of the Company, but rather employees of the Australian JV, the Company recognizes the entire expense associated with these awards based on the fair value re-measured at each reporting period and amortized over the vesting period. For the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company recognized $1,609 in additional parent company equity, $805 in investment in joint venture and $805 in other expenses relating to the contribution of these equity awards in the combined financial statements. For the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company recognized $2,937 in additional parent company equity, $1,469 in investment in joint venture and $1,469 in other expenses relating to the contribution of these equity awards in the combined financial statements. For the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company recognized $1,065 in additional parent company equity, $532 in investment in joint venture and $532 in other expenses relating to the contribution of these equity awards in the combined financial statements.

        In March 2013 and 2012, Moelis Australia Holdings paid dividends to the Company in the amount of $2,375 and $750, respectively. These dividends were treated as a return on investment in joint venture in the combined financial statements.

        Summary financial information related to Moelis Australia Holdings is as follows:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2013   2012   2011  

Total assets

  $ 38,465   $ 40,274   $ 41,990  

Total liabilities

    (15,760 )   (18,432 )   (20,895 )
               

Net equity

  $ 22,705   $ 21,842   $ 21,095  
               
               

 

 
  For the Year ended December 31,  
 
  2013   2012   2011  

Total revenues

  $ 41,668   $ 35,818   $ 52,342  

Total expenses

    (34,307 )   (37,133 )   (40,868 )
               

Net income (loss)

  $ 7,361   $ (1,315 ) $ 11,474  
               
               

Ownership percentage

    50 %   50 %   50 %

Income (loss) from investment in joint venture

  $ 3,681   $ (658 ) $ 5,737  

F-15


Table of Contents


Combined Financial Statements of the
Advisory Operations of Moelis & Company Holdings LP

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands)

5. EQUIPMENT AND LEASEHOLD IMPROVEMENTS

        Equipment and leasehold improvements, net consist of the following:

 
   
  December 31,  
 
  Useful lives   2013   2012  

Office equipment

  3 Years   $ 7,498   $ 6,557  

Furniture and fixtures

  7 Years     1,730     1,756  

Leasehold improvements

  5 - 60 Months     4,395     4,534  
               

Total

        13,623     12,847  

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

        (8,467 )   (7,061 )
               

Equipment and leasehold improvements, net

      $ 5,156   $ 5,786  
               
               

        Depreciation and amortization expenses for fixed assets totaled $2,128, $2,306 and $1,959 for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

6. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

        The Company established a fair value hierarchy which prioritizes and ranks the level of market price observability used in measuring investments at fair value. Financial instruments measured and reported at fair value are classified and disclosed in one of the following categories (from highest to lowest) based on inputs:

        See Note 2 for further information on the Company's fair value hierarchy.

F-16


Table of Contents


Combined Financial Statements of the
Advisory Operations of Moelis & Company Holdings LP

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands)

6. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS (Continued)

        The following tables summarize the levels of the fair value hierarchy into which the Company's financial assets and liabilities fall as of December 31, 2013:

Financial assets:
  Total   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3  

Included in cash and cash equivalents

                         

Government securities money market

  $ 73,366   $   $ 73,366   $  

U.S. treasury bills

    146,991         146,991      

Bank time deposits

    40,468         40,468      

Investments:

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

U.S. treasury bills

    66,237         66,237      

Common stock

    1,904             1,904  
                   

Total investments in securities

    68,141         66,237     1,904  
                   

Total financial assets

  $ 328,966   $   $ 327,062   $ 1,904  
                   
                   

        The following table summarizes the levels of the fair value hierarchy into which the Company's financial assets fall as of December 31, 2012:

Financial assets:
  Total   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3  

Included in cash and cash equivalents

                         

Government securities money market

  $ 22,685   $   $ 22,685   $  

U.S. treasury bills

    135,293     135,293          

Investments:

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

U.S. treasury bills

    50,995     50,995          

Bank time deposits

    88,143         88,143      
                   

Total investments in securities

    139,138     50,995     88,143      
                   

Total financial assets

  $ 297,116   $ 186,288   $ 110,828   $  
                   
                   

        The Company's methodology for reclassifications impacting the fair value hierarchy is that transfers in/out of the respective category are reported at fair value as of the beginning of the year in which the reclassification occurred. The changes to the Company's investment classified as Level 3 are as follows for the year ended December 31, 2013.

F-17


Table of Contents


Combined Financial Statements of the
Advisory Operations of Moelis & Company Holdings LP

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands)

6. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS (Continued)

 
  Common
Stock
 

January 1, 2013

  $  

Non-cash settlement of accounts receivable

    2,828  

Unrealized gains (losses)

    (924 )
       

December 31, 2013

  $ 1,904  
       
       

Unrealized gains (losses) related to investment still held as of December 31, 2013

  $ (924 )
       
       

        There were no transfers between Level 1, Level 2 or Level 3 during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.

Investment Risk Factors and Concentration of Investments

        The Company's financial instruments are subject to the following risk factors:

        Market risk represents the loss that can be caused by a change in the fair value of a financial instrument.

        The Company is exposed to the risk that the exchange rate of the U.S. dollar relative to other currencies may have an adverse effect on the reported value of the Company's non-U.S. dollar denominated or based assets and liabilities.

7. INCOME TAXES

        The following table presents the U.S. and non-U.S. components of income (loss) before income tax expense:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2013   2012   2011  

U.S. 

  $ 88,395   $ 46,313   $ 25,610  

Non-U.S. 

    (15,376 )   (8,593 )   (30,498 )
               

Income (loss) before income taxes

  $ 73,019   $ 37,720   $ (4,888 )
               
               

F-18


Table of Contents


Combined Financial Statements of the
Advisory Operations of Moelis & Company Holdings LP

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands)

7. INCOME TAXES (Continued)

        The current and deferred components of the income tax provision for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 are as follows:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2013   2012   2011  

Current income taxes:

                   

Federal

  $   $   $  

State and local

    2,533     2,454     2,078  

Foreign

        328      
               

  $ 2,533   $ 2,782   $ 2,078  

Deferred income taxes:

                   

Federal

  $   $   $  

State and local

    187     (55 )   (344 )

Foreign

    74     (229 )   1,908  
               

Total

  $ 2,794   $ 2,498   $ 3,642  
               
               

        The total provision for income taxes differs from the amount which would be computed by applying the appropriate statutory rate to income before income taxes as follows:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2013   2012   2011  

Reconciliation of federal statutory tax rates

                   

U.S. statutory tax rate

    35.0 %   35.0 %   35.0 %

Increase (decrease) due to state and local taxes

    3.7 %   6.3 %   -35.5 %

Rate benefit as a U.S. limited partnership/flow through

    -35.0 %   -35.0 %   -35.0 %

Foreign tax rate

    0.1 %   0.3 %   -39.0 %
               

Effective income tax rate

    3.8 %   6.6 %   -74.5 %
               
               

        Deferred income taxes reflect the net effect of temporary differences between the carrying amount of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and tax purposes. The significant components of deferred tax assets and liabilities included on the Company's combined statements of financial condition are as follows:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2013   2012   2011  

Net operating loss

  $ 7,127   $ 5,138   $ 4,414  

Accrued expenses and other

    1,315     819     535  
               

    8,442     5,957     4,949  

Valuation allowance

    (7,127 )   (5,138 )   (4,414 )
               

Net deferred tax asset

  $ 1,315   $ 819   $ 535  
               
               

F-19


Table of Contents


Combined Financial Statements of the
Advisory Operations of Moelis & Company Holdings LP

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands)

7. INCOME TAXES (Continued)

        As of December 31, 2013, the Company had accumulated net foreign operating loss carryforwards related to our international operations of approximately $31,902. At December 31, 2013, the Company's management concluded that a valuation allowance should be established with regard to the tax benefits associated with certain foreign net operating losses, as it is more likely than not that these losses will not be fully utilized in future years.

        Foreign withholding taxes are not provided for on the undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries that are essentially permanent in nature. There were no significant foreign undistributed earnings at December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

        The Company is subject to taxation in certain U.S., state, local, and foreign jurisdictions. As of December 31, 2013, the Parent's tax years for 2012, 2011, and 2010 are subject to examination by the tax authorities.

8. EQUITY-BASED COMPENSATION

        The Parent's ownership structure is comprised of common partners holding units ("Common Units") and employees holding units ("Management Units"), which collectively represent the partnership interests in the Parent and evidence the right to receive distributions and allocations of net profits and losses (and items thereof) as defined in the Parent Limited Partnership Agreement, as amended and restated from time to time. There is no expressed limit to the number of units which may be issued by the Parent. Each new unit issued has the effect of diluting each incumbent equity holder's interest. As of December 31, 2013, the total number of Parent units outstanding was 1,100,888, of which 882,080 related to Management Units provided to partner and non-partner employees of the Company, as described further below.

        The common partners contributed capital to the Parent and are not subject to vesting. Upon joining the Parent, certain partners were granted Management Units. Management Units provided upon joining the Company generally vest over eight years beginning on the grant date as follows:

Years 1 through 4

    0 %

End of year 5

    50 %

End of year 6

    662/3 %

End of year 7

    831/3 %

End of year 8

    100 %

        In addition, Management Units are granted as part of certain partner's incentive arrangements. Management Units granted as part of a partner's incentive arrangements generally vest over five years as follows:

Years 1 and 2

    0 %

End of year 3

    331/3 %

End of year 4

    662/3 %

End of year 5

    100 %

        Certain non-partner employees are granted Management Units as part of their incentive arrangements. These units generally vest ratably over four years.

F-20


Table of Contents


Combined Financial Statements of the
Advisory Operations of Moelis & Company Holdings LP

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands)

8. EQUITY-BASED COMPENSATION (Continued)

        Management Units granted to partners and non-partner employees identified as working for the Company are treated as a form of equity-based compensation and reported on the combined statements of operations in compensation and benefits and on the combined statements of financial condition in parent company equity. Compensation expenses on unvested units are calculated based on the grant date fair value of a Management Unit amortized over the vesting period.

        The measurement of the grant-date fair value requires the Company's Parent to make estimates about its future operating results and the appropriate risk-adjusted discount rates. The methods used to estimate the fair value of equity-based compensation include the market approach and the income approach, each of which involve a significant degree of judgment. Under the market approach, fair value is determined by multiplying net income and revenues of comparable public companies by the relevant valuation multiple—adjusted for differences between the Company's Parent and the referenced comparable. Under the income approach, fair value is determined by converting future cash flows to a single present amount (discounted) using current expectations about those future amounts. The significant assumptions used to develop the fair value estimates include the discount rate used under the income approach and the net income and revenue multiples used under the market approach. These assumptions could change in the future and have a material impact on the estimate of the fair value.

        Additionally, the calculation of compensation expenses on unvested Management Units assumes a forfeiture rate of 3% annually for partners and 5% annually for non-partner employees based upon expected turnover. For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, the Company recognized compensation expenses of $48,539, $41,224 and $24,371, respectively in relation to equity-based awards. As of December 31, 2013, there were $95,609 of unrecognized compensation expenses related to unvested awards. The Company expects to recognize the value to be vested over a weighted-average period of 1.8 years, using the graded attribution method, which treats each vesting portion as a separate award.

        The activity related to the Management Units provided to partner and non-partner employees for the periods ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 is set forth below:

 
  Units   Weighted average fair
value at grant date
 

Outstanding at January 1, 2011

    745,152   $ 115.29  

Granted

    75,569     824.89  

Forfeited

    (19,329 )   143.57  
             

Outstanding at December 31, 2011

    801,392     181.59  

Granted

    61,837     1,133.71  

Forfeited

    (8,226 )   1,003.46  
             

Outstanding at December 31, 2012

    855,003     242.55  

Granted

    38,162     1,005.21  

Forfeited

    (11,085 )   689.21  
             

Outstanding at December 31, 2013

    882,080     270.05  
             

F-21


Table of Contents


Combined Financial Statements of the
Advisory Operations of Moelis & Company Holdings LP

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands)

8. EQUITY-BASED COMPENSATION (Continued)

        The activity related to the unvested Management Units provided to partner and non-partner employees for the period ended December 31, 2013 is set forth below:

 
  Units   Weighted average fair
value at grant date
 

Unvested Balance at January 1, 2013

    554,522   $ 366.26  

Granted

    38,162     1,005.21  

Forfeited

    (11,085 )   689.21  

Vested

    (128,642 )   113.38  
           

Unvested Balance at December 31, 2013

    452,957   $ 485.44  
           

        The Company has provided employees with the opportunity to participate in the increased value of the Parent's equity, contingent upon a sale of the Parent or other defined liquidity event ("Rights"). Rights have been provided to enhance the Company's ability to attract and retain certain employees. Employees forfeit their Rights upon termination of employment for any reason. Rights outstanding totaled 11,634, 12,094 and 12,765 as of December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively. As of December 31, 2013, the Company determined that it is not probable that the contingency will occur. Accordingly, no compensation expenses have been recorded related to these Rights for the periods ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

9. CAPITAL CONTRIBUTION

        The Parent entered into an agreement (the "Strategic Alliance Agreement") with Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation ("SMBC") and SMBC Nikko Securities Inc. ("SMBC Nikko") to strengthen their existing business alliance and for SMBC to invest $93,217 in the Parent. Under the terms of the Strategic Alliance Agreement, the Parent, SMBC and SMBC Nikko focus on providing cross-border M&A and other advisory services to Japanese companies. The funding of the investment closed on February 17, 2012.

10. RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS

        Aircraft—On April 21, 2010, Manager acquired an aircraft with funds received solely from its managing member. Manager is obligated to bear all depreciation and other costs of operating the aircraft related to uses other than for the Company's business. As the aircraft is typically used for Company business purposes, the Company in the ordinary course advances Manager amounts related to the aircraft's operating costs. As of December 31, 2013, $58 was due from Manager to the Company (December 31, 2012: $211). Such amounts are included in other receivables on the combined statements of financial condition. To the extent the Company utilizes the aircraft for business, the Company is obligated to incur such expenses. During the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, the Company recorded expenses of $2,270, $2,625 and $2,552, respectively, for use of the aircraft.

        Promissory Notes—As of December 31, 2013, the Company held unsecured promissory notes from employees aggregating $831 (December 31, 2012: $1,214) which are reflected in other receivables on

F-22


Table of Contents


Combined Financial Statements of the
Advisory Operations of Moelis & Company Holdings LP

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands)

10. RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS (Continued)

the combined statements of financial condition. The notes bear interest at fixed and variable rates (range of 4.00%-4.75% as of December 31, 2013) and mature on various dates through February 28, 2015. During the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, the Company received $383, $56 and $157, respectively of principal repayments and recognized interest income of $39, $43 and $40, respectively, on these notes, which is included in other income and expenses on the combined statements of operations.

        Allocated Expenses—In most cases, corporate overhead expenses specific to the Advisory business were both identifiable and quantifiable, and allocated directly to the Company. The remaining corporate overhead expenses were allocated to the Company based on usage or the relative proportion of the Company's headcount to that of the Parent.

        Management believes the assumptions and allocations underlying the combined financial statements are reasonable and the allocated amounts are representative of the amounts that would have been recorded in the combined financial statements had the Company been operated independent of the Parent for historical periods presented.

        Moelis Capital Partners LLC—As of December 31, 2012 the Company had a net balance due from Moelis Capital Partners LLC, the private equity business of Old Holdings, of $402, which is reflected in other receivables on the combined statements of financial condition. This balance, which was allocated to the Company from the Parent, consists of the net balance due from Moelis Capital Partners LLC (an entity not involved in the Advisory business and therefore not included in the combined financial statements but owned by the Parent) for cash expenditures or contributions made by the Parent on behalf of Moelis Capital Partners, net of cash distributions made to the Parent by Moelis Capital Partners. As of December 31, 2013, the Company had no balance due to or due from Moelis Capital Partners.

        Joint Venture—As of December 31, 2013 the Company had a net balance due to the Australian JV (see Note 4) of $1,145 (December 31, 2012: $263), which is reflected in other liabilities on the combined statements of financial condition. This balance consists of amounts due to the Australian JV for advisory services performed and billable expenses incurred on behalf of the Company during the period, offset by expenses paid by the Company on behalf of the Australian JV. This relationship between the Company and the Australian JV is governed by a service agreement between the Australian JV and the Parent.

        Moelis Holdings Feeder, Inc.—As of December 31, 2012 the Company had a net balance due from Moelis Holdings Feeder, Inc. ("Feeder") of $286, which is reflected in other receivables on the combined statements of financial condition. Feeder is a holding company through which certain external investors have invested in the Parent. This balance, which was allocated to the Company from the Parent, consists of amounts due from Feeder for administrative expenses and tax distributions made by the Parent on behalf of the external investors. As of December 31, 2013, the Company had no balance due to or due from Feeder.

F-23


Table of Contents


Combined Financial Statements of the
Advisory Operations of Moelis & Company Holdings LP

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands)

11. REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS

        Under the SEC Uniform Net Capital Rule (SEC Rule 15c3-1) Alternative Standard under Section (a)(1)(ii), the minimum net capital requirement is $250. At December 31, 2013, Moelis had net capital of $101,690, which was $101,440 in excess of its required net capital.

        At December 31, 2012, Moelis had net capital of $133,620, which was $133,370 in excess of its required net capital.

        Moelis does not carry customer accounts and does not otherwise hold funds or securities for, or owe money or securities to, customers and accordingly is exempt under Section (k)(2)(ii) of SEC Rule 15c3-3.

        At December 31, 2013, the aggregate regulatory net capital of Moelis UK was $42,344 which exceeded the minimum requirement by $42,275. At December 31, 2012, the aggregate regulatory net capital of Moelis UK was $27,337, which exceeded the minimum requirement by $27,270.

12. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

        Bank Line of Credit—The Company maintains an unsecured revolving credit facility and as of December 31, 2013, the commitment amount was $25,000 and matures on June 30, 2015.

        Borrowings on the facility bear interest at the greater of a fixed rate of 3.50% per annum or at the borrower's option of (i) LIBOR plus 1% or (ii) Prime minus 1.50%. As of and for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, the Company had no borrowings under the credit facility.

        As of December 31, 2013, the Company's available credit under this facility was $15,320 as a result of the issuance of an aggregate amount of $9,680 of various standby letters of credit, which were required in connection with certain office lease and other agreements. The Company incurs a 1% per annum fee on the outstanding balances of issued letters of credit.

        Leases—The Company leases office space under operating leases with expiration dates that extend through 2021. During the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, the Company incurred rent expense relating to its operating leases of $11,247, $11,633 and $9,654, respectively.

        The future minimum rental payments required under the operating leases in place at December 31, 2013 are as follows:

Fiscal year ended
  Amount  

2014

  $ 10,946  

2015

    9,318  

2016

    8,813  

2017

    8,946  

2018

    9,633  

Thereafter

    19,824  
       

Total

  $ 67,480  
       
       

F-24


Table of Contents


Combined Financial Statements of the
Advisory Operations of Moelis & Company Holdings LP

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands)

12. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Continued)

        Contractual Arrangements—In the normal course of business, the Company enters into contracts that contain a variety of representations and warranties and which provide indemnification for specified losses, including certain indemnification of certain officers, directors and employees.

        Joint Venture Put and Call Options—In connection with the Company's Australian JV, the Company granted a put option in April 2010 enabling the key senior Australian executive to sell his shares held in the Australian JV back to the Company at fair value upon certain defined exit events. The put option cannot be exercised prior to March 2015, except in the event of death or disability of the key senior Australian executive. If the Parent is public and the put option is exercised, the Company will be required to pay 50% of the purchase price immediately and the remaining balance within 18 months (in cash or listed stock). If the Parent is not public and the put option is exercised, the Company will be required to pay 25% of the purchase price immediately and the remaining balance in installments over an additional 9 - 36 months depending upon the size of the final purchase price. In addition, since April 2010, the Company has held a call option to purchase the shares from the Trust at fair value with payment terms equal to those called for under the put option.

        Legal—There are no legal actions pending or, to management's knowledge, threatened against the Company or any of its combined entities other than ordinary course of business actions that we believe will not have a material adverse effect on our business or financial statements.

        The Company recorded $5,000 in other expenses on the combined statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2011 attributable to a legal settlement related to our role advising on the sale of a company. The $5,000 settlement was paid during 2013.

13. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

        The Parent covers substantially all salaried employees of the Company with a defined contribution 401(k) plan (or "Plan"). Each salaried employee of the Company who has attained the age of 21 is eligible to participate in the Plan on their first day of employment. Any employer contributions to the Plan are entirely at the discretion of the Company. During the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, the Company incurred expenses of $1,324, $1,042 and $1,276, respectively, relating to employer matching contributions made to the Plan.

14. BUSINESS INFORMATION

        The Company's activities as an investment banking advisory firm constitute a single business segment offering clients, including corporations, governments and financial sponsors, a range of advisory services with expertise across all major industries in mergers and acquisitions, recapitalizations and restructurings and other corporate finance matters.

        We do not allocate our revenue by the type of advice we provide because of the complexity of the transactions on which we may earn revenue and our comprehensive approach to client service. For example, a restructuring engagement may evolve to require a sale of all or a portion of the client, M&A assignments can develop from relationships established on prior restructuring engagements and capital markets expertise can be instrumental on both M&A and restructuring assignments.

F-25


Table of Contents


Combined Financial Statements of the
Advisory Operations of Moelis & Company Holdings LP

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands)

14. BUSINESS INFORMATION (Continued)

        In 2013, 2012 and 2011, there were no advisory clients that accounted for more than 10% of total revenues. Since the financial markets are global in nature, the Company generally manages its business based on the operating results of the enterprise taken as whole, not by geographic region. The following table sets forth the geographical distribution of revenues and assets based on the location of the office that generates the revenues or holds the assets, and therefore may not be reflective of the geography in which our clients are located.

 
  As of and for the Years
Ended December 31,
 
 
  2013   2012   2011  

Revenues:

                   

United States

  $ 331,743   $ 302,852   $ 224,689  

Rest of world

    79,643     83,019     43,335  
               

Total

  $ 411,386   $ 385,871   $ 268,024  
               
               

Assets:

                   

United States

  $ 359,072   $ 333,064   $ 157,342  

Rest of world

    84,391     69,604     47,587  
               

Total

  $ 443,463   $ 402,668   $ 204,929  
               
               

15. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

        Management has evaluated the impact of all subsequent events on the Company through February 26, 2014, which is the date that these financials were available to be issued. As a result of that evaluation, we have determined that there were no additional subsequent events requiring recognition or disclosure in the financial statements.

F-26


Table of Contents

Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
Three Years Ended December 31, 2013
($ in thousands)

 
  Allowance for Doubtful Accounts(a)  
 
  2013   2012   2011  

Balance at beginning of period

  $ 4,419   $ 2,367   $ 2,699  

Additions:

                   

Bad debt expense

    1,564     2,926     2,948  

Deductions:

                   

Charge-offs of uncollectible balances

    (4,130 )   (874 )   (3,280 )
               

Balance at end of period

  $ 1,853   $ 4,419   $ 2,367  
               
               

(a)
Includes the allowance for doubtful accounts for both accounts receivable and other receivables.

S-1


Table of Contents


            Shares

LOGO

Class A Common Stock



PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS



Goldman, Sachs & Co.   Morgan Stanley

Moelis & Company

        Through and including,                         2014 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer's obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

                              , 2014

   


Table of Contents


PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13.    Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

 
  Amount
To Be Paid
 

Registration fee

  $ 12,880  

FINRA filing fee

       

Listing fees

      *

Transfer agent's fees

      *

Printing and engraving expenses

      *

Legal fees and expenses

      *

Accounting fees and expenses

      *

Blue Sky fees and expenses

      *

Miscellaneous

      *

Total

  $          *

*
To be included by amendment.

        Each of the amounts set forth above, other than the registration fee and the FINRA filing fee, is an estimate.

Item 14.    Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

        Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the "DGCL"), provides that a corporation may indemnify directors and officers as well as other employees and individuals against expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any threatened, pending or completed actions, suits or proceedings in which such person is made a party by reason of such person being or having been a director, officer, employee or agent to the Registrant. The DGCL provides that Section 145 is not exclusive of other rights to which those seeking indemnification may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise. Article        of the Registrant's amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides for indemnification by the Registrant of members of its board of directors, members of committees of its board of directors and of other committees of the Registrant, and its executive officers, and allows the Registrant to provide indemnification for its other officers and its agents and employees, and those serving another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise at the request of the Registrant, in each case to the maximum extent permitted by the DGCL.

        Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL permits a corporation to provide in its certificate of incorporation that a director of the corporation shall not be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) for unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases, redemptions or other distributions or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. The Registrant's amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides for such limitation of liability.

        The Registrant has also entered into separate indemnification agreements with each of its directors which are in addition to the Registrant's indemnification obligations under its amended and restated certificate of incorporation. These indemnification agreements may require the Registrant, among other things, to indemnify its directors against expenses and liabilities that may arise by reason of their status as directors, subject to certain exceptions. These indemnification agreements may also require the

II-1


Table of Contents

Registrant to advance any expenses incurred by its directors as a result of any proceeding against them as to which they could be indemnified and to obtain and maintain directors' and officers' insurance.

        The Registrant maintains standard policies of insurance under which coverage is provided (a) to its directors and officers against loss arising from claims made by reason of breach of duty or other wrongful act and (b) to the Registrant with respect to payments which may be made by the Registrant to such officers and directors pursuant to the above indemnification provision or otherwise as a matter of law.

        The proposed form of underwriting agreement filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this Registration Statement provides for indemnification of directors and officers of the Registrant by the underwriters against certain liabilities.

Item 15.    Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

        On      , 2014, the Registrant issued      shares of its Class B common stock, par value $0.01 per share, to Moelis & Company Partner Holdings LLC in exchange for $        . The issuance was exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, in reliance on Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933.

Item 16.    Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

        (a)   The Exhibit Index is hereby incorporated herein by reference.

        (b)   All schedules have been omitted because they are not required, are not applicable or the information is otherwise set forth in the combined financial statements and related notes thereto.

Item 17.    Undertakings.

        The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

        Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the provisions referenced in Item 14 of this Registration Statement, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer, or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered hereunder, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question of whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

        The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

II-2


Table of Contents


SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in New York, NY, on the 4th day of March, 2014.

    Moelis & Company

 

 

By:

 

/s/ KENNETH MOELIS

        Name:   Kenneth Moelis
        Title:   Chairman and Chief Executive Officer


POWER OF ATTORNEY

        KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Kenneth Moelis, Elizabeth Crain, Joseph Simon and Osamu Watanabe, and each of them, his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power to act separately and full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement and all additional registration statements pursuant to Rule 462 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the SEC, granting unto each said attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or either of them or his or their substitute or substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities, in the locations and on the dates indicated.

Signature
 
Title
 
Date

 

 

 

 

 
/s/ KENNETH MOELIS

Kenneth Moelis
  Chairman and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)   March 4, 2014

/s/ JOSEPH SIMON

Joseph Simon

 

Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

 

March 4, 2014

II-3


Table of Contents


EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit
Number
  Description
  1.1 * Form of Underwriting Agreement
        
  3.1   Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, to be in effect upon the completion of this offering
        
  3.2   Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, to be in effect upon the completion of this offering
        
  3.3   Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, as currently in effect
        
  3.4   Bylaws of the Registrant, as currently in effect
        
  5.1 * Opinion of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP
        
  10.1 * Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and its directors and officers
        
  10.2   2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan
        
  10.3   Stockholders Agreement, dated                     , 2014, by and between the Registrant and Moelis & Company Partner Holdings LLC, Kenneth Moelis, The Moelis Irrevocable Trust and The Moelis Family Trust
        
  10.4   Statement of Terms and Conditions of the 2014 Incentive Restricted Stock Unit Award for Managing Directors
        
  10.5   Statement of Terms and Conditions of the 2014 Restricted Stock Unit Award for Non-Employee Directors
        
  10.6   Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership, dated                     , 2014, by and between the Registrant and Moelis & Company Group GP LLC
        
  10.7   Tax Receivable Agreement, dated                     , 2014, by and among the Registrant, Moelis & Company Group LP and each of the Partners (as defined therein)
        
  10.8 * Master Separation Agreement, dated                     , 2014, by and between the Registrant and Moelis & Company Holdings LP
        
  10.9   Master Services Agreement, dated                     , 2014, by and between the Registrant and Moelis & Company Holdings LP
        
  10.10 * Trademark License Agreement, dated                     , 2014, by and between Moelis & Company Group LP and Kenneth Moelis
        
  10.11   Trademark License Agreement, dated                     , 2014, by and between Moelis & Company Group LP and Moelis Asset Management LP
        
  10.12 * Aircraft Agreement, dated                     , 2014, by and between Moelis & Company Group LP and Moelis & Company Manager LLC
        
  10.13   Employment Agreement, dated                     , 2014, by and among Kenneth Moelis, Moelis & Company Group LP and the Registrant
        
  10.14 * Employment Agreement, dated                     , 2014, by and among Navid Mahmoodzadegan, Moelis & Company Group LP and the Registrant
        
  10.15 * Employment Agreement, dated                     , 2014, by and among Jeffrey Raich, Moelis & Company Group LP and the Registrant
 
   

Exhibit-1


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number
  Description
  10.16 * Employment Agreement, dated                     , 2014, by and among J. Richard Leaman III, Moelis & Company Group LP and the Registrant
        
  21.1 * Subsidiaries of the Registrant
        
  23.1   Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent registered public accountants
        
  23.2 * Consent of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)

*
To be filed by amendment.

Exhibit-2





Exhibit 3.1

 

FORM OF
AMENDED AND RESTATED
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

 

OF

 

MOELIS & COMPANY

 

Pursuant to Sections 228, 242 and 245 of the
General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware

 

Moelis & Company (the “Corporation”), a corporation organized and existing under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”), does hereby certify as follows:

 

1.     The name of the Corporation is Moelis & Company. The original certificate of incorporation of the Corporation was filed with the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware (the “Delaware Secretary”) on January 9, 2014.

 

2.     This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors”) in accordance with Section 228, Section 242 and Section 245 of the DGCL.

 

3.     This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation restates and integrates and further amends the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation, as heretofore amended or supplemented.

 

4.     Effective as of the date of its filing with the Delaware Secretary, the text of the Certificate of Incorporation is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

 

FIRST:  The name of the Corporation is Moelis & Company.

 

SECOND:  The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, City of Wilmington 19808, County of New Castle. The name of its registered agent at that address is Corporation Service Company.

 

THIRD:  The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the DGCL.

 

FOURTH:  (1) Authorized Capital Stock. The total number of shares of all classes of stock that the Corporation shall have authority to issue is [•], consisting of (i) [•] shares of Class A Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Class A Common Stock”); (ii) [•] shares of Class B Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Class B Common Stock” and, together with the Class A Common Stock, the “Common Stock”); and (iii) [•] shares of Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Preferred Stock”). The number of authorized shares of any of the Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the shares entitled to vote thereon irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the DGCL (or any successor provision thereto), and no vote of the holders of any of the Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Preferred Stock voting separately as a class shall be required therefor.

 

(2) Common Stock. The powers, preferences, and rights and the qualifications, limitations, and restrictions of the Class A Common Stock and the Class B Common Stock are as follows:

 

(a) Voting Rights. Except as otherwise required by the DGCL or as provided by or pursuant to the provisions of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation:

 



 

(i) Each holder of Class A Common Stock shall be entitled to one (1) vote for each share of Class A Common Stock held of record by such holder. The holders of shares of Class A Common Stock shall not have cumulative voting rights.

 

(ii) Each holder of Class B Common Stock shall be entitled to one (1) vote for each share of Class B Common Stock held of record by such holder; provided that for so long as Kenneth Moelis (A) maintains directly or indirectly ownership of an aggregate of at least [•] shares of Class A Common Stock and Equivalent Class A Shares, each as adjusted for any stock split, stock dividend, reverse stock split, recapitalization, business combination, reclassification or similar event, in each case with such adjustment being determined by the Board of Directors; (B) maintains directly or indirectly beneficial ownership of at least five percent (5%) of the issued and outstanding Class A Common Stock (calculated, without duplication, on the basis that all issued and outstanding OP Class A Common Units (as defined below) not held by the Corporation or its subsidiaries had been exchanged for shares of Class A Common Stock), as adjusted for any stock split, stock dividend, reverse stock split, recapitalization, business combination, reclassification or similar event, in each case with such adjustment being determined by the Board of Directors; (C) has not been convicted of a criminal violation of a material U.S. federal or state securities law that constitutes a felony or a felony involving moral turpitude; (D) is not deceased; and (E) has not had his employment agreement terminated in accordance with its terms because of a breach of his covenant to devote his primary business time and effort to the business and affairs of the Corporation and its subsidiaries or because he suffered an Incapacity (collectively, the “Class B Condition”), each holder of Class B Common Stock shall be entitled to ten (10) votes for each share of Class B Common Stock. The holders of shares of Class B Common Stock shall not have cumulative voting rights.  The term “beneficial ownership” shall have the same meaning given to it in Section 13(d) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules thereunder, except that a person will be deemed to have “beneficial ownership” of all securities that person has the right to acquire, whether the right is exercisable immediately, only after the passage of time or only after the satisfaction of conditions and notwithstanding any right to pay cash in lieu of such securities. The term “Equivalent Class A Shares” shall mean, on any date, the number of shares of Class A Common Stock represented by any shares, units, interests, options, warrants, evidence of indebtedness, stock awards or other securities or awards which by their terms are directly or indirectly convertible into, exchangeable for, exercisable for or pursuant to which the holder is entitled to receive shares of Class A Common Stock, whether immediately, only after the passage of time or only after the satisfaction of conditions and notwithstanding any right to pay cash in lieu of shares of Class A Common Stock. The term “Incapacity” shall mean, with respect to Mr. Moelis, the entry of an order of incompetence or of insanity, or permanent physical incapacity or death.

 

(iii) Except as otherwise required in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or by applicable law, the holders of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock shall vote together as a single class on all matters on which stockholders are generally entitled to vote (or, if any holders of Preferred Stock are entitled to vote together with the holders of Common Stock, as a single class with such holders of Preferred Stock).

 

(iv) In addition to any other vote required in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or by applicable law, the holders of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock shall each be entitled to vote separately as a class only with respect to amendments to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation that increase or decrease the par value of the shares of such class, or alter or change the powers, preferences, or special rights of the shares of such class so as to affect them adversely.

 

(b) Dividends.

 

(i) Subject to any other provisions of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as it may be amended from time to time, holders of shares of Class A Common Stock shall be entitled to receive ratably, in proportion to the number of shares held by them, such

 

2



 

dividends and other distributions in cash, stock, or property of the Corporation when, as, and if declared thereon by the Board of Directors from time to time out of assets or funds of the Corporation legally available therefor.

 

(ii) Holders of shares of Class B Common Stock shall be entitled to receive ratably, in proportion to the number of shares held by them, dividends of the same type as any dividends and other distributions in cash, stock, or property of the Corporation payable or to be made on outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock in an amount per share of Class B Common Stock equal to the amount of such dividends or other distributions as would be made on [•](1) shares of Class A Common Stock. The holders of shares of Class B Common Stock shall be entitled to receive, on a pari passu basis with the holders of the Class A Common Stock, such dividend or other distribution on the Class A Common Stock when, as, and if declared by the Board of Directors from time to time out of assets or funds of the Corporation legally available therefor.

 

(c) Liquidation, Dissolution, etc.  In the event of any liquidation, dissolution, or winding up (either voluntary or involuntary) of the Corporation, after payments to creditors of the Corporation that may at the time be outstanding and subject to the rights of any holders of Preferred Stock that may then be outstanding, holders of shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock shall be entitled to receive ratably, in proportion to the number of shares held by them, all remaining assets and funds of the Corporation available for distribution; provided, however, that, for purposes of any such distribution, each share of Class B Common Stock shall be entitled to receive the same distribution as [•](2) shares of Class A Common Stock.

 

 

(d) Reclassification. Neither the Class A Common Stock nor the Class B Common Stock may be subdivided, consolidated, reclassified, or otherwise changed unless contemporaneously therewith the other class of Common Stock and the OP Class A Common Units (as defined below) are subdivided, consolidated, reclassified, or otherwise changed in the same proportion and in the same manner.

 

(e) Exchange. The holder of each limited partnership unit of Moelis & Company Group LP, a Delaware limited partnership (the “OP”), designated as a “Partnership Class A Common Unit” (an “OP Class A Common Unit”), other than OP Class A Common Units held by the Corporation, shall, pursuant to terms and subject to the conditions of the OP Limited Partnership Agreement (the “OP LP Agreement”), have the right to exchange such OP Class A Common Unit for one fully paid and nonassessable share of Class A Common Stock on and subject to the terms and conditions set forth hereunder and in the OP LP Agreement.

 

(i) In connection with such exercise of the exchange privilege under the OP LP Agreement, the Corporation shall (unless and to the extent the OP has elected in accordance with the terms and provisions of the OP LP Agreement to pay cash in lieu of shares of Class A Common Stock) issue to the OP a number of shares of Class A Common Stock, as requested by the OP, in exchange for an equal number of OP Class A Common Units, provided that the aggregate number of shares of Class A Common Stock issued shall not exceed the number of OP Class A Common Units surrendered to the OP by the exchanging partner of the OP.

 

(ii) Concurrently with such exercise of the exchange privilege under the OP LP Agreement, a number of shares of Class B Common Stock held by the holder of the OP Class A Common Units being exchanged equal to the number of OP Class A Common Units exchanged

 


(1)  A fraction equal to (A) the per share subscription price of each share of Class B Common Stock, divided by (B) the per share price to be paid for each share of Class A Common Stock sold in the IPO.

 

(2)  A fraction equal to (A) the per share subscription price of each share of Class B Common Stock, divided by (B) the per share price to be paid for each share of Class A Common Stock sold in the IPO.

 

3



 

(or if such exchanging holder does not hold shares of Class B Common Stock, an equivalent aggregate number of shares of Class B Common Stock apportioned ratably among all holders of shares of Class B Common Stock) shall be automatically, without further action by such holder, converted into [•] fully paid and nonassessable shares of Class A Common Stock. All such shares of Class B Common Stock that shall have been automatically converted as herein provided shall be retired and resume the status of authorized and unissued shares of Class B Common Stock, and all rights of the holder with respect to such shares, including the rights, if any, to receive notices and to vote, shall thereupon cease and terminate. No fractional shares of Class A Common Stock shall be issued upon conversion of the shares of Class B Common Stock. In lieu of any fractional shares to which the holder would otherwise be entitled, the Corporation shall pay to the holder cash equal to the Value of the fractional shares of Class A Common Stock.

 

The term “Value” means, on any Valuation Date with respect to a share of Class A Common Stock, the average of the daily Market Prices for ten (10) consecutive trading days immediately preceding the Valuation Date. The term “Market Price” on any date means, with respect to any outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock, the last sale price for such shares of Class A Common Stock, regular way, or, in case no such sale takes place on such day, the average of the closing bid and asked prices, regular way, for such shares of Class A Common Stock, in either case as reported in the principal consolidated transaction reporting system with respect to securities listed or admitted to trading on the New York Stock Exchange or, if such shares of Class A Common Stock are not listed or admitted to trading on the New York Stock Exchange, as reported on the principal consolidated transaction reporting system with respect to securities listed on the principal national securities exchange on which such shares of Class A Common Stock are listed or admitted to trading or, if such shares of Class A Common Stock are not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange, the last quoted price, or, if not so quoted, the average of the high bid and low asked prices in the over-the-counter market, as reported by the principal automated quotation system that may then be in use or, if such shares of Class A Common Stock are not quoted by any such system, the average of the closing bid and asked prices as furnished by a professional market maker making a market in such shares of Class A Common Stock selected by the Board of Directors or, in the event that no trading price is available for such shares of Class A Common Stock, the fair market value of the shares of Class A Common Stock, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors. The term “Valuation Date” means, the date of receipt by the general partner of the OP of a notice of redemption, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the OP LP Agreement, or such other date as specified herein, or, if such date is not a business day, the immediately preceding business day.

 

(iii) Such number of shares of Class A Common Stock as may from time to time be required for exchange pursuant to the terms of Clause 2(e)(ii) of this Article FOURTH shall be reserved for issuance upon exchange of outstanding OP Class A Common Units.

 

(f) Transfers.

 

(i) Each share of Class B Common Stock shall be automatically, without further action by the holder thereof, converted into [•](3) fully paid and nonassessable shares of Class A Common Stock upon the occurrence of any direct sale, pledge, conveyance, hypothecation, assignment or other transfer (“Transfer”) of such share of Class B Common Stock to any Person, other than (A) any affiliate, partner, member or other equityholder of such holder (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall include any Transfer by way of distribution to partners, members or other equityholders in connection with a holder’s dissolution); (B) a trust of such holder for estate tax planning purposes or (C) the estate of a deceased holder. Each share of Class B Common Stock subject to such conversion shall, upon such conversion, be deemed to represent such

 


(3)  A fraction equal to (A) the per share subscription price of each share of Class B Common Stock, divided by (B) the per share price to be paid for each share of Class A Common Stock sold in the IPO.

 

4



 

number of shares of Class A Common Stock. The Corporation shall register such shares in book-entry form or, if such shares are certificated, upon the request of any holder whose shares of Class B Common Stock have been converted into shares of Class A Common Stock as a result of a conversion and upon surrender by such holder to the Corporation of the outstanding certificate(s) formerly representing such holder’s shares of Class B Common Stock, issue and deliver to such holder certificate(s) representing the shares of Class A Common Stock into which such holder’s shares of Class B Common Stock were converted as a result of such conversion. Each share of Class B Common Stock that is converted pursuant to this Clause 2(f) of this Article FOURTH shall thereupon be retired and resume the status of authorized and unissued shares of Class B Common Stock, and all rights of the holder with respect to such shares, including the rights, if any, to receive notices and to vote, shall thereupon cease and terminate. No fractional shares of Class A Common Stock shall be issued upon conversion of the shares of Class B Common Stock. In lieu of any fractional shares to which the holder would otherwise be entitled, the Corporation shall pay to the holder cash equal to the Value of the fractional shares of Class A Common Stock. The term “Person” means both natural persons and legal entities.

 

(ii) The Corporation may, as a condition to the Transfer or the registration of Transfer of shares of Class B Common Stock, require the furnishing of such affidavits or other proof as it deems necessary to establish whether such transfer would result in an automatic conversion pursuant to the terms of Clause 2(f)(i) of this Article FOURTH.

 

(g) No Preemptive or Subscription Rights. No holder of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to preemptive or subscription rights.

 

(3) Preferred Stock.

 

(a) The Board of Directors is expressly authorized to provide, out of the unissued shares of Preferred Stock, for the issuance of all or any shares of the Preferred Stock in one or more classes or series, and to fix for each such class or series such voting powers, full or limited, or no voting powers, and such distinctive designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights and such qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, as shall be stated and expressed in the resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors providing for the issuance of such class or series and as may be permitted by the DGCL, including, without limitation, the authority to provide that any such class or series may be (i) subject to redemption at such time or times and at such price or prices; (ii) entitled to receive dividends (which may be cumulative or non-cumulative) at such rates, on such conditions, and at such times, and payable in preference to, or in such relation to, the dividends payable on any other class or classes or any other series; (iii) entitled to such rights upon the dissolution of, or upon any distribution of the assets of, the Corporation; or (iv) convertible into, or exchangeable for, shares of any other class or classes of stock, or of any other series of the same or any other class or classes of stock, of the Corporation at such price or prices or at such rates of exchange and with such adjustments; all as may be stated in such resolution or resolutions.

 

(b) Except as otherwise required in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or by applicable law, holders of a series of Preferred Stock shall be entitled only to such voting rights, if any, as shall expressly be granted thereto by this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designations relating to such series).

 

(4) Power to Sell and Purchase Shares. Subject to the requirements of applicable law, the Corporation shall have the power to issue and sell all or any part of any shares of any class of stock herein or hereafter authorized to such persons, and for such consideration, as the Board of Directors shall from time to time, in its discretion, determine, whether or not greater consideration could be received upon the issue or sale of (i) the same number of shares of such class from another person or (ii) the same number of shares of another class, and as otherwise permitted by law; provided, however, that the Corporation shall only be permitted to issue and sell shares of (a) Class A Common Stock to the extent such issuance and sale complies with the OP LP Agreement and (b) Class B Common Stock in connection with the issuance by the OP of OP Class A Common Units in connection with any new capital raises, reclassifications, interest splits or exchanges, distributions, mergers or other business

 

5



 

combinations, or recapitalizations.  Subject to the requirements of applicable law, the Corporation shall have the power to purchase any shares of any class of stock herein or hereafter authorized from such persons, and for such consideration, as the Board of Directors shall from time to time, in its discretion, determine, whether or not less consideration could be paid upon the purchase of (i) the same number of shares of such class from another person or (ii) the same number of shares of another class, and as otherwise permitted by law. In the event that the Corporation determines to repurchase any shares of Class A Common Stock, the Corporation shall, as the sole equity holder of the general partner of the OP, cause the OP to repurchase from the Corporation an equal number of OP Class A Common Units and the proceeds received by the Corporation from the OP in such repurchase shall be used by the Corporation to fund the Corporation’s repurchase of shares of Class A Common Stock.

 

FIFTH: The following provisions are inserted for the management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation, and for further definition, limitation, and regulation of the powers of the Corporation and of its directors and stockholders:

 

(1) The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors.

 

(2) The directors shall have concurrent power with the stockholders to make, alter, amend, change, add to, or repeal the By-Laws of the Corporation (the “By-Laws”).

 

(3) The Board of Directors shall consist of not less than three (3) nor more than eleven (11) members, the exact number of which shall be fixed from time to time by resolution adopted by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors then in office. Election of directors need not be by written ballot unless the By-Laws so provide.

 

(4) A director shall hold office until the annual meeting for the year in which his term expires and until his successor shall be elected and shall qualify, subject, however, to prior death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, or removal from office. Any director may resign at any time in accordance with the By-Laws.

 

(5) Subject to the terms of any one or more classes or series of Preferred Stock, any vacancy on the Board of Directors that results from an increase in the number of directors may be filled only by a majority of the Board of Directors then in office, provided that a quorum is present, and any other vacancy occurring on the Board of Directors may be filled only by a majority of the Board of Directors then in office, even if less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. Any director elected to fill a vacancy resulting from an increase in the number of directors shall hold office for a term that shall coincide with the remaining term of the other directors. Any director elected to fill a vacancy not resulting from an increase in the number of directors shall have the same remaining term as that of his predecessor. Notwithstanding the foregoing, whenever the holders of any one or more classes or series of Preferred Stock issued by the Corporation shall have the right, voting separately by class or series, to elect directors at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, the election, term of office, filling of vacancies, and other features of such directorships shall be governed by the terms of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation applicable thereto.

 

(6) Subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of shares of Preferred Stock then outstanding, any or all of the directors of the Corporation may be removed from office at any time, with or without cause, by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least eighty percent (80%) of the voting power of the shares entitled to vote in connection with the election of the directors of the Corporation; provided that at any time the Class B Condition is satisfied, any or all of the directors of the Corporation may be removed from office at any time, with or without cause, by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the shares entitled to vote in connection with the election of the directors of the Corporation. The vacancy or vacancies in the Board of Directors caused by any such removal shall be filled as provided in Clause (5) of this Article FIFTH.

 

(7) No director shall be personally liable to the Corporation or any of its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director; provided, however, that to the extent required by the provisions of Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL or any successor statute, or any other laws of the State of Delaware, this provision shall not eliminate or limit the liability of a director (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional

 

6



 

misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the DGCL, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. If the DGCL is amended after the date of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to authorize the further elimination or limitation of the liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation, in addition to the limitation on personal liability provided in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, shall be limited to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as so amended. Any repeal or modification of this Clause (7) of Article FIFTH shall not adversely affect any limitation on the personal liability or any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification with respect to acts or omissions occurring prior to such repeal or modification.

 

(8) In addition to the powers and authority hereinbefore or by statute expressly conferred upon them, the directors are hereby empowered to exercise all such powers and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or done by the Corporation, subject, nevertheless, to the provisions of the DGCL, this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, and any By-Laws adopted by the stockholders; provided, however, that no By-Laws hereafter adopted by the stockholders shall invalidate any prior act of the directors that would have been valid if such By-Laws had not been adopted.

 

SIXTH: Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the By-Laws may provide. The books of the Corporation may be kept (subject to any provision contained in the DGCL) outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the By-Laws.

 

SEVENTH: Unless otherwise required by law, Special Meetings of Stockholders, for any purpose or purposes, may be called (i) by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, if there be one, (ii) by the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation at the request in writing of (a) directors constituting a majority of the voting power of the entire Board of Directors or (b) a committee of the Board of Directors that has been duly designated by the Board of Directors and whose powers and authority include the power to call such meetings, or (iii) until such time as the Class B Condition ceases to be satisfied, by stockholders collectively holding a majority of the voting power of the shares entitled to vote in connection with the election of the directors of the Corporation.  If at any time the Class B Condition shall not be satisfied, then the ability of the stockholders to call a Special Meeting of Stockholders is hereby specifically denied.

 

EIGHTH: Until such time as the Class B Condition ceases to be satisfied, any action required or permitted to be taken at any Annual or Special Meeting of Stockholders of the Corporation may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of shares having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted and shall be delivered to the Corporation in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL and the Corporation’s By-Laws. If at any time the Class B Condition shall not be satisfied, then any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation must be effected at a duly called Annual or Special Meeting of the Corporation, and the ability of the stockholders to consent in writing to the taking of any action is hereby specifically denied.

 

NINTH: The Corporation shall not be governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the DGCL.

 

TENTH: The Corporation shall indemnify its directors and officers to the fullest extent authorized or permitted by applicable law, as now or hereafter in effect, and such right to indemnification shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer of the Corporation and shall inure to the benefit of his heirs, executors, and personal and legal representatives; provided, however, that, except for proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification, the Corporation shall not be obligated to indemnify any director or officer (or his heirs, executors, or personal or legal representatives) in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person unless such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized or consented to by the Board of Directors. The right to indemnification conferred by this Article TENTH shall include the right to be paid by the Corporation the expenses incurred in defending or otherwise participating in any proceeding in advance of its final disposition upon receipt by the Corporation of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director or officer receiving advancement to repay the amount advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation under this Article TENTH.

 

7



 

The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board of Directors, provide rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses to employees and agents of the Corporation similar to those conferred in this Article TENTH to directors and officers of the Corporation.

 

The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in this Article TENTH shall not be exclusive of any other right that any person may have or hereafter acquire under this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the By-Laws, any statute, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise.

 

Any repeal or modification of this Article TENTH by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses of a director or officer of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification with respect to any acts or omissions occurring prior to such repeal or modification.

 

ELEVENTH:

 

(1) Subject to Clause (2) of this Article ELEVENTH, the By-Laws may be amended, altered, changed or repealed, in whole or in part, either (i) by the affirmative vote of a majority of the entire Board of Directors, or (ii) without the approval of the Board of Directors, by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the voting power of the shares entitled to vote in connection with the election of directors of the Corporation; provided that at any time the Class B Condition is satisfied, the By-Laws also may be amended, altered, changed or repealed, in whole or in part, by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the shares entitled to vote in connection with the election of the directors of the Corporation.

 

(2)  Notwithstanding Clause (1) of this Article ELEVENTH, or any other provision of the By-Laws (and in addition to any other vote that may be required by law), (i) any amendment, alteration or repeal, in whole or in part, of Section 2.3 (Special Meetings), Section 2.9 (Consent of Stockholders in Lieu of Meeting), Section 3.1 (Number and Election of Directors), Section 3.2 (Vacancies), Section 3.3 (Duties and Powers), Section 3.6 (Resignations and Removals of Directors) or Article IX of the By-Laws (collectively, the “Specified By-Laws”) as in effect immediately following the initial public offering of Common Stock (which, for the avoidance of doubt, would include the adoption of any provision as part of the By-Laws that is inconsistent with the purpose and intent of the Specified By-Laws), shall require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least eighty percent (80%) of the voting power of the shares entitled to vote in connection with the election of the directors of the Corporation, and (ii) the ability of the Board of Directors to amend, alter or repeal the Specified By-Laws is specifically denied; provided that at any time that the Class B Condition is satisfied, the Specified By-Laws may be amended, altered or repealed, in whole or in part, by (x) the affirmative vote of a majority of the entire Board of Directors or (y) the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the shares entitled to vote in connection with the election of the directors of the Corporation.

 

TWELFTH: Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer, or employee of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation or any director, officer, or employee of the Corporation arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation or By-Laws, or (iv) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation or any director, officer, or employee of the Corporation governed by the internal affairs doctrine of the State of Delaware; provided, however, that, in the event that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware lacks jurisdiction over any such action or proceeding, the sole and exclusive forum for such action or proceeding shall be another state or federal court located within the State of Delaware. Failure to enforce the foregoing provisions would cause the Corporation irreparable harm and the Corporation shall be entitled to equitable relief, including injunctive relief and specific performance, to enforce the foregoing provisions. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this Article TWELFTH.

 

8



 

THIRTEENTH: The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change, or repeal any provision contained in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation; provided, however, that, notwithstanding any other provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (and in addition to any other vote that may be required by law), the affirmative vote of the holders of at least eighty percent (80%) of the combined voting power of the shares entitled to vote in connection with the election of directors of the Corporation shall be required to amend, alter, change, or repeal, or to adopt any provision as part of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with the purpose and intent of Articles FIFTH, EIGHTH, TENTH or THIRTEENTH of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

 

FOURTEENTH: If any provision in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation is determined to be invalid, void, illegal, or unenforceable, the remaining provisions of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation shall continue to be valid and enforceable and shall in no way be affected, impaired, or invalidated.

 

FIFTEENTH: The Corporation is to have perpetual existence.

 

[Signature page follows]

 

9



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be duly executed on its behalf this      day of                   , 2014.

 

 

 

MOELIS & COMPANY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 





Exhibit 3.2

 

FORM OF

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

 

BY-LAWS

 

OF

 

MOELIS & COMPANY

 

A Delaware Corporation

 

Effective [       ], 2014

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

ARTICLE I

 

OFFICES

Section 1.1

Registered Office

1

Section 1.2

Other Offices

1

 

ARTICLE II

 

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

 

 

 

Section 2.1

Place of Meetings

1

Section 2.2

Annual Meetings

1

Section 2.3

Special Meetings

1

Section 2.4

Notice

2

Section 2.5

Adjournments

2

Section 2.6

Quorum

2

Section 2.7

Voting

3

Section 2.8

Proxies

3

Section 2.9

Consent of Stockholders in Lieu of Meeting

4

Section 2.10

List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote

4

Section 2.11

Record Date

4

Section 2.12

Stock Ledger

5

Section 2.13

Conduct of Meetings

5

Section 2.14

Inspectors of Election

5

Section 2.15

Nature of Business at Meeting of Stockholders

6

Section 2.16

Nomination of Directors

8

 

ARTICLE III

 

DIRECTORS

 

 

 

Section 3.1

Number and Election of Directors

10

Section 3.2

Vacancies

10

Section 3.3

Duties and Powers

11

Section 3.4

Meetings

11

Section 3.5

Organization

11

Section 3.6

Resignations and Removals of Directors

11

Section 3.7

Quorum

12

Section 3.8

Actions of the Board by Written Consent

12

Section 3.9

Meetings by Means of Conference Telephone

12

Section 3.10

Committees

12

 

i



 

Section 3.11

Compensation

13

Section 3.12

Interested Directors

13

 

ARTICLE IV

 

OFFICERS

 

 

 

Section 4.1

General

14

Section 4.2

Election

14

Section 4.3

Voting Securities Owned by the Corporation

14

Section 4.4

Chairman of the Board of Directors

14

Section 4.5

Chief Executive Officer

15

Section 4.6

President

15

Section 4.7

Secretary

15

Section 4.8

Treasurer

16

Section 4.9

Vice Presidents

16

Section 4.10

Assistant Secretaries

16

Section 4.11

Assistant Treasurers

16

Section 4.12

Other Officers

17

 

ARTICLE V

 

STOCK

 

 

 

Section 5.1

Shares of Stock

17

Section 5.2

Signatures

17

Section 5.3

Lost Certificates

17

Section 5.4

Transfers

17

Section 5.5

Dividend Record Date

18

Section 5.6

Record Owners

18

Section 5.7

Transfer and Registry Agents

18

 

ARTICLE VI

 

NOTICES

 

 

 

Section 6.1

Notices

18

Section 6.2

Waivers of Notice

18

 

ARTICLE VII

 

GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

 

 

Section 7.1

Dividends

19

Section 7.2

Disbursements

19

Section 7.3

Fiscal Year

19

Section 7.4

Corporate Seal

19

 

ii



 

ARTICLE VIII

 

INDEMNIFICATION

 

 

 

Section 8.1

Power to Indemnify in Actions, Suits or Proceedings other than Those by or in the Right of the Corporation

19

Section 8.2

Power to Indemnify in Actions, Suits or Proceedings by or in the Right of the Corporation

20

Section 8.3

Authorization of Indemnification

20

Section 8.4

Good Faith Defined

21

Section 8.5

Indemnification by a Court

21

Section 8.6

Expenses Payable in Advance

21

Section 8.7

Nonexclusivity of Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses

21

Section 8.8

Insurance

22

Section 8.9

Certain Definitions

22

Section 8.10

Survival of Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses

22

Section 8.11

Limitation on Indemnification

22

Section 8.12

Indemnification of Employees and Agents

23

 

ARTICLE IX

 

AMENDMENTS

 

 

 

Section 9.1

Amendments

23

Section 9.2

Entire Board of Directors

24

 

iii



 

AMENDED AND RESTATED
BY-LAWS
OF
MOELIS & COMPANY
(hereinafter called the “Corporation”)

 

ARTICLE I

 

OFFICES

 

Section 1.1            Registered Office.  The registered office of the Corporation shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware.

 

Section 1.2            Other Offices.  The Corporation may also have offices at such other places, both within and without the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine.

 

ARTICLE II

 

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

 

Section 2.1            Place of Meetings.  Meetings of the stockholders for the election of directors or for any other purpose shall be held at such time and place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 2.2            Annual Meetings.  The Annual Meeting of Stockholders for the election of directors shall be held on such date and at such time as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors.  Any other proper business may be transacted at the Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

 

Section 2.3            Special Meetings.  Unless otherwise required by law or by the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation, as amended and restated from time to time (the “Certificate of Incorporation”), Special Meetings of Stockholders, for any purpose or purposes, may be called (i) by the Chairman of the Board, if there be one, (ii) by the Chief Executive Officer at the request in writing of (a) directors constituting a majority of the entire Board of Directors, (b) a committee of the Board of Directors that has been duly designated by the Board of Directors and whose powers and authority include the power to call such meetings or (c) until such time as the Class B Condition ceases to be satisfied, by stockholders collectively holding a majority of the voting power of the shares entitled to vote in the election of directors of the Corporation.  At a Special Meeting of Stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall be specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto). For purposes of these By-Laws, “Class B Condition” shall mean for so long as Kenneth Moelis (A) maintains directly or indirectly ownership of an aggregate of at least [·] shares of Class A Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Class A Common Stock”), and Equivalent Class A Shares, each as adjusted for any stock split, stock dividend, reverse stock split, recapitalization, business combination, reclassification or similar event, in each case with such adjustment being determined by the Board of Directors; (B) maintains directly or indirectly beneficial ownership of at least five

 



 

percent (5%) of the issued and outstanding Class A Common Stock (calculated, without duplication, on the basis that all issued and outstanding limited partnership units of Moelis & Company Group LP, a Delaware limited partnership, designated as “Partnership Class A Common Units” not held by the Corporation or its subsidiaries had been exchanged for shares of Class A Common Stock), as adjusted for any stock split, stock dividend, reverse stock split, recapitalization, business combination, reclassification or similar event, in each case with such adjustment being determined by the Board of Directors; (C) has not been convicted of a criminal violation of a material U.S. federal or state securities law that constitutes a felony or a felony involving moral turpitude; (D) is not deceased; and (E) has not had his employment agreement terminated in accordance with its terms because of a breach of his covenant to devote his primary business time and effort to the business and affairs of the Corporation and its subsidiaries or because he suffered an Incapacity.  The term “beneficial ownership”  shall have the same meaning given to it in Section 13(d) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules thereunder, except that a person will be deemed to have “beneficial ownership” of all securities that person has the right to acquire, whether the right is exercisable immediately, only after the passage of time or only after the satisfaction of conditions and notwithstanding any right to pay cash in lieu of such securities. The term “Equivalent Class A Shares” shall mean, on any date, the number of shares of Class A Common Stock represented by any shares, units, interests, options, warrants, evidence of indebtedness, stock awards or other securities or awards which by their terms are directly or indirectly convertible into, exchangeable for, exercisable for or pursuant to which the holder is entitled to receive shares of Class A Common Stock, whether immediately, only after the passage of time or only after the satisfaction of conditions and notwithstanding any right to pay cash in lieu of shares of Class A Common Stock. The term “Incapacity” shall mean, with respect to Mr. Moelis, the entry of an order of incompetence or of insanity, or permanent physical incapacity or death.

 

Section 2.4            Notice.  Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting shall be given which shall state the place, date and hour of the meeting, and, in the case of a Special Meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called.  Unless otherwise required by law, written notice of any meeting shall be given not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to notice of and to vote at such meeting.

 

Section 2.5            Adjournments.  Any meeting of the stockholders may be adjourned from time to time to reconvene at the same or some other place, and notice need not be given of any such adjourned meeting if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken.  At the adjourned meeting, the Corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting.  If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, notice of the adjourned meeting in accordance with the requirements of Section 2.4 shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to notice of and to vote at the meeting.

 

Section 2.6            Quorum.  Unless otherwise required by applicable law or the Certificate of Incorporation, the holders of a majority in voting power of the Corporation’s capital stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business.  A quorum, once established, shall not be broken by the withdrawal of enough votes to

 

2


 

leave less than a quorum.  If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, in the manner provided in Section 2.5, until a quorum shall be present or represented.

 

Section 2.7            Voting.  Unless otherwise required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws or permitted by the rules of any stock exchange on which the Corporation’s shares are listed and traded, any question brought before any meeting of the stockholders, other than the election of directors, shall be decided by the vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the shares represented at the meeting and entitled to vote on such question, voting as a single class.  Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, and subject to Section 2.11(a), each stockholder represented at a meeting of the stockholders shall be entitled to cast one (1) vote for each share of the capital stock entitled to vote thereat held by such stockholder.  Such votes may be cast in person or by proxy as provided in Section 2.8.  The Board of Directors, in its discretion, or the officer of the Corporation presiding at a meeting of the stockholders, in such officer’s discretion, may require that any votes cast at such meeting shall be cast by written ballot.

 

Section 2.8            Proxies.  Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of the stockholders or to express consent or dissent to corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder as proxy, but no such proxy shall be voted upon after three (3) years from its date, unless such proxy provides for a longer period.  Without limiting the manner in which a stockholder may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder as proxy, the following shall constitute a valid means by which a stockholder may grant such authority:

 

(a)        A stockholder may execute a writing authorizing another person or persons to act for such stockholder as proxy.  Execution may be accomplished by the stockholder or such stockholder’s authorized officer, director, employee or agent signing such writing or causing such person’s signature to be affixed to such writing by any reasonable means, including, but not limited to, by facsimile signature.

 

(b)        A stockholder may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder as proxy by transmitting or authorizing the transmission of a telegram or cablegram or other means of electronic transmission to the person who will be the holder of the proxy or to a proxy solicitation firm, proxy support service organization or like agent duly authorized by the person who will be the holder of the proxy to receive such transmission, provided that any such telegram, cablegram or other means of electronic transmission must either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be determined that the telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission was authorized by the stockholder.  If it is determined that such telegrams, cablegrams or other electronic transmissions are valid, the inspectors or, if there are no inspectors, such other persons making that determination shall specify the information on which they relied.

 

Any copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reliable reproduction of the writing or transmission authorizing another person or persons to act as proxy for a stockholder may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing or transmission for any and all purposes for

 

3



 

which the original writing or transmission could be used; provided, however, that such copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing or transmission.

 

Section 2.9            Consent of Stockholders in Lieu of Meeting.  Until such time as the Class B Condition ceases to be satisfied, any action required or permitted to be taken at any Annual or Special Meeting of Stockholders of the Corporation may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of shares having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted and shall be delivered to the Corporation in accordance with Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”).  If at any time the Class B Condition shall not be satisfied, then any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation must be effected at a duly called Annual or Special Meeting of the Corporation, and the ability of the stockholders to consent in writing to the taking of any action is hereby specifically denied.

 

Section 2.10          List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote.  The officer of the Corporation who has charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of the stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder.  Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting (i) either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held or (ii) during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the Corporation.  The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.

 

Section 2.11          Record Date.

 

(a)        In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of the stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting.  If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of the stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held.  A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of the stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

 

(b)        Only to the extent that action by written consent of the stockholders is not prohibited by the Certificate of Incorporation, in order that the Corporation may determine

 

4



 

the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more than ten (10) days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors.  If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is required by applicable law, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of the stockholders are recorded.  Delivery made to the Corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested.  If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors and prior action by the Board of Directors is required by applicable law, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

 

Section 2.12          Stock Ledger.  The stock ledger of the Corporation shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the stock ledger, the list required by Section 2.10 or the books of the Corporation, or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of the stockholders.

 

Section 2.13          Conduct of Meetings.  The Board of Directors of the Corporation may adopt by resolution such rules and regulations for the conduct of any meeting of the stockholders as it shall deem appropriate.  Except to the extent inconsistent with such rules and regulations as adopted by the Board of Directors, the chairman of any meeting of the stockholders shall have the right and authority to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chairman, are appropriate for the proper conduct of the meeting.  Such rules, regulations or procedures, whether adopted by the Board of Directors or prescribed by the chairman of the meeting, may include, without limitation, the following: (i) the establishment of an agenda or order of business for the meeting; (ii) the determination of when the polls shall open and close for any given matter to be voted on at the meeting; (iii) rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present; (iv) limitations on attendance at or participation in the meeting to stockholders of record of the Corporation, their duly authorized and constituted proxies or such other persons as the chairman of the meeting shall determine; (v) restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof; and (vi) limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants.

 

Section 2.14          Inspectors of Election.  In advance of any meeting of the stockholders, the Board of Directors, by resolution, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the President shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting and make a written report thereof.  One or more other persons may be designated as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act.  If no inspector or alternate is able to act at a meeting of the stockholders, the chairman of the meeting shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting.  Unless otherwise required by applicable law, inspectors may be officers,

 

5



 

employees or agents of the Corporation.  Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of the duties of inspector, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of such inspector’s ability.  The inspector shall have the duties prescribed by law and shall take charge of the polls and, when the vote is completed, shall make a certificate of the result of the vote taken and of such other facts as may be required by applicable law.

 

Section 2.15          Nature of Business at Meeting of Stockholders.

 

(a)        Only such business (other than nominations for election to the Board of Directors, which must comply with the provisions of Section 2.16) may be transacted at an Annual Meeting of Stockholders as is either (i) specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board of Directors (or any duly authorized committee thereof), (ii) otherwise properly brought before the Annual Meeting by or at the direction of the Board of Directors (or any duly authorized committee thereof), or (iii) otherwise properly brought before the Annual Meeting by any stockholder of the Corporation (A) who is a stockholder of record on the date of the giving of the notice provided for in this Section 2.15 and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at such Annual Meeting and (B) who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.15.

 

(b)        In addition to any other applicable requirements, for business to be properly brought before an Annual Meeting by a stockholder, such stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form to the Secretary of the Corporation.

 

(c)        To be timely, a stockholder’s notice to the Secretary must be delivered to or be mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not less than ninety (90) days nor more than one hundred and twenty (120) days prior to the anniversary date of the immediately preceding Annual Meeting of Stockholders; provided, however, that in the event that the Annual Meeting is called for a date that is not within twenty-five (25) days before or after such anniversary date, notice by the stockholder in order to be timely must be so received not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which such notice of the date of the Annual Meeting was mailed or such public disclosure of the date of the Annual Meeting was made, whichever first occurs.  In no event shall the adjournment or postponement of an Annual Meeting, or the public announcement of such an adjournment or postponement, commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

 

(d)        To be in proper written form, a stockholder’s notice to the Secretary must set forth the following information: (i) as to each matter such stockholder proposes to bring before the Annual Meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the Annual Meeting and the proposed text of any proposal regarding such business (including the text of any resolutions proposed for consideration and, if such business includes a proposal to amend these By-Laws, the text of the proposed amendment), and the reasons for conducting such business at the Annual Meeting, and (ii) as to the stockholder giving notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is being made, (A) the name and address of such person; (B) (I) the class or series and number of all shares of stock of the Corporation which are owned beneficially or of record by such person and any affiliates or associates of such person,

 

6



 

(II) the name of each nominee holder of shares of all stock of the Corporation owned beneficially but not of record by such person or any affiliates or associates of such person, and the number of such shares of stock of the Corporation held by each such nominee holder, (III) whether and the extent to which any derivative instrument, swap, option, warrant, short interest, hedge or profit interest or other transaction has been entered into by or on behalf of such person, or any affiliates or associates of such person, with respect to stock of the Corporation and (IV) whether and the extent to which any other transaction, agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any short position or any borrowing or lending of shares of stock of the Corporation) has been made by or on behalf of such person, or any affiliates or associates of such person, the effect or intent of any of the foregoing being to mitigate loss to, or to manage risk or benefit of stock price changes for, such person, or any affiliates or associates of such person, or to increase or decrease the voting power or pecuniary or economic interest of such person, or any affiliates or associates of such person, with respect to stock of the Corporation; (C) a description of all agreements, arrangements, or understandings (whether written or oral) between or among such person, or any affiliates or associates of such person, and any other person or persons (including their names) in connection with or relating to (I) the Corporation or (II) the proposal, including any material interest in, or anticipated benefit from the proposal to such person, or any affiliates or associates of such person; (D) a representation that the stockholder giving notice intends to appear in person or by proxy at the Annual Meeting to bring such business before the meeting; and (E) any other information relating to such person that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filing required to be made in connection with the solicitation of proxies by such person with respect to the proposed business to be brought by such person before the Annual Meeting pursuant to Section 14 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

(e)        A stockholder providing notice of business proposed to be brought before an Annual Meeting shall further update and supplement such notice, if necessary, so that the information provided or required to be provided in such notice pursuant to this Section 2.15 shall be true and correct as of the date of the Annual Meeting and such update and supplement shall be delivered to or be mailed and received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation prior to the Annual Meeting.

 

(f)        No business shall be conducted at the Annual Meeting of Stockholders except business brought before the Annual Meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.15; provided, however, that, once business has been properly brought before the Annual Meeting in accordance with such procedures, nothing in this Section 2.15 shall be deemed to preclude discussion by any stockholder of any such business.  If the chairman of an Annual Meeting determines that business was not properly brought before the Annual Meeting in accordance with the foregoing procedures, the chairman shall declare to the meeting that the business was not properly brought before the meeting and such business shall not be transacted.

 

(g)        Nothing contained in this Section 2.15 shall be deemed to affect any rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act (or any successor provision of law).

 

7



 

Section 2.16          Nomination of Directors.

 

(a)        Only persons who are nominated in accordance with the following procedures shall be eligible for election as directors of the Corporation, except as may be otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation with respect to the right of holders of preferred stock of the Corporation to nominate and elect a specified number of directors in certain circumstances.  Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors may be made at any Annual Meeting of Stockholders, or at any Special Meeting of Stockholders called for the purpose of electing directors, (i) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors (or any duly authorized committee thereof) or (ii) by any stockholder of the Corporation (A) who is a stockholder of record on the date of the giving of the notice provided for in this Section 2.16 and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at such Annual Meeting or Special Meeting and (B) who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.16.

 

(b)        In addition to any other applicable requirements, for a nomination to be made by a stockholder, such stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form to the Secretary of the Corporation.

 

(c)        To be timely, a stockholder’s notice to the Secretary must be delivered to or be mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the Corporation (i) in the case of an Annual Meeting, not less than ninety (90) days nor more than one hundred and twenty (120) days prior to the anniversary date of the immediately preceding Annual Meeting of Stockholders; provided, however, that in the event that the Annual Meeting is called for a date that is not within twenty-five (25) days before or after such anniversary date, notice by the stockholder in order to be timely must be so received not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which such notice of the date of the Annual Meeting was mailed or such public disclosure of the date of the Annual Meeting was made, whichever first occurs; and (ii) in the case of a Special Meeting of Stockholders called for the purpose of electing directors, not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which notice of the date of the Special Meeting was mailed or public disclosure of the date of the Special Meeting was made, whichever first occurs.  In no event shall the adjournment or postponement of an Annual Meeting or a Special Meeting called for the purpose of electing directors, or the public announcement of such an adjournment or postponement, commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

 

(d)        To be in proper written form, a stockholder’s notice to the Secretary must set forth the following information: (i) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election as a director (A) the name, age, business address and residence address of such person, (B) the principal occupation or employment of such person, (C) (I) the class or series and number of all shares of stock of the Corporation which are owned beneficially or of record by such person and any affiliates or associates of such person, (II) the name of each nominee holder of shares of all stock of the Corporation owned beneficially but not of record by such person or any affiliates or associates of such person, and the number of such shares of stock of the Corporation held by each such nominee holder, (III) whether and the extent to which any derivative instrument, swap, option, warrant, short interest, hedge or profit interest or other transaction has been entered into by or on behalf of such person, or any affiliates or associates of such person, with respect to stock of the Corporation and (IV) whether and the extent to which

 

8



 

any other transaction, agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any short position or any borrowing or lending of shares of stock of the Corporation) has been made by or on behalf of such person, or any affiliates or associates of such person, the effect or intent of any of the foregoing being to mitigate loss to, or to manage risk or benefit of stock price changes for, such person, or any affiliates or associates of such person, or to increase or decrease the voting power or pecuniary or economic interest of such person, or any affiliates or associates of such person, with respect to stock of the Corporation, (D) such person’s written representation and agreement that such person (I) is not and will not become a party to any agreement, arrangement or understanding with, and has not given any commitment or assurance to, any person or entity as to how such person, if elected as a director of the Corporation, will act or vote on any issue or question, (II) is not and will not become a party to any agreement, arrangement or understanding with any person or entity other than the Corporation with respect to any direct or indirect compensation, reimbursement or indemnification in connection with service or action as a director of the Corporation that has not been disclosed to the Corporation in such representation and agreement and (III) in such person’s individual capacity, would be in compliance, if elected as a director of the Corporation, and will comply with, all applicable publicly disclosed confidentiality, corporate governance, conflict of interest, Regulation FD, code of conduct and ethics, and stock ownership and trading policies and guidelines of the Corporation and (E) any other information relating to such person that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder; and (ii) as to the stockholder giving the notice, and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination is being made, (A) the name and record address of the stockholder giving the notice and the name and principal place of business of such beneficial owner; (B) (I) the class or series and number of all shares of stock of the Corporation which are owned beneficially or of record by such person and any affiliates or associates of such person, (II) the name of each nominee holder of shares of the Corporation owned beneficially but not of record by such person or any affiliates or associates of such person, and the number of shares of stock of the Corporation held by each such nominee holder, (III) whether and the extent to which any derivative instrument, swap, option, warrant, short interest, hedge or profit interest or other transaction has been entered into by or on behalf of such person, or any affiliates or associates of such person, with respect to stock of the Corporation and (IV) whether and the extent to which any other transaction, agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any short position or any borrowing or lending of shares of stock of the Corporation) has been made by or on behalf of such person, or any affiliates or associates of such person, the effect or intent of any of the foregoing being to mitigate loss to, or to manage risk or benefit of stock price changes for, such person, or any affiliates or associates of such person, or to increase or decrease the voting power or pecuniary or economic interest of such person, or any affiliates or associates of such person, with respect to stock of the Corporation; (C) a description of (I) all agreements, arrangements, or understandings (whether written or oral) between such person, or any affiliates or associates of such person, and any proposed nominee, or any affiliates or associates of such proposed nominee, (II) all agreements, arrangements, or understandings (whether written or oral) between such person, or any affiliates or associates of such person, and any other person or persons (including their names) pursuant to which the nomination(s) are being made by such person, or otherwise relating to the Corporation or their ownership of capital stock of the Corporation, and (III) any material interest of such person, or any affiliates or associates of such

 

9



 

person, in such nomination, including any anticipated benefit therefrom to such person, or any affiliates or associates of such person; (D) a representation that the stockholder giving notice intends to appear in person or by proxy at the Annual Meeting or Special Meeting to nominate the persons named in its notice; and (E) any other information relating to such person that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with the solicitation of proxies for election of directors pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.  Such notice must be accompanied by a written consent of each proposed nominee to being named as a nominee and to serve as a director if elected.

 

(e)        A stockholder providing notice of any nomination proposed to be made at an Annual Meeting or Special Meeting shall further update and supplement such notice, if necessary, so that the information provided or required to be provided in such notice pursuant to this Section 2.16 shall be true and correct as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to receive notice of the Annual Meeting or Special Meeting, and such update and supplement shall be delivered to or be mailed and received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than five (5) business days after the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to receive notice of such Annual Meeting or Special Meeting.

 

(f)        No person shall be eligible for election as a director of the Corporation unless nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.16.  If the Chairman of the meeting determines that a nomination was not made in accordance with the foregoing procedures, the Chairman shall declare to the meeting that the nomination was defective and such defective nomination shall be disregarded.

 

ARTICLE III

 

DIRECTORS

 

Section 3.1            Number and Election of Directors.  The Board of Directors shall consist of not less than three (3) nor more than eleven (11) members, the exact number of which shall initially be fixed by the Incorporator and thereafter from time to time by the Board of Directors.  Except as provided in Section 3.2, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes cast at each Annual Meeting of Stockholders and each director so elected shall hold office until the next Annual Meeting of Stockholders and until such director’s successor is duly elected and qualified, or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal.  Directors need not be stockholders.

 

Section 3.2            Vacancies.  Unless otherwise required by law or the Certificate of Incorporation, any vacancy on the Board of Directors that results from an increase in the number of directors may be filled only by a majority of the Board of Directors then in office, provided that a quorum is present, and any other vacancy occurring on the Board of Directors may be filled only by a majority of the Board of Directors then in office, even if less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director.  Any director elected to fill a vacancy resulting from an increase in the number of directors shall hold office for a term that shall coincide with the remaining term of

 

10



 

the other directors.  Any director elected to fill a vacancy not resulting from an increase in the number of directors shall have the same remaining term as that of his predecessor.

 

Section 3.3            Duties and Powers.  The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors which may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

 

Section 3.4            Meetings.  The Board of Directors and any committee thereof may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or without the State of Delaware.  Regular meetings of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof may be held without notice at such time and at such place as may from time to time be determined by the Board of Directors or such committee, respectively.  Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, if there be one, the Chief Executive Officer or the Board of Directors.  Special meetings of any committee of the Board of Directors may be called by the chairman of such committee, if there be one, the Chief Executive Officer, or any director serving on such committee.  Notice of any special meeting stating the place, date and hour of the meeting shall be given to each director (or, in the case of a committee, to each member of such committee) either by mail not less than forty-eight (48) hours before the date of the meeting, by telephone, telegram or electronic means on twenty-four (24) hours’ notice, or on such shorter notice as the person or persons calling such meeting may deem necessary or appropriate in the circumstances.

 

Section 3.5            Organization.  At each meeting of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof, the Chairman of the Board of Directors or the chairman of such committee, as the case may be, or, in his or her absence or if there be none, a director chosen by a majority  of the directors present, shall act as chairman.  Except as provided below, the Secretary of the Corporation shall act as secretary at each meeting of the Board of Directors and of each committee thereof.  In case the Secretary shall be absent from any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof, an Assistant Secretary shall perform the duties of secretary at such meeting; and in the absence from any such meeting of the Secretary and all the Assistant Secretaries, the chairman of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the members of each committee of the Board of Directors may appoint any person to act as secretary of any meeting of such committee and the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the Corporation may, but need not if such committee so elects, serve in such capacity.

 

Section 3.6            Resignations and Removals of Directors.  Any director of the Corporation may resign from the Board of Directors or any committee thereof at any time, by giving notice in writing to the Chairman of the Board of Directors, if there be one, the Chief Executive Officer or the Secretary of the Corporation and, in the case of a committee, to the chairman of such committee, if there be one.  Such resignation shall take effect at the time therein specified or, if no time is specified, immediately; and, unless otherwise specified in such notice, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.  Except as otherwise required by applicable law or the Certificate of Incorporation and subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of shares of preferred stock then outstanding, any director or the entire

 

11



 

Board of Directors may be removed from office at any time, with or without cause, only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least eighty percent (80%) of the voting power of the shares entitled to vote in connection with the election of directors of the Corporation; provided that at any time the Class B Condition is satisfied, any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed from office at any time with or without cause, by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the shares entitled to vote in connection with the election of the directors of the Corporation.  Any director serving on a committee of the Board of Directors may be removed from such committee at any time by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 3.7            Quorum.  Except as otherwise required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or the rules and regulations of any securities exchange or quotation system on which the Corporation’s securities are listed or quoted for trading, at all meetings of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof, a majority of the entire Board of Directors or a majority of the directors constituting such committee, as the case may be, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and the act of a majority of the directors or committee members present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of Directors or such committee, as applicable.  If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof, the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting of the time and place of the adjourned meeting, until a quorum shall be present. A meeting at which a quorum is initially present may continue to transact business notwithstanding the withdrawal of directors, if any action taken is approved by a majority of the required quorum for that meeting.

 

Section 3.8            Actions of the Board by Written Consent.  Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all the members of the Board of Directors or such committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or such committee.

 

Section 3.9            Meetings by Means of Conference Telephone.  Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, members of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, or any committee thereof, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or such committee by means of a conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to this Section 3.9 shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

Section 3.10          Committees.  The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation.  Each member of a committee must meet the requirements for membership, if any, imposed by applicable law and the rules and regulations of any securities exchange or quotation system on which the securities of the Corporation are listed or quoted for trading.  The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of any such committee.  Subject to the rules and regulations of any securities exchange or quotation system on which the securities of the Corporation are listed or quoted for trading, in the absence or disqualification of a member of a

 

12



 

committee, and in the absence of a designation by the Board of Directors of an alternate member to replace the absent or disqualified member, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another qualified member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any absent or disqualified member.  Any committee, to the extent permitted by law and provided in the resolution establishing such committee, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it.  Each committee shall keep regular minutes and report to the Board of Directors when required.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article III, the resolution of the Board of Directors establishing any committee of the Board of Directors and/or the charter of any such committee may establish requirements or procedures relating to the governance and/or operation of such committee that are different from, or in addition to, those set forth in these By-Laws and, to the extent that there is any inconsistency between these By-Laws and any such resolution or charter, the terms of such resolution or charter shall be controlling.

 

Section 3.11          Compensation.  The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated salary for service as director, payable in cash or securities.  No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.  Chairpersons or members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for such service.

 

Section 3.12          Interested Directors.  No contract or transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its directors or officers, or between the Corporation and any other corporation, partnership, association or other organization in which one or more of its directors or officers are directors or officers or have a financial interest, shall be void or voidable solely for this reason, or solely because the director or officer is present at or participates in the meeting of the Board of Directors or committee thereof which authorizes the contract or transaction, or solely because any such director’s or officer’s vote is counted for such purpose if: (i) the material facts as to the director’s or officer’s relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the Board of Directors or the committee, and the Board of Directors or committee in good faith authorizes the contract or transaction by the affirmative votes of a majority of the disinterested directors, even though the disinterested directors be less than a quorum; or (ii) the material facts as to the director’s or officer’s relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the stockholders entitled to vote thereon, and the contract or transaction is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the stockholders; or (iii) the contract or transaction is fair as to the Corporation as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified by the Board of Directors, a committee thereof or the stockholders.  Common or interested directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board of Directors or of a committee which authorizes the contract or transaction.

 

13


 

ARTICLE IV

 

OFFICERS

 

Section 4.1            General.  The officers of the Corporation shall be chosen by the Board of Directors and shall be a Chief Executive Officer, a President, a Secretary and a Treasurer.  The Board of Directors, in its discretion, also may choose a Chairman of the Board of Directors (who must be a director), and one or more Vice Presidents, Assistant Secretaries, Assistant Treasurers and other officers.  Any number of offices may be held by the same person, unless otherwise prohibited by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws.  The officers of the Corporation need not be stockholders of the Corporation nor, except in the case of the Chairman of the Board of Directors, need such officers be directors of the Corporation.

 

Section 4.2            Election.  The Board of Directors, at its first meeting held after each Annual Meeting of Stockholders (or action by written consent of stockholders in lieu of the Annual Meeting of Stockholders, if not prohibited by the Certificate of Incorporation), shall elect the officers of the Corporation who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors; and each officer of the Corporation shall hold office until such officer’s successor is elected and qualified, or until such officer’s earlier death, resignation or removal.  Any officer elected by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the Board of Directors.  Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation shall be filled by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 4.3            Voting Securities Owned by the Corporation.  Powers of attorney, proxies, waivers of notice of meeting, consents and other instruments relating to securities owned by the Corporation may be executed in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation by the Chief Executive Officer, the President or any other officer authorized to do so by the Board of Directors and any such officer may, in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation, take all such action as any such officer may deem advisable to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of security holders of any corporation in which the Corporation may own securities and at any such meeting shall possess and may exercise any and all rights and power incident to the ownership of such securities and which, as the owner thereof, the Corporation might have exercised and possessed if present.  The Board of Directors may, by resolution, from time to time confer like powers upon any other person or persons.

 

Section 4.4            Chairman of the Board of Directors.  The Chairman of the Board of Directors, if there be one, shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors.  The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation, unless the Board of Directors designates the President as the Chief Executive Officer, and, except where by law the signature of the President is required, the Chairman of the Board of Directors shall possess the same power as the President to sign all contracts, certificates and other instruments of the Corporation which may be authorized by the Board of Directors.  During the absence or disability of the President, the Chairman of the Board of Directors shall exercise all the powers and discharge all the duties of the President.  The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall also perform such other duties and may exercise such other powers as may from time to time be assigned by these By-Laws or by the Board of Directors.

 

14



 

Section 4.5            Chief Executive Officer.  The Chief Executive Officer shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors and, if there be one, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, have general supervision of the business and affairs of the Corporation and of its several officers and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors are carried into effect.  The Chief Executive Officer shall have the power to execute, by and on behalf of the Corporation, all deeds, bonds, mortgages, contracts and other instruments of the Corporation requiring a seal, under the seal of the Corporation, except where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed and except that the other officers of the Corporation may sign and execute documents when so authorized by these By-Laws, the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer.  In the absence or disability of the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or if there be none, the Chief Executive Officer shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and, provided the Chief Executive Officer is also a director, at all meetings of the Board of Directors.  The Chief Executive Officer shall also perform such other duties and may exercise such other powers as may from time to time be assigned to such officer by these By-Laws or by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 4.6            President.  The President shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, if there be one, and the Chief Executive Officer, have general supervision of the business and affairs of the Corporation.  The President shall have the power to execute all bonds, mortgages, contracts and other instruments of the Corporation requiring a seal, under the seal of the Corporation, except where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed and except that the other officers of the Corporation may sign and execute documents when so authorized by these By-Laws, the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer.  In general, the President shall perform all duties incident to the office of President and such other duties as may from time to time be assigned to the President by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, if there be one, or the Chief Executive Officer.  In the absence or disability of the Chairman of the Board of Directors and the Chief Executive Officer, the President shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and, provided the President is also a director, at all meetings of the Board of Directors.  In the event of the inability or refusal of the Chief Executive Officer to act, the Board of Directors may designate the President to perform the duties of the Chief Executive Officer, and, when so acting, the President shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the Chief Executive Officer.

 

Section 4.7            Secretary.  The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board of Directors and all meetings of the stockholders and record all the proceedings thereat in a book or books to be kept for that purpose; the Secretary shall also perform like duties for committees of the Board of Directors when required.  The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the President, under whose supervision the Secretary shall be.  If the Secretary shall be unable or shall refuse to cause to be given notice of all meetings of the stockholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors, and if there be no Assistant Secretary, then either the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the President may choose another officer to cause such notice to be given.  The Secretary shall have custody of the seal of the Corporation, if any, and the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary, if there be one, shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it and when so

 

15



 

affixed, it may be attested by the signature of the Secretary or by the signature of any such Assistant Secretary.  The Board of Directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the Corporation and to attest to the affixing by such officer’s signature.  The Secretary shall see that all books, reports, statements, certificates and other documents and records required by law to be kept or filed are properly kept or filed, as the case may be.

 

Section 4.8            Treasurer.  The Treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors.  The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the Chief Executive Officer, the President and the Board of Directors, at its regular meetings, or when the Board of Directors so requires, an account of all transactions as Treasurer and of the financial condition of the Corporation.  If required by the Board of Directors, the Treasurer shall give the Corporation a bond in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board of Directors for the faithful performance of the duties of the office of the Treasurer and for the restoration to the Corporation, in case of the Treasurer’s death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in the Treasurer’s possession or under the Treasurer’s control belonging to the Corporation.  The Chief Financial Officer of the Corporation shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the Treasurer.

 

Section 4.9            Vice Presidents.  Vice Presidents, if there be any, shall perform such duties and have such powers as from time to time may be assigned to them by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the President, and in the absence of the President or in the event of the President’s inability or refusal to act, shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President.

 

Section 4.10          Assistant Secretaries.  Assistant Secretaries, if there be any, shall perform such duties and have such powers as from time to time may be assigned to them by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, any Vice President, if there be one, or the Secretary, and in the absence of the Secretary or in the event of the Secretary’s inability or refusal to act, shall perform the duties of the Secretary, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the Secretary.

 

Section 4.11          Assistant Treasurers.  Assistant Treasurers, if there be any, shall perform such duties and have such powers as from time to time may be assigned to them by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, any Vice President, if there be one, or the Treasurer, and in the absence of the Treasurer or in the event of the Treasurer’s inability or refusal to act, shall perform the duties of the Treasurer, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the Treasurer.  If required by the Board of Directors, an Assistant Treasurer shall give the Corporation a bond in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board of Directors for the faithful performance of the duties of the office of Assistant Treasurer and for the restoration to the Corporation, in case of the Assistant Treasurer’s death, resignation, retirement or removal from

 

16



 

office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in the Assistant Treasurer’s possession or under the Assistant Treasurer’s control belonging to the Corporation.  The Chief Accounting Officer of the Corporation shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the Assistant Treasurer.

 

Section 4.12          Other Officers.  Such other officers as the Board of Directors may choose shall perform such duties and have such powers as from time to time may be assigned to them by the Board of Directors.  The Board of Directors may delegate to any other officer of the Corporation the power to choose such other officers and to prescribe their respective duties and powers.

 

ARTICLE V

 

STOCK

 

Section 5.1            Shares of Stock.  Except as otherwise provided in a resolution approved by the Board of Directors, all shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be uncertificated shares.

 

Section 5.2            Signatures.  To the extent any shares are represented by certificates, any or all of the signatures on a certificate may be a facsimile.  In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

 

Section 5.3            Lost Certificates.  The Board of Directors may direct a new certificate or uncertificated shares be issued in place of any certificate theretofore issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed.  When authorizing such issuance of a new certificate or uncertificated shares, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or such owner’s legal representative, to advertise the same in such manner as the Board of Directors shall require and/or to give the Corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

 

Section 5.4            Transfers.  Stock of the Corporation shall be transferable in the manner prescribed by applicable law and in these By-Laws.  Transfers of stock shall be made on the books of the Corporation, and in the case of certificated shares of stock, only by the person named in the certificate or by such person’s attorney lawfully constituted in writing and upon the surrender of the certificate therefor, properly endorsed for transfer and payment of all necessary transfer taxes; or, in the case of uncertificated shares of stock, upon receipt of proper transfer instructions from the registered holder of the shares or by such person’s attorney lawfully constituted in writing, and upon payment of all necessary transfer taxes and compliance with appropriate procedures for transferring shares in uncertificated form; provided, however, that

 

17



 

such surrender and endorsement (to the extent any shares are represented by certificates), compliance or payment of taxes shall not be required in any case in which the officers of the Corporation shall determine to waive such requirement.  With respect to certificated shares of stock, every certificate exchanged, returned or surrendered to the Corporation shall be marked “Cancelled,” with the date of cancellation, by the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Corporation or the transfer agent thereof.  No transfer of stock shall be valid as against the Corporation for any purpose until it shall have been entered in the stock records of the Corporation by an entry showing from and to whom transferred.

 

Section 5.5            Dividend Record Date.  In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than sixty (60) days prior to such action.  If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

 

Section 5.6            Record Owners.  The Corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and to hold liable for calls and assessments a person registered on its books as the owner of shares, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise required by law.

 

Section 5.7            Transfer and Registry Agents.  The Corporation may from time to time maintain one or more transfer offices or agencies and registry offices or agencies at such place or places as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

NOTICES

 

Section 6.1            Notices.  Whenever written notice is required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, to be given to any director, member of a committee or stockholder, such notice may be given by mail, addressed to such director, member of a committee or stockholder, at such person’s address as it appears on the records of the Corporation, with postage thereon prepaid, and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be deposited in the United States mail.  Written notice may also be given personally or by telegram, telex, cable or by means of electronic transmission.

 

Section 6.2            Waivers of Notice.  Whenever any notice is required by applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, to be given to any director, member of a committee or stockholder, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto.  Attendance of a person at a meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a

 

18



 

waiver of notice of such meeting, except where the person attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.  Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any Annual or Special Meeting of Stockholders or any regular or special meeting of the directors or members of a committee of directors need be specified in any written waiver of notice unless so required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

Section 7.1            Dividends.  Dividends upon the capital stock of the Corporation, subject to the requirements of the DGCL and the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors (or any action by written consent in lieu thereof in accordance with Section 3.8), and may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the Corporation’s capital stock.  Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to time, in its absolute discretion, deems proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for purchasing any of the shares of capital stock, warrants, rights, options, bonds, debentures, notes, scrip or other securities or evidences of indebtedness of the Corporation, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation, or for any proper purpose, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve.

 

Section 7.2            Disbursements.  All checks or demands for money and notes of the Corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other person or persons as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

 

Section 7.3            Fiscal Year.  The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

 

Section 7.4            Corporate Seal.  The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation, the year of its organization and the words “Corporate Seal, Delaware”.  The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

INDEMNIFICATION

 

Section 8.1            Power to Indemnify in Actions, Suits or Proceedings other than Those by or in the Right of the Corporation.  Subject to Section 8.3, the Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation), by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was a director or officer of the Corporation serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent

 

19



 

of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful.  The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that such person’s conduct was unlawful.

 

Section 8.2            Power to Indemnify in Actions, Suits or Proceedings by or in the Right of the Corporation.  Subject to Section 8.3, the Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was a director or officer of the Corporation serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation; except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

 

Section 8.3            Authorization of Indemnification.  Any indemnification under this Article VIII (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the present or former director or officer is proper in the circumstances because such person has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 8.1 or Section 8.2, as the case may be.  Such determination shall be made, with respect to a person who is a director or officer at the time of such determination, (i) by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors who are not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, even though less than a quorum, or (ii) by a committee of such directors designated by a majority of such directors, even though less than a quorum, or (iii) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion or (iv) by the stockholders.  Such determination shall be made, with respect to former directors and officers, by any person or persons having the authority to act on the matter on behalf of the Corporation.  To the extent, however, that a present or former director or officer of the Corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding described above, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith, without the necessity of authorization in the specific case.

 

20



 

Section 8.4            Good Faith Defined.  For purposes of any determination under Section 8.3, a person shall be deemed to have acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, or, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, to have had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful, if such person’s action is based on the records or books of account of the Corporation or another enterprise, or on information supplied to such person by the officers of the Corporation or another enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Corporation or another enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the Corporation or another enterprise by an independent certified public accountant, financial adviser, appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Corporation or another enterprise.  The provisions of this Section 8.4 shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the circumstances in which a person may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 8.1 or Section 8.2, as the case may be.

 

Section 8.5            Indemnification by a Court.  Notwithstanding any contrary determination in the specific case under Section 8.3, and notwithstanding the absence of any determination thereunder, any director or officer may apply to the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or any other court of competent jurisdiction in the State of Delaware for indemnification to the extent otherwise permissible under Section 8.1 or Section 8.2.  The basis of such indemnification by a court shall be a determination by such court that indemnification of the director or officer is proper in the circumstances because such person has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 8.1 or Section 8.2, as the case may be.  Neither a contrary determination in the specific case under Section 8.3 nor the absence of any determination thereunder shall be a defense to such application or create a presumption that the director or officer seeking indemnification has not met any applicable standard of conduct.  Notice of any application for indemnification pursuant to this Section 8.5 shall be given to the Corporation promptly upon the filing of such application.  If successful, in whole or in part, the director or officer seeking indemnification shall also be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such application.

 

Section 8.6            Expenses Payable in Advance.  Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by a director or officer in defending any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding shall be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized in this Article VIII.  Such expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by former directors and officers or other employees and agents may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the Corporation deems appropriate.

 

Section 8.7            Nonexclusivity of Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses.  The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article VIII shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under the Certificate of Incorporation, these By-Laws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, it being the policy of the Corporation that indemnification of the

 

21



 

persons specified in Section 8.1 and Section 8.2 shall be made to the fullest extent permitted by law.  The provisions of this Article VIII shall not be deemed to preclude the indemnification of any person who is not specified in Section 8.1 or Section 8.2 but whom the Corporation has the power or obligation to indemnify under the provisions of the DGCL, or otherwise.

 

Section 8.8            Insurance.  The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was a director or officer of the Corporation serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power or the obligation to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of this Article VIII.

 

Section 8.9            Certain Definitions.  For purposes of this Article VIII, references to “the Corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors or officers, so that any person who is or was a director or officer of such constituent corporation, or is or was a director or officer of such constituent corporation serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article VIII with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as such person would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.  The term “another enterprise” as used in this Article VIII shall mean any other corporation or any partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise of which such person is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent.  For purposes of this Article VIII, references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the Corporation” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director or officer with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation” as referred to in this Article VIII.

 

Section 8.10          Survival of Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses.  The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article VIII shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

 

Section 8.11          Limitation on Indemnification.  Notwithstanding anything contained in this Article VIII to the contrary, except for proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification (which shall be governed by Section 8.5), the Corporation shall not be obligated to indemnify any director or officer (or his or her heirs, executors or personal or legal

 

22



 

representatives) or advance expenses in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person unless such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized or consented to by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

 

Section 8.12          Indemnification of Employees and Agents.  The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board of Directors, provide rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses to employees and agents of the Corporation similar to those conferred in this Article VIII to directors and officers of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE IX

 

AMENDMENTS

 

Section 9.1            Amendments.

 

(a)        Subject to Section 9.1(b) below, these By-Laws may be amended, altered, changed or repealed, in whole or in part, or new By-Laws may be adopted by either (i) the affirmative vote of a majority of the entire Board of Directors, or (ii) without the approval of the Board of Directors, by the affirmative vote of at least sixty-six and two-third percent (66 2/3%) of the voting power of the shares entitled to vote in connection with the election of directors of the Corporation; provided that at any time the Class B Condition is satisfied, these By-Laws also may be amended, altered, changed or repealed, in whole or in part, by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the shares entitled to vote in connection with the election of the directors of the Corporation; provided further, however, that in any case, notice of such amendment, alteration, change, repeal or adoption of new By-laws be contained in the notice of such meeting (if there is one) of the stockholders or Board of Directors, as the case may be.

 

(b)        Notwithstanding Section 9.1(a), or any other provision of these By-laws (and in addition to any other vote that may be required by law), (i) any amendment, alteration or repeal, in whole or in part, of Section 2.3 (Special Meetings), Section 2.9 (Consent of Stockholders in Lieu of Meeting), Section 3.1 (Number and Election of Directors), Section 3.2 (Vacancies), Section 3.3 (Duties and Powers), Section 3.6 (Resignations and Removals of Directors) or this Article IX (collectively, the “Specified By-laws”) (which, for the avoidance of doubt, would include the adoption of any provision as part of these By-laws that is inconsistent with the purpose and intent of the Specified By-laws) shall require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least eighty (80%) of the voting power of the then issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, and (ii) the ability of the Board of Directors to amend, alter, repeal, or adopt any provision as part of these By-laws inconsistent with the purpose and intent of the Specified By-laws is hereby specifically denied; provided, however, that at any time the Class B Condition is satisfied, the Specified By-laws may be amended, altered or repealed, in whole or in part, by (i) the affirmative vote of a majority of the entire Board of Directors or (ii) the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the shares entitled to vote in connection with the election of the directors of the Corporation.

 

23



 

Section 9.2            Entire Board of Directors.  As used in this Article IX and in these By-Laws generally, the term “entire Board of Directors” means the total number of directors which the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies.

 

* * *

 

Adopted as of:

 

 

 

 

 

Last Amended as of:

 

 

 

24





Exhibit 3.3

 

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

 

OF

 

MOELIS & COMPANY

 

FIRST:  The name of the Corporation is Moelis & Company (hereinafter the “Corporation”).

 

SECOND:  The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, County of New Castle, 19808.  The name of its registered agent at that address is Corporation Service Company.

 

THIRD:  The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as set forth in Title 8 of the Delaware Code (the “GCL”).

 

FOURTH:  The total number of shares of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 1,000 shares of Common Stock, each having a par value of one cent per share ($0.01 per share).

 

FIFTH:  The name and mailing address of the Sole Incorporator is as follows:

 

Name

 

Address

 

 

 

Dawn A. MacFarline

 

P.O. Box 636

 

 

Wilmington, DE 19899

 

SIXTH:  The following provisions are inserted for the management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation, and for further definition, limitation and regulation of the powers of the Corporation and of its directors and stockholders:

 



 

(1)  The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors.

 

(2)  The directors shall have concurrent power with the stockholders to make, alter, amend, change, add to or repeal the By-Laws of the Corporation.

 

(3)  The number of directors of the Corporation shall be as from time to time fixed by, or in the manner provided in, the By-Laws of the Corporation.  Election of directors need not be by written ballot unless the By-Laws so provide.

 

(4)  No director shall be personally liable to the Corporation or any of its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) pursuant to Section 174 of the GCL or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.  Any repeal or modification of this Article SIXTH by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification with respect to acts or omissions occurring prior to such repeal or modification.

 

(5)  In addition to the powers and authority hereinbefore or by statute expressly conferred upon them, the directors are hereby empowered to exercise all such powers and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or done by the Corporation, subject, nevertheless, to the provisions of the GCL, this Certificate of Incorporation, and any By-Laws adopted by the stockholders; provided, however, that no By-Laws hereafter adopted by the stockholders shall invalidate any prior act of the directors which would have been valid if such By-Laws had not been adopted.

 

SEVENTH:  Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the By-Laws may provide.  The books of the Corporation may be kept (subject to any provision contained in the GCL) outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the By-Laws of the Corporation.

 

2



 

EIGHTH:  The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

 

I, THE UNDERSIGNED, being the Sole Incorporator hereinbefore named, for the purpose of forming a corporation pursuant to the GCL, do make this Certificate, hereby declaring and certifying that this is my act and deed and the facts herein stated are true, and accordingly have hereunto set my hand this [Date] day of January, 2014.

 

 

 

/s/ Dawn C. MacFarline

 

Dawn A. MacFarline

 

Sole Incorporator

 

3





Exhibit 3.4

 

BY-LAWS

 

OF

 

MOELIS & COMPANY

 

A Delaware Corporation

 

Effective January 15, 2014

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE I

 

 

 

 

 

OFFICES

 

 

 

 

Section 1.

Registered Office

1

Section 2.

Other Offices

1

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE II

 

 

 

 

 

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

 

 

 

 

Section 1.

Place of Meetings

1

Section 2.

Annual Meetings

1

Section 3.

Special Meetings

2

Section 4.

Notice

2

Section 5.

Adjournments

3

Section 6.

Quorum

3

Section 7.

Voting

3

Section 8.

Proxies

4

Section 9.

Consent of Stockholders in Lieu of Meeting

5

Section 10.

List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote

7

Section 11.

Record Date

8

Section 12.

Stock Ledger

9

Section 13.

Conduct of Meetings

10

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE III

 

 

 

 

 

DIRECTORS

 

 

 

 

Section 1.

Number and Election of Directors

10

Section 2.

Vacancies

11

Section 3.

Duties and Powers

11

Section 4.

Meetings

11

Section 5.

Organization

12

Section 6.

Resignations and Removals of Directors

12

Section 7.

Quorum

13

Section 8.

Actions of the Board by Written Consent

14

Section 9.

Meetings by Means of Conference Telephone

14

Section 10.

Committees

14

Section 11.

Compensation

15

Section 12.

Interested Directors

16

 

i



 

 

ARTICLE IV

 

 

 

 

 

OFFICERS

 

 

 

 

Section 1.

General

16

Section 2.

Election

17

Section 3.

Voting Securities Owned by the Corporation

17

Section 4.

Chairman of the Board of Directors

18

Section 5.

President

18

Section 6.

Vice Presidents

19

Section 7.

Secretary

19

Section 8.

Treasurer

20

Section 9.

Assistant Secretaries

21

Section 10.

Assistant Treasurers

21

Section 11.

Other Officers

22

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE V

 

 

STOCK

 

 

 

 

Section 1.

Form of Certificates

22

Section 2.

Signatures

22

Section 3.

Lost Certificates

22

Section 4.

Transfers

23

Section 5.

Dividend Record Date

23

Section 6.

Record Owners

24

Section 7.

Transfer and Registry Agents

24

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE VI

 

 

 

 

 

NOTICES

 

 

 

 

Section 1.

Notices

24

Section 2.

Waivers of Notice

25

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE VII

 

 

 

 

 

GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

 

 

 

Section 1.

Dividends

26

Section 2.

Disbursements

26

Section 3.

Fiscal Year

26

Section 4.

Corporate Seal

27

 

ii



 

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

 

 

 

 

INDEMNIFICATION

 

 

 

 

Section 1.

Power to Indemnify in Actions, Suits or Proceedings other than Those by or in the Right of the Corporation

27

Section 2.

Power to Indemnify in Actions, Suits or Proceedings by or in the Right of the Corporation

28

Section 3.

Authorization of Indemnification

28

Section 4.

Good Faith Defined

29

Section 5.

Indemnification by a Court

30

Section 6.

Expenses Payable in Advance

30

Section 7.

Nonexclusivity of Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses

31

Section 8.

Insurance

31

Section 9.

Certain Definitions

32

Section 10.

Survival of Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses

33

Section 11.

Limitation on Indemnification

33

Section 12.

Indemnification of Employees and Agents

33

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE IX

 

 

AMENDMENTS

 

 

 

 

Section 1.

Amendments

33

Section 2.

Entire Board of Directors

34

 

iii



 

BY-LAWS

 

OF

 

MOELIS & COMPANY

 

(hereinafter called the “Corporation”)

 

ARTICLE I

 

OFFICES

 

Section 1.                                           Registered Office.  The registered office of the Corporation shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware.

 

Section 2.                                           Other Offices.  The Corporation may also have offices at such other places, both within and without the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine.

 

ARTICLE II

 

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

 

Section 1.                                           Place of Meetings.  Meetings of the stockholders for the election of directors or for any other purpose shall be held at such time and place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors.  The Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that a meeting of the stockholders shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication in the manner authorized by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”).

 

Section 2.                                           Annual Meetings.  The Annual Meeting of Stockholders for the election of directors shall be held on such date and at such time as shall be designated from time

 



 

to time by the Board of Directors.  Any other proper business may be transacted at the Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

 

Section 3.                                           Special Meetings.  Unless otherwise required by law or by the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation, as amended and restated from time to time (the “Certificate of Incorporation”), Special Meetings of Stockholders, for any purpose or purposes, may be called by either (i) the Chairman, if there be one, or (ii) the President, (iii) any Vice President, if there be one, (iv) the Secretary or (v) any Assistant Secretary, if there be one, and shall be called by any such officer at the request in writing of (i) the Board of Directors, (ii) a committee of the Board of Directors that has been duly designated by the Board of Directors and whose powers and authority include the power to call such meetings or (iii) stockholders owning a majority of the capital stock of the Corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote. Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting.  At a Special Meeting of Stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall be specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto).

 

Section 4.                                           Notice.  Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting shall be given which shall state the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, and, in the case of a Special Meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called.  Unless otherwise required by law, written notice of any meeting shall be given not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to notice of and to vote at such meeting.

 

2



 

Section 5.                                           Adjournments.  Any meeting of the stockholders may be adjourned from time to time to reconvene at the same or some other place, and notice need not be given of any such adjourned meeting if the time and place, if any, thereof and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken.  At the adjourned meeting, the Corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting.  If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, notice of the adjourned meeting in accordance with the requirements of Section 4 hereof shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to notice of and to vote at the meeting.

 

Section 6.                                           Quorum.  Unless otherwise required by applicable law or the Certificate of Incorporation, the holders of a majority of the Corporation’s capital stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business.  A quorum, once established, shall not be broken by the withdrawal of enough votes to leave less than a quorum.  If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, in the manner provided in Section 5 hereof, until a quorum shall be present or represented.

 

Section 7.                                           Voting.  Unless otherwise required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, or permitted by the rules of any stock exchange on which the Corporation’s shares are listed and traded, any question brought before any meeting of the stockholders, other than the election of directors, shall be decided by the vote of the holders of a

 

3



 

majority of the total number of votes of the Corporation’s capital stock represented at the meeting and entitled to vote on such question, voting as a single class. Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, and subject to Section 11(a) of this Article II, each stockholder represented at a meeting of the stockholders shall be entitled to cast one (1) vote for each share of the capital stock entitled to vote thereat held by such stockholder.  Such votes may be cast in person or by proxy as provided in Section 8 of this Article II.  The Board of Directors, in its discretion, or the officer of the Corporation presiding at a meeting of the stockholders, in such officer’s discretion, may require that any votes cast at such meeting shall be cast by written ballot.

 

Section 8.                                           Proxies.  Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of the stockholders or to express consent or dissent to corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder as proxy, but no such proxy shall be voted upon after three years from its date, unless such proxy provides for a longer period.  Without limiting the manner in which a stockholder may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder as proxy, the following shall constitute a valid means by which a stockholder may grant such authority:

 

(i)                         A stockholder may execute a writing authorizing another person or persons to act for such stockholder as proxy.  Execution may be accomplished by the stockholder or such stockholder’s authorized officer, director, employee or agent signing such writing or causing such person’s signature to be affixed to such writing by any reasonable means, including, but not limited to, by facsimile signature.

 

(ii)                      A stockholder may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder as proxy by transmitting or authorizing the

 

4



 

transmission of a telegram, cablegram or other means of electronic transmission to the person who will be the holder of the proxy or to a proxy solicitation firm, proxy support service organization or like agent duly authorized by the person who will be the holder of the proxy to receive such transmission, provided that any such telegram, cablegram or other means of electronic transmission must either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be determined that the telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission was authorized by the stockholder.  If it is determined that such telegrams, cablegrams or other electronic transmissions are valid, the inspectors or, if there are no inspectors, such other persons making that determination shall specify the information on which they relied.

 

Any copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reliable reproduction of the writing or transmission authorizing another person or persons to act as proxy for a stockholder may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing or transmission for any and all purposes for which the original writing or transmission could be used; provided, however, that such copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing or transmission.

 

Section 9.                                           Consent of Stockholders in Lieu of Meeting.  Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, any action required or permitted to be taken at any Annual or Special Meeting of Stockholders of the Corporation may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting

 

5


 

at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted and shall be delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of the stockholders are recorded.  Delivery made to the Corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested.  Every written consent shall bear the date of signature of each stockholder who signs the consent and no written consent shall be effective to take the corporate action referred to therein unless, within sixty (60) days of the earliest dated consent delivered in the manner required by this Section 9 to the Corporation, written consents signed by a sufficient number of holders to take action are delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of the stockholders are recorded.  A telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission consenting to an action to be taken and transmitted by a stockholder or proxyholder, or by a person or persons authorized to act for a stockholder or proxyholder, shall be deemed to be written, signed and dated for the purposes of this Section 9, provided that any such telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission sets forth or is delivered with information from which the Corporation can determine (i) that the telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission was transmitted by the stockholder or proxyholder or by a person or persons authorized to act for the stockholder or proxyholder and (ii) the date on which such stockholder or proxyholder or authorized person or persons transmitted such telegram, cablegram or electronic transmission.  The date on which such telegram, cablegram or electronic transmission is transmitted shall be deemed to be the date on which such consent was signed.  No consent given by telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission

 

6



 

shall be deemed to have been delivered until such consent is reproduced in paper form and until such paper form shall be delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of the stockholders are recorded.  Delivery made to the Corporation’s registered office shall be made by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested.  Any copy, facsimile or other reliable reproduction of a consent in writing may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing for any and all purposes for which the original writing could be used, provided that such copy, facsimile or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing.  Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing and who, if the action had been taken at a meeting, would have been entitled to notice of the meeting if the record date for such meeting had been the date that written consents signed by a sufficient number of holders to take the action were delivered to the Corporation as provided above in this Section 9.

 

Section 10.                                    List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote.  The officer of the Corporation who has charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of the stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder.  Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting (i) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (ii) during ordinary business hours, at

 

7



 

the principal place of business of the Corporation.  In the event that the Corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the Corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the Corporation.  If the meeting is to be held at a place, then the list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.  If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting.

 

Section 11.                                    Record Date.

 

(a)                       In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of the stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting.  If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of the stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held.  A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of the stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

 

8



 

(b)                       In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more than ten (10) days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors.  If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is required by applicable law, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of the stockholders are recorded.  Delivery made to the Corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested.  If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors and prior action by the Board of Directors is required by applicable law, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

 

Section 12.                                    Stock Ledger.  The stock ledger of the Corporation shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the stock ledger, the list required by Section 10 of this Article II or the books of the Corporation, or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of the stockholders.

 

9



 

Section 13.                                    Conduct of Meetings.  The Board of Directors of the Corporation may adopt by resolution such rules and regulations for the conduct of any meeting of the stockholders as it shall deem appropriate.  Except to the extent inconsistent with such rules and regulations as adopted by the Board of Directors, the chairman of any meeting of the stockholders shall have the right and authority to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chairman, are appropriate for the proper conduct of the meeting.  Such rules, regulations or procedures, whether adopted by the Board of Directors or prescribed by the chairman of the meeting, may include, without limitation, the following:  (i) the establishment of an agenda or order of business for the meeting; (ii) the determination of when the polls shall open and close for any given matter to be voted on at the meeting; (iii) rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present; (iv) limitations on attendance at or participation in the meeting to stockholders of record of the Corporation, their duly authorized and constituted proxies or such other persons as the chairman of the meeting shall determine; (v) restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof; and (vi) limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants.

 

ARTICLE III

 

DIRECTORS

 

Section 1.                                           Number and Election of Directors.  The Board of Directors shall consist of not less than one nor more than fifteen members, the exact number of which shall initially be fixed by the Incorporator and thereafter from time to time by the Board of Directors.  Except as provided in Section 2 of this Article III, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes cast at each Annual Meeting of Stockholders and each director so elected shall hold office

 

10



 

until the next Annual Meeting of Stockholders and until such director’s successor is duly elected and qualified, or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal.  Directors need not be stockholders.

 

Section 2.                                           Vacancies.  Unless otherwise required by law or the Certificate of Incorporation, vacancies on the Board of Directors or any committee thereof arising through death, resignation, removal, an increase in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors or such committee or otherwise may be filled only by a majority of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director.  The directors so chosen shall, in the case of the Board of Directors, hold office until the next annual election and until their successors are duly elected and qualified, or until their earlier death, resignation or removal and, in the case of any committee of the Board of Directors, shall hold office until their successors are duly appointed by the Board of Directors or until their earlier death, resignation or removal.

 

Section 3.                                           Duties and Powers.  The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors which may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

 

Section 4.                                           Meetings.  The Board of Directors and any committee thereof may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or without the State of Delaware.  Regular meetings of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof may be held without notice at such time and at such place as may from time to time be determined by the Board of Directors or such committee, respectively.  Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the

 

11



 

Chairman, if there be one, the President, or by any director.  Special meetings of any committee of the Board of Directors may be called by the chairman of such committee, if there be one, the President, or any director serving on such committee.  Notice thereof stating the place, date and hour of the meeting shall be given to each director (or, in the case of a committee, to each member of such committee) either by mail not less than forty-eight (48) hours before the date of the meeting, by telephone, telegram or electronic means on twenty-four (24) hours’ notice, or on such shorter notice as the person or persons calling such meeting may deem necessary or appropriate in the circumstances.

 

Section 5.                                           Organization.  At each meeting of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof, the Chairman of the Board of Directors or the chairman of such committee, as the case may be, or, in his or her absence or if there be none, a director chosen by a majority of the directors present, shall act as chairman.  Except as provided below, the Secretary of the Corporation shall act as secretary at each meeting of the Board of Directors and of each committee thereof.  In case the Secretary shall be absent from any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof, an Assistant Secretary shall perform the duties of secretary at such meeting; and in the absence from any such meeting of the Secretary and all the Assistant Secretaries, the chairman of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the members of each committee of the Board of Directors may appoint any person to act as secretary of any meeting of such committee and the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the Corporation may, but need not if such committee so elects, serve in such capacity.

 

Section 6.                                           Resignations and Removals of Directors.  Any director of the Corporation may resign from the Board of Directors or any committee thereof at any time, by

 

12



 

giving notice in writing or by electronic transmission to the Chairman of the Board of Directors, if there be one, the President or the Secretary of the Corporation and, in the case of a committee, to the chairman of such committee, if there be one.  Such resignation shall take effect at the time therein specified or, if no time is specified, immediately; and, unless otherwise specified in such notice, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.  Except as otherwise required by applicable law and subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of shares of preferred stock then outstanding, any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed from office at any time by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority in voting power of the issued and outstanding capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote in the election of directors.  Any director serving on a committee of the Board of Directors may be removed from such committee at any time by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 7.                                           Quorum.  Except as otherwise required by law, or the Certificate of Incorporation or the rules and regulations of any securities exchange or quotation system on which the Corporation’s securities are listed or quoted for trading, at all meetings of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof, a majority of the entire Board of Directors or a majority of the directors constituting such committee, as the case may be, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and the act of a majority of the directors or committee members present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of Directors or such committee, as applicable.  If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof, the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting of the time and place of the adjourned meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

 

13



 

Section 8.                                           Actions of the Board by Written Consent.  Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all the members of the Board of Directors or such committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or such committee.  Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

 

Section 9.                                           Meetings by Means of Conference Telephone.  Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, members of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, or any committee thereof, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or such committee by means of a conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to this Section 9 shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

Section 10.                                    Committees.  The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation.  Each member of a committee must meet the requirements for membership, if any, imposed by applicable law and the rules and regulations of any securities exchange or quotation system on which the securities of the Corporation are listed or quoted for trading.  The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of any such committee.  Subject to the rules and regulations of any securities exchange or quotation system on which the securities of the

 

14


 

Corporation are listed or quoted for trading, in the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, and in the absence of a designation by the Board of Directors of an alternate member to replace the absent or disqualified member, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another qualified member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any absent or disqualified member.  Any committee, to the extent permitted by law and provided in the resolution establishing such committee, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it.  Each committee shall keep regular minutes and report to the Board of Directors when required.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article III, the resolution of the Board of Directors establishing any committee of the Board of Directors and/or the charter of any such committee may establish requirements or procedures relating to the governance and/or operation of such committee that are different from, or in addition to, those set forth in these By-Laws and, to the extent that there is any inconsistency between these By-Laws and any such resolution or charter, the terms of such resolution or charter shall be controlling.

 

Section 11.                                    Compensation.  The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated salary for service as director, payable in cash or securities.  No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.  Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for service as committee members.

 

15



 

Section 12.                                    Interested Directors.  No contract or transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its directors or officers, or between the Corporation and any other corporation, partnership, association or other organization in which one or more of its directors or officers are directors or officers or have a financial interest, shall be void or voidable solely for this reason, or solely because the director or officer is present at or participates in the meeting of the Board of Directors or committee thereof which authorizes the contract or transaction, or solely because any such director’s or officer’s vote is counted for such purpose if: (i) the material facts as to the director’s or officer’s relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the Board of Directors or the committee, and the Board of Directors or committee in good faith authorizes the contract or transaction by the affirmative votes of a majority of the disinterested directors, even though the disinterested directors be less than a quorum; or (ii) the material facts as to the director’s or officer’s relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the stockholders entitled to vote thereon, and the contract or transaction is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the stockholders; or (iii) the contract or transaction is fair as to the Corporation as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified by the Board of Directors, a committee thereof or the stockholders.  Common or interested directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board of Directors or of a committee which authorizes the contract or transaction.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

OFFICERS

 

Section 1.                                           General.  The officers of the Corporation shall be chosen by the Board of Directors and shall be a President, a Secretary and a Treasurer.  The Board of Directors,

 

16



 

in its discretion, also may choose a Chairman of the Board of Directors (who must be a director) and one or more Vice Presidents, Assistant Secretaries, Assistant Treasurers and other officers.  Any number of offices may be held by the same person, unless otherwise prohibited by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws.  The officers of the Corporation need not be stockholders of the Corporation nor, except in the case of the Chairman of the Board of Directors, need such officers be directors of the Corporation.

 

Section 2.                                           Election.  The Board of Directors, at its first meeting held after each Annual Meeting of Stockholders (or action by written consent of stockholders in lieu of the Annual Meeting of Stockholders), shall elect the officers of the Corporation who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors; and each officer of the Corporation shall hold office until such officer’s successor is elected and qualified, or until such officer’s earlier death, resignation or removal.  Any officer elected by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the Board of Directors.  Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation shall be filled by the Board of Directors.  The salaries of all officers of the Corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 3.                                           Voting Securities Owned by the Corporation.  Powers of attorney, proxies, waivers of notice of meeting, consents and other instruments relating to securities owned by the Corporation may be executed in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation by the President or any Vice President or any other officer authorized to do so by the Board of Directors and any such officer may, in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation, take all such action as any such officer may deem advisable to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of security holders of any corporation in which the Corporation may own securities and at any

 

17



 

such meeting shall possess and may exercise any and all rights and power incident to the ownership of such securities and which, as the owner thereof, the Corporation might have exercised and possessed if present.  The Board of Directors may, by resolution, from time to time confer like powers upon any other person or persons.

 

Section 4.                                           Chairman of the Board of Directors.  The Chairman of the Board of Directors, if there be one, shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors.  The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation, unless the Board of Directors designates the President as the Chief Executive Officer, and, except where by law the signature of the President is required, the Chairman of the Board of Directors shall possess the same power as the President to sign all contracts, certificates and other instruments of the Corporation which may be authorized by the Board of Directors.  During the absence or disability of the President, the Chairman of the Board of Directors shall exercise all the powers and discharge all the duties of the President.  The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall also perform such other duties and may exercise such other powers as may from time to time be assigned by these By-Laws or by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 5.                                           President.  The President shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors and, if there be one, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, have general supervision of the business of the Corporation and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors are carried into effect.  The President shall execute all bonds, mortgages, contracts and other instruments of the Corporation requiring a seal, under the seal of the Corporation, except where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed and except that the other officers of the Corporation may sign and execute documents when so authorized by these By-Laws, the Board of Directors or the President.  In the absence or

 

18



 

disability of the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or if there be none, the President shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and, provided the President is also a director, the Board of Directors.  If there be no Chairman of the Board of Directors, or if the Board of Directors shall otherwise designate, the President shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation.  The President shall also perform such other duties and may exercise such other powers as may from time to time be assigned to such officer by these By-Laws or by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 6.                                           Vice Presidents.  At the request of the President or in the President’s absence or in the event of the President’s inability or refusal to act (and if there be no Chairman of the Board of Directors), the Vice President, or the Vice Presidents if there are more than one (in the order designated by the Board of Directors), shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President.  Each Vice President shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors from time to time may prescribe.  If there be no Chairman of the Board of Directors and no Vice President, the Board of Directors shall designate the officer of the Corporation who, in the absence of the President or in the event of the inability or refusal of the President to act, shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President.

 

Section 7.                                           Secretary.  The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board of Directors and all meetings of the stockholders and record all the proceedings thereat in a book or books to be kept for that purpose; the Secretary shall also perform like duties for committees of the Board of Directors when required.  The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors, and shall

 

19



 

perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board of Directors or the President, under whose supervision the Secretary shall be.  If the Secretary shall be unable or shall refuse to cause to be given notice of all meetings of the stockholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors, and if there be no Assistant Secretary, then either the Board of Directors or the President may choose another officer to cause such notice to be given.  The Secretary shall have custody of the seal of the Corporation and the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary, if there be one, shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it and when so affixed, it may be attested by the signature of the Secretary or by the signature of any such Assistant Secretary.  The Board of Directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the Corporation and to attest to the affixing by such officer’s signature.  The Secretary shall see that all books, reports, statements, certificates and other documents and records required by law to be kept or filed are properly kept or filed, as the case may be.

 

Section 8.                                           Treasurer.  The Treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors.  The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the President and the Board of Directors, at its regular meetings, or when the Board of Directors so requires, an account of all transactions as Treasurer and of the financial condition of the Corporation.  If required by the Board of Directors, the Treasurer shall give the Corporation a bond in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board of

 

20



 

Directors for the faithful performance of the duties of the office of the Treasurer and for the restoration to the Corporation, in case of the Treasurer’s death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in the Treasurer’s possession or under the Treasurer’s control belonging to the Corporation.

 

Section 9.                                           Assistant Secretaries.  Assistant Secretaries, if there be any, shall perform such duties and have such powers as from time to time may be assigned to them by the Board of Directors, the President, any Vice President, if there be one, or the Secretary, and in the absence of the Secretary or in the event of the Secretary’s inability or refusal to act, shall perform the duties of the Secretary, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the Secretary.

 

Section 10.                                    Assistant Treasurers.  Assistant Treasurers, if there be any, shall perform such duties and have such powers as from time to time may be assigned to them by the Board of Directors, the President, any Vice President, if there be one, or the Treasurer, and in the absence of the Treasurer or in the event of the Treasurer’s inability or refusal to act, shall perform the duties of the Treasurer, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the Treasurer.  If required by the Board of Directors, an Assistant Treasurer shall give the Corporation a bond in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board of Directors for the faithful performance of the duties of the office of Assistant Treasurer and for the restoration to the Corporation, in case of the Assistant Treasurer’s death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in the Assistant Treasurer’s possession or under the Assistant Treasurer’s control belonging to the Corporation.

 

21



 

Section 11.                                    Other Officers.  Such other officers as the Board of Directors may choose shall perform such duties and have such powers as from time to time may be assigned to them by the Board of Directors.  The Board of Directors may delegate to any other officer of the Corporation the power to choose such other officers and to prescribe their respective duties and powers.

 

ARTICLE V
STOCK

 

Section 1.                                           Shares of Stock.  Except as otherwise provided in a resolution approved by the Board of Directors, all shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be uncertificated shares.

 

Section 2.                                           Signatures.  Any or all of the signatures on a certificate may be a facsimile.  In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

 

Section 3.                                           Lost Certificates.  The Board of Directors may direct a new certificate or uncertificated shares be issued in place of any certificate theretofore issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing such issuance of a new certificate or uncertificated shares, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or such owner’s legal representative, to advertise the same in such manner as the Board of Directors shall require and/or to give the Corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the

 

22



 

alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

 

Section 4.                                           Transfers.  Stock of the Corporation shall be transferable in the manner prescribed by applicable law and in these By-Laws. Transfers of stock shall be made on the books of the Corporation, and in the case of certificated shares of stock, only by the person named in the certificate or by such person’s attorney lawfully constituted in writing and upon the surrender of the certificate therefor, properly endorsed for transfer and payment of all necessary transfer taxes; or, in the case of uncertificated shares of stock, upon receipt of proper transfer instructions from the registered holder of the shares or by such person’s attorney lawfully constituted in writing, and upon payment of all necessary transfer taxes and compliance with appropriate procedures for transferring shares in uncertificated form; provided, however, that such surrender and endorsement, compliance or payment of taxes shall not be required in any case in which the officers of the Corporation shall determine to waive such requirement. With respect to certificated shares of stock, every certificate exchanged, returned or surrendered to the Corporation shall be marked “Cancelled,” with the date of cancellation, by the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Corporation or the transfer agent thereof. No transfer of stock shall be valid as against the Corporation for any purpose until it shall have been entered in the stock records of the Corporation by an entry showing from and to whom transferred.

 

Section 5.                                           Dividend Record Date.  In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than sixty (60) days prior to such action.  If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining

 

23



 

stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

 

Section 6.                                           Record Owners.  The Corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and to hold liable for calls and assessments a person registered on its books as the owner of shares, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise required by law.

 

Section 7.                                           Transfer and Registry Agents.  The Corporation may from time to time maintain one or more transfer offices or agencies and registry offices or agencies at such place or places as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

NOTICES

 

Section 1.                                           Notices.  Whenever written notice is required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, to be given to any director, member of a committee or stockholder, such notice may be given by mail, addressed to such director, member of a committee or stockholder, at such person’s address as it appears on the records of the Corporation, with postage thereon prepaid, and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be deposited in the United States mail.  Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders, any notice to stockholders given by the Corporation under applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission if consented to by the stockholder to whom the notice is given.  Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written

 

24


 

notice to the Corporation.  Any such consent shall be deemed to be revoked if (i) the Corporation is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two (2) consecutive notices by the Corporation in accordance with such consent and (ii) such inability becomes known to the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Corporation or to the transfer agent, or other person responsible for the giving of notice; provided, however, that the inadvertent failure to treat such inability as a revocation shall not invalidate any meeting or other action.  Notice given by electronic transmission, as described above, shall be deemed given: (i) if by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice; (ii) if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice; (iii) if by a posting on an electronic network, together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of (A) such posting and (B) the giving of such separate notice; and (iv) if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder.  Notice to directors or committee members may be given personally or by telegram, telex, cable or by means of electronic transmission.

 

Section 2.                                           Waivers of Notice.  Whenever any notice is required by applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, to be given to any director, member of a committee or stockholder, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person or persons entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto.  Attendance of a person at a meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where the person attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.  Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of,

 

25



 

any Annual or Special Meeting of Stockholders or any regular or special meeting of the directors or members of a committee of directors need be specified in any written waiver of notice unless so required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

Section 1.                                           Dividends.  Dividends upon the capital stock of the Corporation, subject to the requirements of the DGCL and the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors (or any action by written consent in lieu thereof in accordance with Section 8 of Article III hereof), and may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the Corporation’s capital stock.  Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to time, in its absolute discretion, deems proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for purchasing any of the shares of capital stock, warrants, rights, options, bonds, debentures, notes, scrip or other securities or evidences of indebtedness of the Corporation, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation, or for any proper purpose, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve.

 

Section 2.                                           Disbursements.  All checks or demands for money and notes of the Corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other person or persons as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

 

Section 3.                                           Fiscal Year.  The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

 

26



 

Section 4.                                           Corporate Seal.  The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation, the year of its organization and the words “Corporate Seal, Delaware”.  The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

INDEMNIFICATION

 

Section 1.                                           Power to Indemnify in Actions, Suits or Proceedings other than Those by or in the Right of the Corporation.  Subject to Section 3 of this Article VIII, the Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation), by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was a director or officer of the Corporation serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful.  The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which such person reasonably believed to be in

 

27



 

or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that such person’s conduct was unlawful.

 

Section 2.                                           Power to Indemnify in Actions, Suits or Proceedings by or in the Right of the Corporation.  Subject to Section 3 of this Article VIII, the Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was a director or officer of the Corporation serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation; except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

 

Section 3.                                           Authorization of Indemnification.  Any indemnification under this Article VIII (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the present or former director or officer is proper in the circumstances because such person has met the applicable standard of

 

28



 

conduct set forth in Section 1 or Section 2 of this Article VIII, as the case may be.  Such determination shall be made, with respect to a person who is a director or officer at the time of such determination, (i) by a majority vote of the directors who are not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, even though less than a quorum, or (ii) by a committee of such directors designated by a majority vote of such directors, even though less than a quorum, or (iii) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion or (iv) by the stockholders.  Such determination shall be made, with respect to former directors and officers, by any person or persons having the authority to act on the matter on behalf of the Corporation.  To the extent, however, that a present or former director or officer of the Corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding described above, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith, without the necessity of authorization in the specific case.

 

Section 4.                                           Good Faith Defined.  For purposes of any determination under Section 3 of this Article VIII, a person shall be deemed to have acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, or, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, to have had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful, if such person’s action is based on the records or books of account of the Corporation or another enterprise, or on information supplied to such person by the officers of the Corporation or another enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Corporation or another enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the Corporation or another enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with

 

29



 

reasonable care by the Corporation or another enterprise.  The provisions of this Section 4 shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the circumstances in which a person may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 1 or Section 2 of this Article VIII, as the case may be.

 

Section 5.                                           Indemnification by a Court.  Notwithstanding any contrary determination in the specific case under Section 3 of this Article VIII, and notwithstanding the absence of any determination thereunder, any director or officer may apply to the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or any other court of competent jurisdiction in the State of Delaware for indemnification to the extent otherwise permissible under Section 1 or Section 2 of this Article VIII.  The basis of such indemnification by a court shall be a determination by such court that indemnification of the director or officer is proper in the circumstances because such person has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 1 or Section 2 of this Article VIII, as the case may be.  Neither a contrary determination in the specific case under Section 3 of this Article VIII nor the absence of any determination thereunder shall be a defense to such application or create a presumption that the director or officer seeking indemnification has not met any applicable standard of conduct.  Notice of any application for indemnification pursuant to this Section 5 shall be given to the Corporation promptly upon the filing of such application.  If successful, in whole or in part, the director or officer seeking indemnification shall also be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such application.

 

Section 6.                                           Expenses Payable in Advance.  Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by a director or officer in defending any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding shall be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or

 

30



 

officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized in this Article VIII.  Such expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by former directors and officers or other employees and agents may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the Corporation deems appropriate.

 

Section 7.                                           Nonexclusivity of Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses.  The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article VIII shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under the Certificate of Incorporation, these By-Laws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, it being the policy of the Corporation that indemnification of the persons specified in Section 1 and Section 2 of this Article VIII shall be made to the fullest extent permitted by law.  The provisions of this Article VIII shall not be deemed to preclude the indemnification of any person who is not specified in Section 1 or Section 2 of this Article VIII but whom the Corporation has the power or obligation to indemnify under the provisions of the DGCL, or otherwise.

 

Section 8.                                           Insurance.  The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was a director or officer of the Corporation serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the Corporation

 

31



 

would have the power or the obligation to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of this Article VIII.

 

Section 9.                                           Certain Definitions.  For purposes of this Article VIII, references to “the Corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors or officers, so that any person who is or was a director or officer of such constituent corporation, or is or was a director or officer of such constituent corporation serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article VIII with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as such person would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.  The term “another enterprise” as used in this Article VIII shall mean any other corporation or any partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise of which such person is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent.  For purposes of this Article VIII, references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the Corporation” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director or officer with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have

 

32



 

acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation” as referred to in this Article VIII.

 

Section 10.                                    Survival of Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses.  The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article VIII shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

 

Section 11.                                    Limitation on Indemnification.  Notwithstanding anything contained in this Article VIII to the contrary, except for proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification (which shall be governed by Section 5 of this Article VIII), the Corporation shall not be obligated to indemnify any director or officer (or his or her heirs, executors or personal or legal representatives) or advance expenses in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person unless such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized or consented to by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

 

Section 12.                                    Indemnification of Employees and Agents.  The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board of Directors, provide rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses to employees and agents of the Corporation similar to those conferred in this Article VIII to directors and officers of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE IX
AMENDMENTS

 

Section 1.                                           Amendments.  These By-Laws may be altered, amended or repealed, in whole or in part, or new By-Laws may be adopted by the stockholders or by the

 

33



 

Board of Directors; provided, however, that notice of such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption of new By-Laws be contained in the notice of such meeting of the stockholders or Board of Directors, as the case may be.  All such amendments must be approved by either the holders of a majority of the outstanding capital stock entitled to vote thereon or by a majority of the entire Board of Directors then in office.

 

Section 2.                                           Entire Board of Directors.  As used in this Article IX and in these By-Laws generally, the term “entire Board of Directors” means the total number of directors which the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies.

 

* * *

 

Adopted as of:

January 15, 2014

 

 

34





Exhibit 10.2

 

MOELIS & COMPANY
2014 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN

 

Section 1.                                          Purpose of Plan.

 

The name of the Plan is the Moelis & Company 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “Plan”).  The purposes of the Plan are to provide an additional incentive to selected officers, employees, managing directors, non-employee directors, independent contractors, partners and consultants of the Company or its Affiliates (as hereinafter defined) whose contributions are essential to the growth and success of the business of the Company and its Affiliates, in order to strengthen the commitment of such persons to the Company and its Affiliates, motivate such persons to faithfully and diligently perform their responsibilities and attract and retain competent and dedicated persons whose efforts will result in the long-term growth and profitability of the Company and its Affiliates.  To accomplish such purposes, the Plan provides that the Company may grant Incentive Stock Options, Nonqualified Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Stock Bonuses, Other Stock-Based Awards, Cash Awards or any combination of the foregoing.

 

Section 2.                                          Definitions.

 

For purposes of the Plan, the following terms shall be defined as set forth below:

 

(a)                                 Administrator” means the Board, or, if and to the extent the Board does not administer the Plan, the Committee in accordance with Section 3 hereof.

 

(b)                                 Affiliate” means a Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Person specified (for purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”) as used with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of management or policies of such Person through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise).

 

(c)                                  Award” means any Option, Stock Appreciation Right, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Unit, Stock Bonus, Other Stock-Based Award or Cash Award granted under the Plan.

 

(d)                                 Award Agreement” means any written agreement, contract or other instrument or document evidencing an Award.

 

(e)                                  Base Price” has the meaning set forth in Section 8(b) hereof.

 

(f)                                   Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

(g)                                  By-Laws” means the by-laws of the Company, as may be amended and/or restated from time to time.

 



 

(h)                                 Cash Award” means an Award granted pursuant to Section 12 hereof.

 

(i)                                     Cause” means, unless otherwise defined in the Award Agreement, any of the following by the Participant: (i)(a) gross misconduct, fraud, material misrepresentation or breach of trust or loyalty or (b) gross negligence, in each case in respect of the Participant’s performance of, or failure to perform, his duties or responsibilities; (ii) a material and repeated failure to exercise a reasonable level of skill, effort and/or efficiency in performing his duties or responsibilities (other than due to Disability); (iii) willful conduct which adversely impacts the reputation of the Company or any of its Affiliates; (iv) the conviction of a felony (or equivalent in other jurisdictions), or any crime involving moral turpitude (including embezzlement, bribery, forgery, counterfeiting, extortion, false statements or insider trading), or any plea of “no contest” or “nolo contendere” (or equivalent in other jurisdictions) in connection therewith; (v) the charge or indictment of a felony or any other criminal offense, the defense of which renders the Participant substantially unable to perform adequately his duties for at least six months; (vi) a material violation of applicable laws, rules or regulations or the rules or regulations of any securities exchange or association or regulatory body of which the Company and/or its Affiliates is a member and/or licensed by; (vii) a material violation of the Company’s and/or an Affiliate’s employment, confidentiality, operations, compliance, ethics or similar policies; (viii) a material breach of the Participant’s contractual arrangements with the Company and/or any Affiliate; or (ix) failure to co-operate with an internal investigation, an investigation by regulatory or law enforcement authorities or actual or prospective litigation in which the Company and/or its Affiliates have an interest, after being reasonably instructed by the Company and/or any of its Affiliates to co-operate.

 

In the case of clauses (i)(b), (ii), (vi), (vii), (viii) and (ix) provided that such breach, failure, violation, or act or omission is reasonably capable of prompt Cure, (a) the Company shall provide the Participant with a sufficiently detailed written notice describing such breach, failure, violation, or act or omission (a “30-Day Notice”), and (b) the Participant shall have 30 days to Cure such breach, failure, violation, or act or omission (provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, if the Participant receives the 30-Day Notice and fails to timely Cure within such 30-day period, the Company shall not be required to provide any additional notice or notice period and the Company may terminate the Participant for Cause after the last day of such 30-day period).  For purposes of this Plan, “Cure” means to take such unilateral action(s) as will avoid all material effects of a breach, failure, violation, or act or omission.

 

All determinations of whether any act or omission constitutes Cause in any particular case will be made by the Administrator in its sole discretion and will be final and binding on all parties.

 

On or before any termination for “Cause” that does not require a 30-Day Notice, the Company or the applicable Affiliate shall provide the Participant with written notice describing any such breach, failure, violation or act or omission claimed to constitute “Cause”.

 

(j)                                    Certificate of Incorporation” means the amended and restated certificate of incorporation of the Company, as may be further amended and/or restated from time to time.

 

(k)                                 Change in Capitalization” means any (1) merger, consolidation, reclassification, recapitalization, spin-off, spin-out, repurchase or other reorganization or

 

2



 

corporate transaction or event, (2) special or extraordinary dividend or other extraordinary distribution (whether in the form of cash, Common Stock, or other property), stock split, reverse stock split, subdivision or consolidation, (3) combination or exchange of shares, or (4) other change in corporate structure, which, in any such case, the Committee determines, in its sole discretion, affects the Common Stock such that an adjustment pursuant to Section 5 hereof is appropriate.

 

(l)                                     Change in Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

(1)                                 any Person or any group of Persons acting together which would constitute a “group” for purposes of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provisions thereto, excluding any Permitted Transferee or any group of Permitted Transferees, becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding voting securities; or

 

(2)                                 the following individuals cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the number of directors of the Company then serving: individuals who, on the date of the consummation of the initial public offering of Common Stock (the “IPO”), constitute the Board and any new director (other than a director whose initial assumption of office is in connection with an actual or threatened election contest, including but not limited to a consent solicitation, relating to the election of directors of the Company) whose appointment or election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s shareholders was approved or recommended by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors then still in office who either were directors on the date of the consummation of the IPO or whose appointment, election or nomination for election was previously so approved or recommended by the directors referred to in this clause (2); or

 

(3)                                 there is consummated a merger or consolidation of the Company or any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Company with any other corporation or other entity, and, immediately after the consummation of such merger or consolidation, either (i) the members of the Board immediately prior to the merger or consolidation do not constitute at least a majority of the board of directors of the company surviving the merger or, if the surviving company is a subsidiary, the ultimate parent thereof, or (ii) all of the Persons who were the respective Beneficial Owners of the voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such merger or consolidation do not Beneficially Own, directly or indirectly, more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities of the Person resulting from such merger or consolidation; or

 

(4)                                 the shareholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company, or there is consummated an agreement or series of related agreements for the sale or other disposition, directly or indirectly, by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, other than the sale or other disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets to an entity, at least fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are Beneficially Owned by shareholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their Beneficial Ownership of such securities of the Company immediately prior to such sale.

 

3



 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) a “Change in Control” shall not be deemed to have occurred (x) as a result of any transaction or series of integrated transactions following which Kenneth Moelis or any of his Affiliates possesses, directly or indirectly, the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of the Company (or any successor thereto), whether through the ownership of voting securities, as trustee or executor, by contract or otherwise, including, without limitation, the ownership, directly or indirectly, of securities having the power to elect a majority of the Board or the board of directors or similar body governing the affairs of any successor to the Company or (y) except with respect to clause (2) and clause (3)(i) above, by virtue of the consummation of any transaction or series of integrated transactions immediately following which the record holders of the Common Stock immediately prior to such transaction or series of transactions continue to have substantially the same proportionate ownership in an entity which owns all or substantially all of the assets of the Company immediately following such transaction or series of transactions, and (ii) for each Award that constitutes deferred compensation under Section 409A of the Code, and to the extent required to avoid accelerated taxation and/or tax penalties under Section 409A of the Code, a Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred under the Plan with respect to such Award only if a change in the ownership or effective control of the Company or a change in ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Company shall also be deemed to have occurred under Section 409A of the Code.  For purposes of this Section 2(l), “Beneficial Ownership” (including correlative terms) shall have the meaning ascribed to that term in Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act and “Permitted Transferee” means a shareholder’s family members or a trust for the benefit of the shareholder and/or family members.

 

(m)                             Class B Condition” has the meaning attributable to such term in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation.

 

(n)                                 Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, or any successor thereto.

 

(o)                                 Committee” means any committee or subcommittee the Board may appoint to administer the Plan.  Subject to the discretion of the Board, the Committee shall be composed entirely of individuals who meet the qualifications of (i) an “outside director” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code (but only to the extent necessary and desirable to maintain qualification of Awards as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code), (ii) a “non-employee director” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 and (iii) any other qualifications required by the applicable stock exchange on which the Common Stock is traded.  If at any time or to any extent the Board shall not administer the Plan, then the functions of the Administrator specified in the Plan shall be exercised by the Committee.  Except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws of the Company, any action of the Committee with respect to the administration of the Plan shall be taken by a majority vote at a meeting at which a quorum is duly constituted or unanimous written consent of the Committee’s members.

 

(p)                                 Common Stock” means the Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company.

 

4



 

(q)                                 Company” means Moelis & Company, a Delaware corporation (or any successor company, except as the term “Company” is used in the definition of “Change in Control” above).

 

(r)                                    Covered Employee” has the meaning ascribed to the term “covered employee” set forth in Section 162(m) of the Code.

 

(s)                                   Disability” means, unless otherwise defined in the Award Agreement:  a Participant’s inability due to illness or other physical or mental impairment to substantially perform his duties to the Company or an Affiliate for a period of 90 consecutive days during any six-month period or for 180 days during any 12-month period, as determined in the good faith discretion of the Administrator.

 

(t)                                    Effective Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 20 hereof.

 

(u)                                 Eligible Recipient” means an officer, employee, managing director, non-employee director, independent contractor, partner or consultant of the Company or any Affiliate of the Company who has been selected as an eligible participant by the Administrator; provided, however, to the extent required to avoid accelerated taxation and/or tax penalties under Section 409A of the Code, an Eligible Recipient of a Nonqualified Option or a Stock Appreciation Right means an employee, managing director, non-employee director, independent contractor or consultant of the Company or any Affiliate of the Company with respect to whom the Company is an “eligible issuer of service recipient stock” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code; provided further, an Eligible Recipient of an Incentive Stock Option means an employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

(v)                                 Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.

 

(w)                               Exercise Price” means, with respect to any Option, the per share price at which a holder of such Option may purchase such shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of such Option.

 

(x)                                 Fair Market Value” of Common Stock or another security as of a particular date shall mean the fair market value as determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion; provided, however, (i) if the Common Stock or other security is admitted to trading on a national securities exchange, the fair market value on any date shall be the closing sale price reported on such date, or if there shall have been no trades reported on that date, on the last preceding date on which such trades were so reported, or (ii) if the Common Stock or other security is then traded in an over-the-counter market, the fair market value on any date shall be the average of the closing bid and asked prices for such share in such over-the-counter market for the last preceding date on which there was a sale of such share in such market.

 

(y)                                 Free Standing Right” has the meaning set forth in Section 8(a) hereof.

 

(z)                                  Good Reason” means, unless otherwise defined in the Award Agreement:  a material breach of a material provision of Participant’s employment agreement or offer letter, if any, with the Company or an Affiliate thereof by the Company and/or the Affiliate; provided,

 

5



 

however, that the Participant must provide the Company or the Affiliate, as applicable, with a sufficiently detailed notice of the events deemed to constitute “Good Reason” within sixty (60) days of when the Participant knew or should have known that the events deemed to constitute “Good Reason” occurred and allow the Company and the Affiliate thirty (30) days to Cure (as defined in Section 2(i)) any of the events or occurrences described above, to the extent reasonably capable of prompt Cure, before the Participant may resign for Good Reason (the “Good Reason Notice”).  For the avoidance of doubt, if the Participant gives the Good Reason Notice and the Company or the Affiliate fails to timely Cure within such 30-day period, the Participant shall not be required to provide any additional notice or notice period, and the Participant may terminate his employment with the Company and/or its Affiliates for Good Reason after the last day of such 30-day period but within forty-five (45) days of the end of such 30-day Cure period.

 

(aa)                          Incentive Stock Option” means an option to purchase shares of Common Stock granted pursuant to Section 7 hereof that is designated, in the applicable Award Agreement, as an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code and otherwise meets the requirements to be an “incentive stock option” set forth in Section 422 of the Code.

 

(bb)                          Nonqualified Option” means an option to purchase shares of Common Stock granted pursuant to Section 7 hereof that is not an Incentive Stock Option.

 

(cc)                            Non-Transfer Period” means the period during which Shares issued to a Participant pursuant to an Award shall be subject to restriction on Transfer.  The Non-Transfer Period is not required to be coincident with the Vesting Period.

 

(dd)                          Option” means either an Incentive Stock Option or an Nonqualified Stock Option.

 

(ee)                            Other Stock-Based Award” means an Award granted pursuant to Section 10 hereof.

 

(ff)                              Participant” means any Eligible Recipient selected by the Administrator, pursuant to the Administrator’s authority provided for in Section 3 below, to receive grants of Awards, and, upon his or her death, his or her successors, heirs, executors and administrators, as the case may be.

 

(gg)                            Performance Goals” means performance goals based on one or more of the following criteria:  (i) earnings, including one or more of operating income, net operating income, earnings before or after taxes, earnings before or after interest, depreciation, amortization, adjusted EBITDA, economic earnings, or extraordinary or special items or book value per share (which may exclude nonrecurring items); (ii) pre-tax income or after-tax income; (iii) earnings per share (basic or diluted); (iv) operating profit; (v) revenue, revenue growth or rate of revenue growth; (vi) return on assets (gross or net), return on investment, return on capital, or return on equity; (vii) returns on sales or revenues; (viii) operating expenses; (ix) stock price appreciation; (x) cash flow, free cash flow, cash flow return on investment (discounted or otherwise), net cash provided by operations, or cash flow in excess of cost of capital; (xi)

 

6



 

implementation or completion of critical projects or processes; (xii) cumulative earnings per share growth; (xiii) operating margin or profit margin; (xiv) cost targets, reductions and savings, productivity and efficiencies; (xv) strategic business criteria, consisting of one or more objectives based on meeting specified market penetration, geographic business expansion, customer satisfaction, employee satisfaction, human resources management, supervision of litigation, information technology, and goals relating to acquisitions, divestitures, joint ventures and similar transactions, and budget comparisons; (xvi) personal professional objectives, including any of the foregoing performance goals, the implementation of policies and plans, the negotiation of transactions, the development of long term business goals, formation of joint ventures, research or development collaborations, and the completion of other corporate transactions; and (xvii) any combination of, or a specified increase in, any of the foregoing.  Where applicable, the Performance Goals may be expressed in terms of attaining a specified level of the particular criteria or the attainment of a percentage increase or decrease in the particular criteria, and may be applied to one or more of the Company or any Affiliate thereof, or a division or strategic business unit of the Company or any Affiliate thereof, or may be applied to the performance of the Company relative to a market index, a group of other companies or a combination thereof, all as determined by the Administrator.  The Performance Goals may include a threshold level of performance below which no payment shall be made (or no vesting shall occur), levels of performance at which specified payments shall be made (or specified vesting shall occur), and a maximum level of performance above which no additional payment shall be made (or at which full vesting shall occur).  Each of the foregoing Performance Goals shall be determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (to the extent applicable) and shall be subject to certification by the Administrator; provided, that, to the extent permitted by Section 162(m) of the Code to the extent applicable,  the Administrator shall have the authority to make equitable adjustments to the Performance Goals in recognition of unusual or non-recurring events affecting the Company or any Affiliate thereof or the financial statements of the Company or any Affiliate thereof, in response to changes in applicable laws or regulations, or to account for items of gain, loss or expense determined to be extraordinary or unusual in nature or infrequent in occurrence or related to the disposal of a segment of a business or related to a change in accounting principles.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee shall take any actions pursuant to this paragraph to the extent necessary and desirable to maintain qualification of Awards as performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code.

 

(hh)                          Person” has the meaning given in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act, as modified and used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) thereof.

 

(ii)                                  Plan” has the meaning set forth in Section 1 hereof.

 

(jj)                                Related Right” has the meaning set forth in Section 8(a) hereof.

 

(kk)                          Restricted Stock” means Shares granted pursuant to Section 9 below subject to certain restrictions that lapse at the end of a specified period or periods.

 

(ll)                                  Restricted Stock Unit” means the right, granted pursuant to Section 9 below, to receive the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock or, in the case of an Award denominated in cash, to receive the amount of cash per unit that is determined by the Administrator in connection with the Award.

 

7



 

(mm)                  Rule 16b-3” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(a) hereof.

 

(nn)                          Shares” means Common Stock reserved for issuance under the Plan, as adjusted pursuant to the Plan, and any successor (pursuant to a merger, consolidation or other reorganization) security.

 

(oo)                          Stock Appreciation Right” means the right to receive, upon exercise of the right, the applicable amounts as described in Section 8.

 

(pp)                          Stock Bonus” means a bonus payable in fully vested shares of Common Stock granted pursuant to Section 11 hereof.

 

(qq)                          Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, as of any date of determination, any other Person as to which such first Person owns or otherwise controls, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the voting shares or other similar interests or a sole general partner interest or managing member or similar interest of such other Person.

 

(rr)                                Transfer” has the meaning set forth in Section 18 hereof.

 

(ss)                              Vesting Period” means the period during which an Award is subject to forfeiture due to a condition that the Participant remain actively employed with, or in the service of, the Company or an Affiliate and/or that certain performance goals be met.

 

References in this Plan to “employment”, “employees” or similar/related terms or concepts shall be construed to include “partnerships”, “partners” or similar/related terms or concepts where an individual’s relationship with the Company or its Affiliates is based on their status being that of a partner of a partnership rather than as an employee.  Any wording amendments necessary to give effect to such intent shall be implied into this Plan but shall not serve to imply an employment relationship between (i) the Company or its Affiliates; and (ii) an individual, where such an employment relationship did not exist previously.

 

Section 3.                                          Administration.

 

(a)                                 The Plan shall be administered by the Administrator and shall be administered in accordance with the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code (but only to the extent necessary and desirable to maintain qualification of Awards as performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code) and, to the extent applicable, Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act (“Rule 16b-3”).

 

(b)                                 Pursuant to the terms of the Plan, the Administrator, subject, in the case of any Committee, to any restrictions on the authority delegated to it by the Board, shall have the power and authority, without limitation:

 

(1)                                 to select those Eligible Recipients who shall be Participants;

 

(2)                                 to determine whether and to what extent Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Stock Bonuses, Other Stock-

 

8



 

Based Awards, Cash Awards or a combination of any of the foregoing, are to be granted hereunder to Participants;

 

(3)                                 to determine the number of Shares to be covered by each Award granted hereunder;

 

(4)                                 to determine the terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, of each Award granted hereunder (including, but not limited to, (i) the restrictions applicable to Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units during the Vesting Period and/or the Non-Transfer Period and the conditions under which restrictions applicable to such Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units during the Vesting Period and/or the Non-Transfer Period shall lapse, (ii) the performance goals and periods applicable to Awards, (iii) the Exercise Price of each Option and Base Price of each Stock Appreciation Right, (iv) the vesting schedule applicable to each Award, (v) the number of Shares or amount of cash or other property subject to each Award and (vi) subject to the requirements of Section 409A of the Code (to the extent applicable), any amendments to the terms and conditions of outstanding Awards, including, but not limited to, extending the exercise period of such Awards and accelerating or waiving the vesting schedule or other conditions of such Awards);

 

(5)                                 to determine the terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, which shall govern all written instruments evidencing Awards;

 

(6)                                 to determine the Fair Market Value in accordance with the terms of the Plan;

 

(7)                                 to determine the duration and purpose of leaves of absence which may be granted to a Participant without constituting termination of the Participant’s employment for purposes of Awards granted under the Plan;

 

(8)                                 to adopt, alter and repeal such administrative rules, guidelines and practices governing the Plan as it shall from time to time deem advisable;

 

(9)                                 to construe and interpret the terms and provisions of the Plan and any Award issued under the Plan (and any Award Agreement relating thereto), and to otherwise supervise the administration of the Plan and to exercise all powers and authorities either specifically granted under the Plan or necessary and advisable in the administration of the Plan; and

 

(10)                          to delegate its authority, in whole or in part, under this Section 3 to two or more individuals (who may or may not be members of the Board), subject to the requirements of applicable law or any stock exchange on which the Common Stock is listed.

 

(c)                                  In addition to the power and authority set forth in Section 3(b) hereof, the Administrator, subject, in the case of any Committee, to any restrictions on authority delegated to it by the Board, shall have the power and authority, without limitation, to adopt rules and procedures relating to the operation and administration of the Plan to accommodate the specific requirements of local laws and procedures.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the

 

9



 

Administrator is specifically authorized to adopt the sub-plans and Plan addenda, as the Administration deems desirable, to accommodate foreign laws, regulations and practices.

 

(d)                                 The Administrator’s determinations under the Plan (including without limitation, the selection of Participants, the form, amount and timing of Awards, the terms and provisions of Awards and the applicable Award Agreements, the modification or amendment of any award and the applicable Award Agreement, and the construction and interpretation of the terms and provisions of the Plan and any Award) need not be uniform and may be made by the Administrator selectively among Eligible Recipients or Participants whether or not such persons are similarly situated.

 

(e)                                  All decisions made by the Administrator pursuant to the provisions of the Plan shall be final, conclusive and binding on all persons, including the Company and the Participants.  No member of the Board or the Committee, nor any officer or employee of the Company or any Subsidiary thereof acting on behalf of the Board or the Committee, shall be personally liable for any action, omission, determination, or interpretation taken or made in good faith with respect to the Plan, and all members of the Board or the Committee and each and any officer or employee of the Company and of any Subsidiary thereof acting on their behalf shall, to the maximum extent permitted by law, be fully indemnified and protected by the Company in respect of any such action, omission, determination or interpretation.  Such indemnification shall be in addition to any rights to indemnification such member may have under applicable law, by contract or under the Certificate of Incorporation or By-Laws of the Company or any Affiliate.

 

Section 4.                                          Shares Reserved for Issuance; Certain Limitations.

 

(a)                                 The maximum number of shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance under the Plan shall be [NUMBER] shares (subject to adjustment as provided by Section 5), as increased on the first day of each fiscal year beginning in calendar year 2015 by a number of shares of Common Stock equal to [FORMULA TO BE INSERTED].

 

(b)                                 Subject to adjustment as provided by Section 5, no more than          shares of Common Stock shall be delivered pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options.

 

(c)                                  Shares issued under the Plan may, in whole or in part, be authorized but unissued Shares or Shares that shall have been or may be reacquired by the Company in the open market, in private transactions or otherwise.  If any Shares subject to an Award are forfeited, cancelled, exchanged or surrendered or if an Award otherwise terminates or expires without a distribution of shares to the Participant, the Shares with respect to such Award shall, to the extent of any such forfeiture, cancellation, exchange, surrender, termination or expiration, again be available for Awards under the Plan.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Shares that are exchanged by a Participant or withheld by the Company as full or partial payment in connection with any Option or Stock Appreciation Right under the Plan, as well as any Shares exchanged by a Participant or withheld by the Company or any Subsidiary to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to any Option or Stock Appreciation Right under the Plan, shall not be available for subsequent Awards under the Plan, and notwithstanding that a Stock Appreciation Right is settled by the delivery of a net number of shares of Common Stock, the full number of shares of Common Stock underlying such Stock Appreciation Right shall not be available for

 

10


 

subsequent Awards under the Plan. Upon the exercise of any Award granted in tandem with any other Awards, such related Awards shall be cancelled to the extent of the number of Shares as to which the Award is exercised and, notwithstanding the foregoing, such number of shares shall no longer be available for Awards under the Plan. In addition, (i) to the extent an Award is denominated in shares of Common Stock, but paid or settled in cash, the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which such payment or settlement is made shall again be available for grants of Awards pursuant to the Plan and (ii) shares of Common Stock underlying Awards that can only be settled in cash shall not be counted against the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock available for Awards under the Plan.

 

Section 5.                                          Equitable Adjustments.

 

(a)                                 In the event of any Change in Capitalization, an equitable substitution or proportionate adjustment shall be made, in each case, as may be determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion, in (i) the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance under the Plan and the maximum number of shares of Common Stock or cash that may be subject to Awards granted to any Participant in any calendar year, (ii) the kind and number of securities subject to, and the Exercise Price or Base Price of, any outstanding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights granted under the Plan, and (iii) the kind, number and purchase price of shares of Common Stock, or the amount of cash or amount or type of other property, subject to outstanding Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Stock Bonuses and Other Stock-Based Awards granted under the Plan; provided, however, that any fractional shares resulting from the adjustment shall be eliminated.  Such other equitable substitutions or adjustments shall be made as may be determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion.

 

(b)                                 Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, in connection with a Change in Capitalization, the Administrator may provide, in its sole discretion, for the cancellation of any outstanding Award in exchange for payment in cash or other property having an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock, cash or other property covered by such Award, reduced by the aggregate Exercise Price or Base Price thereof, if any; provided, however, that if the Exercise Price or Base Price of any outstanding Award is equal to or greater than the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock, cash or other property covered by such Award, the Board may cancel such Award without the payment of any consideration to the Participant.

 

(c)                                  The determinations made by the Administrator or the Board, as applicable, pursuant to this Section 5 shall be final, binding and conclusive.

 

Section 6.                                          Eligibility.

 

The Participants under the Plan shall be selected from time to time by the Administrator, in its sole discretion, from those individuals that qualify as Eligible Recipients.

 

Section 7.                                          Options.

 

(a)                                 General.  Each Participant who is granted an Option shall enter into an Award Agreement with the Company, containing such terms and conditions as the Administrator shall determine, in its sole discretion, which Award Agreement shall set forth, among other

 

11



 

things, the Exercise Price of the Option, the term of the Option and provisions regarding exercisability of the Option.  The provisions of each Option need not be the same with respect to each Participant.  More than one Option may be granted to the same Participant and be outstanding concurrently hereunder.  Options granted under the Plan shall be subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 7 and shall contain such additional terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, as the Administrator shall deem desirable and set forth in the applicable Award Agreement.  Each Option granted hereunder shall indicate the extent to which the Option is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonqualified Option.

 

(b)                                 Exercise Price.  The Exercise Price of Shares purchasable under an Option shall be determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion at the time of grant, but in no event shall the exercise price of an Option be less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of the related shares of Common Stock on the date of grant; provided, however, the exercise price of an Option that is granted in substitution of a similar type of award of a company acquired by the Company or an Affiliate or with which the Company or an Affiliate combines (whether in connection with a corporate transaction, such as a merger, combination, consolidation or acquisition of property or stock, or otherwise), may be an amount that preserves the intrinsic value of such award.

 

(c)                                  Option Term.  The maximum term of each Option shall be fixed by the Administrator, but no Option shall be exercisable more than ten (10) years after the date such Option is granted.  Each Option’s term is subject to earlier expiration pursuant to the applicable provisions in the Plan and the Award Agreement.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrator shall have the authority to accelerate the exercisability of any outstanding Option at such time and under such circumstances as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate.

 

(d)                                 Exercisability.  Each Option shall be exercisable at such time or times and subject to such terms and conditions, including the attainment of pre-established performance goals, as shall be determined by the Administrator in the applicable Award Agreement.  The Administrator may also provide that any Option shall be exercisable only in installments, and the Administrator may waive such installment exercise provisions at any time, in whole or in part, based on such factors as the Administrator may determine in its sole discretion.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, an Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a share.

 

(e)                                  Method of Exercise.  Options may be exercised in whole or in part by giving written notice of exercise to the Company specifying the number of whole Shares to be purchased, accompanied by payment in full of the aggregate Exercise Price of the Shares so purchased in cash or its equivalent, as determined by the Administrator.  As determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion, with respect to any Option or category of Options, payment in whole or in part may also be made (i) by means of consideration received under any cashless exercise procedure approved by the Administrator (including the withholding of Shares otherwise issuable upon exercise), (ii) in the form of unrestricted Shares already owned by the Participant which have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which such Option shall be exercised, (iii) any other form of

 

12



 

consideration approved by the Administrator and permitted by applicable law or (iv) any combination of the foregoing.

 

(f)                                   Rights as Stockholder.  A Participant shall have no rights to dividends or distributions or any other rights of a stockholder with respect to the Shares subject to an Option until the Participant has given written notice of the exercise thereof, has paid in full for such Shares and has satisfied the requirements of Section 17 hereof.

 

(g)                                  Termination of Employment or Service.  Unless the applicable Award Agreement provides otherwise, in the event that the employment or service of a Participant with the Company and all Affiliates thereof shall terminate, any Options then held by the Participant shall be treated as follows:

 

(1)                                 In the case of a termination other than a termination by the Company or an Affiliate thereof for Cause or Disability, or termination due to death (including under this Clause (1) a termination by reason of the employer or other service recipient of the Participant ceasing to be a Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company, as applicable), (A) Options granted to such Participant, to the extent that they are exercisable at the time of such termination, shall remain exercisable until the date that is ninety (90) days after such termination, on which date they shall expire, and (B) Options granted to such Participant, to the extent that they were not exercisable at the time of such termination, shall expire at the close of business on the date of such termination.  The ninety (90) day period described in this Section 7(g)(1) shall be extended to one (1) year after the date of such termination in the event of the Participant’s death during such ninety (90) day period.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Option shall be exercisable after the expiration of its term. For avoidance of doubt, a Participant’s employment or service with the Company or an Affiliate thereof shall be deemed to have terminated upon (i) the date the Participant provides the Company or the Affiliate notice of the Participant’s intent to terminate Participant’s employment or service with the Company or the Affiliate or (ii) the date the Company or the Affiliate provides the Participant notice of its intent to terminate the Grantee’s employment or service with the Company or the Affiliate.

 

(2)                                 If  termination is by the Company or an Affiliate thereof due to Disability, or such termination is due to death of the Participant, (A) Options granted to such Participant, to the extent that they were exercisable at the time of such termination, shall remain exercisable until the date that is one (1) year after such termination, on which date they shall expire and (B) Options granted to such Participant, to the extent that they were not exercisable at the time of such termination, shall expire at the close of business on the date of such termination.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Option shall be exercisable after the expiration of its term.

 

(3)                                 If termination is by the Company or an Affiliate thereof for Cause, all outstanding Options granted to such Participant (whether exercisable or not immediately prior to such termination) shall expire at the commencement of business on the date of such termination.

 

(h)                                 Other Change in Employment Status.  An Option shall be affected, both with regard to vesting schedule and termination, by leaves of absence, changes from full-time to

 

13



 

part-time employment, partial disability or other changes in the employment status of an Participant, in the discretion of the Administrator.

 

(i)                                     Incentive Stock Option Limitations/Terms.

 

(1)                                 Eligibility.  Only employees of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries may be granted Incentive Stock Options.

 

(2)                                 $100,000 Limitation.  Notwithstanding the designation “Incentive Stock Option” in an Award Agreement, if and to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by the Participant during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any of its Subsidiaries) exceeds $100,000, such Options shall be treated as Nonqualified Options.  For purposes of this Section 7(i)(2), Incentive Stock Options shall be taken into account in the order in which they were granted.  The Fair Market Value of the Shares shall be determined as of the time of grant.

 

(3)                                 Effect of Termination of Employment on Incentive Stock Options.  Unless otherwise provided for by the Administrator, upon a Participant’s termination of employment, any outstanding vested Incentive Stock Options granted to such Participant, to the extent not theretofore exercised, shall terminate 90 days after the Participant’s termination of employment.

 

(4)                                 Transferability.  An Incentive Stock Option cannot be transferable by the Participant otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and, during the lifetime of such Participant, shall not be exercisable by any other person.  If the terms of an Incentive Stock Option are amended to permit transferability, the Option shall be treated as a Nonqualified Option.

 

(5)                                 Other Terms.  Award Agreements evidencing Incentive Stock Options shall contain such other terms and conditions as may be necessary to qualify, to the extent determined desirable by the Administrator, with the applicable provisions of Section 422 of the Code.

 

(6)                                 Requirement of Notification Upon Disqualifying Disposition Under Section 421(b) of the Code.  If any Participant shall make a disposition of shares delivered pursuant to the exercise of an Incentive Stock Option under circumstances described in Section 421(b) of the Code (relating to certain disqualifying dispositions), such Participant shall notify the Company of such disposition within ten (10) days thereof.

 

Section 8.                                          Stock Appreciation Rights.

 

(a)                                 General.  Stock Appreciation Rights may be granted either alone (“Free Standing Rights”) or in conjunction with all or part of any Option granted under the Plan (“Related Rights”).  Related Rights may be granted either at or after the time of the grant of such Option.  The Administrator shall determine the Eligible Recipients to whom, and the time or times at which, grants of Stock Appreciation Rights shall be made, the number of Shares to be awarded, the Base Price, and all other conditions of Stock Appreciation Rights.  Notwithstanding

 

14



 

the foregoing, no Related Right may be granted for more Shares than are subject to the Option to which it relates.  The provisions of Stock Appreciation Rights need not be the same with respect to each Participant.  Stock Appreciation Rights granted under the Plan shall be subject to the following terms and conditions set forth in this Section 8 and shall contain such additional terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, as the Administrator shall deem desirable, as set forth in the applicable Award Agreement.

 

(b)                                 Base Price.  Each Stock Appreciation Right shall be granted with a base price that is not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of the related shares of Common Stock on the date of grant (such amount, the “Base Price”).

 

(c)                                  Awards; Rights as Stockholder.  A Participant shall have no rights to dividends or any other rights of a stockholder with respect to the shares of Common Stock, if any, subject to a Stock Appreciation Right until the Participant has given written notice of the exercise thereof and has satisfied the requirements of Section 17 hereof.

 

(d)                                 Exercisability.

 

(1)                                 Stock Appreciation Rights that are Free Standing Rights shall be exercisable at such time or times and subject to such terms and conditions as shall be determined by the Administrator in the applicable Award Agreement.

 

(2)                                 Stock Appreciation Rights that are Related Rights shall be exercisable only at such time or times and to the extent that the Options to which they relate shall be exercisable in accordance with the provisions of Section 7 hereof and this Section 8 of the Plan.

 

(e)                                  Consideration Upon Exercise.

 

(1)                                 Upon the exercise of a Free Standing Right, the Participant shall be entitled to receive that number of Shares equal in value to (i) the excess of the Fair Market Value as of the date of exercise over the Base Price per share specified in the Free Standing Right, multiplied by (ii) the number of Shares in respect of which the Free Standing Right is being exercised.

 

(2)                                 A Related Right may be exercised by a Participant by surrendering the applicable portion of the related Option.  Upon such exercise and surrender, the Participant shall be entitled to receive that number of Shares equal in value to (i) the excess of the Fair Market Value as of the date of exercise over the Exercise Price specified in the related Option, multiplied by (ii) the number of Shares in respect of which the Related Right is being exercised.  Options which have been so surrendered, in whole or in part, shall no longer be exercisable to the extent the Related Rights have been so exercised.

 

(3)                                 Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrator may determine to settle the exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right in cash (or in any combination of Shares and cash).

 

15



 

(f)                                   Termination of Employment or Service.

 

(1)                                 Unless the applicable Award Agreement provides otherwise, in the event that the employment or service of a Participant with the Company and all Affiliates thereof shall terminate, any Free Standing Rights then held by the Participant shall be treated as follows:

 

(i)                                     In the case of a termination other than a termination by the Company or an Affiliate thereof for Cause or Disability, or termination due to death (including under this clause (i) a termination by reason of the employer or other service recipient of the Participant ceasing to be a Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company, as applicable), (A) Free Standing Rights granted to such Participant, to the extent that they are exercisable at the time of such termination, shall remain exercisable until the date that is ninety (90) days after such termination, on which date they shall expire, and (B) Free Standing Rights granted to such Participant, to the extent that they were not exercisable at the time of such termination, shall expire at the close of business on the date of such termination.  The ninety (90) day period described in this Section 8(f)(1) shall be extended to one (1) year after the date of such termination in the event of the Participant’s death during such ninety (90) day period.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Free Standing Rights shall be exercisable after the expiration of its term. For avoidance of doubt, a Participant’s employment or service with the Company or an Affiliate thereof shall be deemed to have terminated upon (i) the date the Participant provides the Company or the Affiliate notice of the Participant’s intent to terminate Participant’s employment or service with the Company or the Affiliate or (ii) the date the Company or the Affiliate provides the Participant notice of its intent to terminate the Grantee’s employment or service with the Company or the Affiliate.

 

(ii)                                  If termination is by the Company or an Affiliate thereof due to Disability, or such termination is due to death of the Participant, (A) Free Standing Rights granted to such Participant, to the extent that they were exercisable at the time of such termination, shall remain exercisable until the date that is one (1) year after such termination, on which date they shall expire and (B) Free Standing Rights granted to such Participant, to the extent that they were not exercisable at the time of such termination, shall expire at the close of business on the date of such termination.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Free Standing Rights shall be exercisable after the expiration of its term.

 

(iii)                               If termination is by the Company or an Affiliate thereof for Cause, all outstanding Free Standing Rights granted to such Participant (whether exercisable or not immediately prior to such termination) shall expire at the commencement of business on the date of such termination.

 

(2)                                 In the event of the termination of employment or service with the Company and all Affiliates thereof of a Participant who has been granted one or more Related Rights, such rights shall be exercisable at such time or times and subject to such terms and conditions as set forth in the related Options.

 

16



 

(g)                                  Term.

 

(1)                                 The term of each Free Standing Right shall be fixed by the Administrator, but no Free Standing Right shall be exercisable more than ten (10) years after the date such right is granted.

 

(2)                                 The term of each Related Right shall be the term of the Option to which it relates, but no Related Right shall be exercisable more than ten (10) years after the date such right is granted.

 

Section 9.                                          Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units.

 

(a)                                 General.  Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units may be issued either alone or in addition to other awards granted under the Plan.  The Administrator shall determine the Eligible Recipients to whom, and the time or times at which, Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units shall be made; the number of Shares to be awarded; the price, if any, to be paid by the Participant for the acquisition of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units; the Vesting Period of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units; the Non-Transfer Period of Restricted Stock or the Shares issued upon or after the vesting of Restricted Stock Units; the performance objectives (if any); and all other conditions of the Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units.  If the restrictions, performance objectives and/or conditions established by the Administrator are not attained, a Participant shall forfeit his or her Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units, in accordance with the terms of the grant.  The provisions of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units need not be the same with respect to each Participant.

 

(b)                                 Awards and Certificates.

 

(1)                                 Except as otherwise provided below in Section 9(c), (i) each Participant who is granted an award of Restricted Stock may, in the Company’s sole discretion, be issued a stock certificate in respect of such Restricted Stock; and (ii) any such certificate so issued shall be registered in the name of the Participant, and shall bear an appropriate legend referring to the terms, conditions, and restrictions applicable to any such Award.  The Company may require that the stock certificates, if any, evidencing Restricted Stock be held in the custody of the Company until the restrictions thereon shall have lapsed, and that, as a condition of any award of Restricted Stock, the Participant shall have delivered a stock transfer form, endorsed in blank, relating to the Shares covered by such Award.  Certificates for shares of unrestricted Common Stock may, in the Company’s sole discretion, be delivered to the Participant only after the Vesting Period and Non-Transfer Period have expired without forfeiture in respect of such Restricted Stock.

 

(2)                                 With respect to Restricted Stock Units, at the expiration of the Vesting Period or at such later time as the Committee shall provide in the Award Agreement, stock certificates in respect of the shares of Common Stock underlying such Restricted Stock Units may, in the Company’s sole discretion, be delivered to the Participant, or his legal representative, in a number equal to the number of shares of Common Stock underlying the Restricted Stock Units or cash in an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of all or a portion of such shares of Common Stock.  If such Shares are subject to a Non-Transfer Period, in the Company’s sole discretion, any such certificate so issued representing such shares shall be registered in the name of the Participant, and shall bear an appropriate legend referring to the

 

17



 

terms, conditions, and restrictions applicable during the Non-Transfer Period to such Shares.  The Company may require that the stock certificates, if any, issued upon settlement of the Restricted Stock Units be held in the custody of the Company until the Non-Transfer Period has lapsed, and that, as a condition of any issuance of the Shares upon settlement of the Restricted Stock Units, the Participant shall have delivered a stock transfer form, endorsed in blank, relating to such Shares.  Certificates for shares of unrestricted Common Stock may, in the Company’s sole discretion, be delivered to the Participant only after the Vesting Period and Non-Transfer Period have expired without forfeiture in respect of such Restricted Stock Units and Shares.

 

(3)                                 Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, any Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units (at the expiration of the Vesting Period or such later time as the Committee shall provide in the Award) may, in the Company’s sole discretion, be issued in uncertificated form.

 

(4)                                 Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement, with respect to Restricted Stock Units, at the expiration of the Vesting Period, Shares shall promptly be issued (either in certificated or uncertificated form) to the Participant, unless otherwise deferred in accordance with procedures established by the Company in accordance with Section 409A of the Code, and such issuance shall in any event be made no later than March 15th of the calendar year following the year of vesting or within other such period as is required to avoid accelerated taxation and/or tax penalties under Section 409A of the Code.

 

(c)                                  Restrictions and Conditions.  The Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units granted pursuant to this Section 9 shall be subject to the following restrictions and conditions and any additional restrictions or conditions as determined by the Administrator at the time of grant or, subject to Section 409A of the Code where applicable, thereafter:

 

(1)                                 The Administrator may, in its sole discretion, provide for the lapse of restrictions in installments and may accelerate or waive such restrictions in whole or in part based on such factors and such circumstances as the Administrator may determine, in its sole discretion, including, but not limited to, the attainment of certain performance related goals, the Participant’s termination of employment or service as an officer, director, independent contractor or consultant to the Company or any Affiliate thereof, or the Participant’s death or Disability; provided, however, that this sentence shall not apply to any Award which is intended to qualify as performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon a Change in Control, the outstanding Awards shall be subject to Section 14 hereof.

 

(2)                                 Except as provided in the applicable Award Agreement, the Participant shall generally have the rights of a stockholder of the Company with respect to shares of Restricted Stock during the Vesting Period, including the right to vote such shares and to receive any dividends declared with respect to such shares.  The Participant shall generally not have the rights of a stockholder with respect to shares of Common Stock subject to Restricted Stock Units during the Vesting Period; provided, however, that, subject to Section 409A of the Code, an amount equal to dividends declared during the Vesting Period with respect to the number of shares of Common Stock covered by Restricted Stock Units may, to the extent set forth in an Award Agreement, be provided to the Participant.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,

 

18



 

any dividend or dividend equivalent awarded with respect to Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units shall, unless otherwise set forth in an applicable Award Agreement, be subject to the same restrictions, conditions and risks of forfeiture as the underlying Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units.

 

(d)                                 Termination of Employment or Service. The rights of Participants granted Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units upon termination of employment or service with the Company and all Affiliates thereof for any reason during the Vesting Period or Non-Transfer Period shall be set forth in the Award Agreement.

 

Section 10.                                   Other Stock-Based Awards.

 

Other forms of Awards valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, Common Stock, including but not limited to dividend equivalents, may be granted either alone or in addition to other Awards (other than in connection with Options or Stock Appreciation Rights) under the Plan. Any dividend or dividend equivalent awarded hereunder shall be subject to the same restrictions, conditions and risks of forfeiture as the underlying Award.  Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Administrator shall have sole and complete authority to determine the individuals to whom and the time or times at which such Other Stock-Based Awards shall be granted, the number of shares of Common Stock to be granted pursuant to such Other Stock-Based Awards, or the manner in which such Other Stock-Based Awards shall be settled (e.g., in shares of Common Stock, cash or other property), or the conditions to the vesting and/or payment or settlement of such Other Stock-Based Awards (which may include, but not be limited to, achievement of performance criteria) and all other terms and conditions of such Other Stock-Based Awards.

 

Section 11.                                   Stock Bonuses.

 

In the event that the Administrator grants a Stock Bonus, the Shares constituting such Stock Bonus shall, as determined by the Administrator, be evidenced in uncertificated form or by a book entry record or a certificate issued in the name of the Participant to whom such grant was made and delivered to such Participant as soon as practicable after the date on which such Stock Bonus is payable.

 

Section 12.                                   Cash Awards.

 

The Administrator may grant awards that are payable solely in cash, as deemed by the Administrator to be consistent with the purposes of the Plan, and such Cash Awards shall be subject to the terms, conditions, restrictions and limitations determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion, from time to time.  Cash Awards may be granted with value and payment contingent upon the achievement of performance criteria.

 

Section 13.                                   Special Provisions Regarding Certain Awards.

 

The Administrator may make Awards hereunder to Covered Employees (or to individuals whom the Administrator believes may become Covered Employees) that are intended to qualify as performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code. The exercisability and/or payment of such Awards may, to the extent required to qualify as

 

19



 

performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code, be subject to the achievement of performance criteria based upon one or more Performance Goals and to certification of such achievement in writing by the Committee. The Committee may in its discretion reduce the amount of such Awards that would otherwise become exercisable and/or payable upon achievement of such Performance Goals and the certification in writing of such achievement, but may not increase such amounts. Any such Performance Goals shall be established in writing by the Committee not later than the time period prescribed under Section 162(m) of the Code and the regulations thereunder. Notwithstanding anything set forth in the Plan to contrary, all provisions of such Awards which are intended to qualify as performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code shall be construed in a manner to so comply.

 

Section 14.                                   Change in Control Provisions.

 

Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator and evidenced in an Award Agreement, in the event that (a) a Change in Control occurs, and (b) the Participant’s employment or service is terminated by the Company, its successor or an Affiliate thereof without Cause or by the Participant for Good Reason on or after the effective date of the Change in Control but prior to twelve (12) months following the Change in Control, then:

 

(a)                                 any unvested or unexercisable portion of any Award carrying a right to exercise shall become fully vested and exercisable; and

 

(b)                                 the restrictions, deferral limitations, payment conditions and forfeiture conditions applicable to an Award granted under the Plan shall lapse and such Awards shall be deemed fully vested and any performance conditions imposed with respect to such Awards shall be deemed to be fully achieved.

 

If the Administrator determines in its discretion pursuant to Section 3(b)(5) hereof to accelerate the vesting of Options and/or Stock Appreciation Rights in connection with a Change in Control, the Administrator shall also have discretion in connection with such action to provide that all Options and/or Stock Appreciation Rights outstanding immediately prior to such Change in Control shall expire on the effective date of such Change in Control.

 

Section 15.                                   Amendment and Termination.

 

The Board may amend, alter or terminate the Plan, but no amendment, alteration, or termination shall be made that would impair the rights of a Participant under any Award theretofore granted without such Participant’s consent.  Unless the Board determines otherwise, the Board shall obtain approval of the Company’s stockholders for any amendment to the Plan that would require such approval in order to satisfy the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code (but only to the extent necessary and desirable to maintain qualification of Awards as performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code), any rules of the stock exchange on which the Common Stock is traded or other applicable law.  The Administrator may amend the terms of any Award theretofore granted, prospectively or retroactively, but, subject to Section 5 of the Plan and the immediately preceding sentence, no such amendment shall impair the rights of any Participant without his or her consent.

 

20


 

Section 16.                                   Unfunded Status of Plan.

 

The Plan is intended to constitute an “unfunded” plan for incentive compensation.  With respect to any payments not yet made to a Participant by the Company, nothing contained herein shall give any such Participant any rights that are greater than those of a general creditor of the Company.

 

Section 17.                                   Withholding Taxes.

 

Each Participant shall, no later than the date as of which the value of an Award first becomes includible in the gross income of such Participant for purposes of applicable taxes, pay to the Company, or make arrangements satisfactory to the Administrator regarding payment of, the minimum amount of any such applicable taxes required by law to be withheld with respect to the Award.  The obligations of the Company under the Plan shall be conditional on the making of such payments or arrangements, and the Company shall, to the extent permitted by law, have the right to deduct any such taxes from any payment of any kind otherwise due to such Participant.  Whenever cash is to be paid pursuant to an Award, the Company shall have the right to deduct therefrom an amount sufficient to satisfy any applicable withholding tax requirements related thereto.  Whenever Shares or property other than cash are to be delivered pursuant to an Award, the Company shall have the right to require the Participant to remit to the Company in cash an amount sufficient to satisfy any related taxes to be withheld and applied to the tax obligations; provided, that, with the approval of the Administrator, a Participant may satisfy the foregoing requirement by either (i) electing to have the Company withhold from delivery of Shares or other property, as applicable, or (ii) by delivering already owned unrestricted shares of Common Stock, in each case, having a value not exceeding the applicable taxes to be withheld and applied to the tax obligations.  Such already owned and unrestricted shares of Common Stock shall be valued at their Fair Market Value on the date on which the amount of tax to be withheld is determined and any fractional share amounts resulting therefrom shall be settled in cash.  Such an election may be made with respect to all or any portion of the Shares to be delivered pursuant to an award.  The Company may also use any other method of obtaining the necessary payment or proceeds, as permitted by law, to satisfy its withholding obligation with respect to any Award.

 

Section 18.                                   Transfer of Awards.

 

Until such time as the Awards are fully vested and/or exercisable and any Non-Transfer Period has expired or terminated in accordance with the Plan or an Award Agreement, no purported sale, assignment, mortgage, hypothecation, transfer, charge, pledge, encumbrance, gift, transfer in trust (voting or other) or other disposition of, or creation of a security interest in or lien on, any Award or any agreement or commitment to do any of the foregoing (each, a “Transfer”) by any holder thereof in violation of the provisions of the Plan or an Award Agreement will be valid, except with the prior written consent of the Administrator, which consent may be granted or withheld in the sole discretion of the Administrator.  Any purported Transfer of an Award or any economic benefit or interest therein in violation of the Plan or an Award Agreement shall be null and void ab initio, and shall not create any obligation or liability of the Company, and any Person purportedly acquiring any Award or any economic benefit or interest therein transferred in violation of the Plan or an Award Agreement shall not be entitled

 

21



 

to be recognized as a holder of any shares of Common Stock or other property underlying such Award.  Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator in accordance with the provisions of the immediately preceding sentence, an Option may be exercised, during the lifetime of the Participant, only by the Participant or, during any period during which the Participant is under a legal disability, by the Participant’s guardian or legal representative.

 

Section 19.                                   Continued Employment or Service.

 

The adoption of the Plan shall not confer upon any Eligible Recipient any right to continued employment or service with the Company or any Affiliate thereof, as the case may be, nor shall it interfere in any way with the right of the Company or any Affiliate thereof to terminate the employment or service of any of its Eligible Recipients at any time.

 

Section 20.                                   Effective Date.

 

The Plan was adopted by the Board on [DATE], and shall become effective without further action as of the later of (a) the effectiveness of the Company’s registration statement on Form S-1 filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission on [DATE], as amended, and (b) the Common Stock being listed or approved for listing upon notice of issuance on the New York Stock Exchange (the date of such effectiveness, the “Effective Date”).

 

Section 21.                                   Term of Plan.

 

No award shall be granted pursuant to the Plan on or after the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date, but awards theretofore granted may extend beyond that date.

 

Section 22.                                   Securities Matters and Regulations.

 

(a)                                 Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the obligation of the Company to sell or deliver Common Stock with respect to any Award granted under the Plan shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations, including all applicable federal and state securities laws, and the obtaining of all such approvals by governmental agencies as may be deemed necessary or appropriate by the Administrator. The Administrator may require, as a condition of the issuance and delivery of certificates evidencing shares of Common Stock pursuant to the terms hereof, that the recipient of such shares make such agreements and representations, and that such certificates bear such legends, as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, deems necessary or advisable.

 

(b)                                 Each Award is subject to the requirement that, if at any time the Administrator determines that the listing, registration or qualification of Common Stock issuable pursuant to the Plan is required by any securities exchange or under any state or federal law, or the consent or approval of any governmental regulatory body is necessary or desirable as a condition of, or in connection with, the grant of an Award or the issuance of Common Stock, no such Award shall be granted or payment made or Common Stock issued, in whole or in part, unless listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval has been effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Administrator.

 

(c)                                  In the event that the disposition of Common Stock acquired pursuant to

 

22



 

the Plan is not covered by a then current registration statement under the Securities Act and is not otherwise exempt from such registration, such Common Stock shall be restricted against transfer to the extent required by the Securities Act or regulations thereunder, and the Administrator may require a Participant receiving Common Stock pursuant to the Plan, as a condition precedent to receipt of such Common Stock, to represent to the Company in writing that the Common Stock acquired by such Participant is acquired for investment only and not with a view to distribution.

 

Section 23.                                   Notification of Election Under Section 83(b) of the Code.

 

If any Participant shall, in connection with the acquisition of shares of Common Stock under the Plan, make the election permitted under Section 83(b) of the Code, such Participant shall notify the Company of such election within ten (10) days after filing notice of the election with the Internal Revenue Service.

 

Section 24.                                   No Fractional Shares.

 

No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued or delivered pursuant to the Plan. The Administrator shall determine whether cash, other Awards, or other property shall be issued or paid in lieu of such fractional shares or whether such fractional shares or any rights thereto shall be forfeited or otherwise eliminated.

 

Section 25.                                   Beneficiary.

 

A Participant may file with the Administrator a written designation of a beneficiary on such form as may be prescribed by the Administrator and may, from time to time, amend or revoke such designation. If no designated beneficiary survives the Participant, the executor or administrator of the Participant’s estate shall be deemed to be the Participant’s beneficiary.

 

Section 26.                                   Paperless Administration.

 

In the event that the Company establishes, for itself or using the services of a third party, an automated system for the documentation, granting or exercise of Awards, such as a system using an internet website or interactive voice response, then the paperless documentation, granting or exercise of Awards by a Participant may be permitted through the use of such an automated system.

 

Section 27.                                   Severability.

 

If any provision of the Plan is held to be invalid or unenforceable, the other provisions of the Plan shall not be affected but shall be applied as if the invalid or unenforceable provision had not been included in the Plan.

 

Section 28.                                   Clawback.

 

Notwithstanding any other provisions in this Plan, any Award which is subject to recovery under any law, government regulation or stock exchange listing requirement, will be

 

23



 

subject to such deductions and clawback as may be required to be made pursuant to such law, government regulation or stock exchange listing requirement (or any policy adopted by the Company pursuant to any such law, government regulation or stock exchange listing requirement).

 

Section 29.                                   Section 409A of the Code; Taxes Generally.

 

The Plan as well as payments and benefits under the Plan are intended to be exempt from, or to the extent subject thereto, to comply with Section 409A of the Code, and, accordingly, to the maximum extent permitted, the Plan shall be interpreted in accordance therewith. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, to the extent required in order to avoid accelerated taxation and/or tax penalties under Section 409A of the Code, the Participant shall not be considered to have terminated employment or service with the Company for purposes of the Plan and no payment shall be due to the Participant under the Plan or any Award until the Participant would be considered to have incurred a “separation from service” from the Company and its Affiliates within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code. Any payments described in the Plan that are due within the “short term deferral period” as defined in Section 409A of the Code shall not be treated as deferred compensation unless applicable law requires otherwise. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, to the extent that any Awards (or any other amounts payable under any plan, program or arrangement of the Company or any of its Affiliates) are payable upon a separation from service and such payment would result in the imposition of any individual tax and penalty interest charges imposed under Section 409A of the Code, the settlement and payment of such awards (or other amounts) shall instead be made on the first business day after the date that is six (6) months following such separation from service (or death, if earlier). Each amount to be paid or benefit to be provided under this Plan shall be construed as a separate identified payment for purposes of Section 409A of the Code.  The Company makes no representation that any or all of the payments or benefits described in this Plan will be exempt from or comply with Section 409A of the Code and makes no undertaking to preclude Section 409A of the Code from applying to any such payment. The Participant shall be solely responsible for the payment of any taxes and penalties incurred under Section 409A or any other provision of the Code.  Without limiting the foregoing, the Company makes no representation as to the tax treatment of a Participant with respect to the receipt, vesting, exercise or settlement of an Award granted herein.

 

Section 30.                                   Governing Law.

 

The Plan shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law of such state.

 

Section 31.                                   Miscellaneous Provisions.

 

(a)                                 Effect on Other Benefits.  Awards shall not be taken into account in computing the amount of salary or compensation of a Participant for purposes of determining any pension, retirement, death, severance, other benefits under (a) any pension, retirement, profit sharing, bonus, insurance, severance or other employee benefit plan of the Company or any Affiliate now or hereafter in effect under which the availability or amount of benefits is related to

 

24



 

the level of compensation or (b) any agreement between the Company (or an Affiliate) and the Participant, except as such plan or agreement shall otherwise expressly provide.

 

(b)                                 Use of Personal Data.  By accepting an Award, the Participant shall have acknowledged that the Company may use the Participant’s personal data for purposes of (i) determining the Participant’s compensation, (ii) payroll activities, including but not limited to, tax withholding and regulatory reporting, (iii) registration of shares, and (iv) other lawful purposes related to the Participant’s employment and the Award and the Company may provide such data to third party vendors with whom it has contracted to provide such services.  The Participant may terminate this authorization at any time except with respect to tax and regulatory reporting.  In such case, the Participant’s Award may be subject to cancellation.

 

(c)                                  Arbitration.

 

(1)                                 Except as expressly provided in clauses (2) or (3) below, if any claim, controversy or dispute arises in connection with the Plan or Award Agreement, the Participant and the Company (or an Affiliate thereof) agree to final and binding arbitration of any and all such claims, controversies or disputes as described below:

 

(i)                                     If the Participant is registered and FINRA Dispute Resolution, Inc. has jurisdiction over the dispute, the Participant agrees to final and binding arbitration before FINRA or any successor organization or body thereto in accordance with FINRA’s special procedures applicable to Large Cases, if available, and to have the case heard by a single arbitrator who was a former judge; provided that, if such special procedures are not available, then in accordance with FINRA’s then applicable rules, including those related to discovery.  The arbitration shall take place at the FINRA hearing site located nearest to the Company’s (or the Affiliate’s) office at which the Participant is providing services or was providing services as of the date his or her employment or other relationship terminated.

 

(ii)                                  If the Participant is not registered or if FINRA does not have jurisdiction, the Participant agrees to final and binding arbitration administered by JAMS or any successor organization or body thereto pursuant to its Employment Arbitration Rules & Procedures and subject to JAMS Policy on Employment Arbitration Minimum Standards of Procedural Fairness, with the exception that the Participant and the Company (or the Affiliate) agree that no depositions will be taken, except if ordered by the arbitrator due to extraordinary circumstances.  The arbitration hearing will take place at the JAMS hearing site located nearest to the Company’s (or the Affiliate’s) office at which the Participant is providing services or was providing services as of the date his or her employment or other relationship terminated.  Any such arbitration shall be before one arbitrator, who shall be a former judge, selected in accordance with the rules described above.

 

This agreement to arbitrate disputes includes, but is not limited to, any claims of discrimination and/or harassment under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, claims for breach of contract or the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing, tortious conduct (whether intentional or negligent), including claims of misappropriation, fraud, conversion, interference with economic advantage or contract, breach of fiduciary duty, misrepresentation, or

 

25



 

any other federal, state or local law relating to discrimination in employment, any claims relating to wage and hour claims and any other statutory or common law claims.  In the course of any arbitration, the employee and the Company (or the Affiliate agree:  (x) to request that a written award be issued by the arbitrator(s); (y) that each side is entitled to receive any and all relief they would be entitled to receive in a court proceeding; and (z) that the Participant will not be required to pay any fees in the arbitration that are greater than the fees the Participant would be required to pay in a court proceeding.  Any arbitral award may be entered as a judgment or order in any court of competent jurisdiction.

 

(2)                                 The Participant and the Company (or the Affiliate) knowingly and voluntarily agree to waive any rights that might otherwise exist to request a jury trial or other court proceeding, except that the Participant and the Company (or the Affiliate) agree that each has the right to seek injunctive or other equitable relief from a court with respect to the enforcement of any obligations the employee may have regarding any notice period the Company (or the Affiliate) is entitled to, trade secrets, confidential information, non-solicitation of employees, consultants or independent contractors, non-solicitation of clients or customers, non-competition, inventions, work product or other intellectual property and non-disparagement (whether such obligations arise pursuant to the Plan, an Award Agreement, any employee handbook, any offer letter, any employment agreement, any confidentiality and/or restrictive covenant agreement, the common law or otherwise).

 

(3)                                 Any claims filed by the parties in arbitration must be brought in the parties’ individual capacity and not as a plaintiff or class member in any purported class, collective or representative proceeding.  In the event that the preceding sentence is ruled to be unenforceable, any such purported class, collective or representative proceeding must be heard in court and not in arbitration.

 

(4)                                 Each provision of this arbitration agreement is intended to be severable, and the invalidity or unenforceability of any portion or provision of this agreement shall not affect the validity, enforceability or legality of the remainder hereof.  In the event any provision of this arbitration policy is determined by any court of competent jurisdiction or arbitrator(s) to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable as written, such provision shall be interpreted so as to be legal, valid and enforceable to the fullest extent possible under applicable law.  In the event any provision of this arbitration policy is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction or arbitrator(s) to be void, the remaining provisions of this arbitration policy shall nevertheless be binding upon the parties with the same effect as though the void provision thereof had been severed and deleted.

 

26





Exhibit 10.3

 

STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT

 

dated as of

 

[·], 2014

 

between

 

MOELIS & COMPANY

 

and

 

MOELIS & COMPANY PARTNER HOLDINGS LLC

 

and

 

THE OTHER PERSONS SET FORTH ON THE SIGNATURE PAGES HERETO

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

ARTICLE I

 

 

 

DEFINITIONS

 

 

 

 

Section 1.1

Definitions

1

Section 1.2

Gender

7

 

 

 

ARTICLE II

 

 

 

APPROVAL OF CERTAIN MATTERS

 

 

 

 

Section 2.1

Approval of Holdings

7

 

 

 

ARTICLE III

 

 

 

TRANSFER

 

 

 

 

Section 3.1

Transfers and Joinders

9

Section 3.2

Binding Effect on Transferees

9

Section 3.3

Additional Purchases

9

Section 3.4

Charter Provisions

9

Section 3.5

Legend

10

 

 

 

ARTICLE IV

 

 

 

HOLDINGS BOARD REPRESENTATION

 

 

 

 

Section 4.1

Nominees

10

Section 4.2

Committees

11

 

 

 

ARTICLE V

 

 

 

TERMINATION

 

 

 

 

Section 5.1

Term

11

Section 5.2

Survival

12

 

 

 

ARTICLE VI

 

 

 

REGISTRATION RIGHTS

 

 

 

 

Section 6.1

Demand Registration

12

 



 

Section 6.2

Piggyback Registration

14

Section 6.3

Shelf Registration

16

Section 6.4

Withdrawal Rights

18

Section 6.5

Holdback Agreements

18

Section 6.6

Registration Procedures

18

Section 6.7

Registration Expenses

24

Section 6.8

Request for Information

24

Section 6.9

No Grant of Future Registration Rights

25

Section 6.10

Control of Registration Rights

25

 

 

 

ARTICLE VII

 

 

 

INDEMNIFICATION

 

 

 

 

Section 7.1

General Indemnification

25

Section 7.2

Registration Statement Indemnification

25

Section 7.3

Notice

26

Section 7.4

Defense of Actions

26

Section 7.5

Contribution

27

 

 

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

 

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

 

 

 

Section 8.1

Representations and Warranties of Holdings

28

Section 8.2

Representations and Warranties of the Company

28

 

 

 

ARTICLE IX

 

 

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

 

 

 

Section 9.1

Notices

28

Section 9.2

Interpretation

29

Section 9.3

Severability

29

Section 9.4

Counterparts

29

Section 9.5

Adjustments Upon Change of Capitalization

30

Section 9.6

Entire Agreement; No Third Party Beneficiaries

30

Section 9.7

Further Assurances

30

Section 9.8

Governing Law; Equitable Remedies

30

Section 9.9

Consent to Jurisdiction

30

Section 9.10

Amendments; Waivers

31

Section 9.11

Successors and Assigns

31

Section 9.12

Status

32

Section 9.13

Actions in Other Capacities

32

Section 9.14

Rule 144

32

 

iii



 

INDEX OF DEFINED TERMS

 

Actions

25

Affiliate

1

Agreement

1

Beneficial Owner

1

Board

1

By-Laws

1

Certificate of Incorporation

1

Class A Shares

2

Class B Condition

2

Class B Shares

2

Code

2

Company

1

Company Plan

2

Contract

2

Control

3

Controlled Affiliate

3

Demand

12

Demand Registration

12

Demand Stockholder

3

Equity Interests

3

Equivalent Class A Shares

3

ERISA

2

Exchange Act

3

Filings

3

FINRA

3

Form S-3

16

Free Writing Prospectus

3

Governmental Entity

3

Holdings

1

Incapacity

3

Inspectors

20

IPO

4

IPO Registration Statement

1

IPO Underwriting Agreement

4

Issuer Free Writing Prospectus

4

Losses

25

Material Contract

4

Other Demanding Sellers

15

Other Proposed Sellers

15

Partnership

4

Partnership LP Agreement

4

Partnership LP Unit

4

Permitted Holdings Transferee

4

Permitted Stockholder Transferee

4

Permitted Transferee

5

Person

5

Piggyback Notice

14

Piggyback Registration

14

Piggyback Seller

14

Piggyback Stockholder

5

Proceeding

30

Records

20

Registrable Amount

5

Registrable Securities

6

Registration Expenses

24

Representative

6

Requested Information

24

Requesting Stockholder

12

SEC

6

Secondary Class B Condition

6

Securities Act

6

Selected Courts

30

Selling Holders

19

Shelf Notice

16

Shelf Registration Effectiveness Period

16

Shelf Registration Statement

16

Shelf Underwritten Offering

17

Stockholder Affiliates

5

Stockholder Associates

5

Stockholders

1

Subsidiary

6

Suspension Period

17

Transfer

7

Underwritten Offering

7

Voting Securities

7

 

iv



 

STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT

 

STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”), dated as of [·], 2014, between Moelis & Company, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), Moelis & Company Partner Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Holdings”), and the Persons (as defined herein) set forth on the signature pages hereto (together with Holdings and all other Persons who become Company stockholders party hereto in accordance with this Agreement, the “Stockholders”).

 

WHEREAS, in connection with the IPO (as defined herein), the Company and its Affiliates (as defined herein) intend to consummate the transactions described in the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. [·]) (the “IPO Registration Statement”); and

 

WHEREAS, the Stockholders and the Company desire to address herein certain relationships among themselves with respect to the Equity Interests in the Partnership (as defined herein).

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and undertakings contained herein and for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

 

DEFINITIONS

 

Section 1.1                                    Definitions.  As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

An “AFFILIATE” of any Person means any other Person that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, Controls, is Controlled by, or is under common Control with, such first Person.

 

BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP” has the same meaning given to it in Section 13(d) under the Exchange Act and the rules thereunder, except that a person will be deemed to have “beneficial ownership” of all securities that person has the right to acquire, whether the right is exercisable immediately, only after the passage of time or only after the satisfaction of conditions and notwithstanding any right to pay cash in lieu of such securities.  The terms “BENEFICIALLY OWN” and “BENEFICIAL OWNER” shall have correlative meanings.

 

BOARD” means the board of directors of the Company.

 

BY-LAWS” means the by-laws of the Company, as may be amended and/or restated from time to time.

 

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION” means the certificate of incorporation of the Company, as may be amended and/or restated from time to time.

 



 

CLASS A SHARES” means shares of the Class A Common Stock of the Company and any equity securities issued or issuable in exchange for or with respect to such Class A Shares by way of a dividend, split or combination of shares or in connection with a reclassification, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization.

 

The “CLASS B CONDITION” shall be deemed to be satisfied for so long as Kenneth Moelis (i) maintains directly or indirectly ownership of an aggregate of at least [·] shares of Class A Shares and Equivalent Class A Shares, each as adjusted for any stock split, stock dividend, reverse stock split, recapitalization, business combination, reclassification or similar event, in each case with such adjustment being determined by the Board; (ii) maintains directly or indirectly Beneficial Ownership of at least five percent (5%) of the issued and outstanding Class A Shares (calculated, without duplication, on the basis that all issued and outstanding Partnership LP Units not held by the Company or its Subsidiaries had been exchanged for Class A Shares), as adjusted for any stock split, stock dividend, reverse stock split, recapitalization, business combination, reclassification or similar event, in each case with such adjustment being determined by the Board; (iii) has not been convicted of a criminal violation of a material U.S. federal or state securities law that constitutes a felony or a felony involving moral turpitude; (iv) is not deceased; and (v) has not had his employment agreement terminated in accordance with its terms because of a breach of his covenant to devote his primary business time and effort to the business and affairs of the Company and its subsidiaries or because he suffered an Incapacity.

 

CLASS B SHARES” means shares of the Class B Common Stock of the Company and any equity securities issued or issuable in exchange for or with respect to such Class B Shares by way of a dividend, split or combination of shares or in connection with a reclassification, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization.

 

CODE” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended and in effect from time to time.

 

COMPANY PLAN” means each material (i) “employee benefit plan” (within the meaning of section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”)), (ii) “multiemployer plans” (within the meaning of ERISA section 3(37)), and (iii) stock purchase, stock option, phantom stock or other equity-based plan, severance, employment, change-in-control, fringe benefit, bonus, incentive, deferred compensation and all other employee benefit and compensation plans, agreements, programs, policies or other arrangements, whether or not subject to ERISA (including any funding mechanism therefor now in effect or required in the future as a result of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or otherwise), under which any current or former employee, director or consultant of the Company or its Subsidiaries or Controlled Affiliates (or any of their dependents) has any present or future right to compensation or benefits or the Company or its Subsidiaries or Controlled Affiliates has any present or future liability.

 

CONTRACT” means any legally binding bond, debenture, note, mortgage, indenture, guarantee, license, lease, purchase or sale order or other contract, commitment, agreement, instrument, obligation, arrangement, understanding, undertaking, permit, concession or franchise, in each case, whether contingent or otherwise and including all amendments thereto.

 

2



 

CONTROL” means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of company securities, by contract or otherwise.

 

A “CONTROLLED AFFILIATE” of any Person means any Affiliate that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, is Controlled by such Person.

 

DEMAND STOCKHOLDER” means any Stockholder that, together with its Permitted Transferees and their respective Permitted Transferees who are in each case Stockholders, holds at least a Registrable Amount.

 

EQUITY INTERESTS” means, with respect to a Stockholder and its Permitted Transferees, the Partnership LP Units Beneficially Owned by such Stockholder and its Permitted Transferees as of the date hereof, and all securities which such securities are exchanged for.

 

EQUIVALENT CLASS A SHARES” means on any date, the number of Class A Shares represented by any shares, units, interests, options, warrants, evidence of indebtedness, stock awards or other securities or awards which by their terms are directly or indirectly convertible into, exchangeable for, exercisable for or pursuant to which the holder is entitled to receive Class A Shares, whether immediately, only after the passage of time or only after the satisfaction of conditions and notwithstanding any right to pay cash in lieu of Class A Shares.

 

EXCHANGE ACT” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time and any successor to such statute, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

FILINGS” means annual, quarterly and current reports and other documents filed or furnished by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company under the Exchange Act; annual reports to stockholders, annual and quarterly statutory statements of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company; and any registration statements, prospectuses and other documents filed or furnished by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Controlled Affiliates under the Securities Act.

 

FINRA” means the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority Inc.

 

FREE WRITING PROSPECTUS” means a free writing prospectus, as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act.

 

GOVERNMENTAL ENTITY” means any court, administrative agency, regulatory body, commission or other governmental authority, board, bureau or instrumentality, domestic or foreign and any subdivision thereof.

 

INCAPACITY” means, with respect to Mr. Moelis, the entry of an order of incompetence or of insanity, or permanent physical incapacity or death.

 

3



 

IPO” means the initial public offering of Class A Shares pursuant to an effective Registration Statement under the Securities Act.

 

IPO UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT” means the underwriting agreement, dated as of [·], 2014, between the Company and the underwriters named therein.

 

ISSUER FREE WRITING PROSPECTUS” means an issuer free writing prospectus, as defined in Rule 433 under the Securities Act.

 

MATERIAL CONTRACT” means:

 

(i)                                     any Contract that would be required to be filed by the Company as a “material contract” pursuant to Item 601(b)(10) of Regulation S-K under the Exchange Act or disclosed by the Company on a Current Report on Form 8-K;

 

(ii)                                  any Contract that limits in any material respect the ability of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Controlled Affiliates to compete in any line of business or with any Person or in any geographic area;

 

(iii)                               any Contract with respect to the formation, creation, operation, management or control of a joint venture, partnership, limited liability or other similar agreement or arrangement entered into by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Controlled Affiliates; and

 

(iv)                              any Contract involving the acquisition or disposition, directly or indirectly (by merger or otherwise), of assets or capital stock or other equity interests for aggregate consideration (in one or a series of transactions) under such Contract of $                            or more.

 

PARTNERSHIP” means Moelis & Company Group LP, a Delaware limited partnership.

 

PARTNERSHIP LP AGREEMENT” means the Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of the Partnership, dated as of [·], 2014, as may be amended and/or restated from time to time.

 

PARTNERSHIP LP UNIT” means a partnership unit in the Partnership designated as a “Partnership Class A Common Unit” and any equity securities issued or issuable (including Class A Shares) in exchange for or with respect to such Partnership Class A Common Units (x) by way of a dividend, split or combination of shares, (y) in connection with a reclassification, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization or (z) otherwise.

 

PERMITTED HOLDINGS TRANSFEREE” means, with respect to Holdings (a) any other Stockholder or (b) Affiliates of Holdings.

 

PERMITTED STOCKHOLDER TRANSFEREE” means, with respect to a Stockholder (other than Holdings and its Permitted Transferees) (a) any other Stockholder, (b) such Stockholder’s Affiliates, (c) any member or general or limited partner of such Stockholder, (d) any corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity that is an Affiliate of such

 

4



 

Stockholder or any member, general or limited partner of such Stockholder (collectively, “Stockholder Affiliates”), (e) any general partner, director, limited partner, officer or employee of any Stockholder Affiliate, or any spouse, lineal descendant, sibling, parent, heir, executor, administrator, testamentary trustee, legatee or beneficiary of any of the foregoing persons described in this clause (e), (f) such Stockholder’s spouse, (g) a lineal descendant of such Stockholder’s maternal or paternal grandparents, the spouse of any such descendant or a lineal descendant of any such spouse, (h) a trustee of a trust (whether inter vivos or testamentary), all of the current beneficiaries and presumptive remaindermen of which are one or more of such Stockholder and persons described in clauses (e) through (g) of this definition, (i) a corporation, limited liability company or partnership, of which all of the outstanding shares of capital stock or interests therein are owned by one or more of such Stockholder and Persons described in clauses (e) through (g) of this definition; provided, however, that any subsequent Transfer of any portion of the Beneficial Ownership of the entity such that it is Beneficially Owned in any part by a Person other than a Stockholder and/or a Person described in clauses (e) through (g) of this definition, will not be deemed to be a Transfer to a Permitted Stockholder Transferee, (j) an individual mandated under a qualified domestic relations order and (k) a legal or personal representative of such Stockholder in the event of his death or Disability (as defined below). For purpose of this definition:  (i) “lineal descendants” shall not include individuals adopted after attaining the age of eighteen (18) years and such adopted Person’s descendants; (ii) “presumptive remaindermen” shall refer to those Persons entitled to a share of a trust’s assets if it were then to terminate; and (iv) “Disability” shall refer to any physical or mental incapacity which prevents a Stockholder (if applicable) from carrying out all or substantially all of his duties under his employment agreement with the Company in such capacity for any period of one hundred and twenty (120) consecutive days or any aggregate period of six (6) months in any twelve (12)-month period, as determined by a majority of the members of the Board (but for the sake of clarity not including the Stockholder in respect of which the determination is being made (if applicable)).

 

PERMITTED TRANSFEREE” means each Permitted Holdings Transferee and each Permitted Stockholder Transferee.

 

PERSON” means any individual, corporation, firm, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, estate, trust, business association, organization, Governmental Entity or other entity.

 

PIGGYBACK STOCKHOLDER” means any Stockholder that, together with its Permitted Transferees and their respective Permitted Transferees who are in each case Stockholders, Beneficially Owns at least a Registrable Amount.

 

REGISTRABLE AMOUNT” means a number of Registrable Securities representing at least           percent (       %) of the aggregate number of Class A Shares issued and outstanding immediately after the consummation of the IPO (calculated, without duplication, on the basis that all issued and outstanding Partnership LP Units designated as “Partnership Class A Common Units” not held by the Company or its Subsidiaries had been exchanged for shares of Class A Shares).

 

5



 

REGISTRABLE SECURITIES” means any Class A Shares (including upon the exchange of Partnership LP Units).  As to any particular Registrable Securities, such securities shall cease to be Registrable Securities when (x) a registration statement registering such securities under the Securities Act has been declared effective and such securities have been sold or otherwise Transferred by the holder thereof pursuant to such effective registration statement, (y) such securities are sold in accordance with Rule 144 (or any successor provision) promulgated under the Securities Act or (z) such securities may be sold to the public in accordance with Rule 144 or (any successor provision) promulgated under the Securities Act by a Person that is not an “affiliate” (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company where no conditions of Rule 144 are then applicable (other than the holding period requirement in paragraph (d) of Rule 144 so long as such holding period requirement is satisfied at such time of determination).

 

REPRESENTATIVE” means with respect to a particular Person, any director, officer, manager, employee, agent, consultant, advisor, accountant, financial advisor, legal counsel or other representative of that Person.

 

SEC” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission or any similar agency then having jurisdiction to enforce the Securities Act.

 

The “SECONDARY CLASS B CONDITION” shall be deemed to be satisfied for so long as Mr. Moelis (i) maintains directly or indirectly ownership of an aggregate of at least [·](1) shares of Class A Shares and Equivalent Class A Shares, each as adjusted for any stock split, stock dividend, reverse stock split, recapitalization, business combination, reclassification or similar event, in each case with such adjustment being determined by the Board; (ii) maintains directly or indirectly Beneficial Ownership of at least five percent (5%) of the issued and outstanding Class A Shares (calculated, without duplication, on the basis that all issued and outstanding Partnership LP Units not held by the Company or its Subsidiaries had been exchanged for Class A Shares), as adjusted for any stock split, stock dividend, reverse stock split, recapitalization, business combination, reclassification or similar event, in each case with such adjustment being determined by the Board; (iii) has not been convicted of a criminal violation of a material U.S. federal or state securities law that constitutes a felony or a felony involving moral turpitude; (iv) is not deceased; and (v) has not had his employment agreement terminated in accordance with its terms because of a breach of his covenant to devote his primary business time and effort to the business and affairs of the Company and its subsidiaries or because he suffered an Incapacity.

 

SECURITIES ACT” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time and any successor to such statute, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

SUBSIDIARY” or “SUBSIDIARIES” means, with respect to any Person, as of any date of determination, any other Person as to which such Person owns, directly or indirectly, or otherwise controls, more than 50% of the voting shares or other similar interests or the sole general partner interest or managing member or similar interest of such Person.

 


(1)  Such number will equal half of the number required in the definition of “Class B Condition.”

 

6


 

TRANSFER” means, with respect to any securities, to sell, assign, transfer or otherwise dispose of such securities.

 

UNDERWRITTEN OFFERING” means a sale of securities of the Company to an underwriter or underwriters for reoffering to the public.

 

VOTING SECURITIES” means Class A Shares, Class B Shares and any other securities of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the Company.

 

Section 1.2            Gender.  For the purposes of this Agreement, the words “he,” “his” or “himself” shall be interpreted to include the masculine, feminine and corporate, other entity or trust form.

 

ARTICLE II

 

APPROVAL OF CERTAIN MATTERS

 

Section 2.1            Approval of Holdings.

 

(a)           So long as the Class B Condition is satisfied, the Board shall not authorize, approve or ratify any of the following actions or any plan with respect thereto without the prior approval (which approval may be in the form of an action by written consent) of Holdings:

 

(i)            any incurrence of indebtedness (other than inter-company indebtedness), in one transaction or a series of related transactions, by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Controlled Affiliates in an amount in excess of $                       ;

 

(ii)           any issuance by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Controlled Affiliates in any transaction or series of related transactions of equity or equity-related securities (other than preferred stock, which is addressed by Section 2.1(a)(iii) below) which would represent, after such issuance, or upon conversion, exchange or exercise, as the case may be, at least             percent (         %) of the total number of votes that may be cast in the election of directors of the Company if all issued and outstanding Class A Shares were present and voted at a meeting held for such purpose (other than (1) upon issuances of securities pursuant to the Company’s equity incentive plan described in the IPO Registration Statement (as the same may be supplemented, amended or restated from time to time), (2) upon the exchange of Partnership LP Units for securities pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation and (3) upon conversion of convertible securities or upon exercise of warrants or options, which convertible securities, warrants or options are outstanding on the date of this Agreement or issued in compliance with this Agreement);

 

(iii)          the issuance of any preferred stock;

 

(iv)          any equity or debt commitment to invest or investment or series of related equity or debt commitments to invest or investments by the Company or any of its

 

7



 

Subsidiaries or Controlled Affiliates in a Person or group of related Persons in an amount greater than $                       ;

 

(v)           any entry by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Controlled Affiliates into a new line of business that requires an investment in excess of $                       ;

 

(vi)          the adoption of a stockholder rights plan by the Company;

 

(vii)         any removal or appointment of any officer of the Company that is, or would be, subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act;

 

(viii)        any amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation or By-Laws;

 

(ix)          any amendment to the Partnership LP Agreement;

 

(x)           the renaming of the Company;

 

(xi)          the adoption of the Company’s annual budget and business plans and any material amendments thereto;

 

(xii)         the declaration and payment of any dividend or other distribution (other than such dividends or other distributions (i) required to be made pursuant to the terms of any outstanding preferred stock of the Company or (ii) in connection with the transactions described in the IPO Registration Statement);

 

(xiii)        the entry into any merger, consolidation, recapitalization, liquidation, or sale of the Company or all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or consummation of a similar transaction involving the Company (other than a merger, consolidation or similar transaction solely between or among the Company and one or more direct or indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Company which transaction would not adversely impact the rights of Holdings or Mr. Moelis) or entering into any agreement providing therefor;

 

(xiv)        voluntarily initiating any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company or permitting the commencement of a proceeding for bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar action with respect to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Controlled Affiliates;

 

(xv)         the entry into or material amendment of any Material Contract;

 

(xvi)        the entry into any transaction, or series of similar transactions or Contract (other than a Company Plan unless otherwise required by any other provision hereof) that would be required to be disclosed under Item 404 of Regulation S-K under the Exchange Act;

 

(xvii)       the initiation or settlement of any material Action; or

 

(xviii)      changes to the Company’s taxable year or fiscal year.

 

8



 

(b)           After the Class B Condition ceases to be satisfied, for so long as the Secondary Class B Condition is satisfied, the Board shall not authorize, approve or ratify any of the following actions or any plan with respect thereto without the prior approval (which approval may be in the form of an action by written consent) of Holdings:

 

(i)            any removal or appointment of the Chief Executive Officer of the Company;

 

(ii)           any amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation or By-Laws that materially and adversely affects in a disproportionate manner the rights of Mr. Moelis; or

 

(iii)          any amendment to the Partnership LP Agreement that materially and adversely affects in a disproportionate manner the rights of Mr. Moelis.

 

ARTICLE III

 

TRANSFER

 

Section 3.1            Transfers and Joinders.  If a Stockholder effects any Transfer of Equity Interests to a Permitted Transferee or any other Person approved by the Company in its sole and absolute discretion, such Permitted Transferee may, if not a Stockholder, within five (5) days of such Transfer execute a joinder to this Agreement, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Company, in which such Permitted Transferee agrees to be a “Stockholder” for all purposes of this Agreement and which provides that such Permitted Transferee shall be bound by and shall fully comply with the terms of this Agreement.

 

Section 3.2            Binding Effect on Transferees.  Subject to execution of a joinder to this Agreement with five (5) days of the applicable Transfer, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Company, pursuant to Section 3.1, such Permitted Transferee shall become a Stockholder hereunder.

 

Section 3.3            Additional Purchases.  Any Registrable Securities Beneficially Owned by a Stockholder on or after the date of this Agreement shall have the benefit of and be subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

Section 3.4            Charter Provisions.  The parties hereto shall use their respective reasonable efforts (including voting or causing to be voted all of the Voting Securities held of record by such party or Beneficially Owned by such party by virtue of having voting power over such Voting Securities) so as to prevent any amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation or By-Laws as in effect as of the date of this Agreement that would (a) add restrictions to the transferability of the Voting Securities by Holdings or its Permitted Transferees who remain a “Stockholder” (as such term is used herein) at the time of such an amendment, which restrictions are beyond those then provided for in the Certificate of Incorporation, this Agreement or applicable securities laws or (b) nullify any of the rights of Holdings or its Permitted Transferees who remain a “Stockholder” (as such term is used herein) at the time of such amendment, which rights are explicitly provided for in this Agreement, unless, in each such case, such amendment shall have been approved by such Stockholder.

 

9



 

Section 3.5            Legend.  Any certificate representing Voting Securities issued to a Stockholder shall be stamped or otherwise imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

 

“The shares represented by this certificate are subject to the provisions contained in the Stockholder Agreement, dated as of [•], 2014, by and between Moelis & Company and the stockholders of Moelis & Company described therein.”

 

The Company shall make customary arrangements to cause any Voting Securities issued in uncertificated form to be identified on the books of the Company in a substantially similar manner.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

HOLDINGS BOARD REPRESENTATION

 

Section 4.1            Nominees.

 

(a)           Until the Class B Condition ceases to be satisfied, the Company and each Stockholder shall take all reasonable actions within their respective control (including voting or causing to be voted all of the Voting Securities held of record by such Stockholder or Beneficially Owned by such Stockholder by virtue of having voting power over such Voting Securities, and, with respect to the Company, as provided in Sections 4.1(c) and (d)) so as to cause to be elected to the Board, and to cause to continue in office, not more than eleven (11) directors (or such other number of directors as Holdings may agree to in writing), and at any given time:

 

(i)            until the Class B Condition ceases to be satisfied, a number of directors equal to a majority of the Board shall be individuals designated by Holdings; and

 

(ii)           after the Class B Condition ceases to be satisfied, for so long as the Secondary Class B Condition is satisfied, a number of directors (rounded up to the nearest whole number) equal to one quarter of the Board shall be individuals designated by Holdings.

 

(b)           For so long as either the Class B Condition or the Secondary Class B Condition is satisfied, if Holdings notifies the Stockholders of its desire to remove, with or without cause, any director previously designated by it, the Stockholders shall vote or cause to be voted all of the shares of Voting Securities held of record by such Stockholders or Beneficially Owned by such Stockholders by virtue of having voting power over such Voting Securities and take all other reasonable actions within its control to cause the removal of such director.

 

(c)           The Company agrees to include in the slate of nominees recommended by the Board those persons designated by Holdings in accordance with Section 4.1(a) and to use its reasonable best efforts to cause the election of each such designee to the Board, including nominating such designees to be elected as directors, in each case subject to applicable law.

 

10



 

(d)           In the event that a vacancy is created at any time by the death, disability, retirement, resignation or removal of any director who is designated by Holdings in accordance with Section 4.1(a), the Company agrees to take at any time and from time to time all actions necessary to cause the vacancy created thereby to be filled as promptly as practicable by a new designee of Holdings.  In the event that the size of the Board is expanded to more than eleven (11) directors, the Company agrees to take at any time and from time to time all actions necessary to cause the Board to continue to have the number of the designees of Holdings that corresponds to the requirements of Section 4.1(a).

 

(e)           In the event that at any time the number of directors entitled to be designated by Holdings pursuant to Section 4.1(a) decreases, Holdings and its Permitted Transferees shall take reasonable actions to cause a sufficient number of designated directors to resign from the Board at or prior to the end of such designated director’s term such that the number of designated directors after such resignation(s) equals the number of directors Holdings would have been entitled to designate pursuant to Section 4.1(a). Any vacancies created by such resignation may remain vacant until the next annual meeting of stockholders or filled by a majority vote of the Board.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, such designated director(s) need not resign from the Board at or prior to the end of such director’s term if the Company’s nominating committee recommends the nomination of such director(s) for election at the next annual meeting coinciding with the end of such director’s term, or otherwise (and for the avoidance of doubt, such director shall no longer be considered a designee of Holdings).

 

Section 4.2            Committees.  For so long as this Agreement is in effect, the Company shall take all reasonable actions within its control at any given time so as to cause to be appointed to any committee of the Board a number of directors designated by Holdings that is up to the number of directors that is proportionate (rounding up to the next whole director) to the representation that Holdings is entitled to designate to the Board under this Agreement, to the extent such directors are permitted to serve on such committees under the applicable rules of the SEC and the New York Stock Exchange or by any other applicable stock exchange. It is understood by the parties hereto that Holdings shall not be required to have its directors represented on any committee and any failure to exercise such right in this section in a prior period shall not constitute any waiver of such right in a subsequent period.

 

ARTICLE V

 

TERMINATION

 

Section 5.1            Term.  The terms of this Agreement shall terminate, and be of no further force and effect:

 

(a)           upon the mutual consent of all of the parties hereto;

 

(b)           with respect to Holdings, if the Secondary Class B Condition ceases to be satisfied; or

 

11



 

(c)           with respect to each Stockholder (other than Holdings), at such time after the Secondary Class B Condition ceases to be satisfied that such Stockholder and its Permitted Transferees who are Stockholders cease to Beneficially Own a Registrable Amount.

 

Section 5.2            Survival.  If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 5.1, this Agreement shall become void and of no further force and effect, except for:  (i) the provisions set forth in this Section 5.2, Section 6.2 (which shall terminate, and be of no further force and effect, with respect to each Stockholder, at such time as such Stockholder and its Affiliates ceases to Beneficially Own a Registrable Amount), Section 6.7, Article VII, Section 9.8 and Section 9.9; (ii) the rights with respect to the breach of any provision hereof by the Company; and (iii) any registration rights vested or obligations accrued as of the date of termination of this Agreement to the extent, in the case of registration rights so vested, if such Stockholder ceases to meet the definition of a Stockholder under this Agreement subsequent to the vesting of such registration rights as a result of action taken by the Company.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

REGISTRATION RIGHTS

 

Section 6.1            Demand Registration.

 

(a)           At any time after the date that is one hundred and eighty (180) days after the date hereof (or such earlier date (i) as would permit the Company to cause any filings required hereunder to be filed on the 180th day after the date hereof or (ii) as is permitted by waiver under the IPO Underwriting Agreement), any Stockholders that on the date a Demand (as hereinafter defined) is made constitute Demand Stockholders (a “Requesting Stockholder”) shall be entitled to make a written request of the Company (a “Demand”) for registration under the Securities Act of a number of Registrable Securities that, when taken together with the number of Registrable Securities requested to be registered under the Securities Act by such Requesting Stockholder’s Permitted Transferees who are Stockholders, equals or is greater than the Registrable Amount (a “Demand Registration”) and thereupon the Company will, subject to the terms of this Agreement, use its reasonable best efforts to effect the registration as promptly as practicable under the Securities Act of:

 

(i)            the Registrable Securities which the Company has been so requested to register by the Requesting Stockholders for disposition in accordance with the intended method of disposition stated in such Demand which may be an Underwritten Offering;

 

(ii)           all other Registrable Securities which the Company has been requested to register pursuant to Section 6.1(b); and

 

(iii)          all Class A Shares which the Company may elect to register in connection with any offering of Registrable Securities, but subject to Section 6.1(f);

 

all to the extent necessary to permit the disposition (in accordance with the intended methods thereof) of the Registrable Securities and the additional Class A Shares, if any, to be so registered.

 

12



 

(b)           A Demand shall specify:  (i) the aggregate number of Registrable Securities requested to be registered in such Demand Registration, (ii) the intended method of disposition in connection with such Demand Registration, to the extent then known and (iii) the identity of the Requesting Stockholder (or Requesting Stockholders).  Within five (5) days after receipt of a Demand, the Company shall give written notice of such Demand to all other Stockholders.  Subject to Section 6.1(f), the Company shall include in the Demand Registration covered by such Demand all Registrable Securities with respect to which the Company has received a written request for inclusion therein within ten (10) days after the Company’s notice required by this paragraph has been given.  Such written request shall comply with the requirements of a Demand as set forth in this Section 6.1(b).

 

(c)           For so long as the Secondary Class B Condition is satisfied, Holdings shall be entitled to an unlimited number of Demand Registrations until such time as the Stockholders and their Permitted Transferees who are Stockholders, together, Beneficially Own less than a Registrable Amount.  After the Secondary Class B Condition ceases to be satisfied, each Stockholder shall be entitled to an unlimited number of Demand Registrations until such time as such Stockholder and its Permitted Transferees who are Stockholders, together, Beneficially Own less than a Registrable Amount.

 

(d)           Demand Registrations shall be on such registration form of the SEC for which the Company is eligible as shall be selected by the Requesting Stockholders, including, to the extent permissible, an automatically effective registration statement or an existing effective registration statement filed by the Company with the SEC, and shall be reasonably acceptable to the Company.

 

(e)           The Company shall not be obligated to effect any Demand Registration (A) within ninety (90) days of a “firm commitment” Underwritten Offering in which all Stockholders were given “piggyback” rights pursuant to Section 6.2 (subject to Section 6.1(f)) and provided that at least 50% of the number of Registrable Securities requested by such Stockholders to be included in such Demand Registration were included, (B) within ninety (90) day of any other Underwritten Offering pursuant to Section 6.3(e). In addition, the Company shall be entitled to postpone (upon written notice to all Stockholders) for a reasonable period of time not to exceed ninety (90) days in succession the filing or the effectiveness of a registration statement for any Demand Registration (but no more than twice, or for more than one hundred and twenty (120) days in the aggregate, in any period of twelve (12) consecutive months) if the Board determines in good faith and in its reasonable judgment that the filing or effectiveness of the registration statement relating to such Demand Registration would cause the disclosure of material, non-public information that the Company has a bona fide business purpose for preserving as confidential. In the event of a postponement by the Company of the filing or effectiveness of a registration statement for a Demand Registration, the holders of a majority of Registrable Securities held by the Requesting Stockholders shall have the right to withdraw such Demand in accordance with Section 6.4.

 

(f)            The Company shall not include any securities other than Registrable Securities in a Demand Registration, except with the written consent of Stockholders participating in such Demand Registration that hold a majority of the Registrable Securities included in such Demand Registration.  If, in connection with a Demand Registration, any

 

13



 

managing underwriter (or, if such Demand Registration is not an Underwritten Offering, a nationally recognized investment bank engaged in connection with such Demand Registration) advises the Company, in writing, that, in its opinion, the inclusion of all of the securities, including securities of the Company that are not Registrable Securities, sought to be registered in connection with such Demand Registration would adversely affect the marketability of the Registrable Securities sought to be sold pursuant thereto, then the Company shall include in such registration statement only such securities as the Company is advised by such underwriter or investment bank can be sold without such adverse effect as follows and in the following order of priority:  (i) first, up to the number of Registrable Securities requested to be included in such Demand Registration by the Stockholders, which, in the opinion of the underwriter can be sold without adversely affecting the marketability of the offering, pro rata among such Stockholders requesting such Demand Registration on the basis of the number of such securities held by such Stockholders and such Stockholders that are Piggyback Sellers (as defined below); (ii) second, securities the Company proposes to sell; and (iii) third, all other securities of the Company duly requested to be included in such registration statement, pro rata on the basis of the number of such other securities requested to be included or such other method determined by the Company.

 

(g)           Any investment bank(s) that will serve as an underwriter with respect to such Demand Registration or, if such Demand Registration is not an Underwritten Offering, any investment bank engaged in connection therewith, shall be selected (i) by Holdings, for so long as the Secondary Class B Condition is satisfied, and thereafter (ii) by the Stockholder participating in such Demand Registration that holds (together with its Permitted Transferees who are Stockholders) a number of Registrable Securities included in such Demand Registration constituting a plurality of all Registrable Securities included in such Demand Registration.

 

Section 6.2            Piggyback Registration.

 

(a)           Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, whenever the Company proposes to register any of its equity securities under the Securities Act (other than a registration by the Company (x) on a registration statement on Form S-4 or (y) on a registration statement on Form S-8 (or in any of the cases of (x) or (y) on any successor forms thereto)) (each a “Piggyback Registration”), whether for its own account or for the account of others, the Company shall give each Stockholder that on such date constitutes Piggyback Stockholder prompt written notice thereof (but not less than ten (10) business days prior to the filing by the Company with the SEC of any registration statement with respect thereto). Such notice (a “Piggyback Notice”) shall specify, at a minimum, the number of equity securities proposed to be registered, the proposed date of filing of such registration statement with the SEC, the proposed means of distribution, the proposed managing underwriter or underwriters (if any and if known) and a good faith estimate by the Company of the proposed minimum offering price of such equity securities.  Upon the written request of any Person that on the date of such Piggyback Notice constitutes a Piggyback Stockholder (any such Persons a “Piggyback Seller”) (which written request shall specify the number of Registrable Securities then presently intended to be disposed of by such Piggyback Seller), given within five (5) days after such Piggyback Notice is received by such Person, the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause all such Registrable Securities held by Piggyback Sellers with respect to which the Company has received such written requests for inclusion to be

 

14



 

included in such Piggyback Registration on the same terms and conditions as the Company’s equity securities being sold in such Piggyback Registration.

 

(b)           If, in connection with a Piggyback Registration, any managing underwriter (or, if such Piggyback Registration is not an Underwritten Offering, a nationally recognized investment bank engaged in connection with such Demand Registration) advises the Company in writing that, in its opinion, the inclusion of all the equity securities sought to be included in such Piggyback Registration by (i) the Company, (ii) others who have sought to have equity securities of the Company registered in such Piggyback Registration pursuant to rights to demand (other than pursuant to so-called “piggyback” or other incidental or participation registration rights) such registration (such Persons being “Other Demanding Sellers”), (iii) the Piggyback Sellers and (iv) any other proposed sellers of equity securities of the Company (such Persons being “Other Proposed Sellers”), as the case may be, would adversely affect the marketability of the equity securities sought to be sold pursuant thereto, then the Company shall include in the registration statement applicable to such Piggyback Registration only such equity securities as the Company is so advised by such underwriter can be sold without such an effect, as follows and in the following order of priority:

 

(i)            if the Piggyback Registration relates to an offering for the Company’s own account, then (A) first, such number of equity securities to be sold by the Company as the Company, in its reasonable judgment and acting in good faith and in accordance with sound financial practice, shall have determined, (B) second, Registrable Securities of Piggyback Sellers and securities sought to be registered by Other Demanding Sellers (if any), pro rata on the basis of the number of Class A Shares proposed to be sold by such Piggyback Sellers and Other Demanding Sellers and (C) third, other equity securities held by any Other Proposed Sellers; or

 

(ii)           if the Piggyback Registration relates to an offering other than for the Company’s own account, then (A) first, such number of equity securities sought to be registered by each Other Demanding Seller and the Piggyback Sellers pro rata in proportion to the number of Class A Shares sought to be registered by all such Other Demanding Sellers (if any) and Piggyback Sellers and (B) second, other equity securities proposed to be sold by any Other Proposed Sellers or to be sold by the Company as determined by the Company and with such priorities among them as may from time to time be determined or agreed to by the Company.

 

(c)           In connection with any Underwritten Offering under this Section 6.2 for the Company’s account, the Company shall not be required to include a holder’s Registrable Securities in the Underwritten Offering unless such holder accepts the terms of the underwriting as agreed upon between the Company and the underwriters selected by the Company.

 

(d)           If, at any time after giving written notice of its intention to register any of its equity securities as set forth in this Section 6.2 and prior to the time the registration statement filed in connection with such Piggyback Registration is declared effective, the Company shall determine for any reason not to register such equity securities, the Company may, at its election, give written notice of such determination to each Piggyback Stockholder within five (5) days thereof and thereupon shall be relieved of its obligation to register any Registrable Securities in

 

15



 

connection with such particular withdrawn or abandoned Piggyback Registration (but not from its obligation to pay the Registration Expenses in connection therewith as provided herein); provided, that Stockholders may continue the registration as a Demand Registration pursuant to the terms of Section 6.1.

 

Section 6.3            Shelf Registration.

 

(a)           Subject to Section 6.3(e), and further subject to the availability of a Registration Statement on Form S-3 or a successor form, which may be an automatically effective registration statement at any time the Company is eligible (“Form S-3”), to the Company, Holdings (for so long as the Secondary Class B Condition is satisfied) or any Stockholder (after the Secondary Class B Condition has ceased to be satisfied) may by written notice delivered (which notice can be delivered at any time after the first anniversary of the date hereof) to the Company (the “Shelf Notice”) require the Company to (i) file as promptly as practicable (but no later than thirty (30) days after the date the Shelf Notice is delivered), and to use reasonable best efforts to cause to be declared effective by the SEC at the earliest possible date permitted under the rules and regulations of the SEC (but no later than sixty (60) days after such filing date), a Form S-3, or (ii) use an existing Form S-3 filed with the SEC, in each case providing for an offering to be made on a continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act relating to the offer and sale, from time to time, of the Registrable Securities Beneficially Owned by such Stockholder (or any of its Permitted Transferees who are Stockholders), as the case may be, and any other Persons that at the time of the Shelf Notice meet the definition of a Stockholder who elect to participate therein as provided in Section 6.3(c) (the “Shelf Registration Statement”).

 

(b)           For so long as the Secondary Class B Condition is satisfied, Holdings, together with its Permitted Transferees, shall be entitled to require the Company to file an unlimited number of Shelf Registration Statements until such time as the Stockholders and their Permitted Transferees who are Stockholders, together, Beneficially Own less than a Registrable Amount.  After the Secondary Class B Condition ceases to be satisfied, each Stockholder shall be entitled to require the Company to file an unlimited number of Shelf Registration Statements until such time as such Stockholder and its Permitted Transferees who are Stockholders, together, Beneficially Own less than a Registrable Amount.

 

(c)           Within five (5) business days after receipt of a Shelf Notice pursuant to Section 6.3(a), the Company will deliver written notice thereof to each Piggyback Stockholder.  Each Piggyback Stockholder may elect to participate in the Shelf Registration Statement by delivering to the Company a written request to so participate within ten (10) days after the Shelf Notice is received by any such Piggyback Stockholder.

 

(d)           Subject to Section 6.3(e), the Company will use reasonable best efforts to keep the Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective until the date on which all Registrable Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement have been sold thereunder in accordance with the plan and method of distribution disclosed in the prospectus included in the Shelf Registration Statement, or otherwise (the “Shelf Registration Effectiveness Period”).

 

16


 

(e)                                  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Company shall be entitled, from time to time, by providing written notice to the Demand Stockholders who elected to participate in the Shelf Registration Statement, to require such Demand Stockholders to suspend the use of the prospectus for sales of Registrable Securities under the Shelf Registration Statement for a reasonable period of time not to exceed ninety (90) days in succession or one hundred and twenty (120) days in the aggregate in any twelve (12) month period (a “Suspension Period”) if the Board determines in good faith and in its reasonable judgment that it is required to disclose in the Shelf Registration Statement material, non-public information that the Company has a bona fide business purpose for preserving as confidential. Immediately upon receipt of such notice, the Demand Stockholders covered by the Shelf Registration Statement shall suspend the use of the prospectus until the requisite changes to the prospectus have been made as required below.  Any Suspension Period shall terminate at such time as the public disclosure of such information is made.  After the expiration of any Suspension Period and without any further request from a Demand Stockholder, the Company shall as promptly as practicable prepare a post-effective amendment or supplement to the Shelf Registration Statement or the prospectus, or any document incorporated therein by reference, or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to purchasers of the Registrable Securities included therein, the prospectus will not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

 

(f)                                   At any time, and from time-to-time, during the Shelf Registration Effectiveness Period (except during a Suspension Period), Holdings (for so long as the Secondary Class B Condition is satisfied) or any Stockholder (after the Secondary Class B Condition has ceased to be satisfied) may notify the Company of its intent to sell Registrable Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement (in whole or in part) in an Underwritten Offering (a “Shelf Underwritten Offering”); provided that the Company shall not be obligated to participate in more than four Underwritten Offerings during any twelve (12)-month period. Such notice shall specify (x) the aggregate number of Registrable Securities requested to be registered in such Shelf Underwritten Offering and (y) the identity of the Stockholder(s) requesting such Shelf Underwritten Offering.  Upon receipt by the Company of such notice, the Company shall promptly comply with the applicable provisions of this Agreement, including those provisions of Section 6.6 relating to the Company’s obligation to make filings with the Commission, assist in the preparation and filing with the SEC of prospectus supplements and amendments to the Shelf Registration Statement, participate in “road shows,” agree to customary “lock-up” agreements with respect to the Company’s securities and obtain “comfort” letters, and the Company shall take such other actions as necessary or appropriate to permit the consummation of such Shelf Underwritten Offering as promptly as practicable. Each Shelf Underwritten Offering shall be for the sale of a number of Registrable Securities equal to or greater than the product of (i) two (2) and (ii) the Registrable Amount.  In any Shelf Underwritten Offering, the Company shall select the investment bank(s) and managers that will serve as lead or co-managing underwriters with respect to the offering of such Registrable Securities, which shall be reasonably acceptable to the Stockholders participating in such Shelf Underwritten Offering that hold a majority of the Registrable Securities included in such Shelf Underwritten Offering.

 

17



 

Section 6.4                                    Withdrawal Rights.

 

Any Stockholder having notified or directed the Company to include any or all of its Registrable Securities in a registration statement under the Securities Act shall have the right to withdraw any such notice or direction with respect to any or all of the Registrable Securities designated by it for registration by giving written notice to such effect to the Company prior to the effective date of such registration statement.  In the event of any such withdrawal, the Company shall not include such Registrable Securities in the applicable registration and such Registrable Securities shall continue to be Registrable Securities for all purposes of this Agreement.  No such withdrawal shall affect the obligations of the Company with respect to the Registrable Securities not so withdrawn; provided, however, that in the case of a Demand Registration, if such withdrawal shall reduce the number of Registrable Securities sought to be included in such registration below the Registrable Amount, then the Company shall as promptly as practicable give each holder of Registrable Securities sought to be registered notice to such effect and, within ten (10) days following the mailing of such notice, such holder(s) of Registrable Securities still seeking registration shall, by written notice to the Company, elect to register additional Registrable Securities, when taken together with elections to register Registrable Securities by their Permitted Transferees who are Stockholders, to satisfy the Registrable Amount or elect that such registration statement not be filed or, if theretofore filed, be withdrawn. During such ten (10) day period, the Company shall not file such registration statement if not theretofore filed or, if such registration statement has been theretofore filed, the Company shall not seek, and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to prevent, the effectiveness thereof.

 

Section 6.5                                    Holdback Agreements.

 

Each Piggyback Seller agrees not to effect any sale or distribution (including sales pursuant to Rule 144) of equity securities of the Company, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for such equity securities, during any time period reasonably requested by the Company (which shall not exceed ninety (90) days) with respect to any Underwritten Offering, Demand Registration or Piggyback Registration (in each case, except as part of such registration), or, in each case, during any time period (which shall not exceed one hundred and eighty (180) days) required by any underwriting agreement with respect thereto.

 

Section 6.6                                    Registration Procedures.

 

(a)                                 If and whenever the Company is required to use reasonable best efforts to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities under the Securities Act as provided in Sections 6.1, 6.2 and 6.3 the Company shall as promptly as practicable (in each case, to the extent applicable):

 

(i)                                     prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement to effect such registration, cause such registration statement to become effective at the earliest possible date permitted under the rules and regulations of the SEC and thereafter use reasonable best efforts to cause such registration statement to remain effective pursuant to the terms of this Agreement; provided, however, that the Company may discontinue any registration of its securities which are not Registrable Securities at any time prior to the

 

18



 

effective date of the registration statement relating thereto; provided, further, that before filing such registration statement or any amendments thereto, the Company will furnish to the counsel selected by the holders of Registrable Securities which are to be included in such registration (“Selling Holders”) copies of all such documents proposed to be filed, which documents will be subject to the review and comment of such counsel (it being understood that counsel to the Selling Holders will conduct its review and provide any comments promptly);

 

(ii)                                  prepare and file with the SEC such amendments (including post-effective amendments) and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection therewith and any Exchange Act reports incorporated by reference therein as may be necessary to keep such registration statement effective and to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement until the earlier of such time as all of such securities have been disposed of in accordance with the intended methods of disposition by the Selling Holder(s) set forth in such registration statement or (x) in the case of a Demand Registration pursuant to Section 6.1, the expiration of sixty (60) days after such registration statement becomes effective, (y) in the case of a Piggyback Registration pursuant to Section 6.2, the expiration of sixty (60) days after such registration statement becomes effective or (z) in the case of a Shelf Registration pursuant to Section 6.3, the Shelf Registration Effectiveness Period;

 

(iii)                               furnish to each Selling Holder and each underwriter, if any, of the securities being sold by such Selling Holder such number of conformed copies of such registration statement and of each amendment and supplement thereto (in each case including all exhibits), such number of copies of the prospectus contained in such registration statement (including each preliminary prospectus and any summary prospectus) and each Free Writing Prospectus utilized in connection therewith and any other prospectus filed under Rule 424 under the Securities Act, in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act, and any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and such other documents as such Selling Holder and underwriter, if any, may reasonably request in order to facilitate the public sale or other disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by such Selling Holder;

 

(iv)                              use reasonable best efforts to register or qualify such Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities laws or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as any Selling Holder and any underwriter of the securities being sold by such Selling Holder shall reasonably request, and take any other action which may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable such Selling Holder and underwriter to consummate the disposition in such jurisdictions of the Registrable Securities owned by such Selling Holder, except that the Company shall not for any such purpose be required to (A) qualify generally to do business as a foreign corporation in any jurisdiction wherein it would not but for the requirements of this clause (iv) be obligated to be so qualified, (B) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction or (C) file a general consent to service of process in any such jurisdiction;

 

19



 

(v)                                 use reasonable best efforts to cause such Registrable Securities to be listed on each securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed and, if no such securities are so listed, use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Registrable Securities to be listed on the New York Stock Exchange or the NASDAQ Stock Market;

 

(vi)                              use reasonable best efforts to cause such Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement to be registered with or approved by such other governmental agencies or authorities as may be necessary to enable the Selling Holder(s) thereof to consummate the disposition of such Registrable Securities;

 

(vii)                           in connection with an Underwritten Offering, obtain for each Selling Holder and underwriter:

 

(A)                               an opinion of counsel for the Company, covering the matters customarily covered in opinions requested in Underwritten Offerings and such other matters as may be reasonably requested by such Selling Holder and underwriters, and

 

(B)                               a “comfort” letter (or, in the case of any such Person which does not satisfy the conditions for receipt of a “comfort” letter specified in AU Section 634 of the AICPA Professional Standards, an “agreed upon procedures” letter) signed by the independent registered public accountants who have certified the Company’s financial statements included in such registration statement (and, if necessary, any other independent registered public accountant of any Subsidiary of the Company or any business acquired by the Company from which financial statements and financial data are, or are required to be, included in the registration statement);

 

(viii)                        promptly make available for inspection by any Selling Holder, any underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to any registration statement, and any attorney, accountant or other agent or representative retained by any such Selling Holder or underwriter (collectively, the “Inspectors”), all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company (collectively, the “Records”), as shall be reasonably necessary to enable such Selling Holder or underwriter to exercise their due diligence responsibility, and cause the Company’s officers, directors and employees to supply all information requested by any such Inspector in connection with such registration statement promptly; provided, however, that, unless the disclosure of such Records is necessary to avoid or correct a misstatement or omission in the registration statement or the release of such Records is ordered pursuant to a subpoena or other order from a court of competent jurisdiction, the Company shall not be required to provide any information under this subparagraph (viii) if (i) the Company believes, after consultation with counsel for the Company, that to do so would cause the Company to forfeit an attorney-client privilege that was applicable to such information or (ii) if either (A) the Company has requested and been granted from the SEC confidential treatment of such information contained in any filing with the SEC or documents provided supplementally or otherwise or (B) the Company reasonably determines in good faith that such Records are confidential and so notifies the Inspectors in writing unless prior to

 

20



 

furnishing any such information with respect to (i) or (ii) such holder of Registrable Securities requesting such information agrees, and causes each of its Inspectors, to enter into a confidentiality agreement on terms reasonably acceptable to the Company; and provided, further, that each holder of Registrable Securities agrees that it will, upon learning that disclosure of such Records is sought in a court of competent jurisdiction, give notice to the Company and allow the Company, at its expense, to undertake appropriate action and to prevent disclosure of the Records deemed confidential;

 

(ix)                              promptly notify in writing each Selling Holder and the underwriters, if any, of the following events:

 

(A)                               the filing of the registration statement, the prospectus or any prospectus supplement related thereto, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or post-effective amendment to the registration statement, and, with respect to the registration statement or any post-effective amendment thereto, when the same has become effective;

 

(B)                               any request by the SEC for amendments or supplements to the registration statement or the prospectus or for additional information;

 

(C)                               the issuance by the SEC or any of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the registration statement or the initiation of any proceedings by any Person for that purpose;

 

(D)                               when any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus includes information that may conflict with the information contained in the registration statement; and

 

(E)                                the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of any Registrable Securities for sale under the securities or blue sky laws of any jurisdiction or the initiation or threat of any Proceeding for such purpose;

 

(x)                                 notify each Selling Holder, at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, upon discovery that, or upon the happening of any event as a result of which, the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and, at the request of any Selling Holder, promptly prepare and furnish to such Selling Holder a reasonable number of copies of a supplement to or an amendment of such prospectus as may be necessary so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such Registrable Securities, such prospectus shall not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading;

 

(xi)                              use reasonable best efforts to obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of such registration statement;

 

21



 

(xii)                           otherwise use reasonable best efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the SEC, and make available to Selling Holders, as promptly as practicable, an earnings statement of the Company covering the period of at least twelve (12) months, but not more than eighteen (18) months, beginning with the first day of the Company’s first full quarter after the effective date of such registration statement, which earnings statement shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 thereunder;

 

(xiii)                        use its reasonable best efforts to assist Stockholders who made a request to the Company to provide for a third party “market maker” for the Class A Shares; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to serve as such “market maker”;

 

(xiv)                       cooperate with any Selling Holder and any underwriters and the managing underwriter to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates (which shall not bear any restrictive legends unless required under applicable law), if necessary or appropriate, representing securities sold under any registration statement, and enable such securities to be in such denominations and registered in such names as the managing underwriter or such Selling Holders may request and keep available and make available to the Company’s transfer agent prior to the effectiveness of such registration statement a supply of such certificates, if necessary or appropriate;

 

(xv)                          have appropriate officers of the Company prepare and make presentations at any “road shows” and before analysts and rating agencies, as the case may be, take other actions to obtain ratings for any Registrable Securities (if they are eligible to be rated) and otherwise use its reasonable best efforts to cooperate as reasonably requested by the Selling Holders and the underwriters in the offering, marketing or selling of the Registrable Securities;

 

(xvi)                       have appropriate officers of the Company, and cause representatives of the Company’s independent registered public accountants, to participate in any due diligence discussions reasonably requested by any Selling Holder or any underwriter;

 

(xvii)                    if requested by any underwriter, agree, and cause the Company and any directors or officers of the Company to agree, to be bound by customary “lock-up” agreements restricting the ability to dispose of Company securities;

 

(xviii)                 if requested by any Selling Holders or any underwriter, promptly incorporate in the registration statement or any prospectus, pursuant to a supplement or post-effective amendment if necessary, such information as such Selling Holders may reasonably request to have included therein, including information relating to the “Plan of Distribution” of the Registrable Securities;

 

(xix)                       cooperate and assist in any filings required to be made with the FINRA and in the performance of any due diligence investigation by any underwriter that is required to be undertaken in accordance with the rules and regulations of FINRA;

 

22



 

(xx)                          otherwise use reasonable best efforts to cooperate as reasonably requested by the Selling Holders and the underwriters in the offering, marketing or selling of the Registrable Securities;

 

(xxi)                       otherwise use commercially reasonable efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and all reporting requirements under the rules and regulations of the Exchange Act; and

 

(xxii)                    use reasonable best efforts to take any action requested by the Selling Holders, including any action described in clauses (i) through (xxi) above to prepare for and facilitate any “over-night deal” or other proposed sale of Registrable Securities over a limited timeframe.

 

The Company may require each Selling Holder and each underwriter, if any, to furnish the Company in writing such information regarding each Selling Holder or underwriter and the distribution of such Registrable Securities as the Company may from time to time reasonably request to complete or amend the information required by such registration statement.

 

Without limiting any of the foregoing, in the event that the offering of Registrable Securities is to be made by or through an underwriter, the Company shall enter into an underwriting agreement with a managing underwriter or underwriters containing representations, warranties, indemnities and agreements customarily included (but not inconsistent with the covenants and agreements of the Company contained herein) by an issuer of common stock in underwriting agreements with respect to offerings of common stock for the account of, or on behalf of, such issuers. In connection with any offering of Registrable Securities registered pursuant to this Agreement, the Company shall furnish to the underwriter, if any (or, if no underwriter, the Selling Holder), unlegended certificates representing ownership of the Registrable Securities being sold (unless, in the Company’s sole discretion, such Registrable Securities are to be issued in uncertificated form pursuant to the customary arrangements for issuing shares in such form), in such denominations as requested and instruct any transfer agent and registrar of the Registrable Securities to release any stop transfer order with respect thereto.

 

(b)                                 Each Selling Holder agrees that upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event of the kind described in Section 6.6(a)(ix), such Selling Holder shall forthwith discontinue such Selling Holder’s disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to the applicable registration statement and prospectus relating thereto until such Selling Holder’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended prospectus contemplated by Section 6.6(a)(ix) and, if so directed by the Company, deliver to the Company, at the Company’s expense, all copies, other than permanent file copies, then in such Selling Holder’s possession of the prospectus current at the time of receipt of such notice relating to such Registrable Securities. In the event the Company shall give such notice, any applicable sixty (60) day or two (2) year period during which such registration statement must remain effective pursuant to this Agreement shall be extended by the number of days during the period from the date of giving of a notice regarding the happening of an event of the kind described in Section 6.6(a)(ix) to the date when all such Selling Holders shall receive such a supplemented or amended prospectus and such prospectus shall have been filed with the SEC.

 

23



 

Section 6.7                                    Registration Expenses.

 

All expenses incident to the Company’s performance of, or compliance with, its obligations under this Agreement including (i) (A) all registration and filing fees, all fees and expenses of compliance with securities and “blue sky” laws, (B) all fees and expenses associated with filings required to be made with FINRA (including, if applicable, the fees and expenses of any “qualified independent underwriter” as such term is defined in NASD Rule 2720 or the equivalent rule incorporated into the FINRA rulebook), (C) all fees and expenses of compliance with securities and “blue sky” laws, (D) all printing (including expenses of printing certificates for the Registrable Securities in a form eligible for deposit with the Depository Trust Company and of printing prospectuses if the printing of prospectuses is requested by a holder of Registrable Securities) and copying expenses, (E) all messenger and delivery expenses, (F) all fees and expenses of the Company’s independent certified public accountants and counsel (including with respect to “comfort” letters, “agreed-on-procedure” letter and opinions), (G) fees and expenses of one counsel to the Stockholders selling in such registration (which firm shall be selected by the Stockholders selling in such registration that hold a majority of the Registrable Securities included in such registration, provided that such counsel is reasonably acceptable to the Company) and (H) except as otherwise provided in this Section 6.7, the fees and expenses (including transfer taxes) of every nationally recognized investment bank engaged in connection with a Demand Registration or a Piggyback Registration that is not an Underwritten Offering (collectively, the “Registration Expenses”) and (ii) any expenses described in clauses (i)(A) through (i)(H) above incurred in connection with the marketing and sale of Registrable Securities shall be borne by the Company, regardless of whether a registration is effected, marketing is commenced or a sale is made, provided that, in the case of clauses (i) and (ii), the Company shall not bear fees or expenses under clauses (i)(G) and (i)(H) with respect to (x) a Stockholder who withdraws a request to include any Registrable Securities in any registration or offering under this Article VI or any Underwritten Offering if, during the twelve (12) months prior to such Underwritten Offering, two or more other Underwritten Offerings have been effected pursuant to this Article VI. The Company will pay its internal expenses (including all salaries and expenses of its officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties, the expense of any annual audit and the expense of any liability insurance) and the expenses and fees for listing the securities to be registered on each securities exchange and included in each established over-the-counter market on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed or traded.  Each Selling Holder shall pay its portion of all underwriting discounts and commissions and transfer taxes, if any, relating to the sale of such Selling Holder’s Registrable Securities pursuant to any registration.

 

Section 6.8                                    Request for Information.  Not less than five (5) business days before the expected filing date of each registration statement pursuant to this Agreement, the Company shall notify each Stockholder who has timely provided the requisite notice hereunder entitling the Stockholder to register Registrable Securities in such registration statement of the information, documents and instruments from such Stockholder that the Company or any underwriter reasonably requests in connection with such registration statement, including, but not limited to a questionnaire, custody agreement, power of attorney, lock-up letter and underwriting agreement (the “Requested Information”). If the Company has not received, on or before the second day before the expected filing date, the Requested Information from such Stockholder, the Company may file the Registration Statement without including Registrable

 

24



 

Securities of such Stockholder.  The failure to so include in any registration statement the Registrable Securities of a Stockholder (with regard to that registration statement) shall not in and of itself result in any liability on the part of the Company to such Stockholder.

 

Section 6.9                                    No Grant of Future Registration Rights.  The Company shall not grant any shelf, demand, piggyback or incidental registration rights that are senior to the rights granted to the Stockholders hereunder to any other Person without the prior written consent of Piggyback Sellers holding a majority of the Registrable Securities held by all Piggyback Sellers.

 

Section 6.10                             Control of Registration Rights.  For the avoidance of doubt, until the Secondary Class B Condition ceases to be satisfied, any and all rights and remedies of a Stockholder (other than Holdings) under this Article VI may only be exercised or enforced by such Stockholder with the prior approval of Holdings and Holdings shall have the right to enforce all such rights and remedies hereunder on behalf of such Stockholder.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

INDEMNIFICATION

 

Section 7.1                                    General Indemnification.  The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Stockholder and its Affiliates and their respective officers, directors, employees, managers, partners and agents and each Person who controls (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act and Section 20 of the Exchange Act) such Selling Holder or such other indemnified Person against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses (including reasonable expenses of investigation and reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) (collectively, the “Losses”), in each case, based on, arising out of, resulting from or in connection with any claim, action, cause of action, suit, proceeding or investigation, whether civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or other (collectively, “Actions”), based on, arising out of, pertaining to or in connection with (i) the ownership or the operation of the assets or properties, and the operation or conduct of the business of, including contracts entered into by, the Company, whether before, on or after the date hereof (ii) any other activity that the Company or its Subsidiaries or Controlled Affiliates engages in and (iii) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Filing or any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, other than misstatements or omissions made in reliance on information relating to and furnished by Holdings in writing expressly for use in the preparation of such Filing. The indemnity agreement contained in this Section 7.1 shall be applicable whether or not any Action or the facts or transactions giving rise to such Action arose prior to, on or subsequent to the date of this Agreement.

 

Section 7.2                                    Registration Statement Indemnification.

 

(a)                                 The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by law, each Selling Holder and officers, directors, employees, managers, members, partners and Affiliates from and against all Losses caused by, resulting from or relating to any untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) of a material fact contained in any registration statement, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, prospectus or preliminary prospectus or any

 

25



 

amendment thereof or supplement thereto or any omission (or alleged omission) of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, except insofar as the same are caused by any information furnished in writing to the Company by such Selling Holder expressly for use therein. In connection with an Underwritten Offering and without limiting any of the Company’s other obligations under this Agreement, the Company shall also indemnify such underwriters, their officers, directors, employees and agents and each Person who controls (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act and Section 20 of the Exchange Act) such underwriters or such other indemnified Person to the same extent as provided above with respect to the indemnification (and exceptions thereto) of the holders of Registrable Securities being sold. Reimbursements payable pursuant to the indemnification contemplated by this Section 7.2(a) will be made by periodic payments during the course of any investigation or defense, as and when bills are received or expenses incurred.

 

(b)                                 In connection with any registration statement in which a holder of Registrable Securities is participating, each such Selling Holder will furnish to the Company in writing information regarding such Selling Holder’s ownership of Registrable Securities and its intended method of distribution thereof and, to the extent permitted by law, shall, severally and not jointly, indemnify the Company, its directors, officers, employees and agents and each Person who controls (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act and Section 20 of the Exchange Act) the Company or such other indemnified Person against all Losses caused by any untrue statement of material fact contained in the registration statement, Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, prospectus or preliminary prospectus or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or any omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, but only to the extent that such untrue statement or omission is caused by and contained in such information so furnished in writing by such Selling Holder expressly for use therein; provided, however, that each Selling Holder’s obligation to indemnify the Company hereunder shall, to the extent more than one Selling Holder is subject to the same indemnification obligation, be apportioned between each Selling Holder based upon the net amount received by each Selling Holder from the sale of Registrable Securities, as compared to the total net amount received by all of the Selling Holders of Registrable Securities sold pursuant to such registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Selling Holder shall be liable to the Company for amounts in excess of the lesser of (i) such apportionment and (ii) the net amount received by such holder in the offering giving rise to such liability.

 

Section 7.3                                    Notice.  Any Person entitled to indemnification hereunder shall give prompt written notice to the indemnifying party of any claim with respect to which it seeks indemnification; provided, however, the failure to give such notice shall not release the indemnifying party from its obligation, except to the extent that the indemnifying party has been materially prejudiced by such failure to provide such notice on a timely basis.

 

Section 7.4                                    Defense of Actions.  In any case in which any such action is brought against any indemnified party, and it notifies an indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party will be entitled to participate therein, and, to the extent that it may wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party, and after notice from the

 

26


 

indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense thereof, the indemnifying party will not (so long as it shall continue to have the right to defend, contest, litigate and settle the matter in question in accordance with this paragraph) be liable to such indemnified party hereunder for any legal or other expense subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation, supervision and monitoring (unless (i) such indemnified party reasonably objects to such assumption on the grounds that there may be defenses available to it which are different from or in addition to the defenses available to such indemnifying party or (ii) the indemnifying party shall have failed within a reasonable period of time to assume such defense and the indemnified party is or is reasonably likely to be prejudiced by such delay, in either event the indemnified party shall be promptly reimbursed by the indemnifying party for the expenses incurred in connection with retaining separate legal counsel). An indemnifying party shall not be liable for any settlement of an Action effected without its consent.  The indemnifying party shall lose its right to defend, contest, litigate and settle a matter if it shall fail to diligently contest such matter (except to the extent settled in accordance with the next following sentence).  No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened Action in respect of which any indemnified party is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such indemnified party, unless such settlement includes an unconditional release of such indemnified party from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such Action.  Any Losses for which an indemnified party is entitled to indemnification or contribution under this Article VII shall be paid by the indemnifying party to the indemnified party as such Losses are incurred.  The indemnity and contribution agreements contained in this Article VII shall remain operative and in full force and effect, regardless of (i) any investigation made by or on behalf of any indemnified party, the Company, its directors or officers, or any person controlling the Company, and (ii) any termination of this Agreement.  The parties hereto shall, and shall cause their respective Subsidiaries or Controlled Affiliates to, cooperate with each other in a reasonable manner with respect to access to unprivileged information and similar matters in connection with any Action.  The provisions of this Article VII are for the benefit of, and are intended to create third party beneficiary rights in favor of, each of the indemnified parties referred to herein.

 

Section 7.5                                    Contribution.  If recovery is not available under the foregoing indemnification provisions for any reason or reasons, any Person who would otherwise be entitled to indemnification by the terms thereof shall nevertheless be entitled to contribution with respect to any Losses with respect to which such Person would be entitled to such indemnification but for such reason or reasons.  In determining the amount of contribution to which the respective Persons are entitled, there shall be considered the Persons’ relative knowledge and access to information concerning the matter with respect to which the claim was asserted, the opportunity to correct and prevent any statement or omission, and other equitable considerations appropriate under the circumstances.  It is hereby agreed that it would not necessarily be equitable if the amount of such contribution were determined by pro rata or per capita allocation.  No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not found guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Selling Holder or transferee thereof shall be required to make a contribution in excess of the net amount received by such holder from its sale of Registrable Securities in connection with the offering that gave rise to the contribution obligation.

 

27



 

ARTICLE VIII

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

Section 8.1                                    Representations and Warranties of Holdings.  Each Stockholder represents and warrants to the Company that (a) it is duly authorized to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement; (b) this Agreement has been duly executed by such Stockholder and is a valid and binding agreement of such Stockholder, enforceable against such Stockholder in accordance with its terms; (c) the execution, delivery and performance by Stockholder of this Agreement does not violate or conflict with or result in a breach of or constitute (or with notice or lapse of time or both constitute) a default under any agreement to which such Stockholder is a party or, if the Stockholder is an entity, the organizational documents of such Stockholder; and (d) such Stockholder has good and marketable title to the Partnership LP Units owned by it as of the date hereof free and clear of any pledge, lien, security interest, charge, claim, equity or encumbrance of any kind, other than pursuant to this Agreement and the Partnership LP Agreement.

 

Section 8.2                                    Representations and Warranties of the Company.  the Company represents and warrants to Holdings that (a) the Company is duly authorized to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement; (b) this Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company and is a valid and binding agreement of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms; and (c) the execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement does not violate or conflict with or result in a breach by the Company of or constitute (or with notice or lapse of time or both constitute) a default by the Company under the Certificate of Incorporation or By-Laws, any existing applicable law, rule, regulation, judgment, order, or decree of any Governmental Entity exercising any statutory or regulatory authority of any of the foregoing, domestic or foreign, having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Controlled Affiliates or any of their respective properties or assets, or any agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Controlled Affiliates is a party or by which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Controlled Affiliates or any of their respective properties or assets may be bound.

 

ARTICLE IX

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 9.1                                    Notices.  All notices, requests, consents and other communications hereunder to any party shall be deemed to be sufficient if contained in a written instrument delivered in person or sent by facsimile (provided a copy is thereafter promptly delivered as provided in this Section 9.1) or nationally recognized overnight courier, addressed to such party at the address or facsimile number set forth below or such other address or facsimile number as may hereafter be designated in writing by such party to the other parties:

 

28



 

(a) If to the Company, to:

 

Moelis & Company
399 Park Avenue, 5th Floor
New York, New York 10022
Phone:
          (212) 883-3800
Fax:
                       (212) 880-4260
Attention:  General Counsel

 

with a copy to:

 

Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP
Four Times Square
New York, New York 10036
Phone:
          (212) 735-3000
Fax:
                       (212) 735-2000
Attention:  Joseph A. Coco, Esq.

 

(b) if to Holdings, to:

 

the address and facsimile number set forth in the records of the Company.

 

All such notices, requests, consents and other communications shall be deemed to have been given or made if and when received (including by overnight courier) by the parties at the above addresses or sent by email, facsimile, with confirmation received, to the email addresses or facsimile numbers specified above (or at such other address or facsimile number for a party as shall be specified by like notice).  Any notice delivered by any party hereto to any other party hereto shall also be delivered to each other party hereto simultaneously with delivery to the first party receiving such notice.

 

Section 9.2                                    Interpretation.  The headings contained in this Agreement are for convenience of reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.  Whenever the words “included”, “includes” or “including” are used in this Agreement, they shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”.

 

Section 9.3                                    Severability.  The provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed severable, and the invalidity or unenforceability of any provision shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions hereof.  If any provision of this Agreement, or the application thereof to any person or entity or any circumstance, is found to be invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, (a) a suitable and equitable provision shall be substituted therefor in order to carry out, so far as may be valid and enforceable, the intent and purpose of such invalid or unenforceable provision and (b) the remainder of this Agreement and the application of such provision to other Persons or circumstances shall not be affected by such invalidity or unenforceability, nor shall such invalidity or unenforceability affect the validity or enforceability of such provision, or the application thereof, in any other jurisdiction.

 

Section 9.4                                    Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which shall, taken together, be

 

29



 

considered one and the same agreement, it being understood that both parties need not sign the same counterpart.

 

Section 9.5                                    Adjustments Upon Change of Capitalization.  In the event of any change in the outstanding Class A Shares and Class B Shares, as applicable, by reason of dividends, splits, reverse splits, spin-offs, split-ups, recapitalizations, combinations, exchanges of shares and the like, the term “Class A Shares” and “Class B Shares” shall refer to and include the securities received or resulting therefrom, but only to the extent such securities are received in exchange for or in respect of Class A Shares and Class B Shares, as applicable.

 

Section 9.6                                    Entire Agreement; No Third Party Beneficiaries.  This Agreement (a) constitutes the entire agreement and supersedes all other prior agreements, both written and oral, among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and (b) is not intended to confer upon any Person, other than the parties hereto, except as provided in Section 7.2(a) and Section 7.2(b), any rights or remedies hereunder.

 

Section 9.7                                    Further Assurances.  Each party shall execute, deliver, acknowledge and file such other documents and take such further actions as may be reasonably requested from time to time by the other party hereto to give effect to and carry out the transactions contemplated herein.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each of the Stockholders (i) acknowledges that such Stockholder will prepare and file with the SEC filings under the Exchange Act, including under Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, relating to its Beneficial Ownership of Voting Securities and (ii) agrees to use its reasonable efforts to assist and cooperate with the other parties in promptly preparing, reviewing and executing any such filings under the Exchange Act, including any amendments thereto.

 

Section 9.8                                    Governing Law; Equitable RemediesTHIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE (WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO CONFLICT OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF).  The parties hereto agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with its specific terms or was otherwise breached.  It is accordingly agreed that the parties hereto shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions and other equitable remedies to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions hereof in any of the Selected Courts (as defined below), this being in addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled at law or in equity.  Any requirements for the securing or posting of any bond with respect to such remedy are hereby waived by each of the parties hereto.  Each party further agrees that, in the event of any action for an injunction or other equitable remedy in respect of such breach or enforcement of specific performance, it will not assert the defense that a remedy at law would be adequate.

 

Section 9.9                                    Consent to Jurisdiction.  With respect to any suit, action or proceeding (“Proceeding”) arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any transaction contemplated hereby each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably (i) submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York or the Court of Chancery located in the State of Delaware, County of Newcastle (the “Selected Courts”) and waives any objection to venue being laid in the Selected Courts whether based on the grounds of forum non

 

30



 

conveniens or otherwise and hereby agrees not to commence any such Proceeding other than before one of the Selected Courts; provided, however, that a party may commence any Proceeding in a court other than a Selected Court solely for the purpose of enforcing an order or judgment issued by one of the Selected Courts; (ii) consents to service of process in any Proceeding by the mailing of copies thereof by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, or by recognized international express carrier or delivery service, to the Company or Holdings at their respective addresses referred to in Section 9.1; provided, however, that nothing herein shall affect the right of any party hereto to serve process in any other manner permitted by law; and (iii) TO THE EXTENT NOT PROHIBITED BY APPLICABLE LAW THAT CANNOT BE WAIVED, WAIVES, AND COVENANTS THAT IT WILL NOT ASSERT (WHETHER AS PLAINTIFF, DEFENDANT OR OTHERWISE) ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION ARISING IN WHOLE OR IN PART UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE CONTEMPLATED TRANSACTIONS, WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING, AND WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, AND AGREES THAT ANY OF THEM MAY FILE A COPY OF THIS PARAGRAPH WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE KNOWING, VOLUNTARY AND BARGAINED-FOR AGREEMENT AMONG THE PARTIES IRREVOCABLY TO WAIVE ITS RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY PROCEEDING WHATSOEVER BETWEEN THEM RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE CONTEMPLATED TRANSACTIONS WILL INSTEAD BE TRIED IN A COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION BY A JUDGE SITTING WITHOUT A JURY.

 

Section 9.10                             Amendments; Waivers.

 

(a)                                 No provision of this Agreement may be amended or waived unless such amendment or waiver is in writing and signed, in the case of an amendment, by the parties hereto, or in the case of a waiver, by the party against whom the waiver is to be effective.

 

(b)                                 No failure or delay by any party in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege.  The rights and remedies herein provided shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

 

Section 9.11                             Successors and Assigns.  Except as otherwise provided herein, all the terms and provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon, shall inure to the benefit of and shall be enforceable by the respective successors and permitted assigns of the parties hereto.  No Stockholder may assign any of its rights hereunder to any Person other than a Permitted Transferee.  Each Permitted Transferee of any Stockholder shall be subject to all of the terms of this Agreement, and by taking and holding such shares such Person shall be entitled to receive the benefits of and be conclusively deemed to have agreed to be bound by and to comply with all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement; provided, however, no transfer of rights permitted hereunder shall be binding upon or obligate the Company unless and until (i) if required under Section 3.1, the Company shall have received written notice of such transfer and the joinder of the transferee provided for in Section 3.1, and (ii) such transferee can establish Beneficial Ownership or ownership of record of a Registrable Amount (whether individually or together

 

31



 

with its Affiliates that are Stockholders or transferees of Stockholders and, if applicable, its other Permitted Transferees that are Stockholders or transferees of Stockholders). Notwithstanding the foregoing, no successor or assignee of the Company shall have any rights granted under this Agreement until such Person shall acknowledge its rights and obligations hereunder by a signed written statement of such Person’s acceptance of such rights and obligations.

 

Section 9.12                             Status.  Holdings shall not be deemed to be a member of a “group” (as such term is defined in Section 13D of the Exchange Act), and Holdings shall not be deemed to “beneficially own” (as such term is defined in Section 13D of the Exchange Act) Class A Shares owned by any other Stockholder, because of this Agreement or any provision hereof.

 

Section 9.13                             Actions in Other Capacities.  Nothing in this Agreement shall limit, restrict or otherwise affect any actions taken by Holdings in its capacity as an stockholder, partner, member or member of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Controlled Affiliates.

 

Section 9.14                             Rule 144.  The Company covenants and agrees that it will file the reports required to be filed by it under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations adopted by the SEC thereunder (or, if it is not required to file such reports, it will, upon the request of any holder of Registrable Securities, make publicly available other information so long as necessary to permit sales in compliance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act), and it will take such further reasonable action, to the extent required from time to time to enable such holder to sell Registrable Securities without registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act, as such Rule 144 may be amended from time to time, or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the SEC. Upon the reasonable request of any holder of Registrable Securities, the Company will deliver to such holder a written statement as to whether it has complied with such information and filing requirements.

 

32



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered, all as of the date first set forth above.

 

 

 

MOELIS & COMPANY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

MOELIS & COMPANY PARTNER HOLDINGS LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

Moelis & Company Holdings GP LLC,

 

 

its managing member

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 



 

 

KENNETH MOELIS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

THE MOELIS IRREVOCABLE TRUST

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

THE MOELIS FAMILY TRUST

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 





Exhibit 10.4

 

MOELIS & COMPANY

2014 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN

 

NOTICE OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT GRANT

 

You have been granted the following restricted stock units in accordance with the terms of the Moelis & Company 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) and the Statement of Terms and Conditions of the 2014 Incentive Restricted Stock Unit Award for Managing Directors (the “Statement of Terms”).  Each restricted stock unit represents the right to receive, subject to certain conditions, a share of Moelis & Company common stock or the fair market value of such share in cash.  This Notice of Restricted Stock Unit Grant (“Grant Notice”) , together with the Statement of Terms, constitute an Award Agreement for purposes of the Plan .

 

Grantee:

 

Type of Grant:  2014 Incentive Restricted Stock Unit Award for Managing Directors

 

Total Number of restricted stock units:

 

Grant Date:

 

You and Moelis & Company (the “Company”) agree that this grant is issued under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Plan and the Statement of Terms, both of which are made a part of this Grant Notice.  Please review the Plan and Statement of Terms carefully, as they explain the terms and conditions of this grant.  You agree that the Company may deliver electronically all documents related to the Plan or this grant and all documents that the Company is required to deliver to its shareholders.  By executing this Grant Notice, you accept this grant, you agree to all the terms and conditions described above, in the Statement of Terms and in the Plan, and you agree that you have no right whatsoever to change or negotiate such terms and conditions.

 

The Statement of Terms and Plan are available at                             .

 

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 



 

MOELIS & COMPANY

 

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

 

 

 

 

Print Name:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GRANTEE

 

 

 

 

 

Signature

 

 

 

 

 

 

Print Name:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2



 

MOELIS & COMPANY

2014 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN

 

STATEMENT OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE 2014
INCENTIVE RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD FOR MANAGING DIRECTORS

 

This Statement of Terms and Conditions (this “Statement of Terms”), sets forth the terms and conditions of the Company grant of restricted stock units to the Grantee set forth in the Notice of Restricted Stock Unit Grant (the “Grant Notice”).  The Grant Notice, together with this Statement of Terms, constitute an Award Agreement under the Moelis & Company 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “Plan”).  References herein to this Statement of Terms shall include the Grant Notice.  Capitalized terms not defined herein (including Section 23) shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Plan.  Where the context permits, references to “the Company” shall include the Company and any successor to the Company.

 

1.             Grant of Restricted Stock Units.  The Company grants to the Grantee the number of restricted stock units set forth in the Grant Notice (the “RSUs”), subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Statement of Terms and the Plan.

 

2.             Vesting.

 

(a)           One-third (1/3rd) of the RSUs shall become vested on each of April 1, 2017, April 1, 2018 and April 1, 2019 (each a “Vesting Date”); provided that the Grantee remains in continuous employment or service with the Company or an Affiliate thereof through, and has not given or received a notice of termination of such employment or service as of, the applicable Vesting Date.  For avoidance of doubt, the Grantee’s employment or service with the Company or an Affiliate thereof shall be deemed to have terminated upon (i) the date the Grantee provides the Company or the Affiliate notice of the Grantee’s intent to terminate his employment or service with the Company or the Affiliate or (ii) the date the Company or the Affiliate provides the Grantee notice of its intent to terminate the Grantee’s employment or service with the Company or the Affiliate.

 

(b)           If the Grantee’s employment or service with the Company and all of its Affiliates is terminated by the Company or an Affiliate thereof for Cause or by Grantee without Good Reason or, in the case of a termination covered by Section 2(c) or (e), if the Grantee engages in Detrimental Activities, (i) this Statement of Terms shall terminate and all rights of the Grantee with respect to the RSUs that have not vested shall immediately terminate, (ii) any such unvested RSUs shall be forfeited without payment of any consideration, and (iii) neither the Grantee nor any of the Grantee’s successors, heirs, assigns, or personal representatives shall thereafter have any further rights or interests in such unvested RSUs.

 

(c)           If the Grantee’s employment or service with the Company and all of its Affiliates is terminated by the Company or an Affiliate thereof without Cause or by the Grantee for Good Reason, the unvested RSUs shall continue to vest under the schedule set forth in Section 2(a) hereof; provided that the Grantee does not engaged in Detrimental Activities through the applicable Vesting Date.

 

3



 

(d)           If the Grantee’s employment or service with the Company and its Affiliates is terminated due to the Grantee’s death, the unvested RSUs shall immediately vest, and Settlement of such RSUs shall occur as soon as practicable after the date of death and after such documentation as maybe requested by the Committee is provided to the Committee.  If the Grantee is subject to U.S. taxes, Settlement after the Grantee’s death is expected to be made by the end of the calendar year in which death occurs (or on such later date as maybe permitted by Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).

 

(e)           If the Grantee’s employment or service with the Company and all its Affiliates is terminated by the Company or an Affiliate thereof due to a Disability, the unvested RSUs shall continue to vest under the schedule set forth in Section 2(a) hereof; provided that in the case of a termination due to a Disability, the Grantee does not engaged in Detrimental Activities through the applicable Vesting Date.

 

(f)            If a Change in Control occurs and the Grantee’s employment or service with the Company and all its Affiliates is terminated by the Company or an Affiliate thereof without Cause or by Grantee for Good Reason on or within twelve (12) months after the effective date of the Change in Control, then the unvested RSUs shall immediately vest, and Settlement of such RSUs shall occur no later than the sixtieth (60th) day following the effective date of the termination of Grantee’s employment or services.

 

3.             Settlement.  Subject to Section 5(a) of the Plan, each RSU granted hereunder shall represent the right to receive one (1) share (a “Share”) of Common Stock (the “Settlement”).  Except as provided in Section 2(d) or (f) above, the Settlement shall occur not later than the sixtieth (60th) day following the applicable Vesting Date.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the discretion of the Committee, the Company may deliver cash in lieu of all or any portion of the Shares otherwise deliverable upon Settlement of the RSUs.  Only the Committee shall have the right to determine the timing of the Settlement within the sixty (60) day period referred to in Section 2(d) and (f) and this Section 3.

 

4.             Voting and Other Rights; Dividend Equivalents.

 

(a)           The Grantee shall have no rights of a stockholder with respect to the RSUs (including the right to vote and the right to receive distributions or dividends) unless and until Shares are issued in respect thereof following the applicable Vesting Date.

 

(b)           Unless the Committee determines otherwise, in the event that a dividend is paid on Common Stock, the Company shall grant the Grantee additional RSUs equal to (i) the product of the number of RSUs for which there has not been a Settlement as of the dividend record date multiplied by the dividend amount per share, divided by (ii) the Fair Market Value of a Share on the dividend payment date.  The additional RSUs granted shall be subject to the same restrictions and conditions as the RSUs in respect of which the dividend equivalent payment relates, including, without limitation, the provisions governing time and form of Settlement or payment applicable to the associated RSUs.

 

5.             Statement of Terms Subject to Plan.  This Statement of Terms is made pursuant to all of the provisions of the Plan, which is incorporated herein by this reference, and is

 

4



 

intended, and shall be interpreted in a manner, to comply therewith.  In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Statement of Terms and the provisions of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan shall govern.

 

6.             No Rights to Continuation of Employment or Service.  Nothing in the Plan or this Statement of Terms shall confer upon the Grantee any right to continue in the employ or service of the Company or any Affiliate thereof or shall interfere with or restrict the right of the Company or its Affiliates to terminate the Grantee’s employment or service at any time for any reason whatsoever, with or without cause.

 

7.             Tax Withholding.  The Company shall be entitled to require a cash payment by or on behalf of the Grantee and/or to deduct from the Shares otherwise issuable hereunder or cash or other compensation payable to the Grantee the minimum amount of any sums required by federal, state or local tax law to be withheld or to satisfy any applicable payroll deductions with respect to the Settlement of any RSU.

 

8.             Section 409A Compliance/Taxes Generally.  The intent of the parties is that payments and benefits under this Statement of Terms comply with Section 409A of the Code, to the extent subject thereto, and accordingly, to the maximum extent permitted, this Statement of Terms shall be interpreted and administered to be in compliance therewith. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the Grantee shall not be considered to have terminated employment or service with the Company for purposes of any payments under this Statement of Terms which are subject to Section 409A of the Code until the Grantee would be considered to have incurred a “separation from service” from the Company within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code. (For purposes of clarity, the Grantee may be considered to have terminated employment or service for purposes of forfeiting an RSU prior to a separation from service.)  Each amount to be paid or benefit to be provided under this Statement of Terms shall be construed as a separate identified payment for purposes of Section 409A of the Code. Without limiting the foregoing and notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, to the extent required in order to avoid accelerated taxation and/or tax penalties under Section 409A of the Code, amounts that would otherwise be payable and benefits that would otherwise be provided pursuant to this Statement of Terms or any other arrangement between the Grantee and the Company during the six-month period immediately following the Grantee’s separation from service shall instead be paid on the first business day after the date that is six months following the Grantee’s separation from service (or, if earlier, the Grantee’s date of death). The Company makes no representation that any or all of the payments described in this Statement of Terms will be exempt from or comply with Section 409A of the Code and makes no undertaking to preclude Section 409A of the Code from applying to any such payment.  The Grantee shall be solely responsible for the payment of any taxes and penalties incurred under 409A or any other provision of the Code.  Without limiting the foregoing, the Company makes no representation as to the tax treatment of the Grantee with respect to the grant, vesting, or Settlement of the RSUs.

 

9.             Governing Law.  This Statement of Terms shall be governed by, interpreted under, and construed and enforced in accordance with the internal laws, and not the laws pertaining to conflicts or choices of laws, of the State of Delaware applicable to agreements made and to be performed wholly within the State of Delaware.

 

5



 

10.          Statement of Terms Binding on Successors.  The terms of this Statement of Terms shall be binding upon the Grantee and upon the Grantee’s heirs, executors, administrators, personal representatives, transferees, assignees and successors in interest, and upon the Company and its successors and assignees, subject to the terms of the Plan.

 

11.          No Transferability.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Statement of Terms, neither this Statement of Terms nor any rights granted herein shall be sold, pledged, hypothecated, assigned or otherwise transferred other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution or as otherwise provided for by the Committee.

 

12.          Necessary Acts.  The Grantee hereby agrees to perform all acts, and to execute and deliver any documents that may be reasonably necessary to carry out the provisions of this Statement of Terms, including but not limited to all acts and documents related to compliance with federal and/or state securities and/or tax laws.

 

13.          Severability.  Should any provision of this Statement of Terms be held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable, or enforceable only if modified, such holding shall not affect the validity of the remainder of this Statement of Terms, the balance of which shall continue to be binding upon the parties hereto with any such modification (if any) to become a part hereof and treated as though contained in this original Statement of Terms.  Moreover, if one or more of the provisions contained in this Statement of Terms shall for any reason be held to be excessively broad as to scope, activity, subject or otherwise so as to be unenforceable, in lieu of severing such unenforceable provision, such provision or provisions shall be construed by the appropriate judicial body by limiting or reducing it or them, so as to be enforceable to the maximum extent compatible with the applicable law as it shall then appear, and such determination by such judicial body shall not affect the enforceability of such provisions or provisions in any other jurisdiction.

 

14.          Entire Statement of Terms.  This Statement of Terms and the Plan contain the entire agreement and understanding among the parties as to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes any other agreements or representations, oral or otherwise, express or implied, with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

15.          Headings.  Headings are used solely for the convenience of the parties and shall not be deemed to be a limitation upon or descriptive of the contents of any such Section.

 

16.          Counterparts; Electronic Signature.  The Grant Notice may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and all of which together shall be deemed to be one and the same instrument.  The Grantee’s electronic signature on the Grant Notice shall have the same validity and effect as a signature affixed by the Grantee’s hand.

 

17.          Amendment.  No amendment or modification hereof shall be valid unless it shall be in writing and signed by all parties hereto.

 

18.          Set-Off.  The Grantee hereby acknowledges and agrees, without limiting rights of the Company or any Affiliate thereof otherwise available at law or in equity, that, to the extent permitted by law, the number of Shares under this Statement of Terms (or the amount of

 

6



 

any cash in lieu thereof) may be reduced by, and set-off against, any or all amounts or other consideration payable by the Grantee to the Company or any of its Affiliates under any other agreement or arrangement between the Grantee and the Company or any of its Affiliates; provided that any such set-off does not result in a penalty under Section 409A of the Code.

 

19.          Clawback.  Notwithstanding any other provisions in the Plan or this Statement of Terms, the compensation payable under this Statement of Terms shall be subject to reduction and clawback to the extent required pursuant to any law, government regulation or stock exchange listing requirement (or any policy adopted by the Company pursuant to any such law, government regulation or stock exchange listing requirement).

 

20.          Effect on Other Benefits.  The compensation payable under this Statement of Terms shall not be taken into account in computing the amount of salary or compensation of the Grantee for purposes of determining any pension, retirement, death, severance, other benefits under (a) any pension, retirement, profit sharing, bonus, insurance, severance or other employee benefit plan of the Company or any Affiliate thereof now or hereafter in effect under which the availability or amount of benefits is related to the level of compensation or (b) any agreement between the Company (or any Affiliate thereof) and the Grantee, except as such plan or agreement shall otherwise expressly provide.

 

21.          Use of Personal Data.  By accepting the grant pursuant to this Statement of Terms, the Grantee acknowledges that the Company may use the Grantee’s personal data for purposes of (i) determining the Grantee’s compensation, (ii) payroll activities, including but not limited to, tax withholding and regulatory reporting, (iii) registration of Shares, and (iv) other lawful purposes related to the Grantee’s employment and this Statement of Terms, and the Company may provide such data to third party vendors with whom it has contracted to provide such services.  The Grantee may terminate this authorization at any time except with respect to tax and regulatory reporting.  In such case, the grant under this Statement of Terms shall be subject to cancellation.

 

22.          Arbitration.

 

(a)           Except as expressly provided in clauses (b) or (c) below, if any claim, controversy or dispute arises in connection with the Plan or this Statement of Terms, the Company (or an Affiliate thereof) and the Grantee agree to final and binding arbitration of any and all such claims, controversies or disputes as described below:

 

(i)            If the Grantee is registered and FINRA Dispute Resolution, Inc. has jurisdiction over the dispute, the Grantee agrees to final and binding arbitration before FINRA, or any successor organization or body thereto in accordance with FINRA’s special procedures applicable to Large Cases, if available, and to have the case heard by a single arbitrator who was a former judge; provided that if such special procedures are not available, then in accordance with FINRA’s then applicable rules, including those related to discovery.  The arbitration shall take place at the FINRA hearing site located nearest to the Company’s (or the Affiliate’s) office at which the Grantee is providing services or was providing services as of the date his or her employment or other relationship terminated.

 

7



 

The number of arbitrators in any arbitration before FINRA shall be determined in accordance with FINRA’s rules.

 

(ii)           If the Grantee is not registered or if FINRA does not have jurisdiction, the Grantee agrees to final and binding arbitration administered by JAMS or any successor organization or body thereto pursuant to its Employment Arbitration Rules & Procedures and subject to JAMS Policy on Employment Arbitration Minimum Standards of Procedural Fairness, with the exception that the Grantee and the Company (or the Affiliate) agree that no depositions will be taken, except if ordered by the arbitrator due to extraordinary circumstances.  The arbitration hearing will take place at the JAMS hearing site located nearest to the Company’s (or the Affiliate’s) office at which the Grantee is providing services or was providing services as of the date his or her employment or other relationship terminated.  Any such arbitration shall be before one arbitrator, who shall be a former judge, selected in accordance with the rules described above.

 

This agreement to arbitrate disputes includes, but is not limited to, any claims of discrimination and/or harassment under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, claims for breach of contract or the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing, tortious conduct (whether intentional or negligent), including claims of misappropriation, fraud, conversion, interference with economic advantage or contract, breach of fiduciary duty, misrepresentation, or any other federal, state or local law relating to discrimination in employment, any claims relating to wage and hour claims and any other statutory or common law claims.  In the course of any arbitration, the employee and the Company (or the Affiliate) agree:  (1) to request that a written award be issued by the arbitrator(s); (2) that each side is entitled to receive any and all relief they would be entitled to receive in a court proceeding; and (3) that the Grantee will not be required to pay any fees in the arbitration that are greater than the fees the Grantee would be required to pay in a court proceeding.  Any arbitral award may be entered as a judgment or order in any court of competent jurisdiction.

 

(b)           The Grantee and the Company (or an Affiliate thereof) knowingly and voluntarily agree to waive any rights that might otherwise exist to request a jury trial or other court proceeding, except that the Grantee and the Company (or an Affiliate thereof) agree that each has the right to seek injunctive or other equitable relief from a court with respect to the enforcement of any obligations the Grantee may have regarding any notice period the Company (or an Affiliate thereof) is entitled to, trade secrets, confidential information, non-solicitation of employees, consultants or independent contractors, non-solicitation of clients or customers, non-competition, inventions, work product or other intellectual property and non-disparagement (whether such obligations arise pursuant to the Plan, this Statement of Terms, any employee handbook, any offer letter, any employment agreement, any confidentiality and/or restrictive covenant agreement, the common law or otherwise).

 

(c)           Any claims filed by the parties in arbitration must be brought in the parties’ individual capacity and not as a plaintiff or class member in any purported class, collective or representative proceeding.  In the event that the preceding sentence is ruled to be

 

8



 

unenforceable, any such purported class, collective or representative proceeding must be heard in court and not in arbitration.

 

(d)           Each provision of this arbitration agreement is intended to be severable, and the invalidity or unenforceability of any portion or provision of this agreement shall not affect the validity, enforceability or legality of the remainder hereof.  In the event any provision of this arbitration policy is determined by any court of competent jurisdiction or arbitrator(s) to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable as written, such provision shall be interpreted so as to be legal, valid and enforceable to the fullest extent possible under applicable law.  In the event any provision of this arbitration policy is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction or arbitrator(s) to be void, the remaining provisions of this arbitration policy shall nevertheless be binding upon the parties with the same effect as though the void provision thereof had been severed and deleted.

 

23.          Definitions.

 

Affiliate” shall have the meaning ascribed to that term in Section 2(b) of the Plan.

 

Cause” shall have the meaning ascribed to that term in Section 2(i) of the Plan.

 

Change in Control” shall have the meaning ascribed to that term in Section 2(l) of the Plan.

 

Client” means any client or prospective client of the Company or an Affiliate thereof (i) to whom the Grantee provided services, for whom the Grantee transacted business or for whom the Grantee solicited the business of such client or prospective client during the prior two-year period or (ii) whose senior personnel the Grantee first met or the Grantee was introduced or reintroduced to during the Grantee’s relationship with or employment by the Company or an Affiliate thereof.

 

Committee” shall have the meaning ascribed to that term in Section 2(o) of the Plan.

 

Common Stock” shall have the meaning ascribed to that term in Section 2(p) of the Plan.

 

Competitive Enterprise” means any business enterprise that is engaged, or owns or controls a significant interest in any entity that is engaged, in either case, primarily or in any substantial manner in any place in the world in (x) investment banking or securities activities or financial services, including, without limitation, private equity, hedge fund or other asset or investment management businesses, or (y) any business

 

9



 

activities in which the Company and/or its Affiliates are engaged primarily or in any substantial manner.

 

Detrimental Activities” means any of the following:

 

(i)            The Grantee Solicits any Client to transact business with a Competitive Enterprise or to reduce or refrain from doing business with the Company or any Affiliate thereof;

 

(ii)           The Grantee interferes with or damages (or attempts to interfere with or damage) any relationship between the Company or an Affiliate thereof and any Client;

 

(iii)          The Grantee Solicits any person who is employed by the Company or any Affiliate thereof to resign from the Company or the Affiliate or to apply for or accept employment with any Competitive Enterprise;

 

(iv)          The Grantee shall fail to timely execute an attestation to the effect that Grantee has not engaged in the acts described in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) above prior to each applicable Vesting Date or at such other times reasonably requested by the Committee; and

 

(v)           The Grantee, as determined by the Committee, fails to meet, in any material respect, any obligation the Grantee may have under any agreement with the Company or an Affiliate thereof regarding confidentiality, nondisparagement, cooperation, nonsolicitation or noncompetition.

 

Disability” shall have the meaning ascribed to that term in Section 2(s) of the Plan.

 

Fair Market Value” shall have the meaning ascribed to that term in Section 2(x) of the Plan.

 

Good Reason” shall have the meaning ascribed to that term in Section 2(z) of the Plan.

 

Solicit” means any direct or indirect communication of any kind whatsoever, regardless of by whom initiated, inviting, advising, encouraging or requesting any person or entity, in any manner, to take or refrain from taking any action.

 

10





Exhibit 10.5

 

MOELIS & COMPANY

2014 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN

 

NOTICE OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT GRANT

 

You have been granted the following restricted stock units in accordance with the terms of the Moelis & Company 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) and the Statement of Terms and Conditions of the 2014 Restricted Stock Unit Award for Non-Employee Directors (the “Statement of Terms”).  Each restricted stock unit represents the right to receive, subject to certain conditions, a share of Moelis & Company common stock or the fair market value of such share in cash.  This Notice of Restricted Stock Unit Grant (“Grant Notice”), together with the Statement of Terms, constitute an Award Agreement for purposes of the Plan.

 

Grantee:

 

Type of Grant:  2014 Restricted Stock Unit Award for Non-Employee Directors

 

Total Number of restricted stock units:

 

Grant Date:

 

You and Moelis & Company (the “Company”) agree that this grant is issued under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Plan and the Statement of Terms, both of which are made a part of this Grant Notice.  Please review the Plan and Statement of Terms carefully, as they explain the terms and conditions of this grant.  You agree that the Company may deliver electronically all documents related to the Plan or this grant and all documents that the Company is required to deliver to its shareholders.  By executing this Grant Notice, you accept this grant, you agree to all the terms and conditions described above, in the Statement of Terms and in the Plan, and you agree that you have no right whatsoever to change or negotiate such terms and conditions.

 

The Statement of Terms and Plan are available at                                           .

 

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 



 

MOELIS & COMPANY

 

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

 

 

 

 

Print Name:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GRANTEE

 

 

 

 

 

Signature

 

 

 

 

 

 

Print Name:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2



 

MOELIS & COMPANY

2014 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN

 

STATEMENT OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE
2014 RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD FOR NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTORS

 

This Statement of Terms and Conditions (this “Statement of Terms”), sets forth the terms and conditions of the Company grant of restricted stock units to the Grantee set forth in the Notice of Restricted Stock Unit Grant (the “Grant Notice”).  The Grant Notice, together with this Statement of Terms, constitute an Award Agreement under the Moelis & Company 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “Plan”).  References herein to this Statement of Terms shall include the Grant Notice.  Capitalized terms not defined herein (including Section 23) shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Plan.  Where the context permits, references to “the Company” shall include the Company and any successor to the Company.

 

1.             Grant of Restricted Stock Units.  The Company grants to the Grantee the number of restricted stock units set forth in the Grant Notice (the “RSUs”), subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Statement of Terms and the Plan.

 

2.             Vesting.

 

The RSUs are immediately vested upon grant and, except as otherwise provided herein, not subject to forfeiture.

 

3.             Settlement.  Subject to Section 5(a) of the Plan, each RSU granted hereunder shall represent the right to receive one (1) share (a “Share”) of Common Stock (the “Settlement”).  Except as provided herinafter, the Settlement shall occur not later than the sixtieth (60th) day following [the second anniversary of the Grant Date].  If the Grantee dies before [the second anniversary of the Grant Date], Settlement shall occur as soon as practicable after the date of death and after such documentation as maybe requested by the Committee is provided to the Committee.  If the Grantee is subject to U.S. taxes, Settlement after the Grantee’s death is expected to be made by the end of the calendar year in which death occurs (or on such later date as maybe permitted by Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).  If a Change in Control occurs and the Grantee is removed as a Director without cause on or within twelve (12) months after the effective date of the Change in Control, then the Settlement of the RSUs shall occur no later than the sixtieth (60th) day following the effective date of the removal of the Grantee.  Only the Committee shall have the right to determine the timing of the Settlement within the sixty (60) day period referred to in this Section 3.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the discretion of the Committee, the Company may deliver cash in lieu of all or any portion of the Shares otherwise deliverable upon Settlement of the RSUs.

 

4.             Voting and Other Rights; Dividend Equivalents.

 

(a)           The Grantee shall have no rights of a stockholder with respect to the RSUs (including the right to vote and the right to receive distributions or dividends) unless and until Shares are issued in respect thereof following the Settlement.

 

3



 

(b)           Unless the Committee determines otherwise, in the event that a dividend is paid on Common Stock, the Company shall grant the Grantee additional RSUs equal to (i) the product of the number of RSUs for which there has not been a Settlement as of the dividend record date multiplied by the dividend amount per share, divided by (ii) the Fair Market Value of a Share on the dividend payment date.  The additional RSUs granted shall be subject to the same restrictions and conditions as the RSUs in respect of which the dividend equivalent payment relates, including, without limitation, the provisions governing time and form of Settlement or payment applicable to the associated RSUs.

 

5.             Statement of Terms Subject to Plan.  This Statement of Terms is made pursuant to all of the provisions of the Plan, which is incorporated herein by this reference, and is intended, and shall be interpreted in a manner, to comply therewith.  In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Statement of Terms and the provisions of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan shall govern.

 

6.             No Rights to Continuation of Employment or Service.  Nothing in the Plan or this Statement of Terms shall confer upon the Grantee any right to continue in the employ or service of the Company or any Affiliate thereof or shall interfere with or restrict the right of the Company or its Affiliates to terminate the Grantee’s employment or service at any time for any reason whatsoever, with or without cause.

 

7.             Tax Withholding.  The Company shall be entitled to require a cash payment by or on behalf of the Grantee and/or to deduct from the Shares otherwise issuable hereunder or cash or other compensation payable to the Grantee the minimum amount of any sums required by federal, state or local tax law to be withheld or to satisfy any applicable payroll deductions with respect to the Settlement of any RSU.

 

8.             Section 409A Compliance/Taxes Generally.  The intent of the parties is that payments and benefits under this Statement of Terms comply with Section 409A of the Code, to the extent subject thereto, and accordingly, to the maximum extent permitted, this Statement of Terms shall be interpreted and administered to be in compliance therewith. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the Grantee shall not be considered to have terminated employment or service with the Company for purposes of any payments under this Statement of Terms which are subject to Section 409A of the Code until the Grantee would be considered to have incurred a “separation from service” from the Company within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code.  Each amount to be paid or benefit to be provided under this Statement of Terms shall be construed as a separate identified payment for purposes of Section 409A of the Code. Without limiting the foregoing and notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, to the extent required in order to avoid accelerated taxation and/or tax penalties under Section 409A of the Code, amounts that would otherwise be payable and benefits that would otherwise be provided pursuant to this Statement of Terms or any other arrangement between the Grantee and the Company during the six-month period immediately following the Grantee’s separation from service shall instead be paid on the first business day after the date that is six months following the Grantee’s separation from service (or, if earlier, the Grantee’s date of death). The Company makes no representation that any or all of the payments described in this Statement of Terms will be exempt from or comply with Section 409A of the Code and makes no undertaking to preclude Section 409A of the Code from applying to any such

 

4



 

payment.  The Grantee shall be solely responsible for the payment of any taxes and penalties incurred under 409A or any other provision of the Code.  Without limiting the foregoing, the Company makes no representation as to the tax treatment of the Grantee with respect to the grant, vesting, or Settlement of the RSUs.

 

9.             Governing Law.  This Statement of Terms shall be governed by, interpreted under, and construed and enforced in accordance with the internal laws, and not the laws pertaining to conflicts or choices of laws, of the State of Delaware applicable to agreements made and to be performed wholly within the State of Delaware.

 

10.          Statement of Terms Binding on Successors.  The terms of this Statement of Terms shall be binding upon the Grantee and upon the Grantee’s heirs, executors, administrators, personal representatives, transferees, assignees and successors in interest, and upon the Company and its successors and assignees, subject to the terms of the Plan.

 

11.          No Transferability.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Statement of Terms, neither this Statement of Terms nor any rights granted herein shall be sold, pledged, hypothecated, assigned or otherwise transferred other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution or as otherwise provided for by the Committee.

 

12.          Necessary Acts.  The Grantee hereby agrees to perform all acts, and to execute and deliver any documents that may be reasonably necessary to carry out the provisions of this Statement of Terms, including but not limited to all acts and documents related to compliance with federal and/or state securities and/or tax laws.

 

13.          Severability.  Should any provision of this Statement of Terms be held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable, or enforceable only if modified, such holding shall not affect the validity of the remainder of this Statement of Terms, the balance of which shall continue to be binding upon the parties hereto with any such modification (if any) to become a part hereof and treated as though contained in this original Statement of Terms.  Moreover, if one or more of the provisions contained in this Statement of Terms shall for any reason be held to be excessively broad as to scope, activity, subject or otherwise so as to be unenforceable, in lieu of severing such unenforceable provision, such provision or provisions shall be construed by the appropriate judicial body by limiting or reducing it or them, so as to be enforceable to the maximum extent compatible with the applicable law as it shall then appear, and such determination by such judicial body shall not affect the enforceability of such provisions or provisions in any other jurisdiction.

 

14.          Entire Statement of Terms.  This Statement of Terms and the Plan contain the entire agreement and understanding among the parties as to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes any other agreements or representations, oral or otherwise, express or implied, with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

15.          Headings.  Headings are used solely for the convenience of the parties and shall not be deemed to be a limitation upon or descriptive of the contents of any such Section.

 

16.          Counterparts; Electronic Signature.  The Grant Notice may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and all of which

 

5



 

together shall be deemed to be one and the same instrument.  The Grantee’s electronic signature on the Grant Notice shall have the same validity and effect as a signature affixed by the Grantee’s hand.

 

17.          Amendment.  No amendment or modification hereof shall be valid unless it shall be in writing and signed by all parties hereto.

 

18.          Set-Off.  The Grantee hereby acknowledges and agrees, without limiting rights of the Company or any Affiliate thereof otherwise available at law or in equity, that, to the extent permitted by law, the number of Shares under this Statement of Terms (or the amount of any cash in lieu thereof) may be reduced by, and set-off against, any or all amounts or other consideration payable by the Grantee to the Company or any of its Affiliates under any other agreement or arrangement between the Grantee and the Company or any of its Affiliates; provided that any such set-off does not result in a penalty under Section 409A of the Code.

 

19.          Clawback.  Notwithstanding any other provisions in the Plan or this Statement of Terms, the compensation payable under this Statement of Terms shall be subject to reduction and clawback to the extent required pursuant to any law, government regulation or stock exchange listing requirement (or any policy adopted by the Company pursuant to any such law, government regulation or stock exchange listing requirement).

 

20.          Effect on Other Benefits.  The compensation payable under this Statement of Terms shall not be taken into account in computing the amount of salary or compensation of the Grantee for purposes of determining any pension, retirement, death, severance, other benefits under (a) any pension, retirement, profit sharing, bonus, insurance, severance or other employee benefit plan of the Company or any Affiliate thereof now or hereafter in effect under which the availability or amount of benefits is related to the level of compensation or (b) any agreement between the Company (or any Affiliate thereof) and the Grantee, except as such plan or agreement shall otherwise expressly provide.

 

21.          Use of Personal Data.  By accepting the grant pursuant to this Statement of Terms, the Grantee acknowledges that the Company may use the Grantee’s personal data for purposes of (i) determining the Grantee’s compensation, (ii) payroll activities, including but not limited to, tax withholding and regulatory reporting, (iii) registration of Shares, and (iv) other lawful purposes related to the Grantee’s employment and this Statement of Terms, and the Company may provide such data to third party vendors with whom it has contracted to provide such services.  The Grantee may terminate this authorization at any time except with respect to tax and regulatory reporting.  In such case, the grant under this Statement of Terms shall be subject to cancellation.

 

22.          Arbitration.

 

(a)           Except as expressly provided in clauses (b) or (c) below, if any claim, controversy or dispute arises in connection with the Plan or this Statement of Terms, the Company (or an Affiliate thereof) and the Grantee agree to final and binding arbitration administered by JAMS or any successor organization or body thereto pursuant to its Employment Arbitration Rules & Procedures and subject to JAMS Policy on Employment

 

6



 

Arbitration Minimum Standards of Procedural Fairness, with the exception that the Grantee and the Company (or the Affiliate) agree that no depositions will be taken, except if ordered by the arbitrator due to extraordinary circumstances.  The arbitration hearing will take place at the JAMS hearing site located nearest to the Company’s (or the Affiliate’s) office at which the Grantee is providing services or was providing services as of the date his or her employment or other relationship terminated.  Any such arbitration shall be before one arbitrator, who shall be a former judge, selected in accordance with the rules described above.

 

(b)           This agreement to arbitrate disputes includes, but is not limited to, any claims of discrimination and/or harassment under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, claims for breach of contract or the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing, tortious conduct (whether intentional or negligent), including claims of misappropriation, fraud, conversion, interference with economic advantage or contract, breach of fiduciary duty, misrepresentation, or any other federal, state or local law relating to discrimination in employment, any claims relating to wage and hour claims and any other statutory or common law claims.  In the course of any arbitration, the employee and the Company (or the Affiliate) agree:  (1) to request that a written award be issued by the arbitrator(s); (2) that each side is entitled to receive any and all relief they would be entitled to receive in a court proceeding; and (3) that the Grantee will not be required to pay any fees in the arbitration that are greater than the fees the Grantee would be required to pay in a court proceeding.  Any arbitral award may be entered as a judgment or order in any court of competent jurisdiction.

 

(c)           The Grantee and the Company (or an Affiliate thereof) knowingly and voluntarily agree to waive any rights that might otherwise exist to request a jury trial or other court proceeding, except that the Grantee and the Company (or an Affiliate thereof) agree that each has the right to seek injunctive or other equitable relief from a court with respect to the enforcement of any obligations the Grantee may have regarding any notice period the Company (or an Affiliate thereof) is entitled to, trade secrets, confidential information, non-solicitation of employees, consultants or independent contractors, non-solicitation of clients or customers, non-competition, inventions, work product or other intellectual property and non-disparagement (whether such obligations arise pursuant to the Plan, this Statement of Terms, any employee handbook, any offer letter, any employment agreement, any confidentiality and/or restrictive covenant agreement, the common law or otherwise).

 

(d)           Any claims filed by the parties in arbitration must be brought in the parties’ individual capacity and not as a plaintiff or class member in any purported class, collective or representative proceeding.  In the event that the preceding sentence is ruled to be unenforceable, any such purported class, collective or representative proceeding must be heard in court and not in arbitration.

 

(e)           Each provision of this arbitration agreement is intended to be severable, and the invalidity or unenforceability of any portion or provision of this agreement shall not affect the validity, enforceability or legality of the remainder hereof.  In the event any provision of this arbitration policy is determined by any court of competent jurisdiction or arbitrator(s) to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable as written, such provision shall be interpreted

 

7



 

so as to be legal, valid and enforceable to the fullest extent possible under applicable law.  In the event any provision of this arbitration policy is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction or arbitrator(s) to be void, the remaining provisions of this arbitration policy shall nevertheless be binding upon the parties with the same effect as though the void provision thereof had been severed and deleted.

 

23.          Definitions.

 

a.             Affiliate” shall have the meaning ascribed to that term in Section 2(b) of the Plan.

 

b.             Change in Control” shall have the meaning ascribed to that term in Section 2(l) of the Plan.

 

c.             Committee” shall have the meaning ascribed to that term in Section 2(o) of the Plan.

 

d.             Common Stock” shall have the meaning ascribed to that term in Section 2(p) of the Plan.

 

e.             Fair Market Value” shall have the meaning ascribed to that term in Section 2(x) of the Plan.

 

8





Exhibit 10.6

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

 

AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

 

OF

 

MOELIS & COMPANY GROUP LP

 

a Delaware limited partnership

 


 

THE SECURITIES EVIDENCED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS AND ARE BEING SOLD IN RELIANCE UPON EXEMPTIONS FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND SUCH LAWS. SUCH SECURITIES MUST BE ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT ONLY AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED FOR SALE, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED, SOLD, ASSIGNED OR TRANSFERRED AT ANY TIME EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH (I) THE SECURITIES ACT, ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS; AND (II) THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION, UNLESS THE TRANSFEROR DELIVERS TO THE PARTNERSHIP AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE PARTNERSHIP, TO THE EFFECT THAT THE PROPOSED SALE, TRANSFER OR OTHER DISPOSITION MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND UNDER APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES OR “BLUE SKY” LAWS.

 

dated as of [·], 2014

 

i



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

ARTICLE I DEFINED TERMS

1

Section 1.1

Definitions

1

Section 1.2

Interpretation

19

 

 

 

ARTICLE II GENERAL PROVISIONS

20

Section 2.1

Formation

20

Section 2.2

Name

20

Section 2.3

Principal Place of Business; Other Places of Business

20

Section 2.4

Designated Agent for Service of Process

21

Section 2.5

Term

21

Section 2.6

No Concerted Action

21

Section 2.7

Business Purpose

21

Section 2.8

Powers

21

Section 2.9

Certificates; Filings

21

Section 2.10

Representations and Warranties by the Partners

22

 

 

 

ARTICLE III CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS

23

Section 3.1

Capital Contributions of the Partners

23

Section 3.2

Issuances of Additional Partnership Interests

23

Section 3.3

Additional Funds and Capital Contributions

25

Section 3.4

Equity Plans

26

Section 3.5

Stock Incentive Plan or Other Plan

28

Section 3.6

No Interest; No Return

29

Section 3.7

Conversion or Redemption of Preferred Shares and Common Shares

29

Section 3.8

Other Contribution Provisions

30

 

 

 

ARTICLE IV DISTRIBUTIONS

30

Section 4.1

Requirement and Characterization of Distributions

30

Section 4.2

Tax Distributions

30

Section 4.3

Distributions in Kind

30

Section 4.4

Amounts Withheld

31

Section 4.5

Distributions upon Liquidation

31

Section 4.6

Distributions to Reflect Additional Partnership Units

31

Section 4.7

Restricted Distributions

31

 

 

 

ARTICLE V ALLOCATIONS

31

Section 5.1

Timing and Amount of Allocations of Net Income and Net Loss

31

Section 5.2

General Allocations

31

Section 5.3

Additional Allocation Provisions

32

Section 5.4

Tax Allocations

35

 

 

 

ARTICLE VI OPERATIONS

36

 

ii



 

Section 6.1

Management

36

Section 6.2

Compensation and Reimbursement

39

Section 6.3

Outside Activities

40

Section 6.4

Transactions with Affiliates

40

Section 6.5

Liability of Partners

41

Section 6.6

Indemnification

42

 

 

 

ARTICLE VII RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF LIMITED PARTNERS

44

Section 7.1

Return of Capital

44

Section 7.2

Rights of Limited Partners Relating to the Partnership

44

Section 7.3

Partnership Right to Call Partnership Interests

44

Section 7.4

Drag-Along Rights

45

 

 

 

ARTICLE VIII BOOKS AND RECORDS

46

Section 8.1

Books and Records

46

Section 8.2

Inspection

46

 

 

 

ARTICLE IX TAX MATTERS

46

Section 9.1

Preparation of Tax Returns

46

Section 9.2

Tax Elections

46

Section 9.3

Tax Matters Partner

47

Section 9.4

Withholding

48

Section 9.5

Organizational Expenses

48

 

 

 

ARTICLE X PARTNER TRANSFERS AND WITHDRAWALS

49

Section 10.1

Transfer

49

Section 10.2

Transfer of General Partner’s Partnership Interest

49

Section 10.3

Limited Partners’ Rights to Transfer

50

Section 10.4

Substituted Limited Partners

51

Section 10.5

Assignees

52

Section 10.6

General Provisions

52

Section 10.7

Restrictions on Termination Transactions

54

 

 

 

ARTICLE XI ADMISSION OF PARTNERS

55

Section 11.1

Admission of Successor General Partner

55

Section 11.2

Partners; Admission of Additional Limited Partners

55

Section 11.3

Limit on Number of Partners

56

Section 11.4

Admission

56

 

 

 

ARTICLE XII DISSOLUTION, LIQUIDATION AND TERMINATION

56

Section 12.1

No Dissolution

56

Section 12.2

Events Causing Dissolution

56

Section 12.3

Distribution upon Dissolution

57

Section 12.4

Deemed Contribution and Distribution

58

Section 12.5

Rights of Holders

58

Section 12.6

Termination

58

Section 12.7

Reasonable Time for Winding-Up

58

 

iii



 

ARTICLE XIII PROCEDURES FOR ACTIONS AND CONSENTS OF PARTNERS; AMENDMENTS; MEETINGS

59

Section 13.1

Actions and Consents of Partners

59

Section 13.2

Amendments

59

Section 13.3

Procedures for Meetings and Actions of the Partners

59

 

 

 

ARTICLE XIV REDEMPTION RIGHTS AND REGISTRATION RIGHTS

61

Section 14.1

Redemption Rights of Qualifying Parties

61

Section 14.2

Shelf Registration

63

 

 

 

ARTICLE XV MISCELLANEOUS

67

Section 15.1

Partnership Counsel

67

Section 15.2

Appointment of General Partner as Attorney-in-Fact

67

Section 15.3

Arbitration

68

Section 15.4

Partnership Name; Goodwill

69

Section 15.5

Accounting and Fiscal Year

69

Section 15.6

Entire Agreement

70

Section 15.7

Further Assurances

70

Section 15.8

Notices

70

Section 15.9

Governing Law

70

Section 15.10

Construction

70

Section 15.11

Binding Effect

70

Section 15.12

Severability

70

Section 15.13

Confidentiality

71

Section 15.14

Consent to Use of Name

73

Section 15.15

Consent by Spouse

73

Section 15.16

Counterparts

74

Section 15.17

Other Agreements

74

Section 15.18

Survival

74

Section 15.19

Anti-Money Laundering Representations and Undertakings

74

 

EXHIBIT A: EXAMPLES REGARDING ADJUSTMENT FACTOR

EXHIBIT B: NOTICE OF REDEMPTION

EXHIBIT C: CONSENT BY SPOUSE

EXHIBIT D: ANTI-MONEY LAUNDERING REPRESENTATIONS AND UNDERTAKINGS

 

iv



 

INDEX OF DEFINED TERMS

 

Act

1

Actions

43

Additional Funds

25

Additional Limited Partner

1

Adjusted Capital Account

2

Adjusted Capital Account Deficit

2

Adjustment Amount

2

Adjustment Factor

2

Affiliate

3

Agreement

4

Annual Income Tax Liability

4

Applicable Employee

4

Applicable Percentage

63

Appraisal

4

Asset

5

Assets

5

Assignee

5

Available Cash

5

Bankruptcy

6

Board of Directors

6

Business Day

6

Bylaws

6

Capital Account

6

Capital Contribution

7

Capital Share

7

Cash Amount

7

Certificate

7

Charter

7

Class A Share

8

Class A Shares Amount

8

Class B Share

8

Code

8

Common Share

8

Consent

8

Consent of the Limited Partners

8

Consent of the Partners

8

Contributed Asset

8

control

4

Controlled Entity

9

Cut-Off Date

9

De Minimis

9

Debt

9

Depreciation

9

Disabling Event

9

Distributed Right

2

Equity Plan

9

ERISA

10

Event of Withdrawal

58

Exchange Act

10

Family Members

10

final adjustment

49

Fiscal Year

10

Formation Date

1

Former Common Holder

10

Funding Debt

10

General Partner

10

General Partner Loan

26

Gross Asset Value

10

Holder

12

Holdings

12

Holdings Common Units

12

Holdings LPA

12

Holdings Partner

12

Holdings Units

12

Incapacitated

12

Incapacity

12

Indemnitee

12

IPO

12

IPO Closing Date

12

IRS

12

Liabilities

43

Limited Partner

12

Liquidating Event

58

Liquidator

58

Lock-Up Partnership Interests

12

Lock-Up Period

13

Losses

67

Majority in Interest of the Limited Partners

13

Majority in Interest of the Partners

13

Moelis Entities

14

Net Income

14

Net Loss

14

New Securities

15

Nonrecourse Deductions

15

Nonrecourse Liability

15

Notice of Redemption

15

Optionee

15

Original Agreement

1

Original Limited Partner

15

Partner

15

Partner Minimum Gain

15

Partner Nonrecourse Debt

15

Partner Nonrecourse Deductions

16

Partnership

16

Partnership Class A Common Unit

16

Partnership Class B Common Unit

16

Partnership Common Unit

16

Partnership Counsel

69

 

v



 

Partnership Employee

16

Partnership Equivalent Units

16

Partnership Interest

16

Partnership Junior Unit

17

Partnership Minimum Gain

17

Partnership Preferred Unit

17

Partnership Record Date

17

Partnership Unit

17

Partnership Unit Designation

25

Percentage Interest

17

Permitted Transfer

17

Permitted Transferee

17

Person

17

Predecessor General Partner

1

Preferred Share

18

Profits Interest Units

18

Publicly Traded

18

Qualified Transferee

18

Qualifying Party

18

Redemption

63

Register

24

Registrable Securities

18

Regulations

18

Regulatory Allocations

35

Rights

8

SEC

18

Securities Act

18

Special Limited Partner

1

Special Redemption

63

Specified Redemption Date

18

Subsidiary

19

Substituted Limited Partner

19

Surviving Partnership

56

Suspension Period

66

Target Value

19

Target Value Excess

19

Tax Items

36

Tendered Units

63

Tendering Party

63

Termination Transaction

19

Transaction Consideration

56

Transfer

19

Valuation Date

19

Value

19

 

vi


 

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED AGREEMENT OF
LIMITED PARTNERSHIP OF MOELIS & COMPANY GROUP LP

 

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP OF MOELIS & COMPANY GROUP LP, dated as of [·], 2014, is entered into by and among MOELIS & COMPANY GROUP GP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Moelis & Company, a Delaware corporation (the “Special Limited Partner”), and the Limited Partners (as defined herein).

 

WHEREAS, the Partnership was formed as a limited partnership pursuant to the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act, 6 Del. C. Section 17-101, et seq. (as it may be amended from time to time, and any successor to such statute, the “Act”), by the filing of a Certificate of Limited Partnership of the Partnership in the Office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on February 11, 2014 (the “Formation Date”);

 

WHEREAS, Moelis & Company Holdings GP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Predecessor General Partner”), and the Special Limited Partner entered into an original Agreement of Limited Partnership of the Partnership, dated as of February 11, 2014 (the “Original Agreement”);

 

WHEREAS, in connection with a series of restructuring transactions effected in connection with the contemplated IPO (as defined herein), on the date hereof Moelis & Company Group GP LLC was admitted to the Partnership as General Partner and the Predecessor General Partner withdrew from the Partnership; and

 

WHEREAS, Moelis & Company Group GP LLC, the Special Limited Partner and the Original Limited Partners (as defined herein) now desire to amend and restate the Original Agreement to read in its entirety as set forth herein.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties to this Agreement, intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

 

DEFINED TERMS

 

Section 1.1            Definitions. The following definitions shall be for all purposes, unless otherwise clearly indicated to the contrary, applied to the terms used in this Agreement:

 

Additional Limited Partner” means a Person who is admitted to the Partnership as a Limited Partner pursuant to the Act and Section 11.2, who is shown as such on the books and records of the Partnership, and who has not ceased to be a Limited Partner pursuant to the Act and this Agreement.

 

1



 

Adjusted Capital Account” means, with respect to any Partner, the such Partner’s Capital Account as of the end of the relevant Fiscal Year, after giving effect to the following adjustments:

 

(i)            credit to such Capital Account any amounts that such Partner is obligated to restore pursuant to this Agreement or by operation of law upon liquidation of such Partner’s Partnership Interest or that such Partner is deemed to be obligated to restore pursuant to the penultimate sentence of each of Regulations sections 1.704-2(g)(1) and 1.704-2(i)(5); and

 

(ii)           debit to such Capital Account the items described in Regulations section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), (5) and (6).

 

The foregoing definition of “Adjusted Capital Account” is intended to comply with the provisions of Regulations section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

 

Adjusted Capital Account Deficit” means, with respect to any Partner, the deficit balance, if any, in such Partner’s Adjusted Capital Account.

 

Adjustment Amount” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Net Income” and “Net Loss.”

 

Adjustment Factor” means 1.0; provided, however, that in the event that:

 

(i)            the Special Limited Partner (a) declares or pays a dividend on its outstanding Class A Shares wholly or partly in Class A Shares or makes a distribution to all holders of its outstanding Class A Shares wholly or partly in Class A Shares, (b) splits or subdivides its outstanding Class A Shares or (c) effects a reverse stock split or otherwise combines its outstanding Class A Shares into a smaller number of Class A Shares, the Adjustment Factor shall be adjusted by multiplying the Adjustment Factor previously in effect by a fraction, (i) the numerator of which shall be the number of Class A Shares issued and outstanding on the record date for such dividend, distribution, split, subdivision, reverse split or combination (assuming for such purposes that such dividend, distribution, split, subdivision, reverse split or combination has occurred as of such time) and (ii) the denominator of which shall be the actual number of Class A Shares (determined without the above assumption) issued and outstanding on the record date for such dividend, distribution, split, subdivision, reverse split or combination;

 

(ii)           the Special Limited Partner distributes any rights, options or warrants to all holders of its Class A Shares to subscribe for or to purchase or to otherwise acquire Class A Shares, or other securities or rights convertible into, exchangeable for or exercisable for Class A Shares, at a price per share less than the Value of a Class A Share on the record date for such distribution (each a “Distributed Right”), then, as of the distribution date of such Distributed Rights or, if later, the time such Distributed Rights become exercisable, the Adjustment Factor shall be adjusted by multiplying the Adjustment Factor previously in effect

 

2



 

by a fraction (a) the numerator of which shall be the number of Class A Shares issued and outstanding on the record date (or, if later, the date such Distributed Rights become exercisable) plus the maximum number of Class A Shares purchasable under such Distributed Rights and (b) the denominator of which shall be the number of Class A Shares issued and outstanding on the record date (or, if later, the date such Distributed Rights become exercisable) plus a fraction (1) the numerator of which is the maximum number of Class A Shares purchasable under such Distributed Rights, multiplied by the minimum purchase price per Class A Share under such Distributed Rights and (2) the denominator of which is the Value of a Class A Share as of the record date (or, if later, the date such Distributed Rights become exercisable); provided, however, that, if any such Distributed Rights expire or become no longer exercisable, then the Adjustment Factor shall be adjusted, effective retroactive to the date of distribution (or, if later, the time the Distributed Rights become exercisable) of the Distributed Rights, to reflect a reduced maximum number of Class A Shares or any change in the minimum purchase price for the purposes of the above fraction; and

 

(iii)          the Special Limited Partner shall, by dividend or otherwise, distribute to all holders of its Class A Shares evidences of its indebtedness or assets (including securities, but excluding any dividend or distribution referred to in subsection (i) or (ii) above), which evidences of indebtedness or assets relate to assets not received by the Special Limited Partner or its Subsidiaries pursuant to a pro rata distribution by the Partnership, then the Adjustment Factor shall be adjusted to equal the amount determined by multiplying the Adjustment Factor in effect immediately prior to the close of business as of the record date fixed for the determination of stockholders entitled to receive such distribution by a fraction (a) the numerator of which shall be such Value of a Class A Share on such record date and (b) the denominator of which shall be the Value of a Class A Share as of such record date less the then fair market value (as determined by the General Partner, whose determination shall be conclusive) of the portion of the evidences of indebtedness or assets so distributed applicable to one Class A Share.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, no adjustments to the Adjustment Factor will be made for any class or series of Partnership Interests to the extent that the Partnership makes or effects any correlative distribution or payment to all of the Partners holding Partnership Interests of such class or series, or effects any correlative split or reverse split in respect of the Partnership Interests of such class or series. Any adjustments to the Adjustment Factor shall become effective immediately after such event, retroactive to the record date, if any, for such event. For illustrative purposes, examples of adjustments to the Adjustment Factor are set forth on Exhibit A attached hereto.

 

Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under common control with such Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any Person means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise, and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

 

3



 

Agreement” means this Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Moelis & Company Group LP, together with the Schedules and Exhibits hereto, as now or hereafter amended, restated, modified, supplemented or replaced.

 

Annual Income Tax Liability” means, for each Partner, such Partner’s annual federal, state, and local income tax obligations for the applicable calendar year arising from the allocation to such Partner of taxable income that is earned by the Partnership based on the assumption that such Partner is an individual or, if a greater amount of tax would result, a corporate resident in California or, if a greater amount of tax would result, New York, subject to the maximum federal and applicable state income tax rates. The computation of Annual Income Tax Liability shall not take into account either (i) any allocation of taxable income, gain, deduction, or loss pursuant to Code section 704(c), or (ii) any deductions accruing to any Partner as a result of the recovery of a basis adjustment pursuant to Code section 743.

 

Applicable Employee” means:

 

(a)           with respect to Lock-Up Partnership Interests held by an Original Limited Partner on the IPO Closing Date who was employed by a Moelis Entity or its Affiliate on the IPO Closing Date, such Original Limited Partner;

 

(b)           with respect to Lock-Up Partnership Interests held by an Original Limited Partner on the IPO Closing Date as trustee, custodian or nominee for another Person who was employed by a Moelis Entity or its Affiliate on the IPO Closing Date, such other Person;

 

(c)           with respect to Lock-Up Partnership Interests held by an Original Limited Partner on the IPO Closing Date who held, on the day immediately preceding the date of the final prospectus used in connection with the IPO, Holdings Units (other than Holdings Common Units) and who had received such Units, directly or indirectly, in a Transfer from a Person who was a Holdings Partner at the time of such Transfer and who was employed by a Moelis Entity or its Affiliate on the IPO Closing Date, such Holdings Partner; and

 

(d)           with respect to Lock-Up Partnership Interests held by an Original Limited Partner on the IPO Closing Date as trustee, custodian or nominee for another Person who held, on the day immediately preceding the date of the final prospectus used in connection with the IPO, Holdings Units (other than Holdings Common Units) and who had received such Units, directly or indirectly, in a Transfer from a Person who was a Holdings Partner at the time of such Transfer and who was employed by a Moelis Entity or its Affiliate on the IPO Closing Date, such Holdings Partner.

 

Appraisal” means, with respect to any assets, the written opinion of an independent third party experienced in the valuation of similar assets, selected by the General Partner. Such opinion may be in the form of an opinion by such independent third party that the value for such property or asset as set by the General Partner is fair, from a financial point of view, to the Partnership.

 

4



 

Assets” means any assets and property of the Partnership, and “Asset” means any one such asset or property.

 

Assignee” means a Person to whom a Partnership Interest has been Transferred but who has not become a Substituted Limited Partner, and who has the rights set forth in Section 10.5.

 

Available Cash” means, with respect to any period for which such calculation is being made,

 

(i)            the sum, without duplication, of:

 

(1)           the Partnership’s Net Income or Net Loss (as the case may be) for such period,

 

(2)           Depreciation and all other noncash charges to the extent deducted in determining Net Income or Net Loss for such period,

 

(3)           the amount of any reduction in reserves of the Partnership established by the General Partner (including reductions resulting because the General Partner determines such amounts are no longer necessary),

 

(4)           the excess, if any, of the net cash proceeds from the sale, exchange, disposition, financing or refinancing of Partnership property for such period over the gain (or loss, as the case may be) recognized from such sale, exchange, disposition, financing or refinancing during such period, and

 

(5)           all other cash received (including amounts previously accrued as Net Income and amounts of deferred income) or any net amounts borrowed by the Partnership for such period that was not included in determining Net Income or Net Loss for such period;

 

(ii)           less the sum, without duplication, of:

 

(1)           all principal debt payments made during such period by the Partnership,

 

(2)           capital expenditures made by the Partnership during such period,

 

(3)           investments in any entity (including loans made thereto) to the extent that such investments are not otherwise described in clause (ii)(1) or clause (ii)(2) above,

 

(4)           all other cash expenditures and payments not deducted in determining Net Income or Net Loss for such period (including amounts paid in respect of expenses previously accrued but not paid),

 

5



 

(5)           any amount included in determining Net Income or Net Loss for such period that was not received by the Partnership during such period,

 

(6)           the amount of any increase in reserves (including working capital reserves) established by the General Partner during such period, and

 

(7)           any amount distributed or paid in redemption of any Limited Partner’s Partnership Interest or Partnership Units, including any Cash Amount paid.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Available Cash shall not include (a) any cash received or reductions in reserves, or take into account any disbursements made, or reserves established, after dissolution and the commencement of the liquidation and winding up of the Partnership or (b) any Capital Contributions, whenever received or any payments, expenditures or investments made with such Capital Contributions.

 

Bankruptcy” means, with respect to any Person, the occurrence of any event specified in Section 17-402(a)(4) or (5) of the Act with respect to such Person, and the terms “Bankrupt” has a meanings correlative to the foregoing.

 

Board of Directors” means the Board of Directors of the Special Limited Partner.

 

Business Day” means any weekday, excluding any legal holiday observed pursuant to United States federal or New York State law or regulation.

 

Bylaws” means the bylaws of the Special Limited Partner, as in effect from time to time.

 

Capital Account” means, with respect to any Partner, the capital account maintained by the General Partner for such Partner on the Partnership’s books and records in accordance with the following provisions:

 

(a)           To each Partner’s Capital Account, there shall be added such Partner’s Capital Contributions, such Partner’s distributive share of Net Income and any items in the nature of income or gain that are specially allocated pursuant to Section 5.3, and the amount of any Partnership liabilities assumed by such Partner or that are secured by any property distributed to such Partner.

 

(b)           From each Partner’s Capital Account, there shall be subtracted the amount of cash and the Gross Asset Value of any property distributed to such Partner pursuant to any provision of this Agreement, such Partner’s distributive share of Net Losses and any items in the nature of expenses or losses that are specially allocated pursuant to Section 5.3, and the amount of any liabilities of such Partner assumed by the Partnership or that are secured by any property contributed by such Partner to the Partnership (except to the extent already reflected in the amount of such Partner’s Capital Contribution).

 

6



 

(c)           In the event any interest in the Partnership is Transferred in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the transferee shall succeed to the Partner’s Capital Account of the transferor to the extent that it relates to the Transferred interest.

 

(d)           In determining the amount of any liability for purposes of subsections (a) and (b) hereof, there shall be taken into account Code section 752(c) and any other applicable provisions of the Code and Regulations.

 

(e)           The provisions of this Agreement relating to the maintenance of Capital Accounts are intended to comply with the provisions of Regulations section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv), et al, and shall be interpreted and applied in a manner consistent with such Regulations. The General Partner may modify the manner in which the Capital Accounts are maintained in order to comply with such Regulations, provided that the General Partner determines that such modification is not reasonably likely to have a material effect on the amounts distributable to any Partner without such Person’s consent. The General Partner also may (i) make any adjustments to maintain equality between the Capital Accounts of the Partners and the amount of Partnership capital reflected on the Partnership’s balance sheet, as computed for book purposes, in accordance with Regulations section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(q), and (ii) make any appropriate modifications in the event that unanticipated events might otherwise cause this Agreement not to comply with Regulations section 1.704-1(b) or section 1.704-2; provided, however, that the General Partner determines that such changes are not reasonably likely to have a material effect on the amounts distributable to the Partner as current cash distributions or as distributions on termination of the Partnership.

 

Capital Contribution” means, with respect to any Partner, the amount of money and the initial Gross Asset Value of any Contributed Asset that such Partner contributes to the Partnership or is deemed to contribute pursuant to Article III.

 

Capital Share” means a share of any class or series of stock of the Special Limited Partner now or hereafter authorized, other than a Common Share.

 

Cash Amount” means an amount of cash equal to the product of (i) the Value of a Class A Share and (ii) the Class A Shares Amount determined as of the applicable Valuation Date.

 

Certificate” means the Certificate of Limited Partnership executed and filed in the Office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware (and any and all amendments thereto and restatements thereof) on behalf of the Partnership pursuant to the Act.

 

Charter” means the certificate of incorporation of the Special Limited Partner, within the meaning of Section 104 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

Class A Share” means a share of Class A common stock of the Special Limited Partner, $0.01 par value per share.

 

Class A Shares Amount” means a number of Class A Shares equal to the product of (a) the number of Tendered Units and (b) the Adjustment Factor; provided, however, that, in the event that the Special Limited Partner issues to all holders of Class A Shares as of a certain

 

7



 

record date rights, options, warrants or convertible or exchangeable securities entitling the Special Limited Partner’s stockholders to subscribe for or purchase Class A Shares, or any other securities or property (collectively, the “Rights”), with the record date for such Rights issuance falling within the period starting on the date of the Notice of Redemption and ending on the day immediately preceding the Specified Redemption Date, which Rights will not be distributed before the relevant Specified Redemption Date, then the Class A Shares Amount shall also include such Rights that a holder of that number of Class A Shares would be entitled to receive, expressed, where relevant hereunder, as a number of Class A Shares determined by the General Partner.

 

Class B Share” means a share of Class B common stock of the Special Limited Partner, $0.01 par value per share.

 

Code” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended and in effect from time to time or any successor statute thereto, as interpreted by the applicable Regulations thereunder. Any reference herein to a specific section or sections of the Code shall be deemed to include a reference to any corresponding provision of future law.

 

Common Share” means a Class A or a Class B Share (and shall not include any additional series or class of the Special Limited Partner’s common stock created after the date of this Agreement).

 

Consent” means the consent to, approval of, or vote in favor of a proposed action by a Partner given in accordance with Article XIII.

 

Consent of the Limited Partners” means the Consent of a Majority in Interest of the Limited Partners, which Consent shall be obtained before the taking of any action for which it is required by this Agreement and, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, may be given or withheld by Partners in their discretion.

 

Consent of the Partners” means the Consent of a Majority in Interest of the Partners, which Consent shall be obtained before the taking of any action for which it is required by this Agreement and, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, may be given or withheld by Partners in their discretion.

 

Contributed Asset” means each Asset or other asset, in such form as may be permitted by the Act, but excluding cash, contributed or deemed contributed to the Partnership (or deemed contributed by the Partnership to a “new” partnership pursuant to Code section 708).

 

Controlled Entity” means, as to any Person, (a) any corporation more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding voting stock of which is owned by such Person or such Person’s Family Members or Affiliates, (b) any trust, whether or not revocable, of which such Person or such Person’s Family Members or Affiliates are the sole beneficiaries, (c) any partnership of which such Person or an Affiliate of such Person is the managing partner and in which such Person or such Person’s Family Members or Affiliates hold partnership interests representing at least twenty-five percent (25%) of such partnership’s capital and profits and (d) any limited liability company of which such Person or an Affiliate of such Person is the manager or managing member and in which such Person or such Person’s Family Members or Affiliates hold

 

8



 

membership interests representing at least twenty-five percent (25%) of such limited liability company’s capital and profits.

 

Cut-Off Date” means the fifth (5th) Business Day after the General Partner’s receipt of a Notice of Redemption.

 

Debt” means, as to any Person, as of any date of determination, (i) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money or for the deferred purchase price of property or services; (ii) all amounts owed by such Person to banks or other Persons in respect of reimbursement obligations under letters of credit, surety bonds and other similar instruments guaranteeing payment or other performance of obligations by such Person; (iii) all indebtedness for borrowed money or for the deferred purchase price of property or services secured by any lien on any property owned by such Person, to the extent attributable to such Person’s interest in such property, even though such Person has not assumed or become liable for the payment thereof; and (iv) obligations of such Person as lessee under capital leases.

 

De Minimis” shall mean an amount small enough as to make not accounting for it commercially reasonable or accounting for it administratively impractical, in each case as determined by the General Partner.

 

Depreciation” means, for each Fiscal Year or other applicable period, an amount equal to the federal income tax depreciation, amortization or other cost recovery deduction allowable under United States federal income tax principles with respect to an asset for such year or other period, except that if the Gross Asset Value of an asset differs from its adjusted basis for federal income tax purposes at the beginning of such year or period, Depreciation shall be in an amount that bears the same ratio to such beginning Gross Asset Value as the federal income tax depreciation, amortization or other cost recovery deduction for such year or other period bears to such beginning adjusted tax basis; provided, however, that if the federal income tax depreciation, amortization or other cost recovery deduction for such year or period is zero, Depreciation shall be determined with reference to such beginning Gross Asset Value using any reasonable method selected by the General Partner.

 

Disabling Event” means the General Partner ceasing to be the general partner of the Partnership pursuant to Section 17-402 of the Act.

 

Equity Plan” means any plan, agreement or other arrangement that provides for the grant or issuance of equity or equity-based awards and that is now in effect or is hereafter adopted by the Partnership, the General Partner or the Special Limited Partner for the benefit of any of their respective employees or other service providers (including directors, advisers and consultants), or the employees or other services providers (including directors, advisers and consultants) of any of their respective Affiliates or Subsidiaries.

 

ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

 

Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and any successor statute thereto, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

 

9


 

 

Family Members” means, as to a Person that is an individual, such Person’s spouse, ancestors, descendants (whether by blood or by adoption), brothers and sisters (whether by blood or by adoption) and inter vivos or testamentary trusts of which only such Person and his spouse, ancestors, descendants (whether by blood or by adoption), brothers and sisters (whether by blood or adoption) are beneficiaries.

 

Fiscal Year” has the meaning set forth in Section 15.5.

 

Former Common Holder” means each Person who on the day immediately preceding the date of the final prospectus used in connection with the IPO was a “Common Partner” (as defined in the Holdings LPA in effect on such day).

 

Funding Debt” means any Debt incurred by or on behalf of the General Partner or the Special Limited Partner for the purpose of providing funds to the Partnership.

 

General Partner” means Moelis & Company Group GP LLC and/or any additional or successor General Partner(s) designated as such pursuant to the Act and this Agreement, and, in each case, that has not ceased to be a general partner pursuant to the Act and this Agreement, in such Person’s capacity as a partner and a general partner of the Partnership.

 

Gross Asset Value” means, with respect to any asset, the asset’s adjusted basis for federal income tax purposes, except as follows:

 

(i)                                     The initial Gross Asset Value of any asset contributed by a Partner to the Partnership shall be the gross fair market value of such asset as determined by the General Partner using such reasonable method of valuation as it may adopt.

 

(ii)                                  The Gross Asset Values of all Partnership assets immediately prior to the occurrence of any event described below shall be adjusted to equal their respective gross fair market values (taking Code section 7701(g) into account), if and as determined by the General Partner using such reasonable method of valuation as it may adopt, as of the following times:

 

(1)                                 the acquisition of an additional interest in the Partnership (other than in connection with the execution of this Agreement but including acquisitions pursuant to Section 3.2 or contributions or deemed contributions by the General Partner pursuant to Section 3.2) by a new or existing Partner in exchange for more than a De Minimis Capital Contribution, if the General Partner reasonably determines that such adjustment is necessary or appropriate to reflect the relative economic interests of the Partners in the Partnership;

 

(2)                                 the distribution by the Partnership to a Partner of more than a De Minimis amount of Partnership property as consideration for an interest in the Partnership if the General Partner reasonably determines that such adjustment is necessary or appropriate to reflect the relative economic interests of the Partners in the Partnership;

 

10



 

(3)                                 the liquidation of the Partnership within the meaning of Regulations section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(g) (other than a liquidation caused by a termination of the Partnership pursuant to Code section 708(b)(1)(B));

 

(4)                                 upon the admission of a successor General Partner pursuant to Section 11.1;

 

(5)                                 the grant of any Profits Interest Units pursuant to Section 3.2(d); and

 

(6)                                 at such other times as the General Partner shall reasonably determine necessary or advisable in order to comply with Regulations sections 1.704-1(b) and 1.704-2.

 

(iii)                               The Gross Asset Value of any Partnership asset distributed to a Partner shall be the gross fair market value of such asset on the date of distribution as determined by the General Partner using such reasonable method of valuation as it may adopt.

 

(iv)                              The Gross Asset Values of Partnership assets shall be increased (or decreased) to reflect any adjustments to the adjusted basis of such assets pursuant to Code section 734(b) or Code section 743(b), but only to the extent that such adjustments are taken into account in determining Capital Accounts pursuant to Regulations section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m); provided, however, that Gross Asset Values shall not be adjusted pursuant to this subsection (iv) to the extent that the General Partner reasonably determines that an adjustment pursuant to subsection (ii) above is necessary or appropriate in connection with a transaction that would otherwise result in an adjustment pursuant to this subsection (iv).

 

(v)                                 If the Gross Asset Value of a Partnership asset has been determined or adjusted pursuant to subsection (i), subsection (ii) or subsection (iv) above, such Gross Asset Value shall thereafter be adjusted by the Depreciation taken into account with respect to such asset for purposes of computing Net Income and Net Losses.

 

Holder” means either (a) a Partner or (b) an Assignee that owns a Partnership Unit.

 

Holdings” means the Moelis & Company Holdings LP, a Delaware limited partnership.

 

Holdings Common Units” means “Common Units” (as defined in the Holdings LPA).

 

Holdings LPA” means the Limited Partnership Agreement of Holdings.

 

Holdings Partner” means a “Partner” (as defined in the Holdings LPA).

 

Holdings Units” means “Units” (as defined in the Holdings LPA).

 

11



 

Incapacity” or “Incapacitated” means, (i) as to any Partner who is an individual, death, total physical disability or entry by a court of competent jurisdiction adjudicating such Partner incompetent to manage his or her person or his or her estate; (ii) as to any Partner that is a corporation or limited liability company, the filing of a certificate of dissolution, or its equivalent, for the corporation or the revocation of its charter; (iii) as to any Partner that is a partnership, the dissolution and commencement of winding up of the partnership; (iv) as to any Partner that is an estate, the distribution by the fiduciary of the estate’s entire interest in the Partnership; (v) as to any trustee of a trust that is a Partner, the termination of the trust (but not the substitution of a new trustee); or (vi) as to any Partner, the Bankruptcy of such Partner.

 

Indemnitee” means each General Partner, the Special Limited Partner and all officers and directors of any of the foregoing.

 

IPO” means the issuance of Class A Shares pursuant to the initial public offering of Class A Shares.

 

IPO Closing Date” means the date of the IPO.

 

IRS” means the United States Internal Revenue Service.

 

Limited Partner” means the Special Limited Partner and any other Person that is, from time to time, admitted to the Partnership as a limited partner pursuant to the Act and this Agreement, and any Substituted Limited Partner or Additional Limited Partner, each shown as such in the books and records of the Partnership, in each case, that has not ceased to be a limited partner of the Partnership pursuant to the Act and this Agreement, in such Person’s capacity as a limited partner of the Partnership.

 

Lock-Up Partnership Interests” mean Partnership Interests held by an Original Limited Partner on the IPO Closing Date other than any Partnership Interests held by a Former Common Holder. For the avoidance of doubt, “Lock-Up Partnership Interests” shall include any Partnership Interests held by a Person who on the day immediately preceding the date of the final prospectus used in connection with the IPO held “Management Units” (as defined in the Holdings LPA), including any former employee of Holdings or any of its Affiliates.

 

Lock-Up Period” means, as to Lock-Up Partnership Interests outstanding as of the close of business on the IPO Closing Date, the period commencing on the date of this Agreement and ending on:

 

(a)                                 the fourth (4th) anniversary of the IPO Closing Date, with respect to one-third of such Lock-Up Partnership Interests;

 

(b)                                 the fifth (5th) anniversary of the IPO Closing Date, with respect to one-third of such Lock-Up Partnership Interests; and

 

(c)                                  the sixth (6th) anniversary of the IPO Closing Date, with respect to any remaining Lock-Up Partnership Interests,

 

provided, that:

 

12



 

(i)                                     if, prior to the fourth (4th) anniversary of the IPO Closing Date, the Applicable Employee with respect to any Lock-Up Partnership Interest is no longer employed by a Moelis Entity or its Affiliate as a result of either (1) his or her termination of employment without “Good Reason” (as defined in such Applicable Employee’s vesting agreement relating to his or her partnership interests in Holdings) or (2) the applicable employing Moelis Entity’s or Affiliate’s termination of the Applicable Employee’s employment with “Cause” (as defined in such Applicable Employee’s vesting agreement relating to its partnership interests in Holdings), (including any such terminations that occurred in the period prior to the IPO Closing Date) in each case the General Partner may, in its sole and absolute discretion, extend the Lock-Up Period with respect to such Lock-Up Partnership Interest for a period ending no later than the tenth (10th) anniversary of the IPO Closing Date; and

 

(ii)                                  if the Applicable Employee with respect to any Lock-Up Partnership Interest is deceased or his or her applicable employing Moelis Entity or Affiliate terminates his or her employment as a result of his or her “Disability” (as defined in such Applicable Employee’s vesting agreement relating to his or her partnership interests in Holdings), the Lock-Up Period shall automatically end with respect to such Lock-Up Partnership Interest.

 

Majority in Interest of the Limited Partners” means Partners (excluding the General Partner, the Special Limited Partner and any Controlled Entity of either of them) entitled to vote on or consent to any matter holding more than fifty percent (50%) of all outstanding Partnership Units held by all Partners (excluding the General Partner, the Special Limited Partner and any Controlled Entity of either of them) entitled to vote on or consent to such matter.

 

Majority in Interest of the Partners” means Partners (including the General Partner, the Special Limited Partner and any Controlled Entity of either of them) entitled to vote on or consent to any matter holding more than fifty percent (50%) of all outstanding Partnership Units held by all Partners (including the General Partner, the Special Limited Partner and any Controlled Entity of either of them) entitled to vote on or consent to such matter.

 

Moelis Entities” means and includes each of the Partnership, the General Partner, the Special Limited Partner and their respective Controlled Entities.

 

Net Income” or “Net Loss” means, for each Fiscal Year of the Partnership, an amount equal to the Partnership’s taxable income or loss for such year, determined in accordance with Code section 703(a) (for this purpose, all items of income, gain, loss or deduction required to be stated separately pursuant to Code section 703(a)(1) shall be included in taxable income or loss), with the following adjustments:

 

(i)                                     Any income of the Partnership that is exempt from federal income tax and not otherwise taken into account in computing Net Income (or Net Loss) pursuant to this definition of “Net Income” or “Net Loss” shall be added to (or subtracted from, as the case may be) such taxable income (or loss);

 

13



 

(ii)                                  Any expenditure of the Partnership described in Code section 705(a)(2)(B) or treated as a Code section 705(a)(2)(B) expenditure pursuant to Regulations section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(i), and not otherwise taken into account in computing Net Income (or Net Loss) pursuant to this definition of “Net Income” or “Net Loss,” shall be subtracted from (or added to, as the case may be) such taxable income (or loss);

 

(iii)                               In the event the Gross Asset Value of any Partnership asset is adjusted pursuant to subsection (ii) or subsection (iii) of the definition of “Gross Asset Value,” the amount of such adjustment (i.e., the hypothetical gain or loss from the revaluation of the Partnership asset) shall be taken into account as gain or loss from the disposition of such asset for purposes of computing Net Income or Net Loss (the amount of any such gain, the “Adjustment Gain”);

 

(iv)                              Gain or loss resulting from any disposition of property with respect to which gain or loss is recognized for federal income tax purposes shall be computed by reference to the Gross Asset Value of the property disposed of, notwithstanding that the adjusted tax basis of such property differs from its Gross Asset Value;

 

(v)                                 In lieu of the depreciation, amortization and other cost recovery deductions that would otherwise be taken into account in computing such taxable income or loss, there shall be taken into account Depreciation for such Fiscal Year;

 

(vi)                              To the extent that an adjustment to the adjusted tax basis of any Partnership asset pursuant to Code section 734(b) or Code section 743(b) is required pursuant to Regulations section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m)(4) to be taken into account in determining Capital Accounts as a result of a distribution other than in liquidation of a Partner’s interest in the Partnership, the amount of such adjustment shall be treated as an item of gain (if the adjustment increases the basis of the asset) or loss (if the adjustment decreases the basis of the asset) from the disposition of the asset and shall be taken into account for purposes of computing Net Income or Net Loss; and

 

(vii)                           Notwithstanding any other provision of this definition of “Net Income” or “Net Loss,” any item that is specially allocated pursuant to Section 5.3 shall not be taken into account in computing Net Income or Net Loss. The amounts of the items of Partnership income, gain, loss or deduction available to be specially allocated pursuant to Section 5.3 shall be determined by applying rules analogous to those set forth in this definition of “Net Income” or “Net Loss.”

 

New Securities” means (i) any rights, options, warrants or convertible or exchangeable securities that entitle the holder thereof to subscribe for or purchase, convert such securities into or exchange such securities for, Common Shares or Preferred Shares, excluding Preferred Shares and grants under the Equity Plans, or (ii) any Debt issued by the Special Limited Partner that provides any of the rights described in clause (i).

 

14



 

Nonrecourse Deductions” has the meaning set forth in Regulations section 1.704-2(b)(1), and the amount of Nonrecourse Deductions for a Fiscal Year shall be determined in accordance with the rules of Regulations section 1.704-2(c).

 

Nonrecourse Liability” has the meaning set forth in Regulations section 1.752-1(a)(2).

 

Notice of Redemption” means the Notice of Redemption substantially in the form of Exhibit B attached hereto.

 

Optionee” means a Person to whom a stock option is granted under any Equity Plan.

 

Original Limited Partner” means any Person that is a Limited Partner as of the close of business on the date of the closing of the IPO, and does not include any Assignee or other transferee, including any Substituted Limited Partner succeeding to all or any part of the Partnership Interest of any such Person.

 

Partner” means the General Partner or a Limited Partner, and “Partners” means the General Partner and the Limited Partners.

 

Partner Minimum Gain” means an amount, with respect to each Partner Nonrecourse Debt, equal to the Partnership Minimum Gain that would result if such Partner Nonrecourse Debt were treated as a Nonrecourse Liability, determined in accordance with Regulations section 1.704-2(i)(3).

 

Partner Nonrecourse Debt” has the meaning set forth in Regulations section 1.704-2(b)(4).

 

Partner Nonrecourse Deductions” has the meaning set forth in Regulations section 1.704-2(i)(1) and 1.704-2(i)(2), and the amount of Partner Nonrecourse Deductions with respect to a Partner Nonrecourse Debt for a Fiscal Year shall be determined in accordance with the rules of Regulations section 1.704-2(i)(1) and 1.704-2(i)(2).

 

Partnership” means Moelis & Company Group LP, the limited partnership formed and continued under the Act and pursuant to this Agreement, and any successor thereto.

 

Partnership Class A Common Unit” means a fractional share of the Partnership Interests of all Partners issued pursuant to Sections 3.1 and 3.2, but does not include any Partnership Class B Common Unit, Partnership Junior Unit, Partnership Preferred Unit or any other Partnership Unit specified in a Partnership Unit Designation as being other than a Partnership Class A Common Unit.

 

Partnership Class B Common Unit” means a fractional share of the Partnership Interests of all Partners issued pursuant to Sections 3.1 and 3.2, but does not include any Partnership Class A Common Unit, Partnership Junior Unit, Partnership Preferred Unit or any other Partnership Unit specified in a Partnership Unit Designation as being other than a Partnership Class B Common Unit.

 

15



 

Partnership Common Unit” means a Partnership Class A Common Unit or Partnership Class B Common Unit.

 

Partnership Employee” means an employee of the Partnership or an employee of a Subsidiary of the Partnership, if any.

 

Partnership Equivalent Units” means, with respect to any class or series of Capital Shares, Partnership Units with preferences, conversion and other rights (other than voting rights), restrictions, limitations as to dividends and other distributions, qualifications and terms and conditions of redemption that are substantially the same as (or correspond to) the preferences, conversion and other rights, restrictions, limitations as to distributions, qualifications and terms and conditions of redemption of such Capital Shares as appropriate to reflect the relative rights and preferences of such Capital Shares as to the Common Shares and the other classes and series of Capital Shares as such Partnership Equivalent Units would have as to Partnership Common Units and the other classes and series of Partnership Units corresponding to the other classes of Capital Shares, but not as to matters such as voting for members of the Board of Directors that are not applicable to the Partnership. For the avoidance of doubt, the voting rights, redemption rights and rights to Transfer Partnership Equivalent Units need not be similar to the rights of the corresponding class or series of Capital Shares, provided, however, with respect to redemption rights, the terms of Partnership Equivalent Units must be such so that the Partnership complies with Section 3.7.

 

Partnership Interest” means an ownership interest in the Partnership held by either a Limited Partner or the General Partner and includes any and all benefits to which the holder of such a Partnership Interest may be entitled as provided in this Agreement, together with all obligations of such Person to comply with the terms and provisions of this Agreement. There may be one or more classes or series of Partnership Interests. A Partnership Interest may be expressed as a number of Partnership Common Units, Partnership Preferred Units or other Partnership Units.

 

Partnership Junior Unit” means a fractional share of the Partnership Interests of a particular class or series that the General Partner has authorized pursuant to Section 3.2 that has distribution rights, or rights upon liquidation, winding up and dissolution, that are inferior or junior to the Partnership Common Units.

 

Partnership Minimum Gain” has the meaning set forth in Regulations section 1.704-2(b)(2) and is computed in accordance with Regulation section 1.704-2(d).

 

Partnership Preferred Unit” means a fractional share of the Partnership Interests of a particular class or series that the General Partner has authorized pursuant to Section 3.1 or Section 3.2 or Section 3.3 that has distribution rights, or rights upon liquidation, winding up and dissolution, that are superior or prior to the Partnership Common Units.

 

Partnership Record Date” means the record date established by the General Partner for the purpose of determining the Partners entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of Partners or to consent to any matter, or to receive any distribution or the allotment of any other rights, or in order to make a determination of Partners for any other proper purpose, which, in the case of a

 

16



 

record date fixed for the determination of Partners entitled to receive any distribution, shall (unless otherwise determined by the General Partner) generally be the same as the record date established by the Special Limited Partner for a distribution to its stockholders of some or all of its portion of such distribution.

 

Partnership Unit” means a Partnership Common Unit, a Partnership Preferred Unit, a Partnership Junior Unit or any other fractional share of the Partnership Interests that the General Partner has authorized pursuant to Section 3.1 or Section 3.2 or Section 3.3.

 

Percentage Interest” means, with respect to each Partner, as to any class or series of Partnership Interests, the fraction, expressed as a percentage, the numerator of which is the aggregate number of Partnership Units of such class or series held by such Partner and the denominator of which is the total number of Partnership Units of such class or series held by all Partners. If not otherwise specified, “Percentage Interest” shall be deemed to refer to Partnership Common Units.

 

Permitted Transfer” means a Transfer by a Limited Partner of all or part of its Partnership Interest to any Family Member, Controlled Entity or Affiliate of such Partner.

 

Permitted Transferee” means any Family Member, Controlled Entity or Affiliate of a Limited Partner.

 

Person” means an individual or a corporation, partnership, trust, unincorporated organization, association, limited liability company or other entity.

 

Preferred Share” means a share of stock of the Special Limited Partner now or hereafter authorized or reclassified that has dividend rights, or rights upon liquidation, winding up and dissolution, that are superior or prior to the Common Shares.

 

Profits Interest Units” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.2(d).

 

Publicly Traded” means having common equity securities listed or admitted to trading on any United States national securities exchange.

 

Qualified Transferee” means an “accredited investor,” as defined in Rule 501 promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

Qualifying Party” means (a) a Limited Partner, (b) an Additional Limited Partner, or (c) an Assignee who is the transferee of a Limited Partner’s Partnership Interest in a Permitted Transfer, or (d) a Person, who is the transferee of a Limited Partner’s Partnership Interest in a Permitted Transfer; provided, however, that a Qualifying Party shall not include the General Partner or the Special Limited Partner.

 

Registrable Securities” means the Class A Shares; provided, however, that as to any particular Registrable Securities, such securities shall cease to be Registrable Securities when (i) a registration statement registering such securities under the Securities Act has been declared effective and such securities have been sold or otherwise transferred by the holder thereof pursuant to such effective registration statement; or (ii) such securities are transferred under

 

17



 

circumstances in which any legend borne by the certificates for such securities relating to restrictions on transferability thereof, under the Securities Act or otherwise, is removed by the Special Limited Partner; or (iii) such securities are sold in accordance with Rule 144 (or any successor provision) promulgated under the Securities Act; or (iv) such securities may be sold to the public in accordance with Rule 144 (or any successor provision) promulgated under the Securities Act by a Person that is not an “affiliate” (as defined in Rule 144) of the Special Limited Partner where no conditions of Rule 144 are then applicable (other than the holding period requirement in paragraph (d) of Rule 144 so long as such holding period requirement is satisfied at such time of determination).

 

Regulations” means one or more Treasury regulations promulgated under the Code, whether such regulations are in proposed, temporary or final form, as such regulations may be amended from time to time (including corresponding provisions of succeeding regulations).

 

SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

 

Specified Redemption Date” means the tenth (10th) Business Day after the receipt by the General Partner of a Notice of Redemption; provided, however, that no Specified Redemption Date with respect to any Partnership Common Units shall occur during the Lock-Up Period, if any, applicable to such Partnership Common Units (except pursuant to a Special Redemption).

 

Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation or other entity of which a majority of (i) the voting power of the voting equity securities or (ii) the outstanding equity interests is owned, directly or indirectly, by such Person.

 

Substituted Limited Partner” means a Person who is admitted as a Limited Partner to the Partnership pursuant to Section 10.4.

 

Target Value” means, with respect to any Profits Interest Unit, the value specified by the General Partner at the time of the issuance of such Profits Interest Unit.

 

Target Value Excess” means, with respect to any Profits Interest Unit received by a Limited Partner, the excess of the Target Value of such Profits Interest Unit over the Capital Contributions, if any, made by the Limited Partner in respect of such Profits Interest Unit.

 

Termination Transaction” means any direct or indirect Transfer of all or any portion of the Special Limited Partner’s Partnership Interest or its interest in the General Partner in connection with, or the other occurrence of, (a) a merger, consolidation or other combination involving the Special Limited Partner or the General Partner, on the one hand, and any other Person, on the other, (b) a sale, lease, exchange or other transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Special Limited Partner not in the ordinary course of its business, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, (c) a reclassification, recapitalization or change of the outstanding Class A Shares (other than a change in par value, or from par value to no par value, or as a result of a stock split, stock dividend or similar subdivision), (d) the adoption of any plan of liquidation or dissolution of the Special Limited Partner or the General

 

18



 

Partner, or (e) a direct or indirect Transfer of all or any portion of the Special Limited Partner’s Partnership Interest or its interest in the General Partner, other than a Transfer effected in accordance with Section 10.2(b).

 

Transfer” means any sale, assignment, bequest, conveyance, devise, gift (outright or in trust), pledge, encumbrance, hypothecation, mortgage, exchange, transfer or other disposition or act of alienation, whether voluntary or involuntary or by operation of law; provided, however, that when the term is used in Article X and Section 12.7, “Transfer” does not include (a) any Redemption of Partnership Common Units by the Partnership, or acquisition of Tendered Units by the Special Limited Partner, pursuant to Section 7.3 or Section 14.1 or (b) any redemption of Partnership Units pursuant to any Partnership Unit Designation. The terms “Transferred” and “Transferring” have correlative meanings.

 

Valuation Date” means the date of receipt by the General Partner of a Notice of Redemption pursuant to Section 14.1, or such other date as specified herein, or, if such date is not a Business Day, the immediately preceding Business Day.

 

Value” means, on any Valuation Date with respect to a Class A Share, the average of the daily Market Prices for ten (10) consecutive trading days immediately preceding the Valuation Date (except that the Market Price for the trading day immediately preceding the date of exercise of a stock option under any Equity Plan shall be substituted for such average of daily market prices for purposes of Section 3.4). The term “Market Price” on any date means, with respect to any class or series of outstanding Class A Shares, the last sale price for such Class A Shares, regular way, or, in case no such sale takes place on such day, the average of the closing bid and asked prices, regular way, for such Class A Shares, in either case as reported in the principal consolidated transaction reporting system with respect to securities listed or admitted to trading on the New York Stock Exchange or, if such Class A Shares are not listed or admitted to trading on the New York Stock Exchange, as reported on the principal consolidated transaction reporting system with respect to securities listed on the principal national securities exchange on which such Class A Shares are listed or admitted to trading or, if such Class A Shares are not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange, the last quoted price, or, if not so quoted, the average of the high bid and low asked prices in the over-the-counter market, as reported by the principal automated quotation system that may then be in use or, if such Class A Shares are not quoted by any such system, the average of the closing bid and asked prices as furnished by a professional market maker making a market in such Class A Shares selected by the General Partner or, in the event that no trading price is available for such Class A Shares, the fair market value of the Class A Shares, as determined in good faith by the General Partner. In the event that the Class A Shares Amount includes Rights (as defined in the definition of “Class A Shares Amount”) that a holder of Class A Shares would be entitled to receive, then the Value of such Rights shall be determined by the General Partner acting in good faith on the basis of such quotations and other information as it considers, in its reasonable judgment, appropriate.

 

Section 1.2                                    Interpretation. In this Agreement and in the exhibits hereto, except to the extent that the context otherwise requires:

 

(a)                       the headings are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement;

 

19


 

 

(b)                       defined terms include the plural as well as the singular and vice versa;

 

(c)                        words importing gender include all genders;

 

(d)                       a reference to any statute or statutory provision shall be construed as a reference to the same as it may have been or may from time to time be amended, extended, re-enacted or consolidated and to all statutory instruments or orders made under it;

 

(e)                        any reference to a “day” or a “Business Day” shall mean the whole of such day, being the period of 24 hours running from midnight to midnight;

 

(f)                         references to Articles, Sections, subsections, clauses and Exhibits are references to Articles, Sections, subsections, clauses and Exhibits to, this Agreement;

 

(g)                        the words “including” and “include” and other words of similar import shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”; and

 

(h)                       unless otherwise specified, references to any party to this Agreement or any other document or agreement shall include its successors and permitted assigns.

 

ARTICLE II

 

GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

Section 2.1                                    Formation. The Partnership is a limited partnership previously formed and continued pursuant to the provisions of the Act and upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement. Except as expressly provided in this Agreement to the contrary, the rights and obligations of the Partners and the administration and termination of the Partnership shall be governed by the Act. The Certificate, and all actions taken or to be taken by any employee of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP and any other person who executed and filed or who executes and files, after the date hereof, the Certificate are hereby adopted and ratified, or authorized, as the case may be.

 

Section 2.2                                    Name. The name of the Partnership is “Moelis & Company Group LP.” The Partnership may also conduct business at the same time under one or more fictitious names if the General Partner determines that such is in the best interests of the Partnership. The General Partner may change the name of the Partnership, from time to time, in accordance with applicable law.

 

Section 2.3                                    Principal Place of Business; Other Places of Business. The principal business office of the Partnership is located at 399 Park Avenue, 5th Floor, New York, New York 10022, or such other place within or outside the State of Delaware as the General Partner may from time to time designate. The Partnership may maintain offices and places of business at such other place or places within or outside the State of Delaware as the General Partner deems advisable.

 

20



 

Section 2.4                                    Designated Agent for Service of Process. So long as required by the Act, the Partnership shall continuously maintain a registered office and a designated and duly qualified agent for service of process on the Partnership in the State of Delaware. As of the date of this Agreement, the address of the registered office of the Partnership in the State of Delaware is c/o Corporation Service Company, 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, Delaware 19808. The Partnership’s registered agent for service of process at such address is Corporation Service Company.

 

Section 2.5                                    Term. The term of the Partnership commenced on the Formation Date and such term shall continue until the Partnership is dissolved in accordance with the Act or this Agreement. Notwithstanding the dissolution of the Partnership, the existence of the Partnership shall continue until termination pursuant to this Agreement or as otherwise provided in the Act.

 

Section 2.6                                    No Concerted Action. Each Partner hereby acknowledges and agrees that, except as expressly provided herein, in performing its obligations or exercising its rights hereunder, it is acting independently and is not acting in concert with, on behalf of, as agent for, or as joint venturer of, any other Partner. Other than in respect of the Partnership, nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed as creating a corporation, association, joint stock company, business trust, organized group of persons, whether incorporated or not, among or involving any Partner or its Affiliates, and nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as creating or requiring any continuing relationship or commitment as between such parties other than as specifically set forth herein.

 

Section 2.7                                    Business Purpose. The Partnership may carry on any lawful business, purpose or activity in which a limited partnership may be engaged under applicable law (including the Act).

 

Section 2.8                                    Powers. Subject to the limitations set forth in this Agreement, the Partnership will possess and may exercise all of the powers and privileges granted to it by the Act, by any other applicable law or this Agreement, together with all powers incidental thereto, so far as such powers are necessary or convenient to the conduct, promotion or attainment of the purpose of the Partnership set forth in Section 2.7.

 

Section 2.9                                    Certificates; Filings. The Certificate was previously filed on behalf of the Partnership, in the Office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware as required by the Act. The General Partner may execute and file any duly authorized amendments to the Certificate from time to time in a form prescribed by the Act. The General Partner shall also cause to be made, on behalf of the Partnership, such additional filings and recordings as the General Partner shall deem necessary or advisable. If requested by the General Partner, the Limited Partners shall promptly execute all certificates and other documents consistent with the terms of this Agreement necessary for the General Partner to accomplish all filing, recording, publishing and other acts as may be appropriate to comply with all requirements for (a) the formation and operation of a limited partnership under the laws of the State of Delaware, (b) if the General Partner deems it advisable, the operation of the Partnership as a limited partnership, or partnership in which the Limited Partners have limited liability, in all jurisdictions where the Partnership proposes to operate and (c) all other filings required to be made by the Partnership.

 

21



 

Section 2.10                             Representations and Warranties by the Partners.

 

(a)                       Each Partner that is an individual (including each Additional Limited Partner or Substituted Limited Partner as a condition to becoming an Additional Limited Partner or a Substituted Limited Partner) represents and warrants to, and covenants with, each other Partner that (i) the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement to be performed by such Partner will not result in a breach or violation of, or a default under, any material agreement by which such Partner or any of such Partner’s property is bound, or any statute, regulation, order or other law to which such Partner is subject and (ii) this Agreement is binding upon, and enforceable against, such Partner in accordance with its terms.

 

(b)                       Each Partner that is not an individual (including each Additional Limited Partner or Substituted Limited Partner as a condition to becoming an Additional Limited Partner or a Substituted Limited Partner) represents and warrants to, and covenants with, each other Partner that (i) all transactions contemplated by this Agreement to be performed by it have been duly authorized by all necessary action, including that of its general partner(s), committee(s), trustee(s), beneficiaries, directors and/or stockholder(s) (as the case may be) as required, (ii) the consummation of such transactions shall not result in a breach or violation of, or a default under, its partnership or operating agreement, trust agreement, charter or bylaws (as the case may be), any material agreement by which such Partner or any of such Partner’s properties or any of its partners, members, beneficiaries, trustees or stockholders (as the case may be) is or are bound, or any statute, regulation, order or other law to which such Partner or any of its partners, members, trustees, beneficiaries or stockholders (as the case may be) is or are subject, and (iii) this Agreement is binding upon, and enforceable against, such Partner in accordance with its terms.

 

(c)                        Each Partner (including each Additional Limited Partner or Substituted Limited Partner as a condition to becoming an Additional Limited Partner or Substituted Limited Partner) represents and warrants that it is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501 promulgated under the Securities Act and represents, warrants and agrees that it has acquired and continues to hold its interest in the Partnership for its own account for investment purposes only and not for the purpose of, or with a view toward, the resale or distribution of all or any part thereof, and not with a view toward selling or otherwise distributing such interest or any part thereof at any particular time or under any predetermined circumstances. Each Partner further represents and warrants that it is a sophisticated investor, able and accustomed to handling sophisticated financial matters for itself, and that it has a sufficiently high net worth that it does not anticipate a need for the funds that it has invested in the Partnership in what it understands to be a speculative and illiquid investment.

 

(d)                       The representations and warranties contained in Sections 2.10(a), 2.10(b) and 2.10(c) shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement by each Partner (and, in the case of an Additional Limited Partner or a Substituted Limited Partner, the admission of such Additional Limited Partner or Substituted Limited Partner as a Limited Partner in the Partnership) and the dissolution, liquidation and termination of the Partnership.

 

(e)                        Each Partner (including each Additional Limited Partner or Substituted Limited Partner as a condition to becoming an Additional Limited Partner

 

22



 

Substituted Limited Partner) hereby acknowledges that no representations as to potential profit, cash flows, funds from operations or yield, if any, in respect of the Partnership or the General Partner have been made by any Partner or any employee or representative or Affiliate of any Partner, and that projections and any other information, including financial and descriptive information and documentation, that may have been in any manner submitted to such Partner shall not constitute any representation or warranty of any kind or nature, express or implied.

 

(f)                         Notwithstanding the foregoing, the General Partner may permit the modification of any of the representations and warranties contained in Sections 2.10(a), 2.10(b) and 2.10(c) as applicable to any Partner (including any Additional Limited Partner or Substituted Limited Partner or any transferee of either) provided that such representations and warranties, as modified, shall be set forth in either (i) a Partnership Unit Designation applicable to the Partnership Units held by such Partner or (ii) a separate writing addressed to the Partnership and the General Partner.

 

ARTICLE III

 

CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS

 

Section 3.1                                    Capital Contributions of the Partners. Except as provided by law or in Section 3.2, 3.3 or 9.4, the Partners shall have no obligation or, except with the prior written consent of the General Partner, right to make any other Capital Contributions or any loans to the Partnership. The General Partner shall cause to be maintained in the principal business office of the Partnership, or such other place as may be determined by the General Partner, the books and records of the Partnership, which shall include, among other things, a register containing the name, address, and number of Partnership Units of each Partner, and such other information as the General Partner may deem necessary or desirable (the “Register”). The Register shall not be deemed part of this Agreement. The General Partner shall from time to time update the Register as necessary to accurately reflect the information therein, including as a result of any sales, exchanges or other Transfers, or any redemptions, issuances or similar events involving Partnership Units. Any reference in this Agreement to the Register shall be deemed a reference to the Register as in effect from time to time. Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the General Partner may take any action authorized hereunder in respect of the Register without any need to obtain the consent of any other Partner. No action of any Limited Partner shall be required to amend or update the Register. Except as required by law, no Limited Partner shall be entitled to receive a copy of the information set forth in the Register relating to any Partner other than itself.

 

Section 3.2                                    Issuances of Additional Partnership Interests. Subject to the rights of any Holder set forth in a Partnership Unit Designation:

 

(a)                       General. The General Partner is hereby authorized to cause the Partnership to issue additional Partnership Interests, in the form of Partnership Units, for any Partnership purpose, at any time or from time to time, to the Partners (including the General Partner and the Special Limited Partner) or to other Persons, and to admit such Persons as Additional Limited Partners, for such consideration and on such terms and conditions as shall be

 

23



 

established by the General Partner, all without the approval of any Limited Partner or any other Person. Without limiting the foregoing, the General Partner is expressly authorized to cause the Partnership to issue Partnership Units (i) upon the conversion, redemption or exchange of any Debt, Partnership Units, or other securities issued by the Partnership, (ii) for less than fair market value, (iii) for no consideration, (iv) in connection with any merger of any other Person into the Partnership, or (v) upon the contribution of property or assets to the Partnership. Any additional Partnership Interests may be issued in one or more classes, or one or more series of any of such classes, with such designations, preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers, restrictions, rights to distributions, qualifications and terms and conditions of redemption (including rights that may be senior or otherwise entitled to preference over existing Partnership Interests) as shall be determined by the General Partner, without the approval of any Limited Partner or any other Person, and set forth in a written document thereafter attached to and made an exhibit to this Agreement, which exhibit shall be an amendment to this Agreement and shall be incorporated herein by this reference (each, a “Partnership Unit Designation”). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the General Partner shall have authority to specify the allocations of items of Partnership income, gain, loss, deduction and credit to each such class or series of Partnership Interests. Except to the extent specifically set forth in any Partnership Unit Designation, a Partnership Interest of any class or series other than a Partnership Common Unit shall not entitle the holder thereof to vote on, or consent to, any matter. Upon the issuance of any additional Partnership Interest, the General Partner shall amend the Register and the books and records of the Partnership as appropriate to reflect such issuance.

 

(b)                       Issuances to the General Partner or Special Limited Partner. No additional Partnership Units shall be issued to the General Partner or the Special Limited Partner unless (i) the additional Partnership Units are issued to all Partners holding Partnership Common Units in proportion to their respective Percentage Interests in the Partnership Common Units, (ii) (a) the additional Partnership Units are (x) Partnership Class A Common Units issued in connection with an issuance of Class A Shares, (y) Partnership Class B Common Units issued in connection with an issuance of Class B Shares or (z) Partnership Equivalent Units (other than Partnership Common Units) issued in connection with an issuance of Preferred Shares, New Securities or other interests in the Special Limited Partner (other than Common Shares), and (b) the General Partner or the Special Limited Partner (as the case may be) contributes to the Partnership the cash proceeds or other consideration received in connection with the issuance of such Common Shares, Preferred Shares, New Securities or other interests in the Special Limited Partner, (iii) the additional Partnership Units are issued upon the conversion, redemption or exchange of Debt, Partnership Units or other securities issued by the Partnership, or (iv) the additional Partnership Units are issued pursuant to Article III.

 

(c)                        No Preemptive Rights. Except as expressly provided in this Agreement or in any Partnership Unit Designation, no Person, including any Holder, shall have any preemptive, preferential, participation or similar right or rights to subscribe for or acquire any Partnership Interest.

 

(d)                       Profits Interest Units. The General Partner may issue Class A Common Units to a Limited Partner with a Target Value per Class A Common Unit in excess of the Capital Contributions made by such Limited Partner with respect to such Class A Common Units (any such Class A Common Units, “Profits Interest Units”).

 

24



 

Section 3.3                                    Additional Funds and Capital Contributions.

 

(a)                       General. The General Partner may, at any time and from time to time, determine that the Partnership requires additional funds (“Additional Funds”) for the acquisition or development of additional Assets, for the redemption of Partnership Units or for such other purposes as the General Partner may determine. Additional Funds may be obtained by the Partnership, at the election of the General Partner, in any manner provided in, and in accordance with, the terms of this Section 3.3 without the approval of any Limited Partner or any other Person.

 

(b)                       Additional Capital Contributions. The General Partner, on behalf of the Partnership, may obtain any Additional Funds by accepting Capital Contributions from any Partners or other Persons. In connection with any such Capital Contribution (of cash or property), the General Partner is hereby authorized to cause the Partnership from time to time to issue additional Partnership Units (as set forth in Section 3.2 above) in consideration therefor and the Percentage Interests of the General Partner and the Limited Partners shall be adjusted to reflect the issuance of such additional Partnership Units.

 

(c)                        Loans by Third Parties. The General Partner, on behalf of the Partnership, may obtain any Additional Funds by causing the Partnership to incur Debt to any Person (other than, except as contemplated in Section 3.3(d), the General Partner or the Special Limited Partner) upon such terms as the General Partner determines appropriate, including making such Debt convertible, redeemable or exchangeable for Partnership Units; provided, however, that the Partnership shall not incur any such Debt if any Partner would be personally liable for the repayment of such Debt (unless such Partner otherwise agrees).

 

(d)                       General Partner and Special Limited Partner Loans. The General Partner, on behalf of the Partnership, may obtain any Additional Funds by causing the Partnership to incur Debt with the General Partner and/or the Special Limited Partner (each, a “General Partner Loan”) if (i) such Debt is, to the extent permitted by law, on substantially the same terms and conditions (including interest rate, repayment schedule, and conversion, redemption, repurchase and exchange rights) as Funding Debt incurred by the General Partner or the Special Limited Partner, as applicable, the net proceeds of which are loaned to the Partnership to provide such Additional Funds, or (ii) such Debt is on terms and conditions no less favorable to the Partnership than would be available to the Partnership from any third party; provided, however, that the Partnership shall not incur any such Debt if any Partner would be personally liable for the repayment of such Debt (unless such Partner otherwise agrees).

 

(e)                        Issuance of Securities by the Special Limited Partner. The Special Limited Partner shall not issue any additional Common Shares, Preferred Shares or New Securities unless the Special Limited Partner contributes the cash proceeds or other consideration received from the issuance of such additional Common Shares, Preferred Shares or New Securities (as the case may be) and from the exercise of the rights contained in any such additional New Securities to the Partnership in exchange for (x) in the case of an issuance of Class A Shares, Partnership Class A Common Units, (y) in the case of an issuance of Class B Shares, Partnership Class B Common Units or (z) in the case of an issuance of Preferred Shares or New Securities, Partnership Equivalent Units; provided, however, that notwithstanding the

 

25



 

foregoing, the Special Limited Partner may issue Common Shares, Preferred Shares or New Securities (a) pursuant to Section 3.4 or Section 14.1(b), (b) pursuant to a dividend or distribution (including any stock split) of Common Shares, Preferred Shares or New Securities to all of the holders of Common Shares, Preferred Shares or New Securities (as the case may be), (c) upon a conversion of Class B Shares, (d) upon a conversion, redemption or exchange of Preferred Shares, (e) upon a conversion, redemption, exchange or exercise of New Securities, or (f) in connection with an acquisition of Partnership Units or a property or other asset to be owned, directly or indirectly, by the Special Limited Partner. In the event of any issuance of additional Common Shares, Preferred Shares or New Securities by the Special Limited Partner, and the contribution to the Partnership, by the Special Limited Partner, of the cash proceeds or other consideration received from such issuance, the Partnership shall pay the Special Limited Partner’s expenses associated with such issuance, including any underwriting discounts or commissions. In the event that the Special Limited Partner issues any additional Common Shares, Capital Shares or New Securities and contributes the cash proceeds or other consideration received from the issuance thereof to the Partnership, the Partnership is authorized to issue a number of Partnership Common Units or Partnership Equivalent Units to the Special Limited Partner equal to the number of Common Shares, Capital Shares or New Securities so issued, divided by the Adjustment Factor then in effect, in accordance with this Section 3.3(e) without any further act, approval or vote of any Partner or any other Persons.

 

Section 3.4                                    Equity Plans.

 

(a)                       Stock Options Granted to Persons other than Partnership Employees. If at any time or from time to time, in connection with any Equity Plan, an option to purchase Class A Shares granted to a Person other than a Partnership Employee is duly exercised, the following events will be deemed to have occurred:

 

(i)             The Special Limited Partner, shall, as soon as practicable after such exercise, make a Capital Contribution to the Partnership in an amount equal to the exercise price paid to the Special Limited Partner by such exercising party in connection with the exercise of such stock option.

 

(ii)          Notwithstanding the amount of the Capital Contribution actually made pursuant to Section 3.4(a)(i), the Special Limited Partner shall be deemed to have contributed to the Partnership as a Capital Contribution an amount equal to the Value of a Class A Share as of the date of exercise multiplied by the number of Class A Shares then being issued in connection with the exercise of such stock option. In exchange for such Capital Contribution, the Partnership shall issue a number of Partnership Class A Common Units to the Special Limited Partner equal to the quotient of (a) the number of Class A Shares issued in connection with the exercise of such stock option, divided by (b) the Adjustment Factor then in effect.

 

(b)                       Stock Options Granted to Partnership Employees. If at any time or from time to time, in connection with any Equity Plan, an option to purchase Class A Shares granted to a Partnership Employee is duly exercised, the following events will be deemed to have occurred:

 

26



 

(i)             The Special Limited Partner shall sell to the Partnership, and the Partnership shall purchase from the Special Limited Partner, the number of Class A Shares as to which such stock option is being exercised. The purchase price per Class A Share for such sale of Class A Shares to the Partnership shall be the Value of a Class A Share as of the date of exercise of such stock option.

 

(ii)          The Partnership shall sell to the Optionee (or if the Optionee is an employee of a Partnership Subsidiary, the Partnership shall sell to such Partnership Subsidiary, which in turn shall sell to the Optionee), for a cash price per share equal to the Value of a Class A Share at the time of the exercise, the number of Class A Shares equal to (a) the exercise price paid to the Special Limited Partner by the exercising party in connection with the exercise of such stock option divided by (b) the Value of a Class A Share at the time of such exercise.

 

(iii)       The Partnership shall transfer to the Optionee (or if the Optionee is an employee of a Partnership Subsidiary, the Partnership shall transfer to such Partnership Subsidiary, which in turn shall transfer to the Optionee) at no additional cost, as additional compensation, the number of Class A Shares equal to the number of Class A Shares described in Section 3.4(b)(i) less the number of Class A Shares described in Section 3.4(b)(ii).

 

(iv)      The Special Limited Partner shall, as soon as practicable after such exercise, make a Capital Contribution to the Partnership of an amount equal to all proceeds received (from whatever source, but excluding any payment in respect of payroll taxes or other withholdings) by the Special Limited Partner in connection with the exercise of such stock option. In exchange for such Capital Contribution, the Partnership shall issue a number of Partnership Class A Common Units to the Special Limited Partner equal to the quotient of (a) the number of Class A Shares issued in connection with the exercise of such stock option, divided by (b) the Adjustment Factor then in effect.

 

(c)                        Other Class A Shares Issued to Partnership Employees Under Equity Plans. If at any time or from time to time, in connection with any Equity Plan (other than in respect of the exercise of a stock option), any Class A Shares are issued to a Partnership Employee (including any Class A Shares that are subject to forfeiture in the event specified vesting conditions are not achieved and any Class A Shares issued in settlement of a restricted stock unit or similar award) in consideration for services performed for the Partnership or a Partnership Subsidiary:

 

(i)             The Special Limited Partner shall issue such number of Class A Shares as are to be issued to the Partnership Employee in accordance with the Equity Plan;

 

(ii)          The following events will be deemed to have occurred: (a) the Special Limited Partner shall be deemed to have sold such shares to the Partnership (or if the Partnership Employee is an employee or other service provider of a Partnership Subsidiary, to such Partnership Subsidiary) for a purchase price equal to the Value of such shares, (b) the Partnership (or such Partnership Subsidiary) shall be deemed to have

 

27



 

delivered the shares to the Partnership Employee, (c) the Special Limited Partner shall be deemed to have contributed the purchase price to the Partnership as a Capital Contribution, and (d) in the case where the Partnership Employee is an employee of a Partnership Subsidiary, the Partnership shall be deemed to have contributed such amount to the capital of the Partnership Subsidiary; and

 

(iii)       The Partnership shall issue to the Special Limited Partner a number of Partnership Class A Common Units equal to the number of newly issued Class A Shares divided by the Adjustment Factor then in effect in consideration for a deemed Capital Contribution in an amount equal to (x) the number of newly issued Partnership Class A Common Units, multiplied by (y) a fraction the numerator of which is the Value of a Class A Share, and the denominator of which is the Adjustment Factor then in effect.

 

(d)                       Other Class A Shares Issued to Persons other than Partnership Employees Under Equity Plans. If at any time or from time to time, in connection with any Equity Plan (other than in respect of the exercise of a stock option), any Class A Shares are issued to a Person other than a Partnership Employee (including any Class A Shares that are subject to forfeiture in the event specified vesting conditions are not achieved and any Class A Shares issued in settlement of a restricted stock unit or similar award) in consideration for services performed for the Special Limited Partner, the General Partner, the Partnership or a Partnership Subsidiary:

 

(i)             The Special Limited Partner shall issue such number of Class A Shares as are to be issued to such Person in accordance with the Equity Plan; and

 

(ii)          The Special Limited Partner shall be deemed to have contributed the Value of such Class A Shares to the Partnership as a Capital Contribution, and the Partnership shall issue to the Special Limited Partner a number of newly issued Partnership Class A Common Units equal to the number of newly issued Class A Shares divided by the Adjustment Factor then in effect.

 

(e)                        Future Stock Incentive Plans. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed or applied to preclude or restrain the General Partner or the Special Limited Partner from adopting, modifying or terminating stock incentive plans for the benefit of employees or directors of or other service providers to the General Partner, the Special Limited Partner, the Partnership or any of their Affiliates. The Partners acknowledge and agree that, in the event that any such plan is adopted, modified or terminated by the General Partner or the Special Limited Partner, amendments to this Section 3.4 may become necessary or advisable and that any approval or Consent to any such amendments shall be deemed granted by each Partner.

 

(f)                         Issuance of Partnership Common Units. The Partnership is expressly authorized to issue Partnership Common Units in the numbers specified in this Section 3.4 without any further act, approval or vote of any Partner or any other Persons.

 

Section 3.5                                    Stock Incentive Plan or Other Plan. Except as may otherwise be provided in this Article III, all amounts received by the Special Limited Partner in respect of any stock incentive or other stock or subscription plan or agreement, either (a) shall be utilized by the

 

28



 

Special Limited Partner to effect open market purchases of Class A Shares, or (b) if the Special Limited Partner elects instead to issue new Class A Shares with respect to such amounts, shall be contributed by the Special Limited Partner to the Partnership in exchange for additional Partnership Common Units. Upon such contribution, the Partnership will issue to the Special Limited Partner a number of Partnership Common Units equal to the number of newly issued Class A Shares divided by the Adjustment Factor then in effect.

 

Section 3.6                                    No Interest; No Return. No Partner shall be entitled to interest on its Capital Contribution or on such Partner’s Capital Account. Except as provided herein or by law, no Partner shall have any right to demand or receive the return of its Capital Contribution from the Partnership.

 

Section 3.7                                    Conversion or Redemption of Preferred Shares and Common Shares.

 

(a)                       Conversion of Preferred Shares. If, at any time, any Preferred Shares are converted or exchanged into Common Shares, in whole or in part, then an equal number of Partnership Equivalent Units held by the Special Limited Partner that correspond to the class or series of Preferred Shares so converted or exchanged shall automatically be converted or exchanged into a number of Partnership Common Units equal to the quotient of (i) the number of Common Shares issued upon such conversion or exchange divided by (ii) the Adjustment Factor then in effect.

 

(b)                       Redemption of Preferred Shares. If, at any time, any Preferred Shares are redeemed, repurchased or otherwise acquired (whether by exercise of a put or call, automatically or by means of another arrangement) by the Special Limited Partner for cash, then, immediately prior to such redemption, repurchase or acquisition of Preferred Shares, the Partnership shall purchase an equal number of Partnership Equivalent Units held by the Special Limited Partner that correspond to the class or series of Preferred Shares so redeemed, repurchased or acquired upon the same terms and for the same price per Partnership Equivalent Unit, as such Preferred Shares are redeemed, repurchased or acquired.

 

(c)                        Redemption, Repurchase or Forfeiture of Common Shares. If, at any time, any Common Shares are redeemed, repurchased or otherwise acquired (whether by exercise of a put or call, upon forfeiture of any award granted under any Equity Plan, automatically or by means of another arrangement) by the Special Limited Partner, then, immediately prior to such redemption, repurchase or acquisition of Common Shares, the Partnership shall redeem a number of Partnership Common Units held by the Special Limited Partner equal to the quotient of (i) the number of Common Shares so redeemed, repurchased or acquired, divided by (ii) the Adjustment Factor then in effect, such redemption, repurchase or acquisition to be upon the same terms and for the same price per Partnership Common Unit (after giving effect to application of the Adjustment Factor) as such Common Shares are redeemed, repurchased or acquired.

 

(d)                       Conversion of Class B Shares. If, at any time, any Class B Shares are converted into Class A Shares, in whole or in part, then an equal percentage of the then outstanding Partnership Class B Common Units, or fractions thereof, shall automatically be

 

29


 

converted into a number of Partnership Class A Common Units equal to the quotient of (i) the number of Class A Shares issued upon such conversion divided by (ii) the Adjustment Factor then in effect.

 

Section 3.8                                    Other Contribution Provisions. In the event that any Partner is admitted to the Partnership and is given a Capital Account in exchange for services rendered to the Partnership, such transaction shall be treated by the Partnership and the affected Partner as if the Partnership had compensated such Partner in cash and such Partner had contributed the cash to the capital of the Partnership in accordance with the principles promulgated in proposed Regulations section 1.704-1. In addition, with the consent of the General Partner, one or more Partners (including the Special Limited Partner) may enter into contribution agreements with the Partnership which have the effect of providing a guarantee of certain obligations of the Partnership.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

DISTRIBUTIONS

 

Section 4.1                                    Requirement and Characterization of Distributions. Subject to the terms of any Partnership Unit Designation that provides for a class or series of Partnership Preferred Units with a preference with respect to the payment of distributions, the General Partner shall cause the Partnership to distribute quarterly all, or such portion as the General Partner may determine, of the Available Cash generated by the Partnership during such quarter to the Holders of Partnership Common Units in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests of Partnership Common Units on such Partnership Record Date. Subject to the terms of any Partnership Unit Designation, distributions payable with respect to any Partnership Units that were not outstanding during the entire quarterly period in respect of which any distribution is made (other than any Partnership Units issued to the Special Limited Partner in connection with the issuance of Common Shares or Capital Shares by the Special Limited Partner) shall be prorated based on the portion of the period that such Partnership Units were outstanding. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the General Partner, in its sole and absolute discretion, may cause the Partnership to distribute Available Cash, or such portion as the General Partner may determine, to the Holders on a more or less frequent basis than quarterly.

 

Section 4.2                                    Tax Distributions. Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement to the contrary, for each Partnership Year, the Partnership shall use commercially reasonable efforts to make a distribution or distributions to the Partners of such amounts as may be necessary to allow the Partners to pay their Annual Income Tax Liability with respect to the calendar year. All distributions made to Partners pursuant to this Section 4.2 shall be treated as advance distributions and shall be taken into account in determining the amount subsequently distributable to Partners under Section 4.1. For the avoidance of doubt, all distributions made pursuant to this Section 4.2 shall be made on a pro rata basis in accordance with Percentage Interests.

 

Section 4.3                                    Distributions in Kind. No Holder may demand to receive property other than cash as provided in this Agreement. The General Partner may cause the Partnership to make a distribution in kind of Partnership assets to the Holders, and such assets shall be

 

30



 

distributed in such a fashion as to ensure that the fair market value is distributed and allocated in accordance with Articles IV, V and IX.

 

Section 4.4                                    Amounts Withheld. All amounts withheld pursuant to the Code or any provisions of any state or local tax law and Section 9.4 with respect to any allocation, payment or distribution to any Holder shall be treated as amounts paid or distributed to such Holder pursuant to Section 4.1 for all purposes under this Agreement.

 

Section 4.5                                    Distributions upon Liquidation. Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Article IV, upon the occurrence of a Liquidating Event, the assets of the Partnership shall be distributed to the Holders in accordance with Section 12.3.

 

Section 4.6                                    Distributions to Reflect Additional Partnership Units. In the event that the Partnership issues additional Partnership Units pursuant to the provisions of Article III, subject to the rights of any Holder set forth in a Partnership Unit Designation, the General Partner is hereby authorized to make such revisions to this Article IV and to Article V as it determines are necessary or desirable to reflect the issuance of such additional Partnership Units, including making preferential distributions to certain classes of Partnership Units.

 

Section 4.7                                    Restricted Distributions. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Agreement, neither the Partnership nor the General Partner, on behalf of the Partnership, shall make a distribution to any Holder if such distribution would violate the Act or other applicable law.

 

ARTICLE V

 

ALLOCATIONS

 

Section 5.1                                    Timing and Amount of Allocations of Net Income and Net Loss. Net Income and Net Loss of the Partnership shall be determined and allocated with respect to each Fiscal Year as of the end of each such year. Except as otherwise provided in this Article V, and subject to Section 10.6(c), an allocation to a Holder of a share of Net Income or Net Loss shall be treated as an allocation of the same share of each item of income, gain, loss or deduction that is taken into account in computing Net Income or Net Loss.

 

Section 5.2                                    General Allocations. Subject to Section 10.6(c), Net Income and Net Loss shall be allocated to each of the Holders as follows:

 

(a)                       Adjustment Amount, if any, will be allocated among the Partners in a manner and in such amounts as determined in the General Partner’s sole discretion, and, if no contrary determination is made in a manner that will cause the Capital Accounts of the Partners (including Holders of Profits Interest Units) to be in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests;

 

(b)                       remaining Net Income will be allocated to Holders of Partnership Preferred Units in accordance with and subject to the terms of the Partnership Unit Designation applicable to such Partnership Preferred Units;

 

31



 

(c)                        remaining Net Income will be allocated to the Holders of Partnership Common Units in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests at the end of each Fiscal Year;

 

(d)                       subject to the terms of any Partnership Unit Designation, Net Loss will be allocated to the Holders of Partnership Common Units in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests at the end of each Fiscal Year; and

 

(e)                        for purposes of this Section 5.2, the Percentage Interests of the Holders of Partnership Common Units shall be calculated based on a denominator equal to the aggregate Partnership Common Units outstanding as of the date of determination.

 

Section 5.3                                    Additional Allocation Provisions. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article V:

 

(a)                       Special Allocations Regarding Partnership Preferred Units. If any Partnership Preferred Units are redeemed pursuant to Section 3.7(b) (treating a full liquidation of the General Partner’s Partnership Interest or of such Special Limited Partner’s Partnership Interest for purposes of this Section 5.3(a) as including a redemption of any then outstanding Partnership Preferred Units pursuant to Section 3.7(b)), for the Fiscal Year that includes such redemption (and, if necessary, for subsequent Fiscal Years) (a) gross income and gain (in such relative proportions as the General Partner shall determine) shall be allocated to the holder(s) of such Partnership Preferred Units to the extent that the Redemption Amounts paid or payable with respect to the Partnership Preferred Units so redeemed (or treated as redeemed) exceeds the aggregate Capital Account Balances (net of liabilities assumed or taken subject to by the Partnership) per Partnership Preferred Unit allocable to the Partnership Preferred Units so redeemed (or treated as redeemed) and (b) deductions and losses (in such relative proportions as the General Partner shall determine) shall be allocated to the holder(s) of such Partnership Preferred Units to the extent that the aggregate Capital Account Balances (net of liabilities assumed or taken subject to by the Partnership) per Partnership Preferred Unit allocable to the Partnership Preferred Units so redeemed (or treated as redeemed) exceeds the Redemption Amount paid or payable with respect to the Partnership Preferred Units so redeemed (or treated as redeemed).

 

(b)                       Regulatory Allocations.

 

(i)                         Minimum Gain Chargeback. Except as otherwise provided in Regulations section 1.704-2(f), notwithstanding the provisions of Section 5.2, or any other provision of this Article V, if there is a net decrease in Partnership Minimum Gain during any Fiscal Year, each Holder shall be specially allocated items of Partnership income and gain for such Fiscal Year (and, if necessary, subsequent Fiscal Years) in an amount equal to such Holder’s share of the net decrease in Partnership Minimum Gain, as determined under Regulations section 1.704-2(g)(2). Allocations pursuant to the previous sentence shall be made in proportion to the respective amounts required to be allocated to each Holder pursuant thereto. The items to be allocated shall be determined in accordance with Regulations sections 1.704-2(f)(6) and 1.704-2(j)(2). This Section 5.3(b)(i) is

 

32



 

intended to comply with the minimum gain chargeback requirement in Regulations section 1.704-2(f) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

 

(ii)                      Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain Chargeback. Except as otherwise provided in Regulations section 1.704-2(i)(4) or in Section 5.3(b)(i), if there is a net decrease in Partner Minimum Gain attributable to a Partner Nonrecourse Debt during any Fiscal Year, each Holder who has a share of the Partner Minimum Gain attributable to such Partner Nonrecourse Debt (determined in accordance with Regulations section 1.704-2(i)(5)) as of the beginning of the Fiscal Year shall be specially allocated items of Partnership income and gain for such Fiscal Year (and, if necessary, subsequent Fiscal Years) in an amount equal to such Holder’s respective share of the net decrease in Partner Minimum Gain attributable to such Partner Nonrecourse Debt. A Holder’s share of the net decrease in Partner Minimum Gain shall be determined in accordance with Regulations section 1.704-2(i)(4); provided that a Holder shall not be subject to this provision to the extent that an exception is provided by Regulations section 1.704-2(i)(4) and any IRS revenue rulings, revenue procedures, or notices issued with respect thereto. Allocations pursuant to this Section 5.3(b)(ii) shall be made in proportion to the respective amounts required to be allocated to each Holder pursuant thereto. The items to be so allocated shall be determined in accordance with Regulations sections 1.704-2(i)(4) and 1.704-2(j)(2). This Section 5.3(b)(ii) is intended to comply with the minimum gain chargeback requirement in Regulations section 1.704-2(i) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

 

(iii)                   Nonrecourse Deductions and Partner Nonrecourse Deductions. Any Nonrecourse Deductions for any Fiscal Year shall be specially allocated to the Holders in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests. Any Partner Nonrecourse Deductions for any Fiscal Year shall be specially allocated to the Holder(s) who bears the economic risk of loss with respect to the Partner Nonrecourse Debt to which such Partner Nonrecourse Deductions are attributable, in accordance with Regulations section 1.704-2(i).

 

(iv)                  Qualified Income Offset. If any Holder unexpectedly receives an adjustment, allocation or distribution described in Regulations section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), (5) or (6), items of Partnership income and gain shall be allocated, in accordance with Regulations section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d), to such Holder in an amount and manner sufficient to eliminate, to the extent required by such Regulations, the Adjusted Capital Account Deficit of such Holder as quickly as possible, provided that an allocation pursuant to this Section 5.3(b)(iv) shall be made if and only to the extent that such Holder would have an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit after all other allocations provided in this Article V have been tentatively made as if this Section 5.3(b)(iv) were not in the Agreement. It is intended that this Section 5.3(b)(iv) comply with the qualified income offset requirement in Regulations section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

 

(v)                     Gross Income Allocation. In the event that any Holder has a deficit Capital Account at the end of any Fiscal Year that is in excess of the sum of (1) the amount (if any) that such Holder is obligated to restore to the Partnership upon

 

33



 

complete liquidation of such Holder’s Partnership Interest (including, the Holder’s interest in outstanding Partnership Preferred Units and other Partnership Units) and (2) the amount that such Holder is deemed to be obligated to restore pursuant to the penultimate sentences of Regulations sections 1.704-2 (g)(1) and 1.704-2(i)(5), each such Holder shall be specially allocated items of Partnership income and gain in the amount of such excess to eliminate such deficit as quickly as possible, provided that an allocation pursuant to this Section 5.3(b)(v) shall be made if and only to the extent that such Holder would have a deficit Capital Account in excess of such sum after all other allocations provided in this Article V have been tentatively made as if this Section 5.3(b)(v) and Section 5.3(b)(iv) were not in the Agreement.

 

(vi)                  Limitation on Allocation of Net Loss. To the extent that any allocation of Net Loss (or items of loss) would cause or increase an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit as to any Holder, such allocation of Net Loss (or items of loss) shall be reallocated (x) first, among the other Holders of Partnership Common Units in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests, and (y) thereafter, among the Holders of other Partnership Units, as determined by the General Partner, subject to the limitations of this Section 5.3(b)(vi).

 

(vii)               Section 754 Adjustment. To the extent that an adjustment to the adjusted tax basis of any Partnership asset pursuant to Code section 734(b) or Code section 743(b) is required, pursuant to Regulations section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m)(2) or Regulations section 1.704-1(b)(2) (iv)(m)(4), to be taken into account in determining Capital Accounts as the result of a distribution to a Holder of Partnership Common Units in complete liquidation of its interest in the Partnership, the amount of such adjustment to the Capital Accounts shall be treated as an item of gain (if the adjustment increases the basis of the asset) or loss (if the adjustment decreases such basis), and such gain or loss shall be specially allocated to the Holders of Partnership Common Units in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests in the event that Regulations section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m)(2) applies, or to the Holder(s) to whom such distribution was made in the event that Regulations section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m)(4) applies.

 

(viii)            Curative Allocations. The allocations set forth in Sections 5.3(b)(i), (ii), (iii), (iv), (v), (vi) and (vii) (the “Regulatory Allocations”) are intended to comply with certain regulatory requirements, including the requirements of Regulations sections 1.704-1(b) and 1.704-2. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 5.1, the Regulatory Allocations shall be taken into account in allocating other items of income, gain, loss and deduction among the Holders of Partnership Common Units so that to the extent possible without violating the requirements giving rise to the Regulatory Allocations, the net amount of such allocations of other items and the Regulatory Allocations to each Holder of a Partnership Common Unit shall be equal to the net amount that would have been allocated to each such Holder if the Regulatory Allocations had not occurred.

 

(c)                        Special Allocations Upon Liquidation. Notwithstanding any provision in this Article V to the contrary, in the event that the Partnership disposes of all or

 

34



 

substantially all of its assets in a transaction that will lead to a liquidation of the Partnership pursuant to Article XII, then any Net Income or Net Loss realized in connection with such transaction and thereafter (and, if necessary, constituent items of income, gain, loss and deduction) shall be specially allocated for such Fiscal Year or a later Fiscal Year (and to the extent permitted by Code section 761(c), for the immediately preceding Fiscal Year) among the Holders as required so as to cause liquidating distributions pursuant to Section 12.3(a)(iii) to be made in the same amounts and proportions as would have resulted had such distributions instead been made pursuant to Article IV.

 

(d)                       Allocation of Excess Nonrecourse Liabilities. For purposes of determining a Holder’s proportional share of the “excess nonrecourse liabilities” of the Partnership within the meaning of Regulations section 1.752-3(a)(3), each Holder’s respective interest in Partnership profits shall be equal to such Holder’s Percentage Interest with respect to Partnership Common Units.

 

Section 5.4                                    Tax Allocations.

 

(a)                       In General. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 5.4, for income tax purposes under the Code and the Regulations each Partnership item of income, gain, loss and deduction (collectively, “Tax Items”) shall be allocated among the Holders in the same manner as its correlative item of “book” income, gain, loss or deduction is allocated pursuant to Sections 5.2 and 5.3.

 

(b)                       Section 704(c) Allocations. Notwithstanding Section 5.4(a), Tax Items with respect to an Asset that is contributed to the Partnership with a Gross Asset Value that varies from its basis in the hands of the contributing Partner immediately preceding the date of contribution shall be allocated among the Holders for income tax purposes pursuant to Regulations promulgated under Code section 704(c) so as to take into account such variation. The Partnership shall account for such variation under the traditional method as described in Regulations section 1.704-3(b) or under any method approved under Code section 704(c) and the applicable Regulations as chosen by the General Partner. In the event that the Gross Asset Value of any partnership asset is adjusted pursuant to subsection (b) of the definition of “Gross Asset Value” (provided in Section 1.1), subsequent allocations of Tax Items with respect to such asset shall take account of the variation, if any, between the adjusted basis of such asset and its Gross Asset Value in the same manner as under Code section 704(c) and the applicable Regulations and using the method chosen by the General Partner. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if the Partnership issues any noncompensatory options as defined in Regulations section 1.721-2 and a Partner receives an interest in the Partnership pursuant to the exercise of such an option, the Partnership shall make such allocations and adjustments to the Partners’ Capital Accounts as are required to comply with Regulations section 1.704-1.

 

35



 

ARTICLE VI

 

OPERATIONS

 

Section 6.1                                    Management.

 

(a)                       The General Partner shall have full, exclusive and complete discretion to manage and control the business and affairs of the Partnership, to make all decisions affecting the business and affairs of the Partnership and to do or cause to be done any and all acts, at the expense of the Partnership, as it deems necessary or appropriate to accomplish the purposes and direct the affairs of the Partnership. The General Partner shall have the exclusive power and authority to bind the Partnership, except and to the extent that such power is expressly delegated in writing to any other Person by the General Partner, and such delegation shall not cause the General Partner to cease to be a Partner or the General Partner of the Partnership. The General Partner shall be an agent of the Partnership’s business, and the actions of the General Partner taken in such capacity and in accordance with this Agreement shall bind the Partnership. The General Partner shall at all times be a Partner of the Partnership. The General Partner shall constitute a “general partner” under the Act. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement, the Partnership, and the General Partner on behalf of the Partnership, may enter into and perform any document without any vote or consent of any other Person. No Limited Partner or Assignee (other than in its separate capacity as the General Partner, any of its Affiliates or any member, officer or employee of the General Partner, the Partnership or any of their Affiliates, in their capacity as such) shall take part in the operations, management or control (within the meaning of the Act) of the Partnership’s business, transact any business in the Partnership’s name or have the power to sign documents for or otherwise bind the Partnership. The transaction of any such business by the General Partner, any of its Affiliates or any member, officer or employee of the General Partner, the Partnership or any of their Affiliates, in their capacity as such, shall not affect, impair or eliminate the limitations on the liability of the Limited Partners or Assignees under this Agreement. The General Partner may not be removed by the Partners, with or without cause, except with the consent of the Special Limited Partner.

 

(b)                       The determination as to any of the following matters, made by or at the direction of the General Partner consistent with the Act and this Agreement, shall be final and conclusive and shall be binding upon the Partnership and every Limited Partner: the amount of assets at any time available for distribution or the redemption of Partnership Common Units or Partnership Preferred Units; the amount and timing of any distribution; any determination to redeem Tendered Units; the amount, purpose, time of creation, increase or decrease, alteration or cancellation of any reserves or charges and the propriety thereof (whether or not any obligation or liability for which such reserves or charges shall have been created shall have been paid or discharged); the fair value, or any sale, bid or asked price to be applied in determining the fair value, of any asset owned or held by the Partnership; any matter relating to the acquisition, holding and disposition of any assets by the Partnership; or any other matter relating to the business and affairs of the Partnership or required or permitted by applicable law, this Agreement or otherwise to be determined by the General Partner.

 

(c)                        The General Partner may also, from time to time, appoint such officers and establish such management and/or advisory boards or committees of the Partnership as the General Partner deems necessary or advisable, each of which shall have such powers, authority and responsibilities as are delegated in writing by the General Partner from time to time. Each such officer and/or board or committee member shall serve at the pleasure of the General Partner.

 

36



 

(d)                       Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement or required by any non-waivable provision of the Act or other applicable law, no Partner other than the General Partner shall (a) have any right to vote on or consent to any other matter, act, decision or document involving the Partnership or its business, or (b) take part in the day-to-day management, or the operation or control, of the business and affairs of the Partnership. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the General Partner may cause the Partnership, without the consent or approval of any other Partner, to enter into any of the following in one or a series of related transactions: (i) any merger, (ii) any acquisition, (iii) any consolidation, (iv) any sale, lease or other transfer or conveyance of assets, (v) any recapitalization or reorganization of outstanding securities, (vi) any merger, sale, lease, spin-off, exchange, transfer or other disposition of a subsidiary, division or other business, (vii) any issuance of debt or equity securities (subject to any limitations expressly provided for herein) or (viii) any incurrence of indebtedness. Except to the extent expressly delegated in writing by the General Partner, no Limited Partner or Person other than the General Partner shall be an agent for the Partnership or have any right, power or authority to transact any business in the name of the Partnership or to act for or on behalf of or to bind the Partnership.

 

(e)                        Only the General Partner may commence a voluntary case on behalf of, or an involuntary case against, the Partnership under a chapter of Title 11 U.S.C. by the filing of a “petition” (as defined in 11 U.S.C. 101(42)) with the United States Bankruptcy Court. Any such petition filed by any other Partner, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, shall be deemed an unauthorized and bad faith filing and all parties to this Agreement shall use their best efforts to cause such petition to be dismissed.

 

(f)                         It is anticipated that the General Partner’s primary business activities shall be focused on the operation of the Moelis Entities. Subject to the foregoing and any additional limitations contained in any constituent agreement(s) of any other Moelis Entity, the Partners acknowledge and agree that, subject to the terms of any other employment, consulting or similar arrangements or engagement with the Partnership, the General Partner, or any Affiliate of either of them: (i) any Limited Partner may engage or invest in any other business, activity or opportunity of any nature, independently or with others; (ii) neither the Partnership nor any Partner (in its capacity as such) shall have any right to participate in any manner in such engagement or investment, or the profits or income earned or derived therefrom; and (iii) the pursuit of such activities by any such Partner shall not be deemed in violation of breach of this Agreement or any obligation or duty owed by such Partner to the Partnership or the other Partners.

 

(g)                        Subject to the rights of any Holder set forth in a Partnership Unit Designation and Section 6.1(h), the General Partner shall have the power, without the Consent of the Partners or the consent or approval of any Limited Partner, to amend this Agreement as may be required to facilitate or implement any of the following purposes:

 

(i)             to add to the obligations of the General Partner or surrender any right or power granted to the General Partner or any Affiliate of the General Partner for the benefit of the Limited Partners;

 

37


 

(ii)          to reflect the admission, substitution or withdrawal of Partners, the Transfer of any Partnership Interest or the termination of the Partnership in accordance with this Agreement, and to amend the Register in connection with such admission, substitution, withdrawal or Transfer;

 

(iii)       to reflect a change that is of an inconsequential nature or does not adversely affect the Limited Partners in any material respect, or to cure any ambiguity, correct or supplement any provision in this Agreement not inconsistent with law or with other provisions, or make other changes with respect to matters arising under this Agreement that will not be inconsistent with law or with the provisions of this Agreement;

 

(iv)      to satisfy any requirements, conditions or guidelines contained in any order, directive, opinion, ruling or regulation of a federal or state agency or contained in federal or state law;

 

(v)         to modify either or both of the manner in which items of Net Income or Net Loss are allocated pursuant to Article V or the manner in which Capital Accounts are adjusted, computed, or maintained (but in each case only to the extent set forth in the definition of “Capital Account” or Section 4.6 or as contemplated by the Code or the Regulations);

 

(vi)      to reflect the issuance of additional Partnership Interests in accordance with Article III;

 

(vii)                                                   to set forth or amend the designations, preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to distributions, qualifications or terms or conditions of redemption of any additional Partnership Units issued pursuant to Article III;

 

(viii)                                                if the Partnership is the Surviving Partnership in any Termination Transaction, to modify Section 14.1 or any related definitions to provide the holders of interests in such Surviving Partnership rights that are consistent with Section 10.7(b)(v); and

 

(ix)      to reflect any other modification to this Agreement as is reasonably necessary for the business or operations of the Partnership or the Special Limited Partner and which does not violate Section 6.1(h).

 

(h)                       Notwithstanding Article XIII, this Agreement shall not be amended, and no action may be taken by the General Partner, without the consent of each Partner, if any, adversely affected thereby, if such amendment or action would (i) convert a Limited Partner into a general partner of the Partnership (except as a result of the Limited Partner becoming the General Partner pursuant to Sections 11.1 or 12.2(c) of this Agreement), (ii) modify the limited liability of a Limited Partner, (iii) adversely alter the rights of any Partner to receive the distributions to which such Partner is entitled pursuant to Article IV or Section 12.3(a)(iii), or alter the allocations specified in Article V (except, in any case, as permitted pursuant to Sections 3.2, 4.6 and 6.1(g)), (iv) alter or modify in a manner that adversely affects any Partner the

 

38



 

Redemption rights, Cash Amount or Class A Shares Amount as set forth in Section 14.1, or amend or modify any related definitions (except for amendments to this Agreement or other actions that provide rights consistent with Section 10.7(b)(v)), (v) would convert the Partnership into a corporation (other than in connection with a Termination Transaction) or (vi) amend this Section 6.1(h); provided, however, that, with respect to clauses (iii), (iv), (v) and (vi), the consent of any individual Partner adversely affected shall not be required for any amendment or action that affects all Partners holding the same class or series of Partnership Units on a uniform or pro rata basis, if approved by a Majority in Interest of the Partners of such class or series. Further, no amendment may alter the restrictions on the General Partner’s authority set forth elsewhere in this Section 6.1 without the consent specified therein. Any such amendment or action consented to by any Partner shall be effective as to that Partner, notwithstanding the absence of such consent by any other Partner.

 

Section 6.2                                    Compensation and Reimbursement.

 

(a)                       The General Partner shall not receive any fees from the Partnership for its services in administering the Partnership, except as otherwise provided herein (including the provisions of Articles IV and V regarding distributions, payments and allocations to which it may be entitled in its capacity as the General Partner).

 

(b)                       Subject to Section 6.2(c), the Partnership shall be liable for, and shall reimburse the General Partner and the Special Limited Partner, as applicable, on a monthly basis, or such other basis as the General Partner may determine, for all sums expended in connection with the Partnership’s business, including (i) expenses relating to the ownership of interests in and management and operation of, or for the benefit of, the Partnership, (ii) compensation of officers and employees of the Special Limited Partner, the General Partner or the Partnership, including payments under future compensation plans of the Special Limited Partner, the General Partner or the Partnership that may provide for stock units, or phantom stock, pursuant to which employees of the Special Limited Partner, the General Partner or the Partnership will receive payments based upon dividends on or the value of Class A Shares, (iii) director fees and expenses and (iv) all costs and expenses of the Special Limited Partner being a public company, including costs of filings with the SEC, reports and other distributions to its stockholders; provided, however, that the amount of any reimbursement shall be reduced by any interest earned by the General Partner or the Special Limited Partner with respect to bank accounts or other instruments or accounts held by it on behalf of the Partnership as permitted pursuant to Section 6.3. Such reimbursements shall be in addition to any reimbursement of the General Partner and the Special Limited Partner as a result of indemnification pursuant to Section 6.6.

 

(c)                        To the extent practicable, Partnership expenses shall be billed directly to and paid by the Partnership and reimbursements to the General Partner, the Special Limited Partner or any of their respective Affiliates by the Partnership pursuant to this Section 6.2 shall be treated as “guaranteed payments” within the meaning of Code section 707(c) (unless otherwise required by the Code and the Regulations).

 

39



 

Section 6.3                                    Outside Activities.

 

(a)                       Neither the General Partner nor the Special Limited Partner shall directly or indirectly enter into or conduct any business, other than in connection with, (a) with respect to the General Partner, the ownership, acquisition and disposition of Partnership Interests, (b) with respect to the General Partner, the management of the business of the Partnership, (c) with respect to the Special Limited Partner, its operation as a reporting company with a class (or classes) of securities registered under the Exchange Act, (d) with respect to the Special Limited Partner, the offering, sale, syndication, private placement or public offering of stock, bonds, securities or other interests, (e) financing or refinancing of any type related to the Partnership or its assets or activities, and (f) such activities as are incidental thereto. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to prohibit the General Partner from executing guarantees of Partnership debt for which it would otherwise be liable in its capacity as General Partner. The General Partner and any Affiliates of the General Partner may acquire Partnership Interests and shall be entitled to exercise all rights of a Limited Partner relating to such Partnership Interests.

 

(b)                       Subject to any agreements entered into pursuant to Section 6.4 and any other agreements entered into by a Limited Partner or any of its Affiliates with the General Partner, the Partnership or a Subsidiary (including any employment agreement), any Limited Partner and any Assignee, officer, director, employee, agent, trustee, Affiliate, member or stockholder of any Limited Partner shall be entitled to and may have business interests and engage in business activities in addition to those relating to the Partnership, including business interests and activities that are in direct or indirect competition with the Partnership or that are enhanced by the activities of the Partnership. Neither the Partnership nor any Partner shall have any rights by virtue of this Agreement in any business ventures of any Limited Partner or Assignee. Subject to such agreements, none of the Limited Partners nor any other Person shall have any rights by virtue of this Agreement or the partnership relationship established hereby in any business ventures of any other Person (other than the General Partner or the Special Limited Partner, to the extent expressly provided herein), and such Person shall have no obligation pursuant to this Agreement, subject to Section 6.4 and any other agreements entered into by a Limited Partner or its Affiliates with the General Partner, the Partnership or a Subsidiary, to offer any interest in any such business ventures to the Partnership, any Limited Partner, or any such other Person, even if such opportunity is of a character that, if presented to the Partnership, any Limited Partner or such other Person, could be taken by such Person.

 

Section 6.4                                    Transactions with Affiliates.

 

(a)                       The Partnership may lend or contribute funds or other assets to the Special Limited Partner and its Subsidiaries or other Persons in which the Special Limited Partner has an equity investment, and such Persons may borrow funds from the Partnership, on terms and conditions no less favorable to the Partnership in the aggregate than would be available from unaffiliated third parties as determined by the General Partner. The foregoing authority shall not create any right or benefit in favor of any Partner or any other Person. It is expressly acknowledged and agreed by each Partner that the Special Limited Partner may (i) borrow funds from the Partnership in order to redeem, at any time or from time to time, options or warrants previously or hereafter issued by the Special Limited Partner, (ii) put to the Partnership, for cash, any rights, options, warrants or convertible or exchangeable securities that the Special Limited Partner may desire or be required to purchase or redeem or (iii) borrow funds

 

40



 

from the Partnership to acquire assets that will be contributed to the Partnership for Partnership Units.

 

(b)                       Except as provided in Section 6.3, the Partnership may transfer assets to joint ventures, limited liability companies, partnerships, corporations, business trusts or other business entities in which it is or thereby becomes a participant upon such terms and subject to such conditions consistent with this Agreement and applicable law.

 

(c)                        The General Partner, the Special Limited Partner and their respective Affiliates may sell, transfer or convey any property to the Partnership, directly or indirectly, on terms and conditions no less favorable to the Partnership in the aggregate than would be available from unaffiliated third parties as determined by the General Partner.

 

(d)                       The General Partner or the Special Limited Partner may propose and adopt on behalf of the Partnership employee benefit plans funded by the Partnership for the benefit of employees of the General Partner, the Partnership, the Special Limited Partner, Subsidiaries of the Partnership or any Affiliate of any of them in respect of services performed, directly or indirectly, for the benefit of the General Partner, the Special Limited Partner, the Partnership or any of the Partnership’s Subsidiaries.

 

Section 6.5                                    Liability of Partners.

 

(a)                       Neither the General Partner or the Special Limited Partner nor officers and directors of either of the foregoing shall be liable to the Partnership or to any Partner for any losses sustained or liabilities incurred as a result of any act or omission of such Person or such other Person if the act or failure to act of such Person or such other Person was in good faith, within the scope of such Person’s authority, and in a manner it believed to be in, or not contrary to, the best interests of the Partnership.

 

(b)                       The General Partner, the Special Limited Partner and all officers and directors of either of the foregoing shall at all times act in a manner that is consistent with its implied contractual covenant of good faith and fair dealing. So long as the General Partner, the Special Limited Partner or such officer or director, as applicable, acts in a manner consistent with the implied contractual covenant of good faith and fair dealing and with the express provisions of this Agreement, such Person shall not be in breach of any duties (including fiduciary duties) in respect of the Partnership and/or any Partner otherwise applicable at law or in equity. The provisions of this Agreement, to the extent that they expand, restrict or eliminate the duties and liabilities of such Persons otherwise existing at law or in equity, are agreed by the Partners to replace fully and completely such other duties and liabilities of such Persons. Subject to the foregoing but notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or otherwise applicable provision of law or equity, whenever in this Agreement the General Partner, the Special Limited Partner or any officers or directors of either of the foregoing is permitted or required to make a decision or take an action (i) in its “sole discretion” or “discretion” or under a similar grant of authority or latitude, in making such decisions, such Person shall be entitled to take into account its own interests as well as the interests of the Partners as a whole or (ii) in its “good faith” or under another expressed standard, such Person shall act under such express standard and shall not be subject to any other or different standards.

 

41



 

(c)                        The General Partner may consult with legal counsel, accountants and financial or other advisors, and any act or omission suffered or taken by the General Partner on behalf of the Partnership or in furtherance of the interests of the Partnership in good faith in reliance upon and in accordance with the advice of such counsel, accountants or financial or other advisors (including a financial advisory Affiliates of the General Partner, the Partnership or the Special Limited Partner) will be full justification for any such act or omission, and the General Partner will be fully protected in so acting or omitting to act so long as such counsel or accountants or financial or other advisors were selected with reasonable care.

 

Section 6.6                                    Indemnification.

 

(a)                       The Partnership shall indemnify and hold harmless each Indemnitee (and such person’s heirs, successors, assigns, executors or administrators) to the full extent permitted by law from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, expenses (including reasonable attorney’s fees and other legal fees and expenses), judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts of any nature whatsoever, known or unknown, liquid or illiquid (collectively, “Liabilities”) arising from any and any threatened, pending or completed claims, demands, actions, suits or proceedings, civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, and whether formal or informal, including appeals (“Actions”), in which such Indemnitee may be involved, or is threatened to be involved, as a party or otherwise, by reason of the fact that such Indemnitee is or was the General Partner, the Special Limited Partner or an officer or director of either of the foregoing if (i) the Indemnitee acted in good faith, within the scope of such Indemnitee’s authority, and in a manner it believed to be in, or not contrary to, the best interests of the Partnership, (ii) the Action was not initiated by the Indemnitee (other than an action to enforce such Indemnitee’s rights to indemnification or advance of expenses under this Section 6.6) and (iii) the Indemnitee has not been established by a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction to be liable to the Partnership. The termination of an action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, in and of itself, create a presumption or otherwise constitute evidence that the Indemnitee acted in a manner contrary to that specified in clauses (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) above. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Indemnitee shall look to the applicable Moelis Entity first in respect of any indemnification claim hereunder (or any advances sought in connection therewith).

 

(b)                       Expenses incurred by an Indemnitee in defending any Action, subject to this Section 6.6 shall be advanced by the Partnership prior to the final disposition of such Action upon receipt by the Partnership of a written commitment by or on behalf of the Indemnitee to repay such amount if it shall be determined that such Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified as authorized in this Section 6.6.

 

(c)                        Any indemnification obligations of the Partnership arising under this Section 6.6 shall be satisfied out of any Partnership assets (including any amounts otherwise currently or subsequently distributable to any Partner(s)).

 

(d)                       The provisions of this Section 6.6 are for the benefit of the Indemnitees and shall not be deemed to create any rights for the benefit of any other Person.

 

42



 

(e)                        The right to indemnification provided hereby shall not be exclusive of, and shall not affect, any other rights to which an Indemnitee or any other Person may be entitled under any agreement, pursuant to any vote of the Partners, as a matter of law or otherwise, and shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to serve in such capacity and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, successors, assigns, executors and administrators of the Indemnitee unless otherwise provided in a written agreement with such Indemnitee or in the writing pursuant to which such Indemnitee is indemnified.

 

(f)                         To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Partnership may, but shall not be obligated to, purchase and maintain insurance, on behalf of any of the Indemnitees and such other Persons as the General Partner shall determine, against any liability that may be asserted against or expenses that may be incurred by such Person in connection with the Partnership’s activities, regardless of whether the Partnership would have the power to indemnify such Person against such liability under the provisions of this Agreement.

 

(g)                        To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any liabilities which an Indemnitee incurs as a result of acting on behalf of the Partnership, the General Partner or the Special Limited Partner (whether as a fiduciary or otherwise) in connection with the operation, administration or maintenance of an employee benefit plan or any related trust or funding mechanism (whether such liabilities are in the form of excise taxes assessed by the IRS, penalties assessed by the Department of Labor, restitutions to such a plan or trust or other funding mechanism or to a participant or beneficiary of such plan, trust or other funding mechanism, or otherwise) shall be treated as liabilities or judgments or fines under this Section 6.6.

 

(h)                       An Indemnitee shall not be denied indemnification in whole or in part under this Section 6.6 because the Indemnitee had an interest in the transaction with respect to which the indemnification applies if the transaction was otherwise permitted by the terms of this Agreement.

 

(i)                           The provisions of this Section 6.6 are for the benefit of the Indemnitees, their heirs, successors, assigns, executors and administrators and shall not be deemed to create any rights for the benefit of any other Persons. Any amendment, modification or repeal of this Section 6.6 or any provision hereof shall be prospective only and shall not in any way affect the limitations on the Partnership’s liability to any Indemnitee under this Section 6.6 as in effect immediately prior to such amendment, modification or repeal with respect to claims arising from or relating to matters occurring, in whole or in part, prior to such amendment, modification or repeal, regardless of when such claims may arise or be asserted.

 

(j)                          It is the intent of the parties that any amounts paid by the Partnership to the General Partner pursuant to this Section 6.6 shall be treated as “guaranteed payments” within the meaning of Code section 707(c).

 

43



 

ARTICLE VII

 

RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF LIMITED PARTNERS

 

Section 7.1                                    Return of Capital. Except pursuant to the rights of Redemption set forth in Section 14.1 or in any Partnership Unit Designation, no Limited Partner shall be entitled to the withdrawal or return of its Capital Contribution, except to the extent of distributions made pursuant to this Agreement or upon dissolution of the Partnership as provided herein. Except to the extent provided in Article IV or Article V or otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement or in any Partnership Unit Designation, no Limited Partner or Assignee shall have priority over any other Limited Partner or Assignee either as to the return of Capital Contributions or as to profits, losses or distributions.

 

Section 7.2                                    Rights of Limited Partners Relating to the Partnership.

 

(a)                       In addition to other rights provided by this Agreement or by the Act, the General Partner shall deliver to each Limited Partner a copy of any information mailed to all of the common stockholders of the Special Limited Partner as soon as practicable after such mailing.

 

(b)                       The Partnership shall notify any Limited Partner that is a Qualifying Party, on request, of the then current Adjustment Factor or any change made to the Adjustment Factor.

 

(c)                        Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 7.2, the General Partner may keep confidential from the Limited Partners (or any of them), for such period of time as the General Partner determines to be reasonable, any information that (i) the General Partner believes to be in the nature of trade secrets or other information the disclosure of which the General Partner in good faith believes is not in the best interests of the Partnership or the Special Limited Partner or (ii) the Partnership or the General Partner is required by law or by agreement to keep confidential.

 

Section 7.3                                    Partnership Right to Call Partnership Interests. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, on and after the date on which the aggregate Percentage Interests of the Limited Partners (other than the Special Limited Partner and its Subsidiaries) are less than five percent (5%), the Partnership shall have the right, but not the obligation, from time to time and at any time to redeem any and all outstanding Partnership Common Units (other than Partnership Common Units held by the General Partner or the Special Limited Partner and its Subsidiaries) by treating any Limited Partner as a Tendering Party who has delivered a Notice of Redemption pursuant to Section 14.1 for the amount of Partnership Common Units to be specified by the General Partner by notice to such Limited Partner that the Partnership has elected to exercise its rights under this Section 7.3. Such notice given by the General Partner to a Limited Partner pursuant to this Section 7.3 shall be treated as if it were a Notice of Redemption delivered to the General Partner by such Limited Partner. For purposes of this Section 7.3, (a) any Limited Partner (whether or not otherwise a Qualifying Party) may be treated as a Qualifying Party that is a Tendering Party and (b) the provisions of Sections 14.1(d)(i) and 14.1(d)(ii) shall not apply, but the remainder of Section 14.1 shall apply, mutatis mutandis.

 

44



 

Section 7.4                                    Drag-Along Rights.

 

(a)                       If at any time the Special Limited Partner and/or its Affiliates desire to Transfer in one or more transactions all or any portion of its and/or their Partnership Interests (or any beneficial interest therein) in an arm’s-length transaction to a bona fide third party that is not an Affiliate of the Special Limited Partner (an “Applicable Sale”), the Special Limited Partner can require each other Partner and Assignee to sell the same ratable share of its Partnership Interests as is being sold by the Special Limited Partner and such Affiliates (based upon the total Partnership Interests held by the Special Limited Partner and its Affiliates at such time) on the same terms and conditions (“Drag-Along Right”). The Special Limited Partner may in its sole discretion elect to cause the General Partner and/or the Partnership to structure the Applicable Sale as a merger or consolidation or as a sale of the Partnership’s assets. If such Applicable Sale is structured (i) as a merger or consolidation, then no Limited Partner or Assignee shall have any dissenters’ rights, appraisal rights or similar rights in connection with such merger or consolidation or (ii) as a sale of assets, then no Limited Partner may object to any subsequent liquidation or other distribution of the proceeds therefrom. Each Limited Partner and Assignee agrees to consent to, and raise no objections against, an Applicable Sale. In the event of the exercise by the Special Limited Partner of its Drag-Along Right pursuant to this Section 7.4, each Limited Partner and Assignee shall take all reasonably necessary and desirable actions approved by the Special Limited Partner in connection with the consummation of the Applicable Sale, including the execution of such agreements and such instruments and other actions reasonably necessary to provide customary and reasonable representations, warranties, indemnities, covenants, conditions and other agreements relating to such Applicable Sale and to otherwise effect the transaction; provided, however, that (A) such Limited Partners and Assignees shall not be required to give disproportionately greater or more onerous representations, warranties, indemnities or covenants than the Special Limited Partner or its Affiliates, (B) such Limited Partners and Assignees shall not be obligated to bear any share of the out-of-pocket expenses, costs or fees (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by the Partnership or its Affiliates in connection with such Applicable Sale unless and to the extent that such expenses, costs and fees were incurred for the benefit of the Partnership or all of its Partners, (C) such Limited Partners and Assignees shall not be obligated or otherwise responsible for more than their proportionate share of any indemnities or other liabilities incurred by the Partnership and the Limited Partners as sellers in respect of such Applicable Sale, and (D) any indemnities or other liabilities approved by the Special Limited Partner or the General Partner shall be limited, in respect of each Limited Partner, to such Limited Partner’s share of the proceeds from the Applicable Sale.

 

(b)                       At least five (5) Business Days before consummation of an Applicable Sale, the Special Limited Partner shall (i) provide the Limited Partners and Assignees written notice (the “Applicable Sale Notice”) of such Applicable Sale, which notice shall contain (A) the name and address of the third party purchaser, (B) the proposed purchase price, terms of payment and other material terms and conditions of such purchaser’s offer, together with a copy of any binding agreement with respect to such Applicable Sale and (C) notification of whether or not the Special Limited Partner has elected to exercise its Drag-Along Right and (ii) promptly notify the Limited Partners and Assignees of all proposed changes to such material terms and keep the Limited Partners and Assignees reasonably informed as to all material terms relating to such sale or contribution, and promptly deliver to the Limited Partners and Assignees copies of

 

45



 

all final material agreements relating thereto not already provided in according with this Section 7.4(b) or otherwise. The Special Limited Partner shall provide the Limited Partners and Assignees written notice of the termination of an Applicable Sale within five (5) Business Days following such termination, which notice shall state that the Applicable Sale Notice served with respect to such Applicable Sale is rescinded.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

BOOKS AND RECORDS

 

Section 8.1                                    Books and Records. At all times during the continuance of the Partnership, the Partnership shall prepare and maintain separate books of account for the Partnership for financial reporting purposes, on an accrual basis, in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied. The Partnership shall keep at its principal office the following:

 

(a)                       a current list of the full name and the last known street address of each Partner;

 

(b)                       a copy of the Certificate and this Agreement and all amendments thereto; and

 

(c)                        copies of the Partnership’s federal, state and local income tax returns and reports, if any, for the three most recent years.

 

Section 8.2                                    Inspection. Subject to Section 15.13 Limited Partners (personally or through an authorized representative) may, for purposes reasonably related to their respective Partnership Interests, examine and copy (at their own cost and expense) the books and records of the Partnership at all reasonable business hours upon reasonable prior notice.

 

ARTICLE IX

 

TAX MATTERS

 

Section 9.1                                    Preparation of Tax Returns. The General Partner shall arrange for the preparation and timely filing of all returns with respect to Partnership income, gains, deductions, losses and other items required of the Partnership for federal and state income tax purposes and shall use all reasonable effort to furnish, within one hundred and eighty (180) days of the close of each taxable year, the tax information reasonably required by Limited Partners and for federal and state income tax and any other tax reporting purposes. The Limited Partners shall promptly provide the General Partner with such information relating to the Contributed Assets, including tax basis and other relevant information, as may be reasonably requested by the General Partner from time to time.

 

Section 9.2                                    Tax Elections. The General Partner shall file (or cause to be filed) an election pursuant to Code section 754 for the Partnership for its first Fiscal Year and shall maintain and keep such election in effect at all times. Except as otherwise provided herein, the General Partner shall determine whether to make any available election pursuant to the Code,

 

46



 

including, but not limited to, the election under Code section 754. The General Partner shall have the right to seek to revoke any such election (including any election under Code section 754).

 

Section 9.3                                    Tax Matters Partner.

 

(a)                       The General Partner shall be the “tax matters partner” of the Partnership for federal income tax purposes. The tax matters partner shall receive no compensation for its services. All third-party costs and expenses incurred by the tax matters partner in performing its duties as such (including legal and accounting fees and expenses) shall be borne by the Partnership in addition to any reimbursement pursuant to Section 6.2. Nothing herein shall be construed to restrict the Partnership from engaging an accounting firm to assist the tax matters partner in discharging its duties hereunder. At the request of any Limited Partner, the General Partner agrees to inform such Limited Partner regarding the preparation and filing of any returns and with respect to any subsequent audit or litigation relating to such returns; provided, however, that the General Partner shall have the exclusive power to determine whether to file, and the content of, such returns.

 

(b)                       The tax matters partner is authorized, but not required:

 

(i)             to enter into any settlement with the IRS with respect to any administrative or judicial proceedings for the adjustment of Partnership items required to be taken into account by a Partner for income tax purposes (such administrative proceedings being referred to as a “tax audit” and such judicial proceedings being referred to as “judicial review”), and in the settlement agreement the tax matters partner may expressly state that such agreement shall bind all Partners, except that such settlement agreement shall not bind any Partner (i) who (within the time prescribed pursuant to the Code and Regulations) files a statement with the IRS providing that the tax matters partner shall not have the authority to enter into a settlement agreement on behalf of such Partner (as the case may be) or (ii) who is a “notice partner” (as defined in Code section 6231) or a member of a “notice group” (as defined in Code section 6223(b)(2));

 

(ii)          in the event that a notice of a final administrative adjustment at the Partnership level of any item required to be taken into account by a Partner for tax purposes (a “final adjustment”) is mailed to the tax matters partner, to seek judicial review of such final adjustment, including the filing of a petition for readjustment with the United States Tax Court or the United States Claims Court, or the filing of a complaint for refund with the District Court of the United States for the district in which the Partnership’s principal place of business is located;

 

(iii)       to intervene in any action brought by any other Partner for judicial review of a final adjustment;

 

(iv)      to file a request for an administrative adjustment with the IRS at any time and, if any part of such request is not allowed by the IRS, to file an appropriate pleading (petition or complaint) for judicial review with respect to such request;

 

47



 

(v)         to enter into an agreement with the IRS to extend the period for assessing any tax that is attributable to any item required to be taken into account by a Partner for tax purposes, or an item affected by such item; and

 

(vi)      to take any other action on behalf of the Partners or any of them in connection with any tax audit or judicial review proceeding to the extent permitted by applicable law or regulations.

 

The taking of any action and the incurring of any expense by the tax matters partner in connection with any such proceeding, except to the extent required by law, is a matter in the sole and absolute discretion of the tax matters partner and the provisions relating to indemnification of the General Partner set forth in Section 6.6 shall be fully applicable to the tax matters partner in its capacity as such.

 

Section 9.4                                    Withholding. Each Limited Partner hereby authorizes the Partnership to withhold from or pay on behalf of or with respect to such Limited Partner any amount of federal, state, local or foreign taxes that the General Partner determines that the Partnership is required to withhold or pay with respect to any amount distributable or allocable to such Limited Partner pursuant to this Agreement, including any taxes required to be withheld or paid by the Partnership pursuant to Code section 1441, Code section 1442, Code section 1445 or Code section 1446. Any amount paid on behalf of or with respect to a Limited Partner shall constitute a loan by the Partnership to such Limited Partner, which loan shall be repaid by such Limited Partner within fifteen (15) days after notice from the General Partner that such payment must be made unless (i) the Partnership withholds such payment from a distribution that would otherwise be made to the Limited Partner or (ii) the General Partner determines that such payment may be satisfied out of the Available Cash of the Partnership that would, but for such payment, be distributed to the Limited Partner. Each Limited Partner hereby unconditionally and irrevocably grants to the Partnership a security interest in such Limited Partner’s Partnership Interest to secure such Limited Partner’s obligation to pay to the Partnership any amounts required to be paid pursuant to this Section 9.4. In the event that a Limited Partner fails to pay any amounts owed to the Partnership pursuant to this Section 9.4 when due, the General Partner may elect to make the payment to the Partnership on behalf of such defaulting Limited Partner, and in such event shall be deemed to have loaned such amount to such defaulting Limited Partner and shall succeed to all rights and remedies of the Partnership as against such defaulting Limited Partner (including the right to receive distributions). Any amounts payable by a Limited Partner hereunder shall bear interest at the base rate on corporate loans at large United States money center commercial banks, as published from time to time in the Wall Street Journal, plus four (4) percentage points (but not higher than the maximum lawful rate) from the date such amount is due (i.e., fifteen (15) days after demand) until such amount is paid in full. Each Limited Partner shall take such actions as the Partnership or the General Partner shall request in order to perfect or enforce the security interest created hereunder.

 

Section 9.5                                    Organizational Expenses. The General Partner may cause the Partnership to elect to deduct expenses, if any, incurred by it in organizing the Partnership ratably over a 180-month period as provided in Code section 709.

 

48


 

ARTICLE X

 

PARTNER TRANSFERS AND WITHDRAWALS

 

Section 10.1                             Transfer.

 

(a)                       No part of the interest of a Partner shall be subject to the claims of any creditor, to any spouse for alimony or support, or to legal process, and may not be voluntarily or involuntarily alienated or encumbered except as may be specifically provided for in this Agreement.

 

(b)                       No Partnership Interest shall be Transferred, in whole or in part, except in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Article X. Any Transfer or purported Transfer of a Partnership Interest not made in accordance with this Article X shall be null and void ab initio.

 

(c)                        No Transfer of any Partnership Interest may be made to a lender to the Partnership or any Person who is related (within the meaning of Regulations section 1.752-4(b)) to any lender to the Partnership whose loan constitutes a Nonrecourse Liability, without the consent of the General Partner; provided that as a condition to such consent, the lender will be required to enter into an arrangement with the Partnership and the General Partner to redeem or exchange for the Class A Shares Amount any Partnership Units in which a security interest is held by such lender immediately before the time at which such lender would be deemed to be a partner in the Partnership for purposes of allocating liabilities to such lender under Code section 752.

 

Section 10.2                             Transfer of General Partner’s Partnership Interest.

 

(a)                       Except as provided in Section 10.2(b), and subject to the rights of any Holder set forth in a Partnership Unit Designation, the General Partner may not Transfer all or any portion of its Partnership Interest without the Consent of the Partners.

 

(b)                       Subject to compliance with the other provisions of this Article X, the General Partner may Transfer all of its Partnership Interest at any time to the Special Limited Partner or any Person that is, at the time of such Transfer, a direct or indirect wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Special Limited Partner without the Consent of any Partner, and may designate the transferee to become the new General Partner under Section 11.1.

 

(c)                        The General Partner may not voluntarily withdraw as a general partner of the Partnership without the consent of the Special Limited Partner, except in connection with a Transfer of the General Partner’s entire Partnership Interest permitted in this Article X and the admission of the Transferee as a successor General Partner of the Partnership pursuant to the Act and this Agreement.

 

(d)                       It is a condition to any Transfer of the entire Partnership Interest of a sole General Partner otherwise permitted hereunder that (i) coincident or prior to such Transfer, the transferee is admitted as a General Partner pursuant to the Act and this Agreement; (ii) the transferee assumes by operation of law or express agreement all of the obligations of the

 

49



 

transferor General Partner under this Agreement with respect to such Transferred Partnership Interest; and (iii) the transferee has executed such instruments are may be necessary to effectuate such admission and to confirm the agreement of such transferee to be bound by all the terms and provisions of this Agreement applicable to the General Partner and the admission of such transferee as a General Partner.

 

Section 10.3                             Limited Partners’ Rights to Transfer.

 

(a)                       General. Except as provided below and in Section 10.1(c), no Limited Partner shall Transfer all or any portion of such Partnership Interest to any transferee without the consent of the General Partner. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Limited Partner may, at any time, without the consent of the General Partner, Transfer all or any portion of its Partnership Interest pursuant to a Permitted Transfer. Any Transfer (other than a Permitted Transfer) by a Limited Partner or an Assignee is subject to Section 10.4 and to satisfaction of the following conditions:

 

(i)             Qualified Transferee. Any Transfer of a Partnership Interest shall be made only to a single Qualified Transferee; provided, however, that, for such purposes, all Qualified Transferees that are Affiliates, or that comprise investment accounts or funds managed by a single Qualified Transferee and its Affiliates, shall be considered together to be a single Qualified Transferee; provided, further, that each Transfer meeting the minimum Transfer restriction of Section 10.3(a)(iii) may be to a separate Qualified Transferee.

 

(ii)          Opinion of Counsel. The Transferor shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the General Partner an opinion of legal counsel reasonably satisfactory to the General Partner to the effect that the proposed Transfer may be effected without registration under the Securities Act and will not otherwise violate the registration provisions of the Securities Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder or violate any state securities laws or regulations applicable to the Partnership or the Partnership Interests Transferred; provided, however, that the General Partner may waive this condition upon the request of the Transferor. If the General Partner determines, based on the advice of counsel, that such Transfer would create a material risk of requiring the filing of a registration statement under the Securities Act or otherwise violating any federal or state securities laws or regulations applicable to the Partnership or the Partnership Units, the General Partner may prohibit any Transfer otherwise permitted under this Section 10.3 by a Limited Partner of Partnership Interests.

 

(iii)       Minimum Transfer Restriction. Any Transferring Partner must Transfer not less than the lesser of (i) [·] ([·]) Partnership Units (as adjusted for any unit split, unit distribution, reverse unit split, reclassification or similar event, in each case with such adjustment being determined by the General Partner) or (ii) all of the remaining Partnership Units owned by such Transferring Partner; provided, however, that, for purposes of determining compliance with the foregoing restriction, all Partnership Units owned by Affiliates of a Limited Partner shall be considered to be owned by such Limited Partner.

 

50



 

(iv)      Exception for Permitted Transfers. The conditions of Section 10.3(a)(ii) through Section 10.3(a)(iii) shall not apply in the case of a Permitted Transfer.

 

It is a condition to any Transfer otherwise permitted hereunder (whether or not such Transfer is effected during or after any applicable Lock-Up Period) that the transferee assumes by operation of law or express agreement all of the obligations of the transferor Limited Partner under this Agreement with respect to such Transferred Partnership Interest, and no such Transfer (other than pursuant to a statutory merger or consolidation wherein all obligations and liabilities of the transferor Partner are assumed by a successor corporation by operation of law) shall relieve the transferor Partner of its obligations under this Agreement without the approval of the General Partner. Any transferee, whether or not admitted as a Substituted Limited Partner, shall take subject to the obligations of the transferor hereunder. Unless admitted as a Substituted Limited Partner, no transferee, whether by a voluntary Transfer, by operation of law or otherwise, shall have any rights hereunder, other than the rights of an Assignee as provided in Section 10.5.

 

(b)                       Incapacity. If a Limited Partner is subject to Incapacity, the executor, administrator, trustee, committee, guardian, conservator or receiver of such Limited Partner’s estate shall have all the rights of a Limited Partner, but not more rights than those enjoyed by other Limited Partners, for the purpose of settling or managing the estate, and such power as the Incapacitated Limited Partner possessed to Transfer all or any part of its interest in the Partnership. The Incapacity of a Limited Partner, in and of itself, shall not dissolve or terminate the Partnership.

 

(c)                        Adverse Tax Consequences. No Transfer by a Limited Partner of its Partnership Interests (including any Redemption, any other acquisition of Partnership Units by the General Partner or any acquisition of Partnership Units by the Partnership and including any Permitted Transfer) may be made to or by any Person if the Partnership determines, (i) such Transfer would create a material risk of the Partnership being treated as an association taxable as a corporation or would result in a termination of the Partnership under Code section 708, or (ii) there would be a material risk that such Transfer would be treated as effectuated through an “established securities market” or a “secondary market (or the substantial equivalent thereof)” within the meaning of Code section 7704.

 

Section 10.4                             Substituted Limited Partners.

 

(a)                       No Limited Partner shall have the right to substitute a transferee other than a Permitted Transferee as a Limited Partner in its place. A transferee of the interest of a Limited Partner may be admitted as a Substituted Limited Partner only with the consent of the General Partner; provided, however, that a Permitted Transferee shall be admitted as a Substituted Limited Partner pursuant to a Permitted Transfer without the consent of the General Partner, subject to compliance with the last sentence of this Section 10.4. The failure or refusal by the General Partner to permit a transferee of any such interests to become a Substituted Limited Partner shall not give rise to any cause of action against the Partnership or the General Partner. Subject to the foregoing, an Assignee shall not be admitted as a Substituted Limited Partner until and unless it furnishes to the General Partner (i) evidence of acceptance, in form and substance satisfactory to the General Partner, of all the terms, conditions and applicable

 

51



 

obligations of this Agreement, (ii) a counterpart signature page to this Agreement executed by such Assignee, (iii) Consent by Spouse and (iv) such other documents and instruments as the General Partner may require to effect such Assignee’s admission as a Substituted Limited Partner.

 

(b)                       Concurrently with, and as evidence of, the admission of a Substituted Limited Partner, the General Partner shall amend the Register and the books and records of the Partnership to reflect the name, address and number of Partnership Units of such Substituted Limited Partner and to eliminate or adjust, if necessary, the name, address and number of Partnership Units of the predecessor of such Substituted Limited Partner.

 

(c)                        A transferee who has been admitted as a Substituted Limited Partner in accordance with this Article X shall have all the rights and powers and be subject to all the restrictions and liabilities of a Limited Partner under this Agreement.

 

Section 10.5                             Assignees. If the General Partner’s consent is required for the admission of any transferee under Section 10.3 as a Substituted Limited Partner, as described in Section 10.4, and the General Partner withholds such consent, such transferee shall be considered an Assignee for purposes of this Agreement. An Assignee shall be entitled to all the rights of an assignee of a limited partnership interest under the Act, including the right to receive distributions from the Partnership and the share of Net Income, Net Losses and other items of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit of the Partnership attributable to the Partnership Units assigned to such transferee and the rights to Transfer the Partnership Units provided in this Article X, but shall not be deemed to be a holder of Partnership Units for any other purpose under this Agreement (other than as expressly provided in Section 14.1 with respect to a Qualifying Party that becomes a Tendering Party), and shall not be entitled to effect a Consent or vote with respect to such Partnership Units on any matter presented to the Limited Partners for approval (such right to Consent or vote, to the extent provided in this Agreement or under the Act, fully remaining with the transferor Limited Partner). In the event that any such transferee desires to make a further assignment of any such Partnership Units, such transferee shall be subject to all the provisions of this Article X to the same extent and in the same manner as any Limited Partner desiring to make an assignment of Partnership Units.

 

Section 10.6                             General Provisions.

 

(a)                       No Limited Partner may withdraw from the Partnership other than: (i) as a result of a permitted Transfer of all of such Limited Partner’s Partnership Interest in accordance with this Article X with respect to which the transferee becomes a Substituted Limited Partner; (ii) pursuant to a redemption (or acquisition by the General Partner or the Special Limited Partner) of all of its Partnership Interest pursuant to a Redemption under Section 7.3 or Section 14.1 and/or pursuant to any Partnership Unit Designation; or (iii) as a result of the acquisition by the General Partner or the Special Limited Partner of all of such Limited Partner’s Partnership Interest, whether or not pursuant to Section 14.1(b).

 

(b)                       Any Limited Partner who shall Transfer all of its Partnership Units in a Transfer (i) permitted pursuant to this Article X where such transferee was admitted as a Substituted Limited Partner, (ii) pursuant to the exercise of its rights to effect a redemption of all

 

52



 

of its Partnership Units pursuant to a Redemption under Section 14.1 and/or pursuant to any Partnership Unit Designation or (iii) to the Special Limited Partner, whether or not pursuant to Section 14.1(b), shall cease to be a Limited Partner.

 

(c)                        If any Partnership Unit is Transferred in compliance with the provisions of this Article X, or is redeemed by the Partnership, or acquired by the Special Limited Partner pursuant to Section 14.1, on any day other than the first day of a Fiscal Year, then Net Income, Net Losses, each item thereof and all other items of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit attributable to such Partnership Unit for such Fiscal Year shall be allocated to the transferor Partner or the Tendering Party (as the case may be) and, in the case of a Transfer or assignment other than a Redemption, to the transferee Partner, by taking into account their varying interests during the Fiscal Year in accordance with Code section 706(d), using the “interim closing of the books” method or another permissible method or methods selected by the General Partner. Solely for purposes of making such allocations, unless otherwise determined by the General Partner, each of such items for the calendar month in which a Transfer occurs shall be allocated to the transferee Partner and none of such items for the calendar month in which a Transfer or a Redemption occurs shall be allocated to the transferor Partner, or the Tendering Party (as the case may be) if such Transfer occurs on or before the fifteenth (15th) day of the month, otherwise such items shall be allocated to the transferor. All distributions of Available Cash attributable to such Partnership Unit with respect to which the Partnership Record Date is before the date of such Transfer, assignment or Redemption shall be made to the transferor Partner or the Tendering Party (as the case may be) and, in the case of a Transfer other than a Redemption, all distributions of Available Cash thereafter attributable to such Partnership Unit shall be made to the transferee Partner.

 

(d)                       In addition to any other restrictions on Transfer herein contained, in no event may any Transfer or assignment of a Partnership Interest by any Partner (including any Redemption, any acquisition of Partnership Units by the Special Limited Partner or any other acquisition of Partnership Units by the Partnership) be made (i) to any person or entity who lacks the legal right, power or capacity to own a Partnership Interest; (ii) in violation of applicable law; (iii) of any component portion of a Partnership Interest, such as the Capital Account, or rights to distributions, separate and apart from all other components of a Partnership Interest; (iv) if the General Partner determines that such Transfer would create a material risk that the Partnership would become, with respect to any employee benefit plan subject to Title I of ERISA, a “party-in-interest” (as defined in ERISA Section 3(14)) or a “disqualified person” (as defined in Code section 4975(c)); (v) if the General Partner determines, based on the advice of counsel, that such Transfer would create a material risk that any portion of the assets of the Partnership would constitute assets of any employee benefit plan pursuant to Department of Labor Regulations section 2510.2-101; (vi) if such Transfer requires the registration of such Partnership Interest pursuant to any applicable federal or state securities laws; (vii) if the General Partner determines that such Transfer creates a material risk that the Partnership would become a reporting company under the Exchange Act; or (viii) if such Transfer subjects the Partnership to regulation under the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Investment Advisors Act of 1940 or ERISA, each as amended.

 

(e)                        Transfers pursuant to this Article X may only be made on the first day of a fiscal quarter of the Partnership, unless the General Partner otherwise agrees.

 

53



 

Section 10.7                             Restrictions on Termination Transactions. Neither the Special Limited Partner nor the General Partner shall engage in, or cause or permit, a Termination Transaction, other than (i) with the Consent of the Limited Partners, or (ii) either:

 

(a)                       in connection with any such Termination Transaction, each holder of Partnership Common Units (other than the Special Limited Partner and its wholly owned Subsidiaries) will receive, or will have the right to elect to receive, for each Partnership Common Unit an amount of cash, securities or other property equal to the product of the Adjustment Factor and the greatest amount of cash, securities or other property paid to a holder of one Class A Share in consideration of one Class A Share pursuant to the terms of such Termination Transaction; provided, that if, in connection with such Termination Transaction, a purchase, tender or exchange offer shall have been made to and accepted by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Class A Shares, each holder of Partnership Common Units (other than the Special Limited Partner and its wholly owned subsidiaries) will receive, or will have the right to elect to receive, the greatest amount of cash, securities or other property which such holder of Partnership Common Units would have received had it exercised its right to Redemption pursuant to Article XIV and received Class A Shares in exchange for its Partnership Common Units immediately prior to the expiration of such purchase, tender or exchange offer and had thereupon accepted such purchase, tender or exchange offer and then such Termination Transaction shall have been consummated (the fair market value, at the time of the Termination Transaction, of the amount specified herein with respect to each Partnership Common Unit is referred to as the “Transaction Consideration”); or

 

(b)                       all of the following conditions are met: (i) substantially all of the assets directly or indirectly owned by the Partnership prior to the announcement of the Termination Transaction are, immediately after the Termination Transaction, owned directly or indirectly by the Partnership or another limited partnership or limited liability company which is the survivor of a merger, consolidation or combination of assets with the Partnership (in each case, the “Surviving Partnership”); (ii) the Surviving Partnership is classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes; (iii) the Limited Partners (other than the Special Limited Partner) that held Partnership Common Units immediately prior to the consummation of such Termination Transaction own a percentage interest of the Surviving Partnership based on the relative fair market value of the net assets of the Partnership and the other net assets of the Surviving Partnership immediately prior to the consummation of such transaction; (iv) the rights of such Limited Partners with respect to the Surviving Partnership are at least as favorable as those of Limited Partners holding Partnership Common Units immediately prior to the consummation of such transaction (except to the extent that any such rights are consistent with clause (v) below) and as those applicable to any other limited partners or non-managing members of the Surviving Partnership; and (v) such rights include the right to redeem their interests in the Surviving Partnership at any time for cash in an amount equal to the fair market value of such interest at the time of redemption, as determined at least once every calendar quarter by an independent appraisal firm of recognized national standing retained by the Surviving Partnership.

 

54



 

ARTICLE XI

 

ADMISSION OF PARTNERS

 

Section 11.1                             Admission of Successor General Partner. A successor to all or a portion of the General Partner’s Partnership Interest pursuant to Section 10.2(b) who the General Partner has designated to become a successor General Partner shall be admitted to the Partnership as the General Partner, effective immediately upon the Transfer of such Partnership Interest to it. Upon any such Transfer and the admission of any such transferee as a successor General Partner in accordance with this Section 11.1, the transferor General Partner shall be relieved of its obligations under this Agreement and shall cease to be a general partner of the Partnership without any separate Consent of the Partners or the consent or approval of any Partner. Any such successor shall carry on the business of the Partnership without dissolution. In each case, the admission shall be subject to the successor General Partner executing and delivering to the Partnership an acceptance of all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement and such other documents or instruments as may be required to effect the admission. In the event that the General Partner withdraws from the Partnership, or transfers its entire Partnership Interest, in violation of this Agreement, or otherwise dissolves or terminates or ceases to be the general partner of the Partnership, a Majority in Interest of the Partners may elect to continue the Partnership by selecting a successor General Partner in accordance with Section 12.2(c).

 

Section 11.2                             Partners; Admission of Additional Limited Partners.

 

(a)                       After the admission to the Partnership of an Original Limited Partner, a Person (other than a then-existing Partner) who makes a Capital Contribution to the Partnership in exchange for Partnership Units and in accordance with this Agreement shall be admitted to the Partnership as an Additional Limited Partner only upon furnishing to the General Partner (i) evidence of acceptance, in form and substance satisfactory to the General Partner, of all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including the power of attorney granted in Section 15.1, (ii) a counterpart signature page to this Agreement executed by such Person, (iii) Consent by Spouse and (iv) such other documents or instruments as may be required by the General Partner in order to effect such Person’s admission as an Additional Limited Partner. Concurrently with, and as evidence of, the admission of an Additional Limited Partner, the General Partner shall amend the Register and the books and records of the Partnership to reflect the name, address, number and type of Partnership Units of such Additional Limited Partner.

 

(b)                       Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 11.2, no Person shall be admitted as an Additional Limited Partner without the consent of the General Partner. The admission of any Person as an Additional Limited Partner shall become effective on the date upon which the name of such Person is recorded on the books and records of the Partnership, following the consent of the General Partner to such admission and the satisfaction of all the conditions set forth in Section 11.2(a).

 

(c)                        If any Additional Limited Partner is admitted to the Partnership on any day other than the first day of a Fiscal Year, then Net Income, Net Losses, each item thereof and all other items of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit allocable among Holders for such Fiscal Year shall be allocated among such Additional Limited Partner and all other Holders by taking into account their varying interests during the Fiscal Year in accordance with Code section 706(d), using the “interim closing of the books” method or another permissible method or methods selected by the General Partner. Solely for purposes of making such allocations, each of such items for the calendar month in which an admission of any Additional Limited Partner

 

55



 

occurs shall be allocated among all the Holders including such Additional Limited Partner, in accordance with the principles described in Section 10.6(c). All distributions of Available Cash with respect to which the Partnership Record Date is before the date of such admission shall be made solely to Partners and Assignees other than the Additional Limited Partner, and all distributions of Available Cash thereafter shall be made to all the Partners and Assignees including such Additional Limited Partner.

 

Section 11.3                             Limit on Number of Partners. Unless otherwise permitted by the General Partner, no Person shall be admitted to the Partnership as an Additional Limited Partner if the effect of such admission would be to cause the Partnership to have a number of Partners (including as Partners for this purpose those Persons indirectly owning an interest in the Partnership through another partnership, a limited liability company, a subchapter S corporation or a grantor trust) that would cause the Partnership to become a reporting company under the Exchange Act.

 

Section 11.4                             Admission. A Person shall be admitted to the Partnership as a limited partner of the Partnership or a general partner of the Partnership only upon strict compliance, and not upon substantial compliance, with the requirements set forth in this Agreement for admission to the Partnership as a Limited Partner or a General Partner.

 

ARTICLE XII

 

DISSOLUTION, LIQUIDATION AND TERMINATION

 

Section 12.1                             No Dissolution. The Partnership shall not be dissolved by the admission of additional Partners in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. The Partnership may be dissolved, liquidated and terminated only pursuant to the provisions of this Article XII, and the Partners hereby irrevocably waive any and all other rights they may have to cause a dissolution of the Partnership or a sale or partition of any or all of the Partnership assets.

 

Section 12.2                             Events Causing Dissolution. The Partnership shall be dissolved and its affairs shall be wound up upon the occurrence of any of the following events (each, a “Liquidating Event”):

 

(a)                       the sale of all or substantially all of the Partnership’s assets;

 

(b)                       at any time there are no limited partners of the Partnership;

 

(c)                        the Incapacity or removal of the General Partner or the occurrence of a Disabling Event with respect to the General Partner (each, an “Event of Withdrawal”); provided, that the Partnership will not be dissolved or required to be wound up in connection with any of the events specified in this Section 12.2(c) if, within 90 days after the Event of Withdrawal, the Consent of the Partners is delivered with respect to the appointment, effective as of the Event of Withdrawal, of another General Partners.

 

(d)                       an election to dissolve the Partnership made by the General Partner, with the Consent of the Partners; or

 

56



 

(e)                        the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution under Section 17-802 of the Act.

 

Section 12.3                             Distribution upon Dissolution.

 

(a)                       Upon the dissolution of the Partnership pursuant to Section 12.2, unless the Partnership is continued pursuant to Section 12.2, the General Partner (or, in the event that there is no remaining General Partner or the General Partner has dissolved, become Bankrupt or ceased to operate, any Person elected by a Majority in Interest of the Partners (the General Partner or such other Person being referred to herein as the “Liquidator”)) shall be responsible for overseeing the winding up and dissolution of the Partnership and shall take full account of the Partnership’s liabilities and property, and the Partnership property shall be liquidated as promptly as is consistent with obtaining the fair value thereof, and the proceeds therefrom (which may, to the extent determined by the General Partner, include shares of stock in the Special Limited Partner) shall be applied and distributed in the following order:

 

(i)             First, to the satisfaction of all of the Partnership’s debts and liabilities to creditors including Partners who are creditors (other than with respect to liabilities owed to Partners in satisfaction of liabilities for distributions), whether by payment or the making of reasonable provision for payment thereof;

 

(ii)          Second, to the satisfaction of all of the Partnership’s liabilities to the Partners in satisfaction of liabilities for distributions, whether by payment or the making of reasonable provision for payment thereof; and

 

(iii)       Subject to the terms of any Partnership Unit Designation, the balance, if any, to the Holders in accordance with and in proportion to their positive Capital Account balances, after giving effect to all contributions, distributions and allocations for all periods.

 

The General Partner shall not receive any additional compensation for any services performed pursuant to this Article XII.

 

(b)                       Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 12.3(a) that require liquidation of the assets of the Partnership, but subject to the order of priorities set forth therein, if prior to or upon dissolution of the Partnership, the Liquidator determines that an immediate sale of part or all of the Partnership’s assets would be impractical or would cause undue loss to the Holders, the Liquidator may, in its sole and absolute discretion, defer for a reasonable time the liquidation of any assets except those necessary to satisfy liabilities of the Partnership (including to those Holders as creditors) and/or distribute to the Holders, in lieu of cash, as tenants in common and in accordance with the provisions of Section 12.3(a), undivided interests in such Partnership assets as the Liquidator deems not suitable for liquidation. Any such distributions in kind shall be made only if, in the good faith judgment of the Liquidator, such distributions in kind are in the best interest of the Holders, and shall be subject to such conditions relating to the disposition and management of such properties as the Liquidator deems reasonable and equitable and to any agreements governing the operation of such properties at

 

57



 

such time. The Liquidator shall determine the fair market value of any property distributed in kind using such reasonable method of valuation as it may adopt.

 

(c)                        In the event that the Partnership is “liquidated,” within the meaning of Regulations section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(g), distributions shall be made pursuant to this Article XII to the Holders that have positive Capital Accounts in compliance with Regulations section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(b)(2) to the extent of, and in proportion to, positive Capital Account balances. If any Holder has a deficit balance in its Capital Account (after giving effect to all contributions, distributions and allocations for all taxable years, including the year during which such liquidation occurs), such Holder shall have no obligation to make any contribution to the capital of the Partnership with respect to such deficit, and such deficit shall not be considered a debt owed to the Partnership or to any other Person for any purpose whatsoever. In the sole and absolute discretion of the General Partner or the Liquidator, a pro rata portion of the distributions that would otherwise be made to the Holders pursuant to this Article XII may be:

 

(i)             distributed to a trust established for the benefit of the General Partner and the Holders for the purpose of liquidating Partnership assets, collecting amounts owed to the Partnership, and paying any contingent or unforeseen liabilities or obligations of the Partnership or of the General Partner arising out of or in connection with the Partnership and/or Partnership activities. The assets of any such trust shall be distributed to the Holders, from time to time, in the reasonable discretion of the General Partner, in the same proportions and amounts as would otherwise have been distributed to the Holders pursuant to this Agreement; or

 

(ii)          withheld or escrowed to provide a reasonable reserve for Partnership liabilities (contingent or otherwise) and to reflect the unrealized portion of any installment obligations owed to the Partnership, provided that such withheld or escrowed amounts shall be distributed to the Holders in the manner and order of priority set forth in Section 12.3(a) as soon as practicable.

 

Section 12.4                             Deemed Contribution and Distribution. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article XII, in the event that the Partnership is liquidated within the meaning of Regulations section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(g), but no Liquidating Event has occurred, the Partnership’s Assets shall not be liquidated, the Partnership’s liabilities shall not be paid or discharged and the Partnership’s affairs shall not be wound up. Instead, for federal income tax purposes the Partnership shall be deemed to have contributed all of its assets and liabilities to a new partnership in exchange for an interest in the new partnership; and immediately thereafter, distributed Partnership Units to the Partners in the new partnership in accordance with their respective Capital Accounts in liquidation of the Partnership, and the new partnership is deemed to continue the business of the Partnership. Nothing in this Section 12.4 shall be deemed to have constituted any Assignee as a Substituted Limited Partner without compliance with the provisions of Section 10.4.

 

Section 12.5                             Rights of Holders. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement and subject to the rights of any Holder set forth in a Partnership Unit Designation, (a) each Holder shall look solely to the assets of the Partnership for the return of its Capital Contribution, (b) no Holder shall have the right or power to demand or receive property other than cash from

 

58


 

the Partnership and (c) no Holder shall have priority over any other Holder as to the return of its Capital Contributions, distributions or allocations.

 

Section 12.6          Termination. The Partnership shall terminate when all of the assets of the Partnership, after payment of or due provision for all debts, liabilities and obligations of the Partnership, shall have been distributed to the holders of Partnership Units in the manner provided for in this Article XII, and the Certificate shall have been cancelled in the manner required by the Act.

 

Section 12.7          Reasonable Time for Winding-Up. A reasonable time shall be allowed for the orderly winding-up of the business and affairs of the Partnership and the liquidation of its assets pursuant to Section 12.3, in order to minimize any losses otherwise attendant upon such winding-up, and the provisions of this Agreement shall remain in effect between and among the Partners during the period of liquidation.

 

ARTICLE XIII

 

PROCEDURES FOR ACTIONS AND CONSENTS
OF PARTNERS; AMENDMENTS; MEETINGS

 

Section 13.1          Actions and Consents of Partners. The actions requiring Consent of any Partner pursuant to this Agreement, or otherwise pursuant to applicable law, are subject to the procedures set forth in this Article XIII.

 

Section 13.2          Amendments. Except as otherwise required or permitted by this Agreement (including Section 6.1), amendments to this Agreement must be approved by the Consent of the General Partner and the Consent of the Partners, and may be proposed only by (a) the General Partner, or (b) Limited Partners holding a majority of the Partnership Common Units then held by Limited Partners (excluding the Special Limited Partner and any Controlled Entity of the Special Limited Partner). Following such proposal, the General Partner shall submit to the Partners any proposed amendment that, pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, requires the Consent of the Partners. The General Partner shall seek the Consent of the Partners entitled to vote thereon on any such proposed amendment in accordance with Section 13.3. Upon obtaining any such Consent, or any other Consent required by this Agreement, and without further action or execution by any other Person, including any Limited Partner, (i) any amendment to this Agreement may be implemented and reflected in a writing executed solely by the General Partner, and (ii) the Limited Partners shall be deemed a party to and bound by such amendment of this Agreement. Within thirty days after the effectiveness of any amendment to this Agreement that does not receive the Consent of all Partners, the General Partner shall deliver a copy of such amendment to all Partners that did not Consent to such amendment. For the avoidance of doubt, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, this Agreement may not be amended without the Consent of the General Partner.

 

Section 13.3          Procedures for Meetings and Actions of the Partners.

 

(a)        Meetings of the Partners may be called only by the General Partner. The call shall state the nature of the business to be transacted. Notice of any such meeting shall

 

59



 

be given to all Partners entitled to act at the meeting not less than ten (10) days nor more than ninety (90) days prior to the date of such meeting. Partners may vote in person or by proxy at such meeting. Unless approval by a different number or proportion of the Partners is required by this Agreement, or any Partnership Unit Designation, the affirmative vote of a Majority in Interest of the Partners shall be sufficient to approve such proposal at a meeting of the Partners. Whenever the Consent of any Partners is permitted or required under this Agreement, such Consent may be given at a meeting of Partners or in accordance with the procedure prescribed in Section 13.3(b).

 

(b)        Any action requiring the Consent of any Partner or a group of Partners pursuant to this Agreement, or that is required or permitted to be taken at a meeting of the Partners may be taken without a meeting if a Consent in writing or by electronic transmission setting forth the action so taken or consented to is given by Partners whose affirmative vote would be sufficient to approve such action or provide such Consent at a meeting of the Partners. Such Consent may be in one instrument or in several instruments, and shall have the same force and effect as the affirmative vote of such Partners at a meeting of the Partners. Such Consent shall be filed with the General Partner. An action so taken shall be deemed to have been taken at a meeting held on the effective date so certified. For purposes of obtaining a Consent in writing or by electronic transmission, the General Partner may require a response within a reasonable specified time, but not less than fifteen (15) days of receipt of notice, and failure to respond in such time period shall constitute a Consent that is consistent with the General Partner’s recommendation with respect to the proposal; provided, however, that an action shall become effective at such time as requisite Consents are received even if prior to such specified time.

 

(c)        Each Partner entitled to act at a meeting of Partners may authorize any Person or Persons to act for it by proxy on all matters in which a Partner is entitled to participate, including waiving notice of any meeting, or voting or participating at a meeting. Each proxy must be signed by the Partner or its attorney-in-fact. No proxy shall be valid after the expiration of eleven (11) months from the date thereof unless otherwise provided in the proxy (or there is receipt of a proxy authorizing a later date). Every proxy shall be revocable at the pleasure of the Partner executing it, such revocation to be effective upon the Partnership’s receipt of written notice of such revocation from the Partner executing such proxy, unless such proxy states that it is irrevocable and is coupled with an interest.

 

(d)        The General Partner may set, in advance, a record date for the purpose of determining the Partners (i) entitled to Consent to any action, (ii) entitled to receive notice of or vote at any meeting of the Partners or (iii) in order to make a determination of Partners for any other proper purpose. Such date, in any case, shall not be prior to the close of business on the day the record date is fixed and shall be not more than ninety (90) days and, in the case of a meeting of the Partners, not less than ten (10) days, before the date on which the meeting is to be held. If no record date is fixed, the record date for the determination of Partners entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of the Partners shall be at the close of business on the day on which the notice of the meeting is sent, and the record date for any other determination of Partners shall be the effective date of such Partner action, distribution or other event. When a determination of the Partners entitled to vote at any meeting of the Partners has been made as provided in this section, such determination shall apply to any adjournment thereof.

 

60



 

(e)        Each meeting of Partners shall be conducted by the General Partner or such other Person as the General Partner may appoint pursuant to such rules for the conduct of the meeting as the General Partner or such other Person deems appropriate in its sole and absolute discretion. Without limitation, meetings of Partners may be conducted in the same manner as meetings of the Special Limited Partner’s stockholders and may be held at the same time as, and as part of, the meetings of the Special Limited Partner’s stockholders.

 

ARTICLE XIV

 

REDEMPTION RIGHTS AND REGISTRATION RIGHTS

 

Section 14.1          Redemption Rights of Qualifying Parties.

 

(a)        After the expiration or earlier termination of any applicable Lock-Up Period, a Qualifying Party shall have the right (subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein) to exchange all or a portion of the Partnership Class A Common Units held by such Qualifying Party (Partnership Common Units that have in fact been tendered for redemption being hereafter referred to as “Tendered Units”) for the Class A Shares Amount or, at the sole and absolute election of the General Partner, for the Cash Amount payable on the Specified Redemption Date (in each case, a “Redemption”), in each case pursuant to, and in accordance with, the Charter and the provisions of this Article XIV. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Partnership may, in the General Partner’s sole and absolute discretion, redeem Tendered Units at the request of the Holder thereof prior to the end of any applicable Lock-Up Period (subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein) (a “Special Redemption”); provided that the General Partner first receives a legal opinion to the same effect as the legal opinion described in Section 14.1(e). Any Redemption shall be exercised pursuant to a Notice of Redemption delivered to the General Partner by the Qualifying Party when exercising the Redemption right (the “Tendering Party”). In the event that the General Partner elects to redeem all or a portion of the Tendered Units in exchange for the applicable Cash Amount, such applicable Cash Amount shall be delivered as a certified or bank check payable to the Tendering Party or, in the General Partner’s sole and absolute discretion, by wire transfer of funds on or before the Specified Redemption Date.

 

(b)        If the General Partner does not elect on or before the close of business on the Cut-Off Date to redeem all of the Tendered Units from the Tendering Party in exchange for the Cash Amount, then the portion of the Tendered Units not being redeemed for the Cash Amount shall be redeemed for the Class A Shares Amount calculated based on the portion of Tendered Units to be acquired in exchange for Class A Shares (such percentage being referred to as the “Applicable Percentage”). The Tendering Party shall submit such written representations, investment letters, legal opinions or other instruments necessary, in the Special Limited Partner’s view, to effect compliance with the Securities Act. A number of Class A Shares equal to the product of the Applicable Percentage and the Class A Shares Amount, if applicable, shall be delivered by the Special Limited Partner as duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable Class A Shares and, if applicable, Rights, free of any pledge, lien, encumbrance or restriction, other than restrictions provided in the Charter, the Securities Act and relevant state securities or “blue sky” laws. Notwithstanding any delay in such delivery, the Tendering Party shall be deemed the owner of such Class A Shares and Rights for all purposes,

 

61



 

including rights to vote or consent, receive dividends, and exercise rights, as of the Specified Redemption Date. Class A Shares issued in connection with a Redemption pursuant to this Section 14.1(b) may contain such legends regarding restrictions under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws as the Special Limited Partner in good faith determines to be necessary or advisable in order to ensure compliance with such laws.

 

(c)        The Partnership may elect to raise funds for the payment of any applicable Cash Amount (a) solely by requiring that the Special Limited Partner or its Subsidiaries contribute to the Partnership funds from (i) the proceeds of a registered public offering by the Special Limited Partner of Class A Shares sufficient to purchase the Tendered Units or (ii) any other sources available to the Special Limited Partner or its Subsidiaries or (b) with the consent of the Tendering Party, from any other sources available to the Partnership. To the extent determined by the General Partner, the Partnership will treat such a transaction as a disguised sale under Code section 707(a)(2)(B). If the Cash Amount is not paid on or before the Specified Redemption Date, interest shall accrue with respect to the Cash Amount from the day after the Specified Redemption Date to and including the date on which the Cash Amount is paid at a rate equal to the Applicable Federal Short-Term Rate as published monthly by the IRS.

 

(d)        Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, with respect to any Redemption pursuant to this Section 14.1:

 

(i)    Without the consent of the General Partner, no Tendering Party may effect a Redemption for less than [·] ([·]) Partnership Class A Common Units (as adjusted for any unit split, unit distribution, reverse unit split, reclassification or similar event, in each case with such adjustment being determined by the General Partner) or, if such Tendering Party holds less than [·] ([·]) Partnership Class A Common Units (as adjusted for any unit split, unit distribution, reverse unit split, reclassification or similar event, in each case with such adjustment being determined by the General Partner), all of the Partnership Class A Common Units held by such Tendering Party.

 

(ii)   If (i) a Tendering Party surrenders Tendered Units during the period after the Partnership Record Date with respect to a distribution payable to Holders of Partnership Common Units, and before the record date established by the Special Limited Partner for a dividend to its stockholders of some or all of its portion of such Partnership distribution, and (ii) the Special Limited Partner elects to redeem any of such Tendered Units in exchange for Class A Shares pursuant to Section 14.1(b), then such Tendering Party shall pay to the Special Limited Partner on the Specified Redemption Date an amount in cash equal to the Partnership distribution paid or payable in respect of such Tendered Units.

 

(iii)  The consummation of such Redemption shall be subject to the expiration or termination of the applicable waiting period, if any, under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended.

 

(iv)  The Tendering Party shall continue to own (subject, in the case of an Assignee, to the provisions of Section 10.5) all Partnership Common Units subject to any Redemption, and be treated as a Limited Partner or an Assignee, as

 

62



 

applicable, with respect to such Partnership Common Units for all purposes of this Agreement, until the Specified Redemption Date and until such Tendered Units are redeemed. Until a Specified Redemption Date and a redemption of the Tendered Units by the Special Limited Partner for the Class A Share Amount, the Tendering Party shall have no rights as a stockholder of the Special Limited Partner with respect to the Class A Shares issuable in connection with such acquisition.

 

(v)   The General Partner shall establish one or more dates in each fiscal year as a date on which the Qualifying Party shall be permitted, subject to the expiration or earlier termination of any applicable Lock-Up Period, to deliver a Notice of Redemption, provided that the General Partner may postpone any such date one or more times. The General Partner may permit, in writing or orally, one or more Qualifying Parties to submit a Notice of Redemption on such other dates, such permission to be granted, withheld or granted on such terms and conditions as determined by the General Partner in its sole discretion.

 

(e)        In connection with any Special Redemption, the Special Limited Partner shall have the right to receive an opinion of counsel for the Tendering Party reasonably satisfactory to it to the effect that the proposed Special Redemption will not cause the Partnership, the General Partner or the Special Limited Partner to violate any federal or state securities laws or regulations applicable to the Special Redemption or the issuance and sale of Class A Shares to the Tendering Party pursuant to Section 14.1(b) of this Agreement.

 

(f)        If the General Partner permits a Special Redemption with respect to Partnership Class A Common Units held by Kenneth Moelis or any of his Family Members to be effected prior to the end of the applicable Lock-Up Period, each other Qualifying Party shall have the right to have the same ratable share of its Partnership Class A Common Units redeemed in a Special Redemption on the same date as the Special Redemption of the Partnership Class A Common Units held by Kenneth Moelis or his applicable Family Member.

 

(g)        Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any Partner may exchange Partnership Common Units only to the extent such Partner’s Adjusted Capital Account at the time of the exchange represents at least the same percentage of the aggregate Adjusted Capital Account balances of all partners of the Partnership as the percentage interest represented by such Partnership Common Units to be exchanged. For the avoidance of doubt, the exchanging Partner may designate the portion of his or her Capital Account attributable to one or more Partnership Common Units being exchanged.

 

Section 14.2          Shelf Registration.

 

(a)        The Special Limited Partner shall use its reasonable best efforts, at its sole expense, to file with the Commission:

 

(i)    within [·] months of the IPO Closing Date, a shelf registration statement on Form S-1 or such other form under the Securities Act then available to the Special Limited Partner providing for (a) the exchange, from time to time, of all Partnership Class A Common Interests held by any Former Common Holder (or its

 

63



 

Substituted Limited Partner) for Class A Shares and (b) the resale, pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act from time to time, of such Class A Shares received upon such exchange by such Holders; and

 

(ii)   promptly following the fourth (4th) anniversary of the IPO Closing Date, a shelf registration statement on Form S-1 or such other form under the Securities Act then available to the Special Limited Partner providing for (a) the exchange, from time to time, of all Partnership Class A Common Interests held by any Holder of Lock-Up Partnership Interests for Class A Shares and (b) the resale, pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act from time to time, of such Class A Shares received upon such exchange by such Holders.

 

The Special Limited Partner will notify the General Partner, within five (5) business days after the date on which a shelf registration statement is first filed with the Commission pursuant to this Section 14.2, of the filing. The Special Limited Partner will use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause each such shelf registration statement to be declared effective by the Commission as soon as reasonably practicable after such filing, subject to Section 14.2(c). The Special Limited Partner further agrees to prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and supplements to each such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection therewith as may be necessary to keep such registration statement effective, subject to Section 14.2(c), until all Registrable Securities included in such registration statement have been sold thereunder in accordance with the method of distribution set forth therein and comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement during such period in accordance with the intended methods of disposition or Rule 144 under the Securities Act (or any successor rule).

 

(b)        The Special Limited Partner shall as promptly as practicable notify the General Partner upon the discovery that, or of the happening of any event as a result of which, a registration statement covering such Registrable Securities, as then in effect, contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or any fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and promptly prepare and furnish to the General Partner a supplement or amendment to the prospectus contained in such registration statement (and prepare and file and cause to become effective a post-effective amendment to such registration statement) so that such registration statement shall not, and such prospectus as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such Registrable Securities shall not, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or any fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading.

 

(c)        Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Special Limited Partner shall be entitled, from time to time, by providing written notice to the General Partner, to require such Holders to suspend the use of the prospectus for sales of Registrable Securities under any registration statement filed pursuant to this Section 14.2 for a reasonable period of time not to exceed, with respect to such registration statement, 90 days in succession or 180 days in the aggregate in any 12-month period (a “Suspension Period”) if the Special Limited Partner shall determine that it is required to disclose in any such registration statement a financing, acquisition, corporate reorganization or other similar transaction or other material event or circumstance affecting the Special Limited Partner or its securities, and that the

 

64



 

disclosure of such information at such time would be detrimental to the Special Limited Partner or the holders of its equity securities. Immediately upon receipt of such notice, the applicable Holders shall suspend the use of the prospectus until the requisite changes to the prospectus have been made as required below. Any Suspension Period shall terminate at such time as the public disclosure of such information is made. After the expiration of any Suspension Period and without any further request from a Holder, the Special Limited Partner shall as promptly as reasonably practicable prepare a post-effective amendment or supplement to the applicable registration statement or the prospectus, or any document incorporated therein by reference, or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to purchasers of the Registrable Securities included therein, the prospectus will not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

 

(d)        The Special Limited Partner agrees to indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by law, each Holder holding Registrable Securities being sold under a registration statement filed pursuant to this Section 14.2, its officers, directors, managers, partners, stockholders, members, employees and agents and each Person who controls (within the meaning of the Securities Act) such Holder or such other indemnified Person against all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses (collectively, the “Losses”) caused by, resulting from or relating to any untrue or alleged untrue statement of material fact contained in any such registration statement, prospectus or preliminary prospectus or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or any omission or alleged omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or a fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, except insofar as the same are caused by or contained in any information furnished to the Special Limited Partner in writing by or on behalf of such Holder expressly for use therein or by such Holder’s failure to deliver a copy of such registration statement or prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto after the Special Limited Partner has furnished such Holder with a sufficient number of copies of the same.

 

(e)        Each such Holder will furnish, or cause to be furnished, to the Special Limited Partner in writing information regarding such Holder’s ownership of Registrable Securities and its intended method of distribution thereof and, to the extent permitted by law, shall indemnify the Special Limited Partner, its directors, officers, employees and agents and each Person who controls (within the meaning of the Securities Act) the Special Limited Partner or such other indemnified Person against all Losses caused by, resulting from or relating to any untrue or alleged untrue statement of material fact contained in any applicable registration statement, prospectus or preliminary prospectus or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or any omission or alleged omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, but only to the extent that such untrue statement or omission is caused by and contained in such information so furnished in writing by or on behalf of such Holder and such information was actually used by the Special Limited Partner in a final prospectus or a post-effective amendment; provided, however, that each Holder’s obligation to indemnify the Special Limited Partner hereunder shall be limited to an amount equal to the net amount received by such Holder from the sale of Registrable Securities.

 

(f)        Any Person entitled to indemnification hereunder shall give prompt written notice to the indemnifying party of any claim with respect to which its seeks

 

65



 

indemnification; provided, however, the failure to give such notice shall not release the indemnifying party from its obligation, except to the extent that the indemnifying party has been materially prejudiced by such failure to provide such notice.

 

(g)        In any case in which any such action is brought against any indemnified party, and it notifies an indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party will be entitled to participate therein, and, to the extent that it may wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party, and after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense thereof the indemnifying party will not (so long as it shall continue to have the right to defend, contest, litigate and settle the matter in question in accordance with this paragraph) be liable to such indemnified party hereunder for any legal or other expense subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation, supervision and monitoring (unless such indemnified party reasonably objects to such assumption on the grounds that there may be defenses available to it which are different from or in addition to the defenses available to such indemnifying party, in which event the indemnified party shall be reimbursed by the indemnifying party for the expenses incurred in connection with retaining separate legal counsel). An indemnifying party shall not be liable for any settlement of an action or claim effected without its consent. The indemnifying party shall lose its right to defend, contest, litigate and settle a matter if it shall fail diligently to contest such matter (except to the extent settled in accordance with the next following sentence). No matter shall be settled by an indemnifying party without the consent of the indemnified party (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), unless such settlement includes an unconditional release of such indemnified party from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding.

 

(h)        The indemnification obligations of the Special Limited Partner and the Holders selling Registrable Securities under this Section 14.2 shall survive until the first anniversary of the expiration of all applicable statutes of limitation or extensions of such statutes. The indemnification provided for under this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the indemnified Person and will survive the transfer of the Registrable Securities and the termination of this Agreement.

 

(i)         If recovery is not available under the foregoing indemnification provisions for any reason or reasons other than as specified therein, any Person who would otherwise be entitled to indemnification by the terms thereof shall nevertheless be entitled to contribution with respect to any Losses with respect to which such Person would be entitled to such indemnification but for such reason or reasons. In determining the amount of contribution to which the respective Persons are entitled, there shall be considered the Persons’ relative knowledge and access to information concerning the matter with respect to which the claim was asserted, the opportunity to correct and prevent any statement or omission, and other equitable considerations appropriate under the circumstances. It is hereby agreed that it would not necessarily be equitable if the amount of such contribution were determined by pro rata or per capita allocation. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not found guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Holder

 

66



 

shall be required to make a contribution in excess of the net amount received by such Holder from the sale of Registrable Securities.

 

ARTICLE XV

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 15.1          Partnership Counsel. THE PARTNERSHIP, THE GENERAL PARTNER, THE SPECIAL LIMITED PARTNER AND EACH OF THE OTHER MOELIS ENTITIES MAY BE REPRESENTED BY THE SAME COUNSEL. THE ATTORNEYS, ACCOUNTANTS AND OTHER EXPERTS WHO PERFORM SERVICES FOR THE PARTNERSHIP MAY ALSO PERFORM SERVICES FOR THE SPECIAL LIMITED PARTNER AND EACH OF THE OTHER MOELIS ENTITIES AND AFFILIATES THEREOF. THE GENERAL PARTNER MAY, WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF THE LIMITED PARTNERS, EXECUTE ON BEHALF OF THE PARTNERSHIP ANY CONSENT TO THE REPRESENTATION OF THE PARTNERSHIP THAT COUNSEL MAY REQUEST PURSUANT TO THE NEW YORK RULES OF PROFESSIONAL CONDUCT OR SIMILAR RULES IN ANY OTHER JURISDICTION. THE PARTNERSHIP HAS INITIALLY SELECTED SKADDEN, ARPS, SLATE, MEAGHER & FLOM LLP (“PARTNERSHIP COUNSEL”) AS LEGAL COUNSEL TO THE PARTNERSHIP. EACH PARTNER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT PARTNERSHIP COUNSEL DOES NOT REPRESENT ANY LIMITED PARTNER IN ITS CAPACITY AS SUCH IN THE ABSENCE OF A CLEAR AND EXPLICIT WRITTEN AGREEMENT TO SUCH EFFECT BETWEEN SUCH LIMITED PARTNER AND PARTNERSHIP COUNSEL (AND THEN ONLY TO THE EXTENT SPECIALLY SET FORTH IN SUCH AGREEMENT), AND THAT IN ABSENCE OF ANY SUCH AGREEMENT PARTNERSHIP COUNSEL SHALL OWE NO DUTIES TO EACH LIMITED PARTNER. EACH LIMITED PARTNER FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT, WHETHER OR NOT PARTNERSHIP COUNSEL HAS IN THE PAST REPRESENTED OR IS CURRENTLY REPRESENTING SUCH LIMITED PARTNER WITH RESPECT TO OTHER MATTERS, PARTNERSHIP COUNSEL HAS NOT REPRESENTED THE INTERESTS OF ANY LIMITED PARTNER IN THE PREPARATION AND/OR NEGOTIATION OF THIS AGREEMENT.

 

Section 15.2          Appointment of General Partner as Attorney-in-Fact.

 

(a)        Each Limited Partner, including each Additional Partner and Substitute Partner that are Limited Partners, irrevocably makes, constitutes and appoints the General Partner, any Liquidator, and authorized officers and attorneys-in-fact of each, and each of those acting singly, in each case with full power of substitution, as its true and lawful attorney-in-fact with full power and authority in its name, place and stead to execute, acknowledge, deliver, swear to, file and record at the appropriate public offices such documents as may be necessary or appropriate to carry out the provisions of this Agreement, including but not limited to:

 

(i)    All certificates and other instruments (including counterparts of this Agreement), and all amendments thereto, which the General Partner deems appropriate to form, qualify, continue or otherwise operate the Partnership as a

 

67



 

limited partnership (or other entity in which the Partners will have limited liability comparable to that provided in the Act), in the jurisdictions in which the Partnership may conduct business or in which such formation, qualification or continuation is, in the opinion of the General Partner, necessary or desirable to protect the limited liability of the Partners.

 

(ii)   All amendments to this Agreement adopted in accordance with the terms hereof, and all instruments which the General Partner deems appropriate to reflect a change or modification of the Partnership in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

(iii)  All conveyances of Partnership assets, and other instruments which the General Partner reasonably deems necessary in order to complete a dissolution and termination of the Partnership pursuant to this Agreement.

 

(b)        The appointment by all Limited Partners of the General Partner as attorney-in-fact shall be deemed to be a power coupled with an interest, in recognition of the fact that each of the Limited Partners and Assignees under this Agreement will be relying upon the power of the General Partner to act as contemplated by this Agreement in any filing and other action by it on behalf of the Partnership, shall survive the Incapacity of any Person hereby giving such power, and the Transfer or assignment of all or any portion of the such Person Partnership Interest, and shall not be affected by the subsequent Incapacity of the principal; provided, however, that in the event of the assignment by a Limited Partner of all of its Partnership Interest, the foregoing power of attorney of an assignor Limited Partner shall survive such assignment only until such time as the Assignee shall have been admitted to the Partnership as a Substituted Limited Partner and all required documents and instruments shall have been duly executed, filed and recorded to effect such substitution.

 

Section 15.3          Arbitration.

 

(a)        Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, or the interpretation, breach, termination or validity thereof (“Dispute”) shall be finally resolved by arbitration in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”) then in effect (the “Rules”), except as modified herein and such arbitration shall be administered by the AAA. The place of arbitration shall be New York, New York.

 

(b)        There shall be one arbitrator who shall be agreed upon by the parties within twenty (20) days of receipt by respondent of a copy of the demand for arbitration. If any arbitrator is not appointed within the time limit provided herein, such arbitrator shall be appointed by the AAA in accordance with the listing, striking and ranking procedure in the Rules, with each party being given a limited number of strikes, except for cause. Any arbitrator appointed by the AAA shall be a retired judge or a practicing attorney with no less than fifteen years of experience with corporate and limited partnership matters and an experienced arbitrator. In rendering an award, the arbitrator shall be required to follow the laws of the state of Delaware.

 

68


 

(c)        The award shall be in writing and shall briefly state the findings of fact and conclusions of law on which it is based. The arbitrator shall not be permitted to award punitive, multiple or other non-compensatory damages. The award shall be final and binding upon the parties and shall be the sole and exclusive remedy between the parties regarding any claims, counterclaims, issues or accounting presented to the arbitrator. Judgment upon the award may be entered in any court having jurisdiction over any party or any of its assets. Any costs or fees (including attorneys’ fees and expenses) incident to enforcing the award shall be charged against the party resisting such enforcement.

 

(d)        All Disputes shall be resolved in a confidential manner. The arbitrator shall agree to hold any information received during the arbitration in the strictest of confidence and shall not disclose to any non-party the existence, contents or results of the arbitration or any other information about such arbitration. The parties to the arbitration shall not disclose any information about the evidence adduced or the documents produced by the other party in the arbitration proceedings or about the existence, contents or results of the proceeding except as may be required by law, regulatory or governmental authority or as may be necessary in an action in aid of arbitration or for enforcement of an arbitral award. Before making any disclosure permitted by the preceding sentence (other than private disclosure to financial regulatory authorities), the party intending to make such disclosure shall use reasonable efforts to give the other party reasonable written notice of the intended disclosure and afford the other party a reasonable opportunity to protect its interests.

 

(e)        Barring extraordinary circumstances (as determined in the sole discretion of the arbitrator), discovery shall be limited to pre-hearing disclosure of documents that each side will present in support of its case, and non-privileged documents essential to a matter of import in the proceeding for which a party has demonstrated a substantial need. The parties agree that they will produce to each other all such requested non-privileged documents, except documents objected to and with respect to which a ruling has been or shall be sought from the arbitrator. There will be no depositions.

 

(f)        Any claim brought by a Partner must be brought in such Partner’s individual capacity and not as a plaintiff or class member in any purported class, collective or representative proceeding.

 

Section 15.4          Partnership Name; Goodwill. The parties acknowledge and agree that the Partnership shall own exclusively all right, title and interest in and to the names “MOELIS & COMPANY,” “MOELIS AND COMPANY,” “MOELIS & CO.,” “MOELIS AND CO.,” “MOELIS” or “MC” (the “Venture Marks”). The Partnership hereby grants to the General Partner and its Affiliates a royalty-free, non-exclusive license to use the Venture Marks as part of their names (as applicable) and in connection with their business activities. This right may not be sub-licensed, assigned or mortgaged without the Partnership’s prior written consent. This license shall endure for so long as Moelis & Company Group GP LLC is the General Partner.

 

Section 15.5          Accounting and Fiscal Year. Subject to Code section 448, the books of the Partnership shall be kept on such method of accounting for tax and financial reporting purposes as may be determined by the General Partner. The fiscal year of the Partnership (the “Fiscal Year”) shall be the calendar year, or, in the case of the first and last

 

69



 

Fiscal Years of the Partnership, the fraction thereof commencing on the date of this Agreement or ending on the date on which the winding-up of the Partnership is completed, as the case may be, unless otherwise determined by the General Partner and permitted under the Code.

 

Section 15.6          Entire Agreement. This Agreement, together with any side letter or similar agreements entered into and incorporated herein pursuant to Section 15.17, constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter hereof and fully supersedes any and all prior or contemporaneous agreements or understandings between the parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter hereof, including the Original Agreement.

 

Section 15.7          Further Assurances. Each of the parties hereto does hereby covenant and agree on behalf of itself, its successors, and its assigns, without further consideration, to prepare, execute, acknowledge, file, record, publish, and deliver such other instruments, documents and statements, and to take such other action as may be required by law or reasonably necessary to effectively carry out the purposes of this Agreement.

 

Section 15.8          Notices. Any notice, consent, payment, demand, or communication required or permitted to be given by any provision of this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be (a) delivered personally to the Person or to an officer of the Person to whom the same is directed, (b) sent by facsimile, overnight mail or registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (c) (except with respect to notice to the Partnership or the General Partner) sent by e-mail, with electronic, written or oral confirmation of receipt, in each case addressed as follows: if to the Partnership or the General Partner, to it c/o Moelis & Company Group LP, 399 Park Avenue, 5th Floor, New York, NY 10022, Attention: [·], phone: [·], fax: [·], or to such other address as the Partnership may from time to time specify by notice to the Partners; and if to any Limited Partner, to such Limited Partner at the address set forth in the records of the Partnership. Any such notice shall be deemed to be delivered, given and received for all purposes as of: (i) the date so delivered, if delivered personally, (ii) upon receipt, if sent by facsimile or e-mail, or (iii) on the date of receipt or refusal indicated on the return receipt, if sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage and charges prepaid and properly addressed.

 

Section 15.9          Governing Law. This Agreement, including its existence, validity, construction, and operating effect, and the rights of each of the parties hereto, shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without regard to otherwise governing principles of conflicts of law.

 

Section 15.10       Construction. This Agreement shall be construed as if all parties hereto prepared this Agreement.

 

Section 15.11       Binding Effect. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, this Agreement shall be binding on and inure to the benefit of the Partners, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and all other Persons hereafter holding, having or receiving an interest in the Partnership, whether as Assignees, Substituted Limited Partners or otherwise.

 

Section 15.12       Severability. In the event that any provision of this Agreement as applied to any party or to any circumstance, shall be adjudged by a court to be void,

 

70



 

unenforceable or inoperative as a matter of law, then the same shall in no way affect any other provision in this Agreement, the application of such provision in any other circumstance or with respect to any other party, or the validity or enforceability of the Agreement as a whole.

 

Section 15.13       Confidentiality. A Limited Partner’s rights to access or receive any information about the Partnership or its business are conditioned on such Limited Partner’s willingness and ability to assure that the Partnership information will be used solely by such Limited Partner for purposes reasonably related to such Limited Partner’s interest as a Limited Partner, and that such Partnership information will not become publicly available as a result of such Limited Partner’s rights to access or receive such Partnership information. Each Limited Partner hereby acknowledges that the Partnership creates and will be in possession of confidential information, the improper use or disclosure of which could have a material adverse effect upon the Moelis Entities and their respective Affiliates. Each Limited Partner further acknowledges and agrees that the Partnership information constitutes a valuable trade secret of the Partnership and agrees to maintain any Partnership information provided to it in the strictest confidence. Accordingly, without limiting the generality of the foregoing:

 

(a)        Notwithstanding Article VIII, the General Partner shall have the right to keep confidential from the Limited Partners (and their respective agents and attorneys) for such period of time as the General Partner deems reasonable, any information: (i) that the General Partner believes to be in the nature of trade secrets; (ii) other information, the disclosure of which the General Partner believes is not in the best interest of the Moelis Entities or could damage any of the Moelis Entities or their respective businesses; or (iii) which the General Partner (or its Affiliates, employees, officers, directors, members, partners or personnel) or any Moelis Entity is required by law or by agreement with a third party to keep confidential; provided, that the General Partner shall make available to a Limited Partner, upon reasonable request, information required by such Limited Partner to comply with applicable laws, rules and regulations, as well as any requests from any federal or state regulatory body having jurisdiction over such Limited Partner. Notwithstanding the immediately preceding proviso, in no event shall the General Partner be required to disclose to any Limited Partner the identity of, or any account details relating to, any other Partner (or any other investor in any other Moelis Entity) unless it is required to do so by law applicable to it, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction.

 

(b)        Except as permitted by this Section 15.13 or as required by applicable law, each party hereto agrees that the provisions of this Agreement, all of the information and documents described in Article VIII, all understandings, agreements and other arrangements between and among the parties (or any of them), and all other non-public information received from, or otherwise relating to, any Moelis Entity, any Limited Partners, the General Partner and/or their respective Affiliates shall be confidential, and shall not disclose or otherwise release to any other Person (other than another party hereto) such matters, without the written consent of the General Partner.

 

(c)        The confidentiality obligations of the parties under this Section 15.13 shall not apply: (i) to the disclosure by a Limited Partner of information to the other Limited Partners or such Limited Partner’s Affiliates, partners, officers, agents, board members, trustees, attorneys, auditors, employees, prospective transferees permitted hereunder, financial advisors and other professional advisors (provided, that such prospective transferees and other

 

71



 

Persons agree to hold confidential such information substantially in accordance with this Section 15.13 or are otherwise bound by a duty of confidentiality to such Limited Partner) solely on a need-to-know basis, which Persons shall be bound by this Section 15.13 as if they were Limited Partners, (ii) to information already known to the general public at the time of disclosure or that became known prior to such disclosure through no act or omission by any Limited Partner (or any investor in any other Moelis Entity) or any Person acting on behalf of any of the foregoing, (iii) to information received from a source not bound by a duty of confidentiality to any Moelis Entity, any Partner or any Affiliate of any of the foregoing, (iv) to any party to the extent that the disclosure by such party of information otherwise determined to be confidential is required by applicable law (foreign or domestic) or legal process (including pursuant to an arbitration proceeding), or by any federal, state, local or foreign regulatory body with jurisdiction over such party, (v) to disclosures made in connection with any lawsuit initiated to enforce any rights granted under this Agreement or any side letter entered into pursuant to Section 15.17, or (vi) to the disclosure of confidential information to rating agencies to the extent such disclosure is required by such rating agencies; provided, that prior to disclosing such confidential information, a party shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, notify the General Partner thereof, which notice shall include the basis upon which such party believes the information is required to be disclosed. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the contrary herein, in no event shall this Section 15.13(c) permit any Limited Partner to disclose the identity of, or any account details relating to, any other Partner (or any other investor in any other Moelis Entity), without the prior written consent of the General Partner (which may be given or withheld in the General Partner’s sole discretion) unless the Limited Partner delivers to the General Partner a written opinion of counsel to the Limited Partner (which opinion and counsel shall be reasonably acceptable to the General Partner) to the effect that such disclosure is required under applicable law.

 

(d)        To the extent that a Limited Partner is subject to the United States Freedom of Information Act or any similar public disclosure or public records act statutes: (i) such Limited Partner acknowledges the General Partner’s and the Partnership’s position that the information intended to be protected by the provisions of Sections 15.13(a) and 15.13(b) constitutes or includes sensitive financial data, proprietary data, commercial and financial information and/or trade secrets that are being provided to and/or entered into with the Limited Partner with the specific understanding that such documents and information will remain confidential; (ii) the General Partner advises each such Limited Partner that the documents and information intended to be protected by the provisions of Sections 15.13(a) and 15.13(b) would not be supplied to such Limited Partner without an understanding that such documents and information will be held and treated by such Limited Partner as confidential information; and (iii) to the extent that such Limited Partner is nevertheless required to disclose any such confidential information, (A) such Limited Partner shall, unless legally prohibited, give the General Partner prior notice of any such required disclosure and (B) such Limited Partner shall in any event maintain the confidentiality of the Partnership’s information (including this Agreement) to at least the same extent as, and in a manner no less favorable to the Partnership and the General Partner than the manner in which, it maintains the confidentiality of comparable information in respect of any other private investment vehicles in which such Limited Partner invests (whether such vehicles are focused on private investments, public investments or otherwise). Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the contrary herein, in no event shall this Section 15.13(d) permit any Limited Partner to disclose the identity of, or any account details relating to, any other Partner (or any other investor in any other Moelis Entity), without the prior written

 

72



 

consent of the General Partner (which may be given or withheld in the General Partner’s sole discretion) unless the Limited Partner delivers to the General Partner a written opinion of counsel to the Limited Partner (which opinion and counsel shall be reasonably acceptable to the General Partner) to the effect that such disclosure is required under applicable law.

 

(e)        The Partnership and the General Partner shall be entitled to enforce the obligations of each Limited Partner under this Section 15.13 to maintain the confidentiality of the information described herein. The remedies provided for in this Section 15.13 are in addition to and not in limitation of any other right or remedy of the Partnership or the General Partner provided by law or equity, this Agreement or any other agreement entered into by or among one or more of the Limited Partners and/or the Partnership. Each Limited Partner expressly acknowledges that the remedy at law for damages resulting from a breach of this Section 15.13 may be inadequate and that the Partnership and the General Partner shall be entitled to institute an action for specific performance of a Limited Partner’s obligations hereunder. The General Partner shall be entitled to consider the different circumstances of different Limited Partners with respect to the restrictions and obligations imposed on Limited Partners hereunder to the full extent permitted by law, and, to the full extent permitted by law, the General Partner may, in its good faith discretion, waive or modify such restrictions and obligations with respect to a Limited Partner without waiving or modifying such restrictions and obligations for other Limited Partners.

 

(f)        In addition, to the full extent permitted by law, each Limited Partner agrees to indemnify the Partnership and each Indemnitee against any claim, demand, controversy, dispute, cost, loss, damage, expense (including attorneys’ fees), judgment and/or liability incurred by or imposed upon the Partnership or any such Indemnitee in connection with any action, suit or proceeding (including any proceeding before any administrative or legislative body or agency), to which the Partnership or any such Indemnitee may be made a party or otherwise involved or with which the Partnership or any such Indemnitee shall be threatened, by reason of the Limited Partner’s obligations (or breach thereof) set forth in this Section 15.13.

 

(g)        Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement (including this Section 15.13), the Special Limited Partner may disclose any Confidential Information otherwise subject to the confidentiality obligations of this Section 15.13 to any federal, state, local or foreign regulatory or self-regulatory body or any securities exchange or listing authority to the extent required or requested by such body, exchange or authority, or as necessary and appropriate in connection with filings, or as otherwise legally required.

 

Section 15.14       Consent to Use of Name. Each Partner hereby consents to the use and inclusion of its name in the Partnership’s books and records hereto and any and all other notices or communications required or permitted to be given by the General Partner to any other Moelis Entity or any member(s) thereof.

 

Section 15.15       Consent by Spouse. Each Limited Partner who is a natural person and is married (and not formally separated with an agreed-upon division of assets) and is subject to the community property laws of any state shall deliver a duly executed Consent by Spouse, in the form prescribed in Exhibit C attached hereto, and at the time of execution of this Agreement. Each such Limited Partner shall also have such Consent by Spouse executed by any spouse

 

73



 

married to him or her at any time subsequent thereto while such natural person is a Limited Partner. Each Limited Partner agrees and acknowledges that compliance with the requirements of this Section 15.15 by each other Limited Partner constitutes an essential part of the consideration for his or her execution of this Agreement.

 

Section 15.16       Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of multiple counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original copy and all of which shall constitute one agreement, binding on all parties hereto.

 

Section 15.17       Other Agreements. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement (including Section 13.2), it is hereby acknowledged and agreed that the General Partner on its own behalf and on behalf of the Partnership shall have the power and authority, without any further act, approval or vote of any Limited Partner or other Person, to enter into any side letter or similar agreement to or with a Limited Partner, that has the effect of establishing rights or otherwise benefiting such Limited Partner (in its capacity as a Limited Partner) in a manner more favorable in a material respect to such Limited Partner than the rights and benefits established under, or otherwise altering or supplementing the terms of, this Agreement.

 

Section 15.18       Survival. The provision of Sections 6.6, 15.1, 15.2, 15.3, 15.6 15.7, 15.8, 15.9, 15.13, 15.14 and 15.15 (and this Section 15.18) (and any other provisions herein necessary for the effectiveness of the foregoing sections) shall survive the termination of the Partnership and/or the termination of this Agreement.

 

Section 15.19       Anti-Money Laundering Representations and Undertakings. Each Partner acknowledges that it has read the representations and undertakings contained on Exhibit D attached hereto and hereby confirms they are true and correct.

 

74



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed as of the date first written above.

 

 

MOELIS & COMPANY

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

Acknowledged:

 

 

 

MOELIS & COMPANY GROUP GP LLC

 

 

 

By:

Moelis & Company, its sole member

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 


 

EXHIBIT A: EXAMPLES REGARDING ADJUSTMENT FACTOR

 

For purposes of the following examples, it is assumed that (a) the Adjustment Factor in effect on December 31, 2013 is 1.0 and (b) on January 1, 2014 (the “Partnership Record Date” for purposes of these examples), prior to the events described in the examples, there are 100 Class A Shares issued and outstanding.

 

Example 1

 

On the Partnership Record Date, the Special Limited Partner declares a dividend on its outstanding Class A Shares in Class A Shares. The amount of the dividend is one Class A Share paid in respect of each Class A Share owned. Pursuant to Paragraph (i) of the definition of “Adjustment Factor,” the Adjustment Factor shall be adjusted on the Partnership Record Date, effective immediately after the stock dividend is declared, as follows:

 

1.0 * 200/100 = 2.0

 

Accordingly, the Adjustment Factor after the stock dividend is declared is 2.0.

 

Example 2

 

On the Partnership Record Date, the Special Limited Partner distributes options to purchase Class A Shares to all holders of its Class A Shares. The amount of the distribution is one option to acquire one Class A Share in respect of each Class A Share owned. The strike price is $4.00 a share. The Value of a Class A Share on the Partnership Record Date is $5.00 per share. Pursuant to Paragraph (ii) of the definition of “Adjustment Factor,” the Adjustment Factor shall be adjusted on the Partnership Record Date, effective immediately after the options are distributed, as follows:

 

1.0 * (100 + 100)/(100 + [100 * $4.00/$5.00]) = 1.1111

 

Accordingly, the Adjustment Factor after the options are distributed is 1.1111. If the options expire or become no longer exercisable, then the retroactive adjustment specified in Paragraph (ii) of the definition of “Adjustment Factor” shall apply.

 

Example 3

 

On the Partnership Record Date, the Special Limited Partner distributes assets to all holders of its Class A Shares. The amount of the distribution is one asset with a fair market value (as determined by the General Partner) of $1.00 in respect of each Class A Share owned. It is also assumed that the assets do not relate to assets received by the Special Limited Partner or its Subsidiaries pursuant to a pro rata distribution by the Partnership. The Value of a Class A Share on the Partnership Record Date is $5.00 a share. Pursuant to Paragraph (iii) of the definition of “Adjustment Factor,” the Adjustment Factor shall be adjusted on the Partnership Record Date, effective immediately after the assets are distributed, as follows:

 

1.0 * $5.00/($5.00 — $1.00) = 1.25

 

Accordingly, the Adjustment Factor after the assets are distributed is 1.25.

 

A-1



 

EXHIBIT B: NOTICE OF REDEMPTION

 

Moelis & Company Group GP LLC
399 Park Avenue, 5th Floor
New York, New York 10022

 

The undersigned Limited Partner or Assignee hereby irrevocably tenders for Redemption Partnership Class A Common Units in Moelis & Company Group LP in accordance with the terms of the Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Moelis & Company Group LP, dated as of [·], 2014 (the “Agreement”), and the Redemption rights referred to therein in Section 14.1(a). All capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meanings ascribed to them in the Agreement. The undersigned Limited Partner or Assignee:

 

(a)           undertakes to surrender such Partnership Common Units at the closing of the Redemption;

 

(b)           directs that the certified check representing or, at the General Partner’s discretion, a wire transfer of the Cash Amount, and/or the Class A Shares Amount, as applicable, deliverable upon the closing of such Redemption be delivered to the address or bank account, as applicable, specified below;

 

(c)           represents, warrants, certifies and agrees that: (i) the undersigned Limited Partner or Assignee is a Qualifying Party; (ii) the undersigned Limited Partner or Assignee has, and at the closing of the Redemption will have, good, marketable and unencumbered title to such Partnership Common Units, free and clear of the rights or interests of any other person or entity; (iii) the undersigned Limited Partner or Assignee has, and at the closing of the Redemption will have, the full right, power and authority to tender and surrender such Common Units as provided herein; (iv) the undersigned Limited Partner or Assignee, and the tender and surrender of such Common Units for Redemption as provided herein complies with all conditions and requirements for redemption of Partnership Common Units set forth in the Agreement; and (v) the undersigned Limited Partner or Assignee has obtained the consent or approval of all persons and entities, if any, having the right to consent to or approve such tender and surrender; and

 

(d)           acknowledges that the undersigned will continue to own such Partnership Common Units unless and until either (1) such Partnership Common Units are acquired by the Special Limited Partner pursuant to Section 14.1(b) of the Agreement or (2) such redemption transaction closes.

 

Dated:

 

 

 

B-1



 

 

 

 

Name of Limited Partner or Assignee:

 

 

 

Signature of Limited Partner or Assignee

 

 

 

Street Address

 

 

 

City, State and Zip Code

 

 

 

Social security or identifying number

 

 

 

Signature Medallion Guaranteed by:*

 

 

 

Issue Check Payable to (or shares in the name of):

 

 

 

Bank Account Details:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


* Required unless waived by the General Partner or Transfer Agent.

 

B-2



 

EXHIBIT C: CONSENT BY SPOUSE

 

I acknowledge that I have read the Agreement of Limited Partnership (the “Partnership Agreement”) of Moelis & Company Group LP (the “Partnership”), effective as of                   , 2014, and that I know its contents. I am aware that by its provisions, my spouse agrees to sell, convert, dispose of, or otherwise transfer his or her interest in the Partnership, including any property or other interest that I have or acquire therein, under certain circumstances. I hereby consent to such sale, conversion, disposition or other transfer; and approve of the provisions of the Partnership Agreement and any action hereafter taken by my spouse thereunder with respect to his or her interest, and I agree to be bound thereby.

 

I further agree that in the event of my death or a dissolution of marriage or legal separation, my spouse shall have the absolute right to have my interest, if any, in the Partnership set apart to him or her, whether through a will, a trust, a property settlement agreement or by decree of court, or otherwise, and that if he or she be required by the terms of such will, trust, settlement or decree, or otherwise, to compensate me for said interest, that the price shall be an amount equal to: (i) the then-current balance of the Capital Account relating to said interest; multiplied by (ii) my percentage of ownership in such interest (all without regard to the effect of any vesting provisions in the Partnership Agreement related thereto).

 

This consent, including its existence, validity, construction, and operating effect, and the rights of each of the parties hereto, shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the [            ]* without regard to otherwise governing principles of choice of law or conflicts of law.

 

Dated:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NAME:

 

 

 


* Insert jurisdiction of residence of Partner and Spouse.

 

C-1



 

EXHIBIT D: ANTI-MONEY LAUNDERING REPRESENTATIONS AND UNDERTAKINGS

 

Each Partner hereby makes the following representations, warranties and covenants as of the date of this Agreement, and for so long as each such Partner holds any Partnership Interest thereafter:

 

(a)           The monies used to fund the Partner’s acquisition of an interest in the Partnership, and the monies that have been or will be used to make Capital Contributions, have not been, and will not in any case be, derived from or related to any activity that would be illegal in any Relevant Jurisdiction (“Illegal Activity”). In addition, the proceeds from the Partner’s investment in the Partnership will not be used to finance any Illegal Activities. To the best of the Partner’s knowledge, no contribution or payment, in and of itself, by any Partner to the Partnership will directly cause the Partnership or its affiliates to be in violation of applicable anti-money laundering, terrorist financing, or sanctions laws, regulations or government guidance, including but not limited to the Bank Secrecy Act, as amended by the USA PATRIOT Act of 2001, and the Bank Secrecy Act’s implementing regulations (collectively, “BSA laws and regulations”); the economic and trade sanctions administered and enforced by the Office of Foreign Assets Control, United States Department of the Treasury (“OFAC”); or applicable anti-money laundering and terrorist financing laws, regulations or government guidance of any Relevant Jurisdiction. “Relevant Jurisdiction” means the United States or the Partner’s place of organization or principal place of business.

 

(b)           Neither a Partner nor any person or entity controlled by or controlling the Partner, excluding such persons or entities that are shareholders of the Partner or any person or entity controlled by or controlling the Partner in the event the Partner or any person or entity controlled by or controlling the Partner is a public company traded on a recognized securities exchange:

 

(i)            Appears on the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List maintained by OFAC or the Annex to Executive Order 13224 issued by the President of the United States, each as amended from time to time;

 

(ii)           Is a person or entity resident in or, if an entity, organized or chartered under the laws of a jurisdiction that (a) has been designated by the Secretary of the United States Department of the Treasury as warranting special measures due to money laundering concerns or (b) has been designated as non-cooperative with international anti-money laundering principles or procedures by an intergovernmental group or organization of which the United States is a member, if the United States has concurred in such designation;

 

(iii)          Is subject to economic or trade sanctions administered and enforced by OFAC;

 

(iv)          Unless disclosed to the Partnership, is a Senior Foreign Political Figure, defined as a current or former senior official in the executive, legislative,

 

1



 

administrative, military, or judicial branches of a foreign government (whether elected or not); a senior official of a major foreign political party; a senior executive of a foreign government-owned commercial enterprise; a corporation, business, or other entity that has been formed by, or for the benefit of, such an individual; or the parent, sibling, spouse, child, in-law or close associate of such an individual; or

 

(v)           Is a foreign shell bank defined as a foreign bank that does not have a physical presence in any country unless the foreign bank is an affiliate of a depository institution, credit union, or foreign bank that maintains a physical presence in the United States or a foreign country and is subject to the supervision by a banking authority in the country regulating the affiliated depository institution, credit union or foreign bank.

 

(c)           The Partners understand that the Partnership (and/or its affiliates) may be subject to certain legal requirements that require verification of the source of funds paid to the Partnership by the Partners, as well as the Partners’ identity and that of any associated persons. The Partners agree that it will provide such materials as may from time to time be reasonably requested by the Partnership or the General Partner for such purposes. In addition, the Partners agree to provide to the Partnership and its affiliates any additional information regarding itself and any person or entity controlled by or controlling the Partner, excluding such persons or entities that are shareholders of the Partner or any person or entity controlled by or controlling the Partner in the event the Partner or any person or entity controlled by or controlling the Partner is a public company traded on a recognized securities exchange, that may be deemed necessary to ensure compliance with all applicable laws concerning money laundering and terrorist financing, as well as trade and economic sanctions. The Partnership may take such actions as the General Partner may reasonably determine if this information is not provided or on the basis of information that is provided.

 

(d)           All evidence of identity and related information concerning each Partner and any person controlling or controlled by the Partner, excluding such persons or entities that are shareholders of the Partner or any person or entity controlled by or controlling the Partner in the event the Partner or any person or entity controlled by or controlling the Partner is a public company traded on a recognized securities exchange, provided to the Partnership is and will be true, accurate and complete. Each Partner will promptly notify the Partnership and the General Partner if any of the representations in this section cease to be true and accurate.

 

(e)           The General Partner may segregate and/or redeem a Partner’s investment in the Partnership, prohibit future investments or capital contributions, or take other appropriate action if the General Partner determines that the continued participation of any Partner could materially adversely affect the Partnership or if the action is necessary in order for the Partnership to comply with applicable laws, regulations, orders, directives or special measures. The Partners further understand that the Partnership and the General Partner (and any of their affiliates) may release confidential information about each such Partner and, if applicable, any of its direct or indirect beneficial owners, to proper

 

2



 

authorities if, in their sole and absolute discretion, they determine that such release is in the interest of any of the foregoing in light of applicable laws and regulations. The General Partner will take such steps as it determines are necessary to comply with applicable laws, regulations, orders, directives and special measures.

 

3





Exhibit 10.7

 

TAX RECEIVABLE AGREEMENT

 

This TAX RECEIVABLE AGREEMENT (as amended from time to time, this “Agreement”), dated as of        , 2014, is hereby entered into by and among Moelis & Company, a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”), Moelis & Company Group LP, a Delaware limited partnership (the “Partnership”), and each of the Partners listed on Schedule 1 hereto.

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, the Partners hold Common Units in the Partnership (“Common Units”), which is treated as a partnership for United States federal income tax purposes, and are selling a portion of such Common Units (the “Initial Sale”) as described in the registration statement on Form S-1 initially filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on [         ] (Registration No. [             ]), as amended prior to the date hereof;

 

WHEREAS, a wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Corporation will become the general partner of, and will hold general partnership units in, the Partnership;

 

WHEREAS, the Common Units are exchangeable with the Corporation in certain circumstances for Class A shares (the “Class A Shares”) in the Corporation and/or cash pursuant to Section 14.1(a) of the Partnership Agreement;

 

WHEREAS, the Partnership and certain direct and indirect Subsidiaries treated as partnerships for United States federal income tax purposes will have in effect an election under section 754 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), for the Taxable Year of the IPO Date and for each other Taxable Year in which an exchange by a Partner of Common Units for Class A Shares and/or cash occurs, which election is intended to result in an adjustment to the tax basis of the assets owned by the Partnership and such Subsidiaries, solely with respect to the Corporation, at the time of an exchange by a Partner of Common Units for Class A Shares and/or cash or any other acquisition of Common Units for cash or otherwise, (collectively, including the Initial Sale, an “Exchange”) (such time, the “Exchange Date”) (such assets and any asset whose tax basis is determined, in whole or in part, by reference to the adjusted basis of any such asset, the “Adjusted Assets”) by reason of such Exchange and the receipt of payments under this Agreement;

 

WHEREAS, the income, gain, loss, expense and other Tax items of (i) the Partnership and such Subsidiaries solely with respect to the Corporation may be affected by the Basis Adjustment (defined below) with respect to the Adjusted Assets and (ii) the Corporation may be affected by the Imputed Interest (as defined below);

 



 

WHEREAS, the parties to this Agreement desire to make certain arrangements with respect to the effect of the Basis Adjustment and Imputed Interest on the actual liability for Taxes of the Corporation.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the respective covenants and agreements set forth herein, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the undersigned parties agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

 

DEFINITIONS

 

As used in this Agreement, the terms set forth in this Article I shall have the following meanings (such meanings to be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined).

 

AAA” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.08(c) of this Agreement.

 

Adjusted Asset” is defined in the recitals of this Agreement.

 

Advisory Firm” means any accounting firm or any law firm, in each case that is nationally recognized as being expert in Tax matters and that is agreed to by the Board.

 

Advisory Firm Letter” shall mean a letter from the Advisory Firm stating that the relevant schedule, notice or other information to be provided by the Corporation to the Applicable Partner and all supporting schedules and work papers were prepared in a manner consistent with the terms of this Agreement and, to the extent not expressly provided in this Agreement, on a reasonable basis in light of the facts and law in existence on the date such schedule, notice or other information is delivered to the Applicable Partner.

 

Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, Controls, is Controlled by, or is under common Control with, such first Person.

 

Agreed Rate” means LIBOR.

 

Agreement” is defined in the preamble of this Agreement.

 

Amended Schedule” is defined in Section 2.04(b) of this Agreement.

 

2



 

Amount Realized” means, in respect of an Exchange by an Applicable Partner, the amount that is deemed for purposes of this Agreement to be the amount realized by the Applicable Partner on the Exchange, which shall be the sum of (i) the Market Value of the Class A Shares, the amount of cash and the amount or fair market value of other consideration transferred to the Exchanging Member in the Exchange and (ii) the Share of Liabilities attributable to the Common Units Exchanged.

 

Applicable Partner” means any Partner to whom any portion of a Realized Tax Benefit is Attributable hereunder.

 

Attributable”:  The portion of any Realized Tax Benefit of the Corporation that is “Attributable” to any Partner shall be determined by reference to the assets from which arise the depreciation, amortization or other similar deductions for recovery of cost or basis (“Depreciation”) and with respect to increased basis upon a disposition of an asset or Imputed Interest that produce the Realized Tax Benefit, under the following principles:

 

(i)                                     Any Realized Tax Benefit arising from a deduction to the Corporation with respect to a Taxable Year for Depreciation arising in respect of a Basis Adjustment to an Adjusted Asset is Attributable to the Applicable Partner to the extent that the ratio of all Depreciation for the Taxable Year in respect of Basis Adjustments resulting from all Exchanges by the Applicable Partner bears to the aggregate of all Depreciation for the Taxable Year in respect of Basis Adjustments resulting from all Exchanges by all Partners.

 

(ii)                                  Any Realized Tax Benefit arising from the disposition of an asset is Attributable to the Applicable Partner to the extent that the ratio of all Basis Adjustments resulting from all Exchanges by the Applicable Partner with respect to such asset bears to the aggregate of all Basis Adjustments resulting from all Exchanges by all Partners with respect to such asset.

 

(iii)                               Any Realized Tax Benefit arising from a deduction to the Corporation with respect to a Taxable Year in respect of Imputed Interest is Attributable to the Applicable Partner that is required to include the Imputed Interest in income (without regard to whether such Partner is actually subject to tax thereon).

 

(iv)                              For the avoidance of doubt, in the case of a Basis Adjustment arising with respect to an Exchange under section 734(b) of the Code, depreciation, amortization or other similar deductions for recovery of cost or basis shall constitute Depreciation only to the extent that such depreciation, amortization or other similar deductions may produce a Realized Tax Benefit (and not to the extent that such depreciation, amortization or other similar deductions may be for the benefit of a Person other than the Corporation), as reasonably determined by the Corporation.

 

3



 

Basis Adjustment” means the adjustment to the Tax basis of an Adjusted Asset under section 732 of the Code (in situations where, as a result of one or more Exchanges, a Partnership becomes an entity that is disregarded as separate from its owner for tax purposes) or sections 734(b) or 743(b) and section 754 of the Code (including in situations where, following an Exchange, a Partnership remains in existence as an entity for Tax purposes) and, in each case, comparable sections of state, local and foreign Tax laws (as calculated under Section 2.01 of this Agreement) as a result of an Exchange and the payments made pursuant to this Agreement.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the amount of any Basis Adjustment resulting from (i) an Exchange of one or more Common Units shall be determined without regard to any Pre-Exchange Transfer of such Common Units and as if any such Pre-Exchange Transfer had not occurred.

 

Beneficial Ownership” (including correlative terms) shall have the meaning ascribed to that term in Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act .

 

Board” means the board of directors of the Corporation.

 

Business Day” means Monday through Friday of each week, except that a legal holiday recognized as such by the government of the United States of America or the State of New York shall not be regarded as a Business Day.

 

Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

(i)                                     any Person or any group of Persons acting together which would constitute a “group” for purposes of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provisions thereto, excluding any Permitted Transferee or any group of Permitted Transferees, becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Corporation representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the Corporation’s then outstanding voting securities; or

 

(ii)                                  the following individuals cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the number of directors of the Corporation then serving: individuals who, on the IPO Date, constitute the Board and any new director (other than a director whose initial assumption of office is in connection with an actual or threatened election contest, including but not limited to a consent solicitation, relating to the election of directors of the Corporation) whose appointment or election by the Board or nomination for election by the Corporation’s shareholders was approved or recommended by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors then still in office who either were directors on the IPO Date or whose appointment, election or nomination for election was previously so approved or recommended by the directors referred to in this clause (ii); or

 

(iii)                               there is consummated a merger or consolidation of the Corporation or any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Corporation with any other corporation or other entity, and, immediately after the consummation of such merger or

 

4



 

consolidation, either (x) the members of the Board immediately prior to the merger or consolidation do not constitute at least a majority of the board of directors of the company surviving the merger or, if the surviving company is a subsidiary, the ultimate parent thereof, or (y) all of the Persons who were the respective Beneficial Owners of the voting securities of the Corporation immediately prior to such merger or consolidation do not Beneficially Own, directly or indirectly, more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities of the Person resulting from such merger or consolidation; or

 

(iv)                              the shareholders of the Corporation approve a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation, or there is consummated an agreement or series of related agreements for the sale or other disposition, directly or indirectly, by the Corporation of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s assets, other than the sale or other disposition by the Corporation of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s assets to an entity, at least fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are Beneficially Owned by shareholders of the Corporation in substantially the same proportions as their Beneficial Ownership of such securities of the Corporation immediately prior to such sale.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) a “Change in Control” shall not be deemed to have occurred (x) as a result of any transaction or series of integrated transactions following which Kenneth Moelis or any of his Affiliates possesses, directly or indirectly, the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of the Corporation (or any successor thereto), whether through the ownership of voting securities, as trustee or executor, by contract or otherwise, including, without limitation, the ownership, directly or indirectly, of securities having the power to elect a majority of the Board or the board of directors or similar body governing the affairs of any successor to the Corporation or (y) except with respect to clause (ii) and clause (iii)(x) above, by virtue of the consummation of any transaction or series of integrated transactions immediately following which the record holders of the shares of the Corporation immediately prior to such transaction or series of transactions continue to have substantially the same proportionate ownership in an entity which owns all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation immediately following such transaction or series of transactions.  For purposes of this definition, “Permitted Transferee” means a shareholder’s family members or a trust for the benefit of the shareholder and/or family members.

 

Class A Shares” is defined in the recitals of this Agreement.

 

Code” is defined in the recitals of this Agreement.

 

Common Units” is defined in the recitals of this Agreement.

 

5



 

Control” means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

 

Corporate Entity” means any direct Subsidiary of the Corporation which is classified as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

 

Corporation” is defined in the preamble of this Agreement.

 

Corporation Return” means the U.S. federal Tax Return and/or state and/or local and/or foreign Tax Return, as applicable, of the Corporation filed with respect to Taxes of any Taxable Year.

 

Cumulative Net Realized Tax Benefit” for a Taxable Year means the cumulative amount of Realized Tax Benefits for all Taxable Years of the Corporation, up to and including such Taxable Year, net of the cumulative amount of Realized Tax Detriments for the same period.  The Realized Tax Benefit and Realized Tax Detriment for each Taxable Year shall be determined based on the most recent Tax Benefit Schedule or Amended Schedule, if any, in existence at the time of such determination.

 

Default Rate” means LIBOR plus 400 basis points.

 

Determination” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in section 1313(a) of the Code or similar provision of state, local and foreign tax law, as applicable, or any other event (including the execution of a Form 870-AD) that finally and conclusively establishes the amount of any liability for Tax.

 

Disability” means, with respect to any Partner, the Partner’s inability due to illness or other physical or mental impairment to substantially perform his duties to the Corporation or an Affiliate for a period of 90 consecutive days during any six-month period or for 180 days during any 12-month period, as determined in the good faith discretion of the Corporation.

 

Dispute” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.08(c) of this Agreement.

 

Early Termination Date” means the date of an Early Termination Notice for purposes of determining an Early Termination Payment.

 

Early Termination Notice” is defined in Section 4.02 of this Agreement.

 

6



 

Early Termination Schedule” is defined in Section 4.02 of this Agreement.

 

Early Termination Payment” is defined in Section 4.03(b) of this Agreement.

 

Early Termination Rate” means the lesser of (i) 6.5% and (ii) LIBOR plus 100 basis points.

 

Exchange” is defined in the recitals of this Agreement, and “Exchanged” and “Exchanging” shall have correlative meanings.  For the avoidance of doubt, if the Partnership exercises its rights to redeem Partnership Common Units under Section 7.3 of the Partnership Agreement, such redemption shall be considered an Exchange under this Agreement.

 

Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.

 

Exchange Basis Schedule” is defined in Section 2.02 of this Agreement.

 

Exchange Date” is defined in the recitals of this Agreement.

 

Exchange Payment” is defined in Section 5.01 of this Agreement.

 

Excluded Assets” is defined in Section 7.11(b) of this Agreement.

 

Expert” is defined in Section 7.09 of this Agreement.

 

Hypothetical Tax Liability” means, with respect to any Taxable Year, the liability for Taxes of the Corporation (and/or the Partnership, but only with respect to Taxes imposed on the Partnership and allocable to the Corporation) using the same methods, elections, conventions and similar practices used on the relevant Corporation Return (and/or Tax Return of the Partnership) but using the Non-Stepped Up Tax Basis instead of the tax basis reflecting the Basis Adjustments of the Adjusted Assets and excluding any deduction attributable to Imputed Interest.

 

Imputed Interest” shall mean any interest imputed under section 1272, 1274 or 483 or other provision of the Code and any similar provision of state, local and foreign tax law with respect to a Corporation’s payment obligations under this Agreement.

 

Initial Sale” is defined in the recitals of this Agreement.

 

7



 

IPO Date” means the date on which Class A Shares in the Corporation are sold in an initial public offering.

 

IRS” means the United States Internal Revenue Service.

 

LIBOR” means for each month (or portion thereof) during any period, an interest rate per annum equal to the rate per annum reported, on the date two days prior to the first day of such month, on the Telerate Page 3750 (or if such screen shall cease to be publicly available, as reported on Reuters Screen page “LIBO” or by any other publicly available source of such market rate) for London interbank offered rates for U.S. dollar deposits for such month (or portion thereof).

 

Market Value” shall mean the closing price of the Class A Shares on the applicable Exchange Date on the national securities exchange or interdealer quotation system on which such Class A Shares are then traded or listed, as reported by the Wall Street Journal; provided that if the closing price is not reported by the Wall Street Journal for the applicable Exchange Date, then the Market Value shall mean the closing price of the Class A Shares on the Business Day immediately preceding such Exchange Date on the national securities exchange or interdealer quotation system on which such Class A Shares are then traded or listed, as reported by the Wall Street Journal; provided further, that if the Class A Shares are not then listed on a National Securities Exchange or Interdealer Quotation System, “Market Value” shall mean the cash consideration paid for Class A Shares, or the fair market value of the other property delivered for Class A Shares, as determined by the Board in good faith.

 

Material Objection Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.02 of this Agreement.

 

Net Tax Benefit” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.01(b) of this Agreement.

 

Non-Stepped Up Tax Basis” means, with respect to any asset at any time, the tax basis that such asset would have had at such time if no Basis Adjustment had been made.

 

Objection Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.04(a) of this Agreement.

 

Partner” means each party hereto (other than the Corporation and the Partnership), and each other Person who from time to time executes a joinder to this Agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Corporation.

 

Partnership” is defined in the preamble of this Agreement.

 

8



 

Partnership Agreement” means the Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement of the Partnership, as such is from time to time amended or restated.

 

Payment Date” means any date on which a payment is required to be made pursuant to this Agreement.

 

Person” means any individual, corporation, firm, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, estate, trust, business association, organization, governmental entity or other entity.

 

Pre-Exchange Transfer” means any transfer (including upon the death of a Partner) of one or more Common Units (i) that occurs prior to an Exchange of such Common Units, and (ii) to which section 743(b) of the Code applies.

 

Realized Tax Benefit” means, for a Taxable Year and for all Taxes collectively, the net excess, if any, of the Hypothetical Tax Liability over the actual liability for Taxes of the Corporation (or the Partnership, but only with respect to Taxes imposed on the Partnership and allocable to the Corporation for such Taxable Year), such actual Tax liability to be computed with the adjustments described in this Agreement. If all or a portion of the actual liability for Taxes of the Corporation, or the Partnership (but only with respect to Taxes imposed on the Partnership and allocable to the Corporation for such Taxable Year), for the Taxable Year arises as a result of an audit by a Taxing Authority of any Taxable Year, such liability shall not be included in determining the Realized Tax Benefit unless and until there has been a Determination.

 

Realized Tax Detriment” means, for a Taxable Year and for all Taxes collectively, the net excess, if any, of the actual liability for Taxes of the Corporation (or the Partnership, but only with respect to Taxes imposed on the Partnership and allocable to the Corporation for such Taxable Year) over the Hypothetical Tax Liability for such Taxable Year, such actual Tax liability to be computed with the adjustments described in this Agreement. If all or a portion of the actual liability for Taxes of the Corporation, or the Partnership (but only with respect to Taxes imposed on the Partnership and allocable to the Corporation for such Taxable Year), for the Taxable Year arises as a result of an audit by a Taxing Authority of any Taxable Year, such liability shall not be included in determining the Realized Tax Detriment unless and until there has been a Determination.

 

Reconciliation Dispute” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.09 of this Agreement.

 

Reconciliation Procedures” shall mean those procedures set forth in Section 7.09 of this Agreement.

 

9



 

Rules” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.08(c) of this Agreement.

 

Schedule” means any Exchange Basis Schedule, Tax Benefit Schedule or Early Termination Schedule.

 

Share of Liabilities” means, as to any Common Unit at the time of an exchange, the portion of the relevant Partnership’s “liabilities” (as such term is defined in section 752 and section 1001 of the Code) allocated to that Common Unit pursuant to section 752 of the Code and the applicable Treasury Regulations.

 

Specified Partner” means, as of any date of determination, any Applicable Partner who has Exchanged Common Units in one or more Exchanges with an aggregate Amount Realized of $50,000,000 (fifty million dollars) or more.

 

Subsidiaries” means, with respect to any Person, as of any date of determination, any other Person as to which such Person, owns, directly or indirectly, or otherwise controls more than 50% of the voting shares or other similar interests or the sole general partner interest or managing member or similar interest of such Person.

 

Tax Benefit Payment” is defined in Section 3.01(b) of this Agreement.

 

Tax Benefit Schedule” is defined in Section 2.03 of this Agreement.

 

Tax Return” means any return, declaration, report or similar statement required to be filed with respect to Taxes (including any attached schedules), including, without limitation, any information return, claim for refund, amended return and declaration of estimated Tax.

 

Taxable Year” means a taxable year as defined in section 441(b) of the Code or comparable section of state, local or foreign tax law, as applicable, (and, therefore, for the avoidance of doubt, may include a period of less than 12 months for which a Tax Return is made) ending on or after an Exchange Date in which there is a Basis Adjustment due to an Exchange.

 

Taxes” means any and all U.S. federal, state, local and foreign taxes, assessments or similar charges that are based on or measured with respect to net income or profits, whether on an exclusive or on an alternative basis, and any interest related to such Tax.

 

Taxing Authority” shall mean any domestic, foreign, federal, national, state, county or municipal or other local government, any subdivision, agency, commission or authority thereof, or any quasi-governmental body exercising any taxing authority or any other authority exercising Tax regulatory authority.

 

10


 

Treasury Regulations” means the final, temporary and proposed regulations under the Code promulgated from time to time (including corresponding provisions and succeeding provisions) as in effect for the relevant taxable period.

 

Valuation Assumptions” shall mean, as of an Early Termination Date, the assumptions that (1) in each Taxable Year ending on or after such Early Termination Date, the Corporation will have taxable income sufficient to fully utilize the deductions arising from the Basis Adjustment and the Imputed Interest during such Taxable Year, (2) the federal income tax rates and state, local and foreign income tax rates that will be in effect for each such Taxable Year will be those specified for each such Taxable Year by the Code and other law as in effect on the Early Termination Date, (3) any loss carryovers generated by the Basis Adjustment or the Imputed Interest and available as of the date of the Early Termination Schedule will be utilized by the Corporation on a pro rata basis from the date of the Early Termination Schedule through the scheduled expiration date of such loss carryovers, (4) any non-amortizable assets are deemed to be disposed of on the fifteenth anniversary of the earlier of the Basis Adjustment and the Early Termination Date, provided, that in the event of a Change of Control non-amortizable assets shall be deemed disposed of at the earlier of (i) the time of sale of the relevant asset or (ii) as generally provided in this Valuation Assumption (4), and (5) if, at the Early Termination Date, there are Units that have not been Exchanged, then each such Unit shall be deemed to be Exchanged for the Market Value of the Class A Shares and the amount of cash that would be transferred if the Exchange occurred on the Early Termination Date, provided that this assumption (5) shall not apply in the case of an Early Termination Payment made pursuant to Section 4.01(b).

 

ARTICLE II

 

DETERMINATION OF REALIZED TAX BENEFIT

 

Section 2.01                             Basis Adjustment.  For purposes of this Agreement, as a result of an Exchange, the Partnership shall be deemed to be entitled to a Basis Adjustment for each of its Adjusted Assets with respect to the Corporation, the amount of which Basis Adjustment shall be the excess, if any, of (i) the sum of (x) the Amount Realized by the Applicable Partner in the Exchange, to the extent attributable to such Adjusted Asset, plus (y) the amount of payments made pursuant to this Agreement with respect to such Exchange, to the extent attributable to such Adjusted Asset, over (ii) the Corporation’s share of the Partnership’s Tax basis for such Adjusted Asset immediately after the Exchange, attributable to the Common Units Exchanged, determined as if (x) the Partnership remains in existence as an entity for tax purposes, and (y) the Partnership had not made the election provided by section 754 of the Code.  For the avoidance of doubt, payments made under this Agreement shall not be treated as resulting in a Basis Adjustment to the extent such payments are treated as Imputed Interest.

 

Section 2.02                             Exchange Basis Schedule. Within 180 calendar days after the filing of the U.S. federal income tax return of the Corporation for each Taxable Year in which any Exchange has been effected, the Corporation shall deliver to the Applicable Partner a schedule (the “Exchange Basis Schedule”) that shows, in reasonable detail, for purposes of Taxes, (i) the actual unadjusted tax basis of the Adjusted Assets as of each applicable Exchange Date, (ii) the Basis Adjustment with respect to the Adjusted Assets as a result of the Exchanges effected in such Taxable Year and

 

11



 

all prior Taxable Years, calculated (a) in the aggregate and (b) solely with respect to Exchanges by the Applicable Partner, (iii) the period or periods, if any, over which the Adjusted Assets are amortizable and/or depreciable and (iv) the period or periods, if any, over which each Basis Adjustment is amortizable and/or depreciable (which, for non-amortizable assets shall be based on the Valuation Assumptions).

 

Section 2.03                             Tax Benefit Schedule. Within 180 calendar days after the filing of the U.S. federal income tax return of the Corporation for any Taxable Year in which there is a Realized Tax Benefit or Realized Tax Detriment, the Corporation shall provide to the Applicable Partner a schedule showing, in reasonable detail, the calculation of the Realized Tax Benefit or Realized Tax Detriment for such Taxable Year (a “Tax Benefit Schedule”). The Schedule will become final as provided in Section 2.04(a) of this Agreement and may be amended as provided in Section 2.04(b) of this Agreement (subject to the procedures set forth in Section 2.04(b)).

 

Section 2.04                             Procedures, Amendments

 

(a)                       Procedure. Every time the Corporation delivers to the Applicable Partner an applicable Schedule under this Agreement, including any Amended Schedule delivered pursuant to Section 2.04(b), but excluding any Early Termination Schedule or amended Early Termination Schedule, the Corporation shall also (x) deliver to any Specified Partner schedules and work papers providing reasonable detail regarding the preparation of the Schedule and an Advisory Firm Letter supporting such Schedule and (y) in the event that a Change of Control has occurred prior to such time, allow any Specified Partner reasonable access at no cost to the appropriate representatives at the Corporation and the Advisory Firm in connection with a review of such Schedule.  The applicable Schedule shall become final and binding on all parties unless the Applicable Partner, within 30 calendar days after receiving an Exchange Basis Schedule or amendment thereto or within 30 calendar days after receiving a Tax Benefit Schedule or amendment thereto, provides the Corporation with notice of a material objection to such Schedule (“Objection Notice”) made in good faith.  If the parties, for any reason, are unable to successfully resolve the issues raised in such notice within 30 calendar days of receipt by the Corporation of an Objection Notice, if with respect to an Exchange Basis Schedule, or within 30 calendar days of receipt by the Corporation of an Objection Notice, if with respect to a Tax Benefit Schedule, after such Schedule was delivered to the Applicable Partner, the Corporation and the Applicable Partner shall employ the reconciliation procedures  as described in Section 7.09 of this Agreement (the “Reconciliation Procedures”).

 

(b)                       Amended Schedule. The applicable Schedule for any Taxable Year shall be amended from time to time by the Corporation (i) in connection with a Determination affecting such Schedule, (ii) to correct material inaccuracies in the Schedule identified as a result of the receipt of additional factual information relating to a Taxable Year after the date the Schedule was provided to the Applicable Partner or the correction of computational errors set forth in such Schedule, (iii) to comply with the Expert’s determination under the Reconciliation Procedures, (iv) to reflect a material change in the Realized Tax Benefit or Realized Tax Detriment for such Taxable Year attributable to a carryback or carryforward of a loss or other tax item to such Taxable Year, (v) to reflect a material change in the Realized Tax Benefit or Realized Tax Detriment for such Taxable

 

12



 

Year attributable to an amended Tax Return filed for such Taxable Year, or (vi) to adjust the Exchange Basis Schedule to take into account payments made pursuant to this Agreement (such Schedule, an “Amended Schedule”).  In the event that the Corporation delivers an Amended Schedule to an Applicable Partner pursuant to Section 2.04(b)(ii) within 180 days of the payment of the Tax Benefit Payment, if any, related to the original Schedule being amended by such Amended Schedule, the Applicable Partner shall, unless otherwise determined by the Corporation in its sole discretion, be obligated to refund to the Corporation the amount (if any) by which the Tax Benefit Payment made pursuant to such original schedule exceeds the Tax Benefit Payment as computed pursuant to the Amended Schedule.

 

Section 2.05                             Limitation of Benefits. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, unless otherwise determined by the Corporation in its sole discretion, in the event that a Partner’s  employment or service with the Corporation and all of its Affiliates is terminated prior to the date of an Exchange for any reason other than death or termination by the Corporation due to the Disability of such Partner, such Partner shall not be entitled to any benefits hereunder with respect to such Exchange, including, for the avoidance of doubt, the right to the receipt of any Tax Benefit Payments attributable to Basis Adjustments arising from such Exchange.  For the avoidance of doubt, such termination shall not impact a Partner’s rights hereunder with respect to Exchanges occurring on or prior to the date of such termination.

 

ARTICLE III

 

TAX BENEFIT PAYMENTS

 

Section 3.01                             Payments

 

(a)                       Within fifteen (15) calendar days of a Tax Benefit Schedule delivered to an Applicable Partner becoming final in accordance with Section 2.04(a), or earlier in the Corporation’s discretion, the Corporation shall pay to the Applicable Partner for such Taxable Year the Tax Benefit Payment determined pursuant to Section 3.01(b) in the amount Attributable to the Applicable Partner. Each such Tax Benefit Payment shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to a bank account of the Applicable Partner previously designated by such Partner to the Corporation.  For the avoidance of doubt, no Tax Benefit Payment shall be made in respect of estimated tax payments, including, without limitation, federal income tax payments.

 

(b)                       A “Tax Benefit Payment” means an amount, not less than zero, equal to the sum of the Net Tax Benefit and the Interest Amount.  The “Net Tax Benefit” for each Taxable Year shall be an amount equal to the excess, if any, of 85% of the Cumulative Net Realized Tax Benefit as of the end of such Taxable Year over the total amount of payments previously made under this Section 3.01, excluding payments attributable to Interest Amount; provided, however, that for the avoidance of doubt, no Partner shall be required to return any portion of any previously made Tax Benefit Payment.  The “Interest Amount” for a given Taxable Year shall equal the interest on the Net Tax Benefit for such Taxable Year calculated at the Agreed Rate from the due date (without extensions) for filing the Corporation Return with respect to Taxes for the most

 

13



 

recently ended Taxable Year until the Payment Date.  In the case of a Tax Benefit Payment made in respect of an Amended Schedule, the “Interest Amount” shall equal the interest on the Net Tax Benefit for such Taxable Year calculated at the Agreed Rate from the date of such Amended Schedule becoming final in accordance with Section 2.04(a) until the Payment Date.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, for each Taxable Year ending on or after the date of a Change of Control, all Tax Benefit Payments, whether paid with respect to Units that were Exchanged (i) prior to the date of such Change of Control or (ii) on or after the date of such Change of Control, shall be calculated by using Valuation Assumptions (1), (3), and (4), substituting in each case the terms “the date on which a Change of Control becomes effective” for an “Early Termination Date”.  The Net Tax Benefit and the Interest Amount shall be determined separately with respect to each separate Exchange, on a Common Unit-by-Common Unit basis by reference to the Amount Realized by the Applicable Partner on the Exchange of a Common Unit and the resulting Basis Adjustment to the Corporation.  For purposes of this Section 3.01(b), the amendment to the definition of “Agreed Rate” set forth herein shall be effective as of the date of the Prior Agreement.  Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, any Partner may elect with respect to any Exchange to limit the aggregate Tax Benefit Payments made to such Partner in respect of any such Exchange to a specified percentage of the Amount Realized by such Partner with respect to such Exchange (or such other limitation selected by the Partner and consented to by the Corporation, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld).  The Partner shall exercise its rights under the preceding sentence by notifying the Corporation of its desire to impose such a limit and the specified percentage (or such other limitation selected by the Partner) and such other details as may be necessary (including whether such limit includes the Interest Amounts in respect of any such Exchange) in such manner and at such time (but in no event later than the date of any such Exchange) as reasonably directed by the Corporation; provided, however, that, in the absence of such direction, the Partner shall give such notice in the same manner as is required by the Partnership Agreement of notice given to the partners under the Partnership Agreement, with such notice given contemporaneously with the Partner’s notice of intention to compel redemption delivered pursuant to the Partnership Agreement. For purposes of the computation of any Tax Benefit Payment, each Partner who is entitled to receive Tax Benefit Payments under this Agreement shall be deemed to share the gains and losses of the Partnership under section 704(c)(1)(A) of the Code (and the principles thereof) as of the IPO Date in proportion to the Partner’s number of Common Units as of the IPO Date.

 

Section 3.02                             No Duplicative Payments. It is intended that the provisions of this Agreement will not result in duplicative payment of any amount (including interest) required under this Agreement. It is also intended that the provisions of this Agreement will result in 85% of the Corporation’s Cumulative Net Realized Tax Benefit, and the Interest Amount thereon, being paid to the Partners pursuant to this Agreement.  The provisions of this Agreement shall be construed in the appropriate manner so that these fundamental results are achieved.

 

Section 3.03                             Pro Rata Payments. For the avoidance of doubt, to the extent (i) the Corporation’s deductions with respect to any Basis Adjustment is limited in a particular Taxable Year or (ii) the Corporation lacks sufficient funds to satisfy its obligations to make all Tax Benefit Payments due in a particular Taxable Year, the limitation on the deductions, or the Tax Benefit Payments that may be made, as the case may be, shall be taken into account or made for the Applicable Partner in the same proportion as Tax Benefit Payments would have been made absent the limitations set forth in clauses (i) and (ii) of this paragraph, as applicable.

 

14



 

ARTICLE IV

 

TERMINATION

 

Section 4.01                             Early Termination and Breach of Agreement.

 

(a)                       The Corporation may terminate this Agreement with respect to all of the Common Units held (or previously held and exchanged) by all Partners at any time by paying to all of the Partners the Early Termination Payment; provided, however, that this Agreement shall only terminate upon the receipt of the Early Termination Payment by all Partners, and provided, further, that the Corporation may withdraw any notice to execute its termination rights under this Section 4.01(a) prior to the time at which any Early Termination Payment has been paid.  Upon payment of the Early Termination Payments by the Corporation under this Section 4.01(a), neither the Applicable Partners nor the Corporation shall have any further payment obligations under this Agreement in respect of such Partners, other than for any (a) Tax Benefit Payment agreed to by the Corporation and an Applicable Partner as due and payable but unpaid as of the Early Termination Notice and (b) Tax Benefit Payment due for the Taxable Year ending with or including the date of the Early Termination Notice (except to the extent that the amount described in clause (b) is included in the Early Termination Payment).  For the avoidance of doubt, if an Exchange occurs after the Corporation makes the Early Termination Payments with respect to all Partners, the Corporation shall have no obligations under this Agreement with respect to such Exchange, and its only obligations under this Agreement with respect to such Exchange in such case shall be its obligations to all Partners under Section 4.03(a).

 

(b)                       The Corporation may terminate the rights under this Agreement of any Partner who is not a Specified Partner with respect to Exchanges occurring prior to the date thereof at any time by paying to such Partner the Early Termination Payment as calculated with respect to such Partner (taking into account only those Exchanges that have occurred prior to the date thereof, and for the avoidance of doubt not taking into account Common Units not yet Exchanged, nor taking into account Common Units Exchanged in prior Exchanges for which Early Termination Payments have already been received); provided, however, that the Corporation may withdraw any notice to execute its termination rights under this Section 4.01(b) prior to the time at which any Early Termination Payment has been paid.  Upon payment of the Early Termination Payment by the Corporation to such Partner, neither the Applicable Partner nor the Corporation shall have any further payment obligations under this Agreement in respect of such Exchanges by such Partner, other than for any (a) Tax Benefit Payment agreed to by the Corporation and an Applicable Partner as due and payable but unpaid as of the Early Termination Notice and (b) Tax Benefit Payment due for the Taxable Year ending with or including the date of the Early Termination Notice (except to the extent that the amount described in clause (b) is included in the Early Termination Payment).  For the avoidance of doubt, a termination pursuant to this Section 4.01(b) shall not impact the rights or obligations of the Corporation and such Partner with respect to Exchanges occurring after the date of such termination.

 

(c)                        In the event that the Corporation breaches any of its material obligations under this Agreement with respect to one or more Partners, whether as a result of failure

 

15



 

to make any payment when due, failure to honor any other material obligation required hereunder or by operation of law as a result of the rejection of this Agreement in a case commenced under the Bankruptcy Code or otherwise, and does not cure such breach within ninety (90) days of receipt of notice of such breach from such Partner or Partners, then all obligations hereunder with respect to such Partner or Partners shall be accelerated and such obligations shall be calculated as if an Early Termination Notice had been delivered on the date of such breach and shall include, but not be limited to, (1) an Early Termination Payment calculated with respect to such Partner or Partners pursuant to Section 4.01(a) as if an Early Termination Notice had been delivered to such Partner or Partners on the date of the breach, (2) any Tax Benefit Payment agreed to by the Corporation and such Partner or Partners as due and payable but unpaid as of the date of a breach, and (3) any Tax Benefit Payment due to such Partner or Partners for the Taxable Year ending with or including the date of a breach.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Corporation breaches this Agreement with respect to one or more Partners, such Partners shall be entitled to elect to receive the amounts set forth in clauses (1), (2) and (3), above or to seek specific performance of the terms hereof.  The parties agree that the failure to make any payment due pursuant to this Agreement within three months of the date such payment is due shall be deemed to be a breach of a material obligation under this Agreement for all purposes of this Agreement, and that it will not be considered to be a breach of a material obligation under this Agreement to make a payment due pursuant to this Agreement within three months of the date such payment is due.

 

(d)                       The undersigned parties hereby acknowledge and agree that the timing, amounts and aggregate value of Tax Benefit Payments pursuant to this Agreement are not reasonably ascertainable.

 

Section 4.02                             Early Termination Notice. If the Corporation chooses to exercise its right of early termination under Section 4.01 above, the Corporation shall deliver to each Partner whose rights are being terminated notice of such intention to exercise such right (an “Early Termination Notice”) and a schedule (the “Early Termination Schedule”) specifying the Corporation’s intention to exercise such right and showing in reasonable detail the calculation of the Early Termination Payment with respect to such Partner. The applicable Early Termination Schedule shall become final and binding on the Corporation and such Partner unless the Applicable Partner, within 30 calendar days after receiving the Early Termination Schedule thereto provides the Corporation with notice of a material objection to such Schedule made in good faith (“Material Objection Notice”). If the parties, for any reason, are unable to successfully resolve the issues raised in such notice within 30 calendar days after receipt by the Corporation of the Material Objection Notice, the Corporation and the Partner shall employ the Reconciliation Procedures as described in Section 7.09 of this Agreement.

 

Section 4.03                             Payment upon Early Termination. (a) Within fifteen (15) calendar days after agreement between the Applicable Partner and the Corporation of the Early Termination Schedule, the Corporation shall pay to the Applicable Partner an amount equal to the Early Termination Payment. Such payment shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to a bank account designated by the Applicable Partner.

 

(b)                       The “Early Termination Payment” as of the date of the delivery of an Early Termination Schedule shall equal with respect to the Applicable Partner the present value,

 

16



 

discounted at the Early Termination Rate as of such date, of all Tax Benefit Payments that would be required to be paid by the Corporation to the Applicable Partner beginning from the Early Termination Date and assuming that the Valuation Assumptions are applied.

 

ARTICLE V

 

SUBORDINATION AND LATE PAYMENTS

 

Section 5.01                             Subordination.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, any Tax Benefit Payment or Early Termination Payment required to be made by the Corporation to a Partner or to the Partners under this Agreement (an “Exchange Payment”) shall rank subordinate and junior in right of payment to any principal, interest or other amounts due and payable in respect of any obligations in respect of indebtedness for borrowed money of the Corporation and its Subsidiaries (“Senior Obligations”) and shall rank pari passu with all current or future unsecured obligations of the Corporation that are not Senior Obligations.

 

Section 5.02                             Late Payments by the Corporation. The amount of all or any portion of any Exchange Payment not made to any Partner when due under the terms of this Agreement shall be payable together with any interest thereon, computed at the Default Rate and commencing from the date on which such Exchange Payment was due and payable.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

NO DISPUTES; CONSISTENCY; COOPERATION

 

Section 6.01                             Partner Participation in the Corporation’s and Partnership’s Tax Matters. Except as otherwise provided herein, the Corporation shall have full responsibility for, and sole discretion over, all Tax matters concerning the Corporation and the Partnership, including without limitation the preparation, filing or amending of any Tax Return and defending, contesting or settling any issue pertaining to Taxes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation shall notify the Partners of, and keep the Partners reasonably informed with respect to the portion of any audit of the Corporation and the Partnership by a Taxing Authority the outcome of which is reasonably expected to affect the  Partners’ rights and obligations under this Agreement, and shall provide to the Partners reasonable opportunity to provide information and other input to the Corporation, the Partnership and their respective advisors concerning the conduct of any such portion of such audit; provided, however, that the Corporation and the Partnership shall not be required to take any action that is inconsistent with any provision of the Partnership Agreement.

 

Section 6.02                             Consistency.  The Corporation and the Partners agree to report and cause to be reported for all purposes, including federal, state, local and foreign Tax purposes and financial reporting purposes, all Tax-related items (including without limitation the Basis Adjustment and each Tax Benefit Payment) in a manner consistent with that specified by the Corporation in any Schedule required to be provided by or on behalf of the Corporation under this Agreement unless the Corporation or a Partner receives a written opinion from an Advisory Firm that reporting in such manner is more likely than not to result in an imposition of penalties pursuant to the Code.  Any Dispute concerning such advice shall be subject to the terms of Section 7.09.

 

17



 

Section 6.03                             Cooperation. The Partners shall each (a) furnish to the Corporation in a timely manner such information, documents and other materials as the Corporation may reasonably request for purposes of making any determination or computation necessary or appropriate under this Agreement, preparing any Tax Return or contesting or defending any audit, examination or controversy with any Taxing Authority, (b) make itself available to the Corporation and its representatives to provide explanations of documents and materials and such other information as the Corporation or its representatives may reasonably request in connection with any of the matters described in clause (a) above, and (c) reasonably cooperate in connection with any such matter, and the Corporation shall reimburse each Partner for any reasonable third-party costs and expenses incurred pursuant to this Section.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 7.01                             Notices. All notices, requests, claims, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed duly given and received (a) on the date of delivery if delivered personally, or by facsimile upon confirmation of transmission by the sender’s fax machine if sent on a Business Day (or otherwise on the next Business Day) or (b) on the first Business Day following the date of dispatch if delivered by a recognized next-day courier service. All notices hereunder shall be delivered as set forth below, or pursuant to such other instructions as may be designated in writing by the party to receive such notice:

 

if to the Corporation, to:

 

[                                                                                                                                            ]

 

with a copy to:

 

[                                                                                                                                            ]

 

if to the Partnership, to:

 

[                                                                                                                                            ]

 

with a copy to:

 

[                                                                                                                                            ]

 

if to the Partners or any Partner, to:

 

the address and facsimile number set forth for such Partner in the records of the Partnership.

 

18



 

Any party may change its address or fax number by giving the other party written notice of its new address or fax number in the manner set forth above.

 

Section 7.02                             Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when one or more counterparts have been signed by each of the parties and delivered to the other parties, it being understood that all parties need not sign the same counterpart. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Agreement by facsimile transmission shall be as effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Agreement.

 

Section 7.03                             Entire Agreement; No Third Party Beneficiaries. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure solely to the benefit of each party hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns, and nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to or shall confer upon any other Person any right, benefit or remedy of any nature whatsoever under or by reason of this Agreement.

 

Section 7.04                             Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of Delaware, without regard to the conflicts of laws principles thereof that would mandate the application of the laws of another jurisdiction.

 

Section 7.05                             Severability. If any term or other provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by any law or public policy, all other terms and provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any party. Upon such determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in an acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated as originally contemplated to the greatest extent possible.

 

Section 7.06                             Successors; Assignment; Amendments; Waivers. No Partner may assign this Agreement to any person without the prior written consent of the Corporation; provided, however, (i) that, to the extent Common Units are effectively transferred in accordance with the terms of the Partnership Agreement, and any other agreements the Partners may have entered into with each other, or a Partner may have entered into with the Corporation and/or the Partnership, the transferring Partner shall assign to the transferee of such Common Units the transferring Partner’s rights under this Agreement with respect to such transferred Common Units, as long as such transferee has executed and delivered, or, in connection with such transfer, executes and delivers, a joinder to this Agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Corporation, agreeing to become a “Partner” for all purposes of this Agreement, except as otherwise provided in such joinder, and (ii) that, once an Exchange has occurred, any and all payments that may become payable to a Partner pursuant to this Agreement with respect to such Exchange may be assigned to any Person or Persons, as long as any such Person has executed and delivered, or, in connection with such assignment, executes and delivers, a joinder to this Agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Corporation, agreeing to be bound by Section 7.12 and

 

19



 

acknowledging specifically the last sentence of the next paragraph.  For the avoidance of doubt, to the extent a Partner or other Person transfers Common Units to a Partner as may be permitted by any agreement to which the Partnership is a party, the Partner receiving such Common Units shall have all rights under this Agreement with respect to such transferred Common Units as such  Partner has, under this Agreement, with respect to the other Common Units held by him.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 7.06, no transferee described in clause (i) of the immediately preceding paragraph shall have the right to enforce the provisions of Section 2.04, 4.02, 6.01 or 6.02 of this Agreement, and no assignee described in clause (ii) of the immediately preceding paragraph shall have any rights under this Agreement except for the right to enforce its right to receive payments under this Agreement.

 

No provision of this Agreement may be amended unless such amendment is approved in writing by each of the Corporation and the Partnership, and by Partners who would be entitled to receive at least two-thirds of the Early Termination Payments payable to all Partners hereunder if the Corporation had exercised its right of early termination under Section 4.01(a) on the date of the most recent Exchange prior to such amendment (excluding, for purposes of this sentence, all payments made to any Partner pursuant to this Agreement since the date of such most recent Exchange); provided, that no such amendment shall be effective if such amendment will have a disproportionate effect on the payments certain Partners will or may receive under this Agreement unless at least two-thirds of such Partners disproportionately effected (with such two-thirds threshold being measured by the entitlement to Early Termination Payments as set forth in the preceding portion of this sentence) consent in writing to such amendment. No provision of this Agreement may be waived unless such waiver is in writing and signed by the party against whom the waiver is to be effective.

 

All of the terms and provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon, shall inure to the benefit of and shall be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors, assigns, heirs, executors, administrators and legal representatives. The Corporation shall require and cause any direct or indirect successor (whether by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Corporation, by written agreement, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Corporation would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

 

Section 7.07                             Titles and Subtitles. The titles of the sections and subsections of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and are not to be considered in construing this Agreement.

 

Section 7.08                             Submission to Jurisdiction; Dispute Resolution.

 

(a)                       Except as provided in Section 7.09. any Dispute as to the interpretation of this Agreement shall be resolved by the Corporation in its sole discretion, provided that such resolution shall reflect a reasonable interpretation of the provisions of this Agreement and that such

 

20


 

resolution shall not be inconsistent with the fundamental results described in Section 3.02 of this Agreement.

 

(b)                       The remainder of this Section 7.08 shall not apply with respect to claims of a Specified Partner arising out of, relating to or in connection with the validity, negotiation, execution, performance or non-performance of this Agreement.

 

(c)                        Except as otherwise expressly provided by Section 7.08(a) or Section 7.09, any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, or the interpretation, breach, termination or validity thereof (“Dispute”) shall be finally resolved by arbitration in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”) then in effect (the “Rules”), except as modified herein and such arbitration shall be administered by the AAA. The place of arbitration shall be New York, New York.

 

(d)                       There shall be one arbitrator who shall be agreed upon by the parties within twenty (20) days of receipt by respondent of a copy of the demand for arbitration. If any arbitrator is not appointed within the time limit provided herein, such arbitrator shall be appointed by the AAA in accordance with the listing, striking and ranking procedure in the Rules, with each party being given a limited number of strikes, except for cause. Any arbitrator appointed by the AAA shall be a retired judge or a practicing attorney with no less than fifteen years of experience with corporate and limited partnership matters and an experienced arbitrator. In rendering an award, the arbitrator shall be required to follow the laws of the state of Delaware.

 

(e)                        The award shall be in writing and shall briefly state the findings of fact and conclusions of law on which it is based. The arbitrator shall not be permitted to award punitive, multiple or other non-compensatory damages. The award shall be final and binding upon the parties and shall be the sole and exclusive remedy between the parties regarding any claims, counterclaims, issues or accounting presented to the arbitrator.  Judgment upon the award may be entered in any court having jurisdiction over any party or any of its assets. Any costs or fees (including attorneys’ fees and expenses) incident to enforcing the award shall be charged against the party resisting such enforcement.

 

(f)                         All Disputes shall be resolved in a confidential manner. The arbitrator shall agree to hold any information received during the arbitration in the strictest of confidence and shall not disclose to any non-party the existence, contents or results of the arbitration or any other information about such arbitration. The parties to the arbitration shall not disclose any information about the evidence adduced or the documents produced by the other party in the arbitration proceedings or about the existence, contents or results of the proceeding except as may be required by law, regulatory or governmental authority or as may be necessary in an action in aid of arbitration or for enforcement of an arbitral award.  Before making any disclosure permitted by the preceding sentence (other than private disclosure to financial regulatory authorities), the party intending to make such disclosure shall use reasonable efforts to give the other party reasonable

 

21



 

written notice of the intended disclosure and afford the other party a reasonable opportunity to protect its interests.

 

(g)                        Barring extraordinary circumstances (as determined in the sole discretion of the arbitrator), discovery shall be limited to pre-hearing disclosure of documents that each side will present in support of its case, and non-privileged documents essential to a matter of import in the proceeding for which a party has demonstrated a substantial need. The parties agree that they will produce to each other all such requested non-privileged documents, except documents objected to and with respect to which a ruling has been or shall be sought from the arbitrator. There will be no depositions.

 

Section 7.09                             Reconciliation. In the event that the Corporation and an Applicable Partner are unable to resolve a disagreement with respect to the matters governed by Sections 2.04, 4.02 and 6.02 within the relevant period designated in this Agreement (“Reconciliation Dispute”), the Reconciliation Dispute shall be submitted for determination to a nationally recognized expert (the “Expert”) in the particular area of disagreement mutually acceptable to both parties. The Expert shall be a partner in a nationally recognized accounting firm or a law firm (other than the Advisory Firm), and the Expert shall not, and the firm that employs the Expert shall not, have any material relationship with either the Corporation or the Applicable Partner or other actual or potential conflict of interest. If the parties are unable to agree on an Expert within fifteen (15) days of receipt by the respondent(s) of written notice of a Reconciliation Dispute, the Expert shall be appointed by the AAA. The Expert shall resolve any matter relating to the Exchange Basis Schedule or an amendment thereto or the Early Termination Schedule or an amendment thereto within 30 calendar days and shall resolve any matter relating to a Tax Benefit Schedule or an amendment thereto within 15 calendar days or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable, in each case after the matter has been submitted to the Expert for resolution.  Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, if the matter is not resolved before the date any payment that is the subject of a disagreement would be due (in the absence of such disagreement) or any Tax Return reflecting the subject of a disagreement is due, such payment shall be paid on the date such payment would be due and such Tax Return may be filed as prepared by the Corporation, subject to adjustment or amendment upon resolution.  The costs and expenses relating to the engagement of such Expert or amending any Tax Return shall be borne jointly by the Corporation and the Applicable Partner, with each party bearing one-half of such costs.  The Corporation and each Applicable Partner shall bear their own costs and expenses of such proceeding.  Any dispute as to whether a dispute is a Reconciliation Dispute within the meaning of this Section 7.09 shall be decided by the Expert.  The Expert shall finally determine any Reconciliation Dispute and the determinations of the Expert pursuant to this Section 7.09 shall be binding on the Corporation and the Applicable Partner and may be entered and enforced in any court having jurisdiction.

 

Section 7.10                             Withholding. The Corporation shall be entitled to deduct and withhold from any payment payable pursuant to this Agreement such amounts as the Corporation is required to deduct and withhold with respect to the making of such payment under the Code, or any provision of state, local or foreign tax law. To the extent that amounts are so withheld and paid over to the appropriate Taxing Authority by the Corporation, such withheld amounts shall be treated for all purposes of this Agreement as having been paid to the Applicable Partner.

 

22



 

Section 7.11                             Admission of the Corporation into a Consolidated Group; Transfers of Corporate Assets.

 

(a)                       If the Corporation becomes a member of an affiliated or consolidated group of corporations that files a consolidated income tax return pursuant to sections 1501 et seq. of the Code or any corresponding provisions of state, local or foreign law, then: (i) the provisions of this Agreement shall be applied with respect to the group as a whole; and (ii) Tax Benefit Payments, Early Termination Payments and other applicable items hereunder shall be computed with reference to the consolidated taxable income of the group as a whole.

 

(b)                       Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if the Corporation acquires one or more assets that, as of an Exchange Date, have not been contributed to the Partnership (other than the Corporation’s interests in the Partnership) (such assets, “Excluded Assets”), then all Tax Benefit Payments due hereunder shall be computed as if such assets had been contributed to the Partnership on the date such assets were first acquired by the Corporation; provided, however, that if an Excluded Asset consists of stock in a corporation, then, for purposes of this Section 7.11(b), such corporation (and any corporation Controlled by such corporation) shall be deemed to have contributed its assets to the Partnership on the date on which the Corporation acquired stock of such corporation.

 

(c)                        If any entity that is obligated to make an Exchange Payment hereunder transfers one or more assets to a corporation with which such entity does not file a consolidated tax return pursuant to section 1501 of the Code, such entity, for purposes of calculating the amount of any Exchange Payment (e.g., calculating the gross income of the entity and determining the Realized Tax Benefit of such entity) due hereunder, shall be treated as having disposed of such asset in a fully taxable transaction on the date of such contribution.  The consideration deemed to be received by such entity shall be equal to the fair market value of the contributed asset (as reasonably determined by the governing body, or the Person responsible for management, of such entity acting in good faith), plus (i) the amount of debt to which such asset is subject, in the case of a contribution of an encumbered asset or (ii) the amount of debt allocated to such asset, in the case of a contribution of a partnership interest.

 

Section 7.12                             Confidentiality.  Each Partner and assignee acknowledges and agrees that the information of the Corporation is confidential and, except in the course of performing any duties as necessary for the Corporation and its Affiliates, as required by law or legal process or to enforce the terms of this Agreement, shall keep and retain in the strictest confidence and not disclose to any Person any confidential matters, acquired pursuant to this Agreement, of the Corporation, its Affiliates and successors and the other Partners, confidential information concerning the Corporation, its Affiliates and successors and the other Partners, including marketing, investment, performance data, credit and financial information, and other business affairs of the Corporation, its Affiliates and successors and the other Partners learned of by the Partner heretofore or hereafter.  This clause 7.12 shall not apply to (i) any information that has been made publicly available by the Corporation or any of its Affiliates, becomes public knowledge (except as a result of an act of such Partner in violation of this Agreement) or is generally known to the business community and (ii) the disclosure of information to the extent necessary for a Partner to prepare and file his or her tax returns, to respond to any inquiries regarding the same from any

 

23



 

taxing authority or to prosecute or defend any action, proceeding or audit by any taxing authority with respect to such returns.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, each Partner and assignee (and each employee, representative or other agent of such Partner or assignee, as applicable) may disclose to any and all Persons, without limitation of any kind, the tax treatment and tax structure of (x) the Corporation, the Partnership, the Partners and their Affiliates and (y) any of their transactions, and all materials of any kind (including opinions or other tax analyses) that are provided to the Partners relating to such tax treatment and tax structure.

 

If a Partner or assignee commits a breach, or threatens to commit a breach, of any of the provisions of this Section 7.12, the Corporation shall have the right and remedy to have the provisions of this Section 7.12 specifically enforced by injunctive relief or otherwise by any court of competent jurisdiction without the need to post any bond or other security, it being acknowledged and agreed that any such breach or threatened breach shall cause irreparable injury to the Corporation or any of its Affiliates or the other Partners and that money damages alone shall not provide an adequate remedy to such Persons.  Such rights and remedies shall be in addition to, and not in lieu of, any other rights and remedies available at law or in equity.

 

Section 7.13                             Partnership Agreement. To the extent this Agreement imposes obligations upon the Partnership or a partner of the Partnership, this Agreement shall be treated as part of the partnership agreement of the Partnership as described in section 761(c) of the Code and sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(h) and 1.761-1(c) of the Treasury Regulations.

 

Section 7.14                             Joinder. The Corporation hereby agrees that, to the extent it acquires a general partnership interest, managing member interest or similar interest in any Person after the date hereof, it shall cause such Person to execute and deliver a joinder to this Agreement promptly upon acquisition of such interest, and such person shall be treated in the same manner as the Partnership for all purposes of this Agreement.  The Corporation hereby agrees to cause any Corporate Entity that acquires an interest in the Partnership (or any entity described in the foregoing sentence) to execute a joinder to this Agreement (to the extent such Person is not already a party hereto) promptly upon such acquisition, and such Corporate Entity shall be treated in the same manner as the Corporation for all purposes of this Agreement.  The Partnership shall have the power and authority (but not the obligation) to permit any Person who becomes a limited partner of the Partnership to execute and deliver a joinder to this Agreement promptly upon acquisition of limited partnership interests in the Partnership by such Person, and such Person shall be treated as a “Partner” for all purposes of this Agreement.

 

Section 7.15                             Headings.  The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

 

[Signature pages follow]

 

24



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation, the Partnership and each Partner have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

MOELIS & COMPANY

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

MOELIS & COMPANY GROUP LP

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

MOELIS & COMPANY PARTNER HOLDINGS LLC

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

MOELIS & CO. MANAGER LLC

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

Signature Page to Tax Receivable Agreement

 





Exhibit 10.9

 

MASTER SERVICES AGREEMENT

 

This SERVICES AGREEMENT, dated as of [S-1 Effective Date] is made by and between MOELIS & COMPANY GROUP LP, a Delaware limited partnership ( “Advisory”), and MOELIS ASSET MANAGEMENT LP, a Delaware limited partnership (“Asset Management”) and each of the following subsidiaries of Asset Management: MOELIS CAPITAL PARTNERS LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“MCP”), P&S CREDIT MANAGEMENT, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership ( “Gracie”), FREEPORT FINANCIAL PARTNERS LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Freeport”), and STEELE CREEK INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Steele Creek”).

 

RECITALS

 

A.            Each of the Advisory and Asset Management were operated as businesses under Moelis Asset Management LP”) formerly named Moelis & Company Holdings LP, prior to Advisory being distributed to its partners in connection with an initial public offering of Advisory.

 

B.            Advisory currently maintains certain staff and services which each of Asset Management, MCP, Gracie, Freeport and Steele Creek utilizes in the course of its business

 

C.            Asset Management and Advisory each desire that Advisory shall  henceforth provide the Asset Management Services (as defined below) to each of Asset Management, MCP, Gracie, Freeport and Steele Creek on the terms of and in accordance with this agreement.

 

D.            The parties additionally desire that this agreement govern any provision of services from Asset Management to Advisory.

 

AGREEMENT

 

The parties to this agreement, in exchange for the mutual promises made herein and intending to be legally bound hereby, agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE 1.

 

SERVICES TO BE PROVIDED

 

1.1          Description of Services.  During the term of this agreement, Advisory will provide to Asset Management the services (the “Asset Management Services”) described on Schedule A-1 attached hereto (as the same may be amended from time to time, “Schedule A-1”).  Schedule A may be amended from time to time as set forth in Section 6.5 below.  During the term of this agreement, Asset Management will provide to Advisory the services (the “Advisory Services”, and together with the Asset Management Services, the “Services”) described on Schedule A-2 attached hereto (as the same may be amended from time to time, “Schedule A-2”).  Each of Schedule A-1 and Schedule A-2 may be amended from time to time as set forth in Section 6.5 below.  Any entity receiving Services hereunder shall be referred to as a “Recipient” and any entity providing Services hereunder shall be referred to as a “Provider” as applicable. Additionally, Advisory will sublet certain office space to Asset Management as set forth on Schedule A-3 attached hereto.

 



 

1.2          Personnel.

 

(a)           The Services to be provided by a Provider to a Recipient shall be provided by employees of such Provider or by service providers to such Provider, as applicable. In the event that any employees of a Provider as of the date of this agreement cease to be employed by such Provider, the Provider will have no obligation to hire a new employee for the purpose of providing the Services to the applicable Recipient and will not be liable for any losses, costs or damages caused by, attributable to or arising in connection with (A) such Recipient’s failure to receive such Services, or (B) such Recipient’s transition from the Services to any replacement services.

 

(b)           Each entity acting as a Provider shall be responsible for the payment of all wages and federal, state and local taxes and withholdings payable with respect to the wages of such persons, shall maintain workers’ compensation insurance required by applicable statutes with respect to such persons and shall maintain and provide all applicable employee benefits for such persons.  No person providing Services to a Recipient shall be considered an employee of the Recipient because of the provision of such Services.

 

1.3          Compensation.  Each Recipient shall pay each Provider a fee as set forth in Schedule B attached hereto as the total consideration for the Services to be provided to such Recipient during the term of this agreement and such Recipient shall not pay any additional fee or other compensation for such Services, unless the scope of those Services is expanded by mutual agreement of the parties and the parties agree that additional compensation should be paid in connection therewith.

 

1.4          Warranty Disclaimer.  NO PROVIDER MAKES ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE WARRANTIES IMPLIED BY LAW OR MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, REGARDING THIS AGREEMENT, OR THE PERFORMANCE OF THE SERVICES CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT.

 

1.5          Limitation of Liability.  No Provider will be liable to any Recipient or to any other person or entity for any losses, costs or damages caused by, attributable to or arising in connection with the performance, nonperformance or delayed performance of the Services to be provided to such Recipient contemplated by this agreement, except for such losses, costs or damages attributable to such Provider’s bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct for which damages the Provider will be liable.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Provider shall be liable for any special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages in connection with the Services to any Recipient even if the Provider has been advised of the possibility of such damages.  No Provider will be liable for any failure to perform or any delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder due to Force Majeure (as hereinafter defined).

 

1.6          Consents.  Notwithstanding any provision of this agreement to the contrary, if the provision of any Service as contemplated by this agreement requires the consent, approval or authorization of any third party, the Provider providing such Service shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain as promptly as possible after the date of this agreement such consent, approval or authorization (including obtaining from third party vendors all consents necessary to grant any sublicenses in connection with the performance of such Service) and shall be excused from performing such Service while it continues to use such commercially reasonable efforts.  Any fee, cost or expense incurred in connection with obtaining such consent, approval or authorization shall be paid by the Provider.  If any such consent, approval or authorization is not obtained promptly after the date of this

 

2



 

agreement, the Provider shall notify the applicable Recipient and the parties shall cooperate in good faith to devise an alternative arrangement to the provision of such Service, which alternative arrangement shall be reasonably satisfactory to each party.

 

ARTICLE 2.

 

TERM AND TERMINATION

 

2.1          Term.  The term of this agreement will commence upon [S-1 Effective Date] and will continue until the one year anniversary thereof, subject to earlier termination as provided in Section 2.2 hereof or extension by mutual agreement.

 

2.2          Termination.  This agreement may be terminated in accordance with the following provisions:

 

(a)           Any party may terminate this agreement solely as it applies to services provided or received between itself and another party by giving notice in writing to such other party should an event of Force Majeure (as defined in Section 3.1) continue for more than ninety (90) consecutive calendar days;

 

(b)           Any party may terminate this agreement solely as it applies to services provided or received between itself and another party by giving notice in writing to the other party in the event such other party is in material breach of this agreement and shall have failed to cure such breach within thirty (30) calendar days of receipt of written notice thereof from the non-breaching party; or

 

(c)           Any party may terminate this agreement solely as it applies to services provided or received between itself and another party by giving ninety (90) calendar days written notice to such other party.

 

(d)           Any two parties hereto may terminate this agreement solely as it applies to services provided or received between such parties with the mutual written consent of such parties.

 

2.3          Rights and Obligations on Termination.  In the event of the termination of this agreement pursuant to Section 2.2, a Provider will have the right to terminate any or all Services provided to any Recipient.  Such Recipient shall bear sole responsibility for obtaining replacement services, and such Provider shall bear no liability for such Recipient’s failure to obtain such service or for any difficulties in transitioning from the Services to such replacement service.

 

ARTICLE 3.

 

FORCE MAJEURE

 

3.1          Definition.  “Force Majeure” means any event or condition, not existing as of the date of this agreement and not reasonably within the control of either party, which prevents in whole or in material part the performance by a Provider of its obligations hereunder or which renders the performance of such obligations so difficult or costly as to make such performance commercially unreasonable.  Without limiting the foregoing, the following, without limitation, will constitute events or conditions of Force Majeure: acts of state or governmental action, riots, disturbance, war, acts of terrorism, strikes,

 

3



 

labor slowdowns, prolonged shortage of energy supplies, epidemics, fire, flood, hurricane, typhoon, earthquake and explosion.

 

3.2          Notice.  Upon giving written notice to a Recipient, the Provider being affected by an event of Force Majeure will be released without any liability on its part from the performance of its obligations under this agreement, but, subject to Section 2.2, only to the extent and only for the period that its performance of such obligations is prevented by the event of Force Majeure.  Such notice must include a description of the nature of the event of Force Majeure, its cause and to the extent known its likely consequences.  Such Provider will promptly notify the applicable Recipient of the termination of such event.

 

ARTICLE 4.

 

INDEMNIFICATION

 

Each Recipient severally and not jointly agrees to protect, defend, hold harmless and indemnify each Provider severally and not jointly and its successors, assigns, directors, officers, members, employees and agents (collectively, the “Provider Representatives”), from and against any and all claims, demands, actions, liabilities, damages, losses, fines, penalties, costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees (collectively referred to as “Claims”), actually or allegedly, directly or indirectly, arising out of or related to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by such Provider or any of such Provider Representatives in connection with the performance of any of the Services to be provided by such Provider to such Recipient hereunder, other than Claims that are the direct result of bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Provider or such Provider’s Representative.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Recipient shall be liable for any special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages in connection with any Claim even if such Recipient has been advised of the possibility of such damages.

 

ARTICLE 5.

 

CONFIDENTIALITY

 

5.1          Definition. In connection with the Services to be performed hereunder, a Recipient may provide to a Provider information about it, the funds, accounts or clients to which such Recipient provides investment management or advisory services, as applicable, their investors or other third parties that is confidential or proprietary in nature (the “Confidential Information”), which may include, but is not limited to, information of a technical, administrative and/or financial nature relating to the business operations of such Recipient.  The Recipient shall, except to the extent necessary for the Service, not disclose to the Provider Confidential Information about any issuer of securities to the public in the United States. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Confidential Information with respect to any Provider shall not include information that: (a) has come into the public domain through no breach of this Article 5 by such Provider or any related Provider Representative; (b) is or becomes available to such Provider from any third party not known to be breaching an obligation of confidentiality to the Recipient; or (c) is independently developed by such Provider without reference to or use of the Confidential Information of the Recipient.

 

5.2          Use and Protection of Confidential Information. Each Provider severally and not jointly, on behalf of itself and its Provider Representatives, agrees that the Confidential Information shall be kept confidential and, except with the prior written consent of the applicable Recipient, shall not

 

4



 

disclose to any third party, including to any other Recipient, any of the Confidential Information disclosed to such Provider or any Provider Representative hereunder in any manner whatsoever, except as needed to Provider Representatives who are subject to confidentiality obligations substantially similar to those set forth herein and who have a reasonable need to know such Confidential Information in order to provide the Services under this agreement.  This Article 5 shall terminate as between any two parties two years following termination of this agreement between such two parties.

 

5.3          Legally Compelled Disclosure.  If a Provider or a Provider Representative is requested or required (in either case by oral questions, interrogatories, requests for information or documents, subpoena, civil investigative demand or similar process) to disclose any Confidential Information, such Provider agrees to the extent permissible to provide the applicable Recipient with prompt notice of each such request, to the extent practicable, so that the Recipient may seek an appropriate protective order or waive such Provider’s compliance with the provisions of this agreement.  If, absent the entry of a protective order or the receipt of a waiver under this agreement, any Provider or its Provider Representative, as the case may be, on the advice of its counsel, is legally compelled to disclose such information, such Provider or Provider Representative as the case may be may disclose such information to the persons and to the extent required without liability under this agreement, and the Provider agrees to cooperate with the Recipient’s efforts to obtain reliable assurances that confidential treatment will be accorded any Confidential Information so furnished.  For the avoidance of doubt, the immediately preceding sentence shall not require any Provider to take any action that would cause it to incur more than de minimis cost or expense unless the applicable Recipient agrees to advance or reimburse the Provider for such cost and expense.  In addition, a Provider may also disclose its business records (including documents including Confidential Information) to its financial regulatory authorities without notice to the Recipient in connection with customary examinations and inquiries with respect to its business.

 

5.4          Return or Destruction of Confidential Information. Upon demand by a Recipient at any time, or upon expiration or termination of this agreement with respect to the Services, the applicable Provider agrees promptly to, and to cause each of its Provider Representative to, return or destroy, at the Recipient’s option, all Confidential Information, provided that the Provider may maintain such Confidential Information in accordance with its internal document retention policies.

 

ARTICLE 6.

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

6.1          Notices.  All notices, requests, claims, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be given or made (and shall be deemed to have been duly given or made when delivered in person or when transmitted by facsimile, or one business day after having been dispatched by a nationally recognized overnight courier service to the respective parties at the following addresses (or at such other address for a party as shall be specified in a notice given in accordance with this Section 6.1):

 

If to Advisory, addressed to:

 

Moelis & Company Group LP

399 Park Avenue, 5th Floor

New York, NY  10022-8604

Attention:  Osamu Watanabe

 

5



 

Email: osamu.watanabe@moelis.com

 

If to MCP, addressed to:

 

Moelis Capital Partners LLC

399 Park Avenue, 5th Floor

New York, NY  10022-8604

Attention:  [Andrew Goldfarb]

Email: []

 

If to Gracie, addressed to:

 

P&S Credit Management, L.P.

399 Park Avenue, 6th Floor

New York, NY  10022-8604

Attention:  Mary Nir

Email: mnir@graciecap.com

 

If to Freeport, addressed to:

 

Freeport Financial Partners LLC

300 North LaSalle, Suite 5300

Chicago, IL 60654

Attention:  Joseph Walker

Email: jvwalker@freeportfinancial.com

 

If to Steele Creek, addressed to:

 

Steele Creek Investment Management LLC

401 North Tryon Street

10th Floor, Suite 1067

Charlotte, North Carolina 28202

Attention:  Glenn Duffy

Email: glenn.duffy@steelecreek.com

 

If to Asset Management, addressed to:

 

Moelis Asset Management LP

399 Park Avenue, 5th Floor

New York, NY  10022-8604

Attention:  []

Email: []

 

6.2          Independent Contracting Parties.  The parties hereto expressly acknowledge that no employment, partnership or joint venture relationship is created by this agreement, and hereby agree as follows:

 

6



 

(a)           Each party at all times during the term of this agreement shall be an independent contracting party;

 

(b)           For purposes of the Services to be performed under this agreement, except for certain dual employees of Advisory and Asset Management, no Provider nor anyone employed by or acting for or on behalf of any Provider shall be construed as an employee of any Recipient, and no Recipient shall be liable for employment or withholding taxes respecting any Provider or any employee of any Provider, or any employee benefits therefor.

 

6.3          Cooperation.  The parties will each use good faith efforts to reasonably cooperate with each other in all matters relating to the provision and receipt of the Services.  Such cooperation shall include the applicable Recipient obtaining all consents, licenses or approvals necessary to permit a Provider to perform its obligations hereunder.  The parties will, for a period of five (5) years after the termination of this agreement, maintain information relating to the Services and cooperate with each other in making such information available as needed, subject to appropriate confidentiality requirements, in the event of any audit, investigation or litigation.

 

6.4          Assignment.  No party has the right to, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, assign, delegate, convey or otherwise transfer, whether voluntarily, involuntarily or by operation of law, its rights and obligations under this agreement, except with the prior written approval of the other party or parties as applicable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any party may assign, delegate, convey or otherwise transfer its own rights and obligations under this agreement without obtaining the prior written approval of any other party to a successor by merger, consolidation or similar business combination or to a purchaser in connection with the sale of all or substantially all of such party’s assets.  Any action prohibited by this Section 6.4 will be null and void.

 

6.5          Amendment; Waiver.  Neither this agreement nor any provision hereof may be modified, amended, rescinded, canceled or waived, in whole or in part, except by a written instrument duly executed by the applicable parties hereto.  No failure or delay by a party to take any action or assert any right or remedy hereunder or to enforce strict compliance with any provision hereof will be deemed to be a waiver of, or estoppel with respect to, such right, remedy or noncompliance in the event of the continuation or repetition of the circumstances giving rise to such right, remedy or noncompliance.  No waiver shall be effective unless given in a duly executed written instrument.

 

6.6          Survival of Provisions.  The rights, remedies, agreements, obligations and covenants of each of the parties contained in or made pursuant to this agreement which by their terms extend beyond the termination of this agreement, including, without limitation, Article 4 (relating to indemnification) and Article 5 (relating to confidentiality), will survive the termination of this agreement and will remain in full force and effect.

 

6.7          Severability.  Any term or provision of this agreement that is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void or unenforceable in any situation in any jurisdiction shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the remaining terms and provisions hereof or the validity or enforceability of the offending term or provision in any other situation or in any other jurisdiction.  If the final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction declares that any term or provision hereof is invalid, void or unenforceable, the parties hereto agree that the court making such determination, to the greatest extent legally permissible, shall have the power to reduce or alter the term or provision, to delete specific words or phrases, or to replace any invalid, void or unenforceable term or provision with a term or

 

7



 

provision that is valid and enforceable and that comes closest to expressing the intent of the invalid, void or unenforceable term or provision.

 

6.8          Entire Agreement.  This agreement and the Schedules hereto constitute the entire agreement of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements and undertakings, both written and oral, by and among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

6.9          Governing Law; Non-Binding Mediation; Jurisdiction.  This agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York (without regard to the laws of conflict of any jurisdiction).  Any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, or the interpretation, breach, termination or validity thereof (“Dispute”) shall be finally resolved by arbitration in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”) then in effect (the “Rules”), except as modified herein and such arbitration shall be administered by the AAA.  The place of arbitration shall be New York, New York.  There shall be one arbitrator who shall be agreed upon by the parties within twenty (20) days of receipt by respondent of a copy of the demand for arbitration.  If any arbitrator is not appointed within the time limit provided herein, such arbitrator shall be appointed by the AAA in accordance with the listing, striking and ranking procedure in the Rules, with each party being given a limited number of strikes, except for cause.  Any arbitrator appointed by the AAA shall be a retired judge or a practicing attorney with no less than fifteen years of experience with trademark or related intellectual property matters and an experienced arbitrator.  In rendering an award, the arbitrator shall be required to follow the laws of the state of New York.  The award shall be in writing and shall briefly state the findings of fact and conclusions of law on which it is based.  The arbitrator shall not be permitted to award punitive, multiple or other non-compensatory damages.  The award shall be final and binding upon the parties and shall be the sole and exclusive remedy between the parties regarding any claims, counterclaims, issues or accounting presented to the arbitrator.  Judgment upon the award may be entered in any court having jurisdiction over any party or any of its assets.  Any costs or fees (including attorneys’ fees and expenses) incident to enforcing the award shall be charged against the party resisting such enforcement.  All Disputes shall be resolved in a confidential manner.  The arbitrator shall agree to hold any information received during the arbitration in the strictest of confidence and shall not disclose to any non-party the existence, contents or results of the arbitration or any other information about such arbitration.  The parties to the arbitration shall not disclose any information about the evidence adduced or the documents produced by the other party in the arbitration proceedings or about the existence, contents or results of the proceeding except as may be required by law, regulatory or governmental authority or as may be necessary in an action in aid of arbitration or for enforcement of an arbitral award.  Before making any disclosure permitted by the preceding sentence (other than private disclosure to financial regulatory authorities), the party intending to make such disclosure shall use reasonable efforts to give the other party reasonable written notice of the intended disclosure and afford the other party a reasonable opportunity to protect its interests.  Barring extraordinary circumstances (as determined in the sole discretion of the arbitrator), discovery shall be limited to pre-hearing disclosure of documents that each side will present in support of its case, and non-privileged documents essential to a matter of import in the proceeding for which a party has demonstrated a substantial need. The parties agree that they will produce to each other all such requested non-privileged documents, except documents objected to and with respect to which a ruling has been or shall be sought from the arbitrator. There will be no depositions..

 

6.10        Counterparts; Headings.  This agreement may be executed and delivered (including by facsimile or PDF transmission) in one or more counterparts, and by the different parties in separate

 

8



 

counterparts, each of which when executed shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.  The headings of the sections and articles of this agreement are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute a substantive part hereof.

 

[The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank.]

 

9



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this agreement to be duly executed by their authorized representatives as of the date first above written.

 

MOELIS & COMPANY GROUP LP

 

MOELIS CAPITAL PARTNERS LLC

a Delaware limited partnership

 

a Delaware limited liability company

 

 

 

By:         Moelis & Company Group GP LLC, its General Partner

 

By:         Moelis Asset Management LP, its Sole Member

 

 

 

By:

 

 

By:

 

Name:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

P&S CREDIT MANAGEMENT L.P.,

 

FREEPORT FINANCIAL PARTNERS LLC

a Delaware limited partnership

 

a Delaware limited liability company

 

 

 

 

By:         P&S Credit Management, LLC,

 

By:         Moelis []Freeport Holdings LLC, its Manager

its General Partner

 

 

 

By:

 

 

By:

 

Name:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

STEELE CREEK INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

 

MOELIS ASSET MANAGEMENT LP,
a Delaware limited partnership

 

 

 

 

 

By:         Moelis Steele Creek Holdings LLC, its Sole Member

 

By:         Moelis & Company Holdings GP LLC,

its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

By:

 

Name:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

Title:

 

 

10


 

SCHEDULE A-1 — ADVISORY SERVICES PROVIDED

 

This Schedule A outlines the services to be provided by the Provider to the Recipient during the term of the agreement.

 

1)             Gracie Asset Management

 

·                  Rent & Office Related

 

·                  NYC 6th floor rent, utilities and occupancy tax

·                  Repairs and maintenance

 

2)             Freeport Financial

 

·                  Rent & Office Related

 

·                  Chicago rent, utilities, and occupancy tax

·                  Repairs and maintenance

·                  RR Donnelly (print, mail, presentations services)

·                  Office and kitchen supplies

·                  Courier and postage

·                  Other office expenses

 

·                  Technology and Communications

 

·                  Technology infrastructure

·                  Phone and communication services

 

·                  Information Services

 

·                  Market data licenses assigned to Freeport employees

 

3)             Steele Creek

 

·                  Information Services

 

·                  Market data licenses assigned to Steele Creek employees

 

4)             Moelis Capital Partners (MCP)

 

·                  Rent & Office Related

 

·                  NYC 5th floor rent, utilities, and occupancy tax

·                  Repairs and maintenance

·                  RR Donnelly (print, mail, presentations services)

·                  Office & kitchen supplies

·                  Courier and postage

·                  Other office expenses

 

·                  Technology and Communications

 

·                  Technology infrastructure

 

11



 

·                  Phone and communication services

 

·                  Information Services / Market Data

 

·                  Market data licenses assigned to MCP employees

 

5)             Asset Management Holdings

 

·                  Management Infrastructure Support

 

·                  Financial Reporting and Consolidation

·                  Accounts Payable

·                  Audit & Tax

·                  Legal & Compliance

·                  Human Resources

·                  Investor Relations

·                  Office Services Management and Administration

·                  IT Helpdesk and Support Services

 

12



 

SCHEDULE A-2 — ASSET MANAGEMENT SERVICES PROVIDED

 

·                  General Management Support Services

 

13



 

SCHEDULE A-3 — SPACE AGREEMENT TERMS AND CONDITIONS

 

Space AgreementAdvisory hereby permit Freeport use of a portion of the Chicago Premises (as defined below) pursuant to the following terms and conditions. “Chicago Premises” means 9,216 square feet on the 53rd floor at 300 North LaSalle Street, Chicago, IL, leased by Advisory pursuant to an Office Lease Agreement between [Advisory] as Tenant and 300 LaSalle LLC as Landlord as of April 26, 2010 (the “Chicago Lease”).

 

UserSpace AgreementAdvisory hereby agrees to permit each of Gracie and MCP (severally and not jointly, and together with Freeport, each, a “User”) use of its respective portion of the New York Premises (as defined below) pursuant to the following terms and conditions. “New York Premises” means the fifth and sixth floors at 299 Park Avenue, New York, NY, leased by Advisory pursuant to a Lease Agreement between [Advisory] as Tenant and BP 399 Park Avenue LLC as Landlord as of August 12, 2009, as amended and restated from time to time (the “New York Lease”, and together with the Chicago Lease, the “Leases”).  Each of the Space Agreementagreements to permit use of spaces addressed herein shall be referred to as a “Space AgreementSpace Agreement,” and the Chicago Premises and the New York Premises shall each be referred to as a “Premises”.

 

Advisory represents to each User separately and not jointly that a true, correct, and complete copy of the applicable Lease as amended and all other agreements between Advisory and the applicable Landlord relating to the leasing, use and occupancy of the Premises has been delivered to and received by User and are annexed hereto as [Exhibit F]; (ii) the Leases have not been amended or modified, the Leases are in full force and effect; (iii) neither Landlord nor Advisory are in default thereunder beyond the applicable cure period and there exist no conditions or events which, with the passing of time or the giving of notice or both, would constitute an event of default under the Leases by the parties thereto[ and (iv) Advisory has not assigned its interest in or sublet any portion of the Sublet Premises].

 

Each Space Agreement is conditional upon obtaining the approval of the respective Landlord to such Space Agreement, if required under the Lease.

 

Each Space Agreement and all rights of each User thereunder are and shall remain subject and subordinate to and incorporates within it the terms, covenants and conditions of the applicable Lease by reference. If any of the express provisions of a Space Agreement shall conflict with any of the Leases, such conflict shall be resolved in favor of the provisions of the Lease.  Except to the extent that the Leases provisions (hereinafter referred to as the “Incorporated Provisions”) are inapplicable, the Incorporated Provisions which are binding or inuring to the benefit of any Landlord shall, in respect of this Space Agreement, bind or inure to the benefit of Advisory, and the Incorporated Provisions which are binding or inuring to the benefit of the Advisory thereunder shall, in respect of this Space Agreement, bind or inure to the benefit of each applicable User, with the same force and effect as if the Incorporated Provisions were completely set forth in this Space Agreement, and as if the words “Landlord” and “Tenant” or words of similar import, wherever the same appear in the Incorporated Provisions, were construed to mean, respectively, “Advisory” and “User” in this Space Agreement, and as if the words “Premises,” or words of similar import, wherever the same appear in the Incorporated Provisions, were construed to have the definition provided herein.  Each Space Agreement is

 

14



 

subordinate and subject to and incorporates within it any and all amendments to the applicable Lease and supplemental agreements relating thereto hereafter made between Advisory and the applicable Landlord, provided that any such amendments and/or supplemental agreements do not individually or in the aggregate materially adversely affect such User or its use of the applicable Premises

 

Each Space Agreement shall include the appurtenant right to the use, in common with Advisory and others, the lobbies, entrances, stairs, corridors, elevators and other public portions of the Chicago Premises and the New York Premises, to the extent that Advisory has the right to use the same as tenant under the Chicago Lease or the New York Lease, as applicable.  Each User shall be entitled, during the term, to receive all services, utilities, repairs, facilities and other benefits to be furnished by the applicable Landlord under the Lease subject to the provisions of the Lease and this Space Agreement. Advisory shall have no liability for any failure or interruption of these services except to the extent attributable to Advisory’ default beyond the applicable cure period under the Lease.

 

Advisory shall have no responsibility or liability of any kind whatsoever for any default of or by a Landlord under the the applicable Lease for the furnishing to User or the Premises of any services of any kind whatsoever which Landlord is required to furnish to the Premises under the the applicable Lease.  In furtherance (and without limitation) of the foregoing, User agrees that Advisory shall not have any obligation to furnish heat, air conditioning, electricity, cleaning service, and/or any other building services of any kind whatsoever, and that Advisory shall not be obligated to make any repairs or restorations of any kind whatsoever in any Premises, except if caused by Advisory’s negligence or willful act.

 

Except as otherwise provided herein, User agrees to look solely to the applicable Landlord for any services, repairs, restorations and/or work of any kind whatsoever to be furnished to the Premises; however, Advisory agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Landlord to perform such obligations of the Landlord under the the applicable Lease with respect to the Premises.

 

If a Landlord shall default in any of its obligations with respect to the Premises (including without limitation canceling the applicable Lease, except pursuant to the terms thereof) User shall be entitled to participate with Advisory in the enforcement of Advisory’s rights against such Landlord (and in any recovery or relief obtained), but Advisory shall not have any obligation to bring any action or proceeding or to take any steps to enforce Advisory’s rights against Landlord, except upon User’s written request as provided herein.  Any action or proceeding so instituted by Advisory at the request of User shall be at the sole expense of User, but User shall be entitled to all damages whatsoever that may be awarded against a Landlord in any such action or proceeding.  Any such action or proceeding shall be conducted by counsel selected by Advisory and reasonably satisfactory to User.  User shall have the right, at User’s expense, to take such action in its own name and, for that purpose and only to such extent, all of the rights of Advisory to cause a Landlord to perform the obligations of such Landlord under the applicable Lease are hereby conferred upon and are assigned to each User severally and as applicable and each User hereby is subrogated to such rights (including, without limitation, the benefit of any recovery or relief); provided, however, that User shall only have such rights if

 

15



 

User shall not be in default under this Space Agreement which continues after notice and the expiration of any applicable cure period.  Provided that Advisory has complied with its covenants contained in this Section, User shall indemnify and hold Advisory harmless from and against any and all losses, liabilities, obligations, claims, damages, penalties, fines and costs and expenses of every kind and nature (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements and court costs) which Advisory may incur arising out of or in connection with the taking of any such action by User.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, Advisory shall promptly forward to a Landlord any requests or other communications made by User related to the performance by such Landlord of its obligation under the the applicable Lease, as they pertain to the Premises, and shall promptly forward to the User any communication received a Landlord related to the Premises.

 

Each User shall use and occupy the applicable Premises for the purposes permitted by the applicable Lease and for no other purposes.  No User shall, without the prior written consent of Advisory and the applicable Landlord, do or permit anything to be done that may result in a violation of the Lease or that may render Advisory liable for any damages, claims, fines, penalties, costs or expenses thereunder.

 

Each User severally and not jointly hereby indemnifies holds Advisory harmless from and against any and all losses, liabilities, obligations, claims, damages, penalties, fines and costs and expenses of every kind and nature (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements and court costs) which Advisory may incur by reason of (A) any failure of or by such User to perform or comply with any and all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Space Agreement beyond any applicable notice and cure periods, (B) any breach or violation by (or caused by) such User of the terms, covenants and conditions of the Lease incorporated herein after notice and beyond any applicable cure periods, (C) any work or thing of whatsoever kind done in, on or about the Premises by User’s employees, contractors, agents, licensees or invitees (including, but not limited to, construction alterations, repairs or similar acts of any kind whatsoever, and whether or not authorized by this Space Agreement), (D) any negligence or gross negligence of User or User’s officers, employees, contractors, agents, licensees or invitees or (E) any injuries to persons or property occurring in the Premises; provided, however, that this subsection shall not apply to injuries to persons or property to the extent caused by the acts, omissions or gross negligence of Advisory or the applicable Landlord or its or their employees, contractors, agents, licensees or invitees.

 

Advisory hereby indemnifies and holds each User severally and not jointly harmless from and against any and all losses, liabilities, obligations, claims, damages, penalties, fines and costs and expenses of every kind and nature (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements and court costs) which such User may incur by reason of (A) any failure of or by Advisory to perform or comply with any and all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Space Agreement beyond any applicable notice and cure periods, (B) any breach or violation by (or caused by) Advisory of the terms, covenants and conditions of the Lease incorporated herein beyond any applicable notice and cure periods, (C) any work or thing of whatsoever kind done in, on or about the Premises by Advisory’s employees, contractors, agents, licensees or invitees

 

16



 

(including, but not limited to, construction alterations, repairs or similar acts of any kind whatsoever, and whether or not authorized by this Space Agreement), (D) any negligence or gross negligence of Advisory or Advisory’s officers, employees, contractors, agents, licensees or invitees or (E) any injuries to persons or property occurring in the Premises; provided, however, that this subsection shall not apply to injuries to persons or property to the extent caused by the acts, omissions or gross negligence of User or the applicable Landlord or its or their employees, contractors, agents, licensees or invitees.

 

The term of the Space Agreements shall be as follows, subject to extension by mutually agreement and early termination upon [90] days written notice:

 

Freeport: [TBD]

Gracie: [TBD]

MCP: [TBD]

 

In the event of and upon the termination or cancellation of a Lease pursuant to the terms and provisions thereof, this Space Agreement shall automatically cease and terminate on the date of such termination or cancellation, subject however to all of the rights of the applicable Landlord pursuant to the Lease and to any rights of such User to bring and maintain an action or proceeding against Landlord for wrongful termination or cancellation of the Lease, which rights of User shall survive the termination of this Space Agreement.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Advisory shall not be liable to User by reason thereof unless such termination shall have been effected because of the breach or default of Advisory as Tenant under the applicable Lease.

 

Each User shall pay rent and related expenses and taxes for the applicable Premises as set forth on [Schedule B] hereto.

 

Neither this Space Agreement nor the term and estate hereby granted shall be assigned, mortgaged, pledged, encumbered or otherwise transferred by any User, by operation of law or otherwise, and no Premises, nor any part thereof, shall be encumbered or sublet or used or occupied or permitted to be used or occupied, or utilized by anyone other than User without the prior written consent of Landlord and of Advisory to the extent required under the applicable lease.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, each User shall remain fully and severally liable for the payment of its respective rent and expenses due and to become due under this Space Agreement and for the performance and observance of all terms and conditions regardless of any act or omission of any permitted further Sublessee.

 

17


 

SCHEDULE B — FEE METHODOLOGY

 

This Schedule B outlines the methodology used to determine the fees to be paid for Services provided during the term of the agreement.

 

All fees are billed and payable quarterly in arrears. The fees for any calendar quarter during which the Provider is engaged in providing the Services for less than a full quarter shall be determined on a pro rata basis.  Recipient shall pay to Provider such fee in cash within ten days after the last business day of the calendar quarter.

 

 

 

Gracie

 

Freeport

 

Steele Creek

 

MCP

 

Asset Management

 

Total Asset

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Holdings

 

Management

Rent, Utilities & Occupancy Tax

 

Incurred or accrued expenses allocated based on total rentable square footage (including common areas) utilized by each Recipient at its applicable office location as of the first day of each fiscal quarter

 

Ex: (Gracie utilized 6th floor sq ft / total 6th floor rentable sq ft) x 6th floor rent expense = Gracie allocated rent expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other Office Expenses(1)

 

Incurred or accrued expenses allocated based percent of total headcount for each Recipient relative to total US Advisory plus Asset Management headcount as of the first day of each fiscal quarter

 

Ex: (Gracie headcount / (total US Advisory + AM headcount)) x Other Office Expenses = Gracie allocated Other Office Expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

IT Infrastructure / Communications

 

Incurred or accrued expenses allocated based percent of total headcount for each Recipient relative to total US Advisory plus Asset Management headcount as of the first day of each fiscal quarter

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Information Services

 

Based on specific market data licenses or other expenses incurred specifically by the Recipient

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial Reporting (incl. Audit Support)

 

Fixed quarterly fees for service-related expenses to be mutually agreed

Accounts Payable

 

Tax Compliance Support

 

Legal & Compliance

 

Human Resources

 

Investor Relations

 

Office Services Management

 

Helpdesk

 

 

 

 

Recipient Services to Provider

 

Fixed quarterly fee for general management support services provided by Asset Management to Advisory to be mutually agreed

 


(1)         Other Office Expenses consists of RR Donnelly (print, mail, presentations services), Repairs & Maintenance, Office & Kitchen Supplies, and Courier & Postage; Gracie Other Office Expenses includes only Repairs & Maintenance

 

18





Exhibit 10.11

 

TRADEMARK LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

THIS TRADEMARK LICENSE AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is entered into, as of [  ], 2014 (the “Effective Date”), by and between Moelis & Company Group LP, a Delaware limited partnership, having an address at 399 Park Avenue, 5th Floor, New York, NY 10022 (“Licensor”) and Moelis Asset Management LP, a Delaware limited partnership, having an address at 399 Park Avenue, New York, NY 10022 (“Licensee”).  Licensor and Licensee may be referred to herein individually as a “Party,” and collectively as the “Parties,” to this Agreement.

 

WITNESSETH:

 

WHEREAS, Licensor and Licensee were founded by affiliates of Ken Moelis (“Principal”) and have conducted their businesses using the corporate name, trade name, trademark and service mark “MOELIS”;

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Master Separation Agreement between the Parties dated [         ], 2014, Licensee will operate independently from Licensor and, as of the effective date of such Separation Agreement, Principal shall continue to have an ownership interest in and be involved in the conduct of the respective businesses of Licensor and Licensee;

 

WHEREAS, Licensor owns all right, title and interest in the Licensed Mark; and

 

WHEREAS, Licensee desires to obtain from Licensor, and Licensor desires to grant to Licensee, a license under the terms and conditions set forth herein to use the Licensed Mark in conducting the Business.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and of the mutual representations, warranties and covenants contained herein, the Parties hereby agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS

 

1.01                        Defined Terms.  As used in this Agreement, capitalized terms shall have the meaning ascribed to them herein, including the following:

 

Affiliate” means, when used with respect to any Person, any other Person that Controls, is Controlled by or is under common Control with such Person, whether through ownership of voting securities or otherwise.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purposes of this Agreement no Party shall be considered an Affiliate of another Party.  It is acknowledged that after the date of this Agreement, Persons who are not presently Affiliates of a Party may become Affiliates of such Party, and Persons who are presently Affiliates of a Party may cease to be Affiliates of such Party.

 

Business” means the business of asset management, investment advice, namely, investment management and investment of funds for others, including, without limitation, private

 

1



 

and public equity and debt investment services, as conducted by Licensee and its Affiliates from time to time.

 

Control” means (i) ownership, directly or indirectly, of more than fifty percent (50%) of the shares or other equity interests in issued or registered capital of such Person, (ii) control, directly or indirectly, of more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting power of such Person or (iii) the power, directly or indirectly, to appoint a majority of the members of the board of directors or similar governing body of such Person, or the power, directly or indirectly, to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person by contract or otherwise, and the terms Controlled and Controlling shall have correlative meanings.

 

Effective Date” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble to this Agreement.

 

Governmental Authority” means any government of the United States or any other jurisdiction as appropriate in the context, including the individual provinces, directly administered municipalities, autonomous regions, states or other subdivisions thereof, or any entity, body or authority exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, including, without limitation, any stock or commodities exchange, industry self-regulatory organization or any other quasi-governmental entity.

 

Laws” means all statutes, laws, codes, ordinances, regulations, rules, orders, judgments, writs, injunctions, acts or decrees of any governmental entity.

 

Licensed Mark” means the mark “MOELIS.”

 

 “Losses” means all damages, losses, liabilities, penalties, interest, judgments, assessments, costs and expenses, including reasonable attorney’s fees and disbursements.

 

Permitted Sublicensee” means, with respect to Licensee, as of any date of determination, any other Person as to which Licensee Controls or owns, directly or indirectly, more than 20% of the economic interests of (i) such Person or (ii) its general partner or management company.

 

Person” means any natural person, legal person, enterprise, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, company limited by shares, trust or joint venture, and shall include any successor (by merger or otherwise by operation of law) of such entity.

 

Term” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.1.

 

Termination Date” means the date upon which the Term ends in accordance with Article X.

 

1.02                        Other Definitional Provisions.  As used in this Agreement, neutral pronouns and any variations thereof shall be deemed to include the feminine and masculine and all terms used in the singular shall be deemed to include the plural, and vice versa, as the context may require.  The words “herein”, “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole, including the Schedule hereto, as the same may from time to

 

2



 

time be amended or supplemented and not to any particular subdivision contained in this Agreement.  The word “including” when used herein is not intended to be exclusive, or to limit the generality of the preceding words, and means “including, without limitation”.  References herein to an Article, Section, subsection, clause or Schedule shall refer to the appropriate Article, Section, subsection, clause or Schedule of this Agreement, unless expressly stated otherwise.

 

ARTICLE II
GRANT OF LICENSE

 

2.01                        Grant of Trademark License.  Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Licensor hereby grants to Licensee: a perpetual, irrevocable (except as provided in Article X), non-transferable (except as expressly permitted under Section 11.08), sublicensable (solely in accordance with Section 2.03), royalty-free, fully paid, worldwide, and non-exclusive right and license to use the Licensed Mark solely in the conduct of the Business during the Term (the “License”).  Licensees’ use of the Licensed Mark shall be limited to (i) a corporate and trade name, (ii) a trademark and service mark, and (iii) uses reasonably and customarily related to the foregoing (i) and (ii) (e.g., Internet domain name use).  Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Licensee may make good-faith uses of other words or terms in conjunction or association with the Licensed Mark (the “Forms of the Licensed Mark”), provided that (i) such Forms of the Licensed Mark do not communicate that Licensee is providing investment banking or investment banking advisory services under the Licensed Mark and (ii) Licensee shall not use “MOELIS & COMPANY,” “MOELIS AND COMPANY,” “MOELIS & CO.,” “MOELIS AND CO.,” or “MC” as a name or mark.

 

2.02                        Rights Reserved.  Licensor hereby reserves the right to use and grant others the right to use the Licensed Mark alone or in association with any other name, trademark, service mark or other term, matter or material for any purpose whatsoever in any jurisdiction.

 

2.03                        Sublicensing.

 

(a)                       The License includes the right of Licensee to grant sublicenses of the Licensed Mark solely to Permitted Sublicensees.  Licensee shall ensure that its Permitted Sublicensees comply with all provisions of this Agreement applicable to Licensee.

 

(b)                       At Licensor’s request, Licensee shall promptly provide Licensor with a list of names and addresses of its Permitted Sublicensees.

 

2.04                        Death or Incapacity of the Principal.  If Licensee or a Permitted Sublicensee is, at the time of the death or incapacity of the Principal, using the Licensed Mark as a principal brand for one or more of its businesses, Licensee and its Permitted Sublicensees shall not materially change the Forms of the Licensed Mark or materially expand the types of financial services and products offered under the Licensed Mark from those in use or offered, respectively, at the time of the Principal’s death or incapacity, without  Licensor’s prior written approval.

 

3



 

ARTICLE III
OWNERSHIP OF THE LICENSED MARK

 

3.01                        Acknowledgments and Covenants of Licensee.

 

(a)                       Licensee acknowledges that (i) all right, title and interest in and to the Licensed Mark belong exclusively to Licensor, and (ii) the rights of Licensor in the Licensed Mark are valid and enforceable.  Licensee covenants and agrees not to challenge Licensor’s or Licensor’s Affiliates’ ownership of the Licensed Mark in any jurisdiction.

 

(b)                       Licensee agrees that its use of the Licensed Mark under this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of Licensor, and this Agreement does not confer on Licensee any goodwill or ownership interest in the Licensed Mark.  Nothing herein shall be deemed, intended, or implied to constitute a sale or assignment of the Licensed Mark to Licensee.  Licensee shall not acquire any ownership rights in the Licensed Mark or any other right adverse to Licensor’s interests by virtue of this Agreement or by virtue of Licensee’s use of the Licensed Mark, regardless of how long this Agreement remains in effect.

 

(c)                        Licensee shall include, where reasonably practicable to do so, the following written notice in connection with its use of the Licensed Mark (or such other written ownership notice as requested by Licensor from time to time):  “[Licensed Mark] is a service mark of [Licensor] and used under license by [Licensee].”

 

3.02                        Use of the Licensed Mark.

 

(a)                       Licensee shall not:  (i) use the Licensed Mark in any way that impairs their validity as a proprietary trademark or service mark; (ii) take any action that would jeopardize or impair Licensor’s ownership of the Licensed Mark, or their enforceability; (iii) register or apply for the registration of the Licensed Mark as a trademark or service mark; (iv) use the Licensed Mark as a corporate name, trade name, trademark or service mark other than as expressly permitted under this Agreement; or (v) use the Licensed Mark in any jurisdiction after such time that Licensee knows or has reason to know that such use infringes or otherwise violates the trademark rights or other proprietary rights of another Person.

 

(b)                       Licensee shall promptly notify Licensor of any non-routine inquiry, investigation, inspection or any other action by any Governmental Entity or other Person with respect to production, promotion, sale or distribution of any product or service of Licensee bearing the Licensed Mark or provided in connection with the Licensed Mark, if such event occurs at any time when the Principal does not Control Licensee.

 

3.03                        No Other Rights or License.  Except for the License expressly granted to the Licensed Mark, nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as a grant to Licensee of any right or license, express or implied, in or to any other intellectual property rights owned, licensed or controlled by Licensor.

 

ARTICLE IV
MAINTENANCE OF QUALITY CONTROL

 

4.01                        Promotion and Goodwill.  Licensee shall not take any action that tarnishes, disparages or diminishes the value of the Licensed Mark.  Licensee acknowledges that upon any termination of this Agreement, no monetary value shall be attributable to any goodwill associated with the use of the Licensed Mark by Licensee.

 

4



 

4.02                        Quality of Licensee’s Services.  Licensee hereby covenants that in the course of conducting the Business, the quality of services provided by Licensee under the Licensed Mark will be at least equal to the quality of similar services provided by Licensee and its Affiliates as of the Effective Date.  Licensor shall have the right to reasonably review the manner in which Licensee uses the Licensed Mark in the Business, including the right to periodically request samples of materials bearing the Licensed Mark.

 

ARTICLE V
COMPLIANCE WITH LAW; LICENSES, PERMITS, REGULATIONS, REGISTRATIONS, ETC.

 

5.01                        Compliance with Law.  Licensee shall comply with all applicable Laws in connection with its operation of the Business, use of the Licensed Mark and the performance of its other obligations under this Agreement.

 

5.02                        Government Licenses, Permits, and Approvals.  Licensee shall be responsible for obtaining and maintaining all licenses, permits, and regulatory approvals which are required by any Governmental Authority with respect to this Agreement and the Business of Licensee, and to comply with any requirements of such Governmental Authorities.  Licensee shall furnish Licensor and/or its Affiliates written evidence from such Governmental Authorities of any such licenses, permits, clearances, authorizations, or regulatory approvals at Licensor’s request.

 

5.03                        Recordings. In the event Licensor deems recordation necessary, Licensee shall cooperate with Licensor in connection with the recording of this Agreement with the appropriate Governmental Authorities and in the renewal of such recordation.  The Parties shall provide assistance and information to each other as reasonably necessary to accomplish such recordation, including by submitting a revised version of this Agreement in a form necessary, but without change of substance (except where such change is necessary for purposes of recordation) hereof, for recordation.  Upon termination of this Agreement, and in addition to the requirements of Section 10.06, the Parties shall cooperate to effect a cancellation or termination of any recordation of this Agreement with the appropriate Governmental Authorities and the Parties will grant, and hereby do grant, to each other an irrevocable power of attorney coupled with an interest to effect such cancellation within thirty (30) days after the termination of this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE VI
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY PROTECTION

 

6.01                        Protection of the Licensed Mark.

 

(a)                                 Licensee shall promptly notify Licensor after it becomes aware of any material infringement or other violation of the Licensed Mark in any jurisdiction where Licensee conducts the Business under the Licensed Mark or any claim that Licensee’s use of the Licensed Mark infringes or otherwise violates the rights of any other Person.

 

(b)                       Licensee agrees, at its own expense and as Licensor may reasonably request, to (i) cooperate fully with Licensor or its Affiliates in the prosecution and elimination of

 

5



 

any unauthorized use or infringement of the Licensed Mark, including joining in a suit or proceeding against a Person making such unauthorized or infringing use; and (ii) execute any further agreements or documents as may reasonably be requested by Licensor.

 

(c)                        Either Party may take initial action at its own expense against actual or suspected infringers of the Licensed Mark within the Licensee’s Business; provided, that the non-initiating Party may participate in any such action undertaken by the initiating Party at the non-initiating Party’s own expense.  At Licensee’s request, Licensor will join such action as a party for the purposes of maintaining standing.

 

ARTICLE VII
DISCLAIMER

 

7.01                        DISCLAIMER OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.  LICENSOR HEREBY SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY AND ALL REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED (INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, VALIDITY, REGISTRABILITY, OR NON-INFRINGEMENT AND IMPLIED WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR COURSE OF PERFORMANCE), REGARDING THE LICENSED MARK.  WITHOUT LIMITING THE GENERALITY OF THE FOREGOING, LICENSEE ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THE LICENSE GRANTED IN THIS AGREEMENT AND THE LICENSED MARK ARE PROVIDED “AS IS.”

 

ARTICLE VIII
DEFENSE AND INDEMNIFICATION

 

8.01                        Indemnification by Licensee.  Licensee, at its expense, hereby agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Licensor and its Affiliates, and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents with respect to any Losses incurred, arising from or based in any respect on a claim by any third party arising, directly or indirectly, from any use by Licensee or its Permitted Sublicensees of the Licensed Mark.  Licensee shall have the sole right to control the defense in any such action with counsel of its choice and to enter into a stipulation of discontinuance and settlement thereof, in its sole discretion, provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, Licensor shall, at its option and expense, have the sole right to control any such action as and to the extent concerning the validity or enforceability of the Licensed Mark.

 

8.02                        Indemnification by Licensor.  Licensor, at its expense, hereby agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Licensee and its Affiliates, and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents with respect to any Losses incurred, arising from or based in any respect on a claim by any third party arising, directly or indirectly, from (i) use of the Licensed Mark by Licensor or any of its licensees, or (ii) material breach of this Agreement by Licensor.  Licensor shall have the sole right to control the defense in any such action with counsel of its choice and to enter into a stipulation of discontinuance and settlement thereof, in its sole discretion.

 

8.03                        Disclaimer of Consequential Damages.  EXCEPT AS PROVIDED IN SECTION 8.01 AND SECTION 8.02, IN NO EVENT SHALL LICENSOR OR ITS

 

6



 

AFFILIATES OR THEIR RESPECTIVE DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES OR AGENTS HAVE ANY LIABILITY TO LICENSEE OR ANY OTHER PERSON FOR LOST PROFITS OR FOR SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT, PUNITIVE, CONSEQUENTIAL OR EXEMPLARY DAMAGES (INCLUDING PUNITIVE DAMAGES) ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY MANNER CONNECTED WITH THIS AGREEMENT, THE PERFORMANCE OR BREACH HEREOF, OR THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF WHETHER OR NOT LICENSOR HAS BEEN ADVISED OF, OR OTHERWISE MIGHT HAVE ANTICIPATED THE POSSIBILITY OF, SUCH DAMAGES.

 

ARTICLE IX
REMEDIES FOR BREACH

 

9.01                        Specific Performance and Injunctive Relief.  The Parties acknowledge and agree that in the event of a material breach of this Agreement, monetary damages may be insufficient and the non-breaching Party shall be entitled to seek any and all relief, including specific performance of the obligations hereunder and injunctive relief.  Licensee acknowledges and agrees that (i) the Licensed Mark constitute valuable property of Licensor and have acquired valuable reputation and goodwill; (ii) violation by Licensee of any provisions of this Agreement may cause Licensor irreparable injury not compensable by money damages for which Licensor may not have an adequate remedy at law; and (iii) if Licensor institutes an action or proceeding to enforce the provisions of this Agreement and seeks injunctive or other equitable relief as may be necessary to enjoin, prevent or curtail any breach thereof, threatened or actual, then Licensor shall be entitled to seek such relief without the posting of any bond or other security.  The foregoing shall be in addition and without prejudice to or limitation on any other rights Licensor may have under this Agreement, at law or in equity.

 

9.02                        Dispute Resolution.  Any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, or the interpretation, breach, termination or validity thereof (“Dispute”) shall be finally resolved by arbitration in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”) then in effect (the “Rules”), except as modified herein and such arbitration shall be administered by the AAA.  The place of arbitration shall be New York, New York.  There shall be one arbitrator who shall be agreed upon by the parties within twenty (20) days of receipt by respondent of a copy of the demand for arbitration.  If any arbitrator is not appointed within the time limit provided herein, such arbitrator shall be appointed by the AAA in accordance with the listing, striking and ranking procedure in the Rules, with each party being given a limited number of strikes, except for cause.  Any arbitrator appointed by the AAA shall be a retired judge or a practicing attorney with no less than fifteen years of experience with trademark or related intellectual property matters and an experienced arbitrator.  In rendering an award, the arbitrator shall be required to follow the laws of the state of New York.  The award shall be in writing and shall briefly state the findings of fact and conclusions of law on which it is based.  The arbitrator shall not be permitted to award punitive, multiple or other non-compensatory damages.  The award shall be final and binding upon the parties and shall be the sole and exclusive remedy between the parties regarding any claims, counterclaims, issues or accounting presented to the arbitrator.  Judgment upon the award may be entered in any court having jurisdiction over any party or any of its assets.  Any costs or fees (including attorneys’ fees and expenses) incident to enforcing the award shall be charged against the party resisting such enforcement.  All Disputes shall be resolved in a confidential

 

7



 

manner.  The arbitrator shall agree to hold any information received during the arbitration in the strictest of confidence and shall not disclose to any non-party the existence, contents or results of the arbitration or any other information about such arbitration.  The parties to the arbitration shall not disclose any information about the evidence adduced or the documents produced by the other party in the arbitration proceedings or about the existence, contents or results of the proceeding except as may be required by law, regulatory or governmental authority or as may be necessary in an action in aid of arbitration or for enforcement of an arbitral award.  Before making any disclosure permitted by the preceding sentence (other than private disclosure to financial regulatory authorities), the party intending to make such disclosure shall use reasonable efforts to give the other party reasonable written notice of the intended disclosure and afford the other party a reasonable opportunity to protect its interests.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Licensor shall have the right to seek preliminary injunctive relief in aid of arbitration in appropriate courts of competent jurisdiction located in New York County, New York, in accordance with Section 9.01 and Licensee submits to the jurisdiction of and waives any objection to venue in any such court.

 

ARTICLE X
TERM AND TERMINATION

 

10.01                 Term.  This Agreement shall become effective on the Effective Date and shall be perpetual and remain in effect, unless terminated earlier pursuant to Section 10.02 through Section 10.04 (the “Term”).

 

10.02                 Licensor’s Right to Immediately Terminate Agreement.  Licensor may terminate this Agreement immediately in case of occurrence of any of the following events:

 

(a)                       (i) Licensee becomes insolvent, (ii) the filing of a petition by, or of an involuntary petition against, Licensee occurs under the provisions of any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar act which is not fully stayed or dismissed or vacated within ninety (90) days after filing, or (iii) Licensee makes an assignment for the benefit of its creditors;

 

(b)                       all or a material part of Licensee’s assets are condemned, expropriated, or otherwise taken over by a Governmental Authority or are repossessed, foreclosed upon or otherwise seized by any Licensee creditor; or

 

(c)                        the death or incapacity of the Principal if Licensee or a Permitted Sublicensee is not, at the time of such death or incapacity, using the Licensed Mark as a principal brand for one or more of its businesses.

 

10.03                 Licensee’s Right to Terminate.  Licensee may terminate this Agreement for any reason upon providing ninety (90) days’ written notice to Licensor.

 

10.04                 Material Breach.  If any Party fails to discharge a material obligation or to correct a material default hereunder, the other Party may give written notice to such Party specifying the material obligation or material default and indicating an intent to terminate this Agreement if the material obligation is not discharged or the material default is not cured.  The Party receiving such notice shall have thirty (30) days from the date of receipt of such notice to discharge such material obligation or cure such material default.  If such material obligation is

 

8



 

not discharged or such material default is not cured by the end of such thirty (30) day period, Licensor or Licensee (if it is the non-defaulting Party) may terminate this Agreement immediately by written notice given at any time after the end of such period; provided that the material obligation has not been discharged or the material default is continuing on the date of such termination notice.

 

10.05                 Termination of License.  Upon the termination of this Agreement for any reason:

 

(a)                       Subject to Section 10.05(b), Licensee’s License to use the Licensed Mark and all rights in the Licensed Mark granted to Licensee (and its Permitted Sublicensees), immediately and automatically shall terminate;

 

(b)                       Licensee shall (and shall cause its Permitted Sublicensees to), within nine (9) months from the termination of this Agreement (such period, the “Transitional Period”), discontinue using the Licensed Mark, and during the Transitional Period (the last day of such period being the “Cessation Date”) all of the obligations of Licensee (and its Permitted Sublicensees) hereunder shall remain in force; and

 

(c)                        Upon expiration of the Transitional Period, Licensee shall (and shall cause its Permitted Sublicensees to) destroy all materials in their possession or control utilizing the Licensed Mark and provide confirmation of same to Licensor; provided, however, that such requirement shall not apply to internal business records of Licensee, its Affiliates or Permitted Sublicensees.

 

10.06                 Change of Company Name Following Termination.  Upon or prior to the Cessation Date, Licensee shall and shall cause its Affiliates to (i) take all steps necessary, and reasonably cooperate with Licensor and/or its Affiliates, to de-register any of Licensee’s or its Affiliates’ corporate or trade names that incorporate the Licensed Mark and to cancel any recordation of this Agreement with any Governmental Authorities; and (ii) change its corporate and trade name to a name that does not include the Licensed Mark or any confusingly similar name or mark or any variation or derivation thereof.

 

10.07                 Survival.  Notwithstanding any provisions of this Article stating otherwise, Sections 3.01, 3.02, 5.03, 10.04, 10.05, 10.06 and 10.07, and Articles VII, IX and XI of this Agreement shall survive any termination of this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE XI
MISCELLANEOUS
(1)

 

11.01                 Notices.  All notices hereunder to each Party shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given and received when (i) delivered personally (against receipt) or by courier or (ii) received by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, in each case, at the respective addresses for the Parties set forth below or at such other address as the intended recipient may specify in a notice pursuant to this Section:

 


(1)  Note to Draft: Miscellaneous provisions to be conformed to Master Separation Agreement.

 

9



 

If to Licensor:

399 Park Avenue, [5th] Floor

New York, NY 10022

Attention: [    ]

Fax: [    ]

 

If to Licensee:

399 Park Avenue, [5th] Floor

New York, NY 10022

Attention: [    ]

Fax: [    ]

 

or to such other respective addresses as any Party shall designate to the others by notice in writing, provided that notice of a change of address shall be effective only upon receipt.  Any Person who becomes a Party to this Agreement shall provide by notice in writing its address and fax number to each of the other Parties.

 

11.02                 No Agency.  Subject to the terms of the power-of-attorney provisions of this Agreement: (i) the Parties are acting as independent contractors under this Agreement, and no Party is an employee or agent of the other; (ii) nothing herein is intended to make any Party a general or special agent, legal representative, subsidiary, joint venturer, partner, fiduciary, employee or servant of any other Party for any purpose; (iii) no Party is authorized or empowered to act as an agent for any other Party or to enter into Agreements, transact business, or incur obligations for or on behalf of any other Party, nor to accept legal service of process for or on behalf of any other Party, nor to bind any other Party in any manner whatsoever; and (iv) no Party shall do or omit to do anything that might imply or indicate that it is an agent or representative of another Party, or a branch, division, or Affiliate of any other Party, or that such Party in any manner, either directly or indirectly, owns, Controls, or operates any of the other Party’s business or is in any way responsible for any other Party’s acts or obligations.

 

11.03                 Entire Agreement; Amendment.  This Agreement contains the entire agreement between the Parties with respect to the transactions contemplated herein, supersedes all prior written agreements, negotiations and term sheets, and all prior and contemporaneous oral understandings, if any, and may not be amended except by an instrument in writing signed by each of the Parties.

 

11.04                 No Waiver.  No delay or failure on the part of any of the Parties in the exercise of any right granted under this Agreement, or available at law or equity, shall be construed as a waiver of such right, nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other Party from the exercise thereof.  All waivers must be in writing and signed by the Party against whom the waiver is to be effective.  Any such waiver shall constitute a waiver only with respect to the specific matter described in such writing and shall in no way impair the rights of the Party granting such waiver in any other respect or at any other time.

 

10


 

11.05                 Severability.  In the event that any provision (or portion thereof) of this Agreement is determined by a court or arbitration to be unenforceable as drafted by virtue of the scope, duration, extent, or character of any obligation contained herein, it is the Parties’ intention that such provision (or portion thereof) shall be construed in a manner designed to effectuate the purposes of such provision to the maximum extent enforceable under such applicable law.  The Parties shall enter into whatever amendment to this Agreement as may be necessary to effectuate such purposes.

 

11.06                 Governing Law.  THE CONSTRUCTION, VALIDITY, AND INTERPRETATION OF THIS AGREEMENT AND THE PERFORMANCE OF THE OBLIGATIONS IMPOSED BY THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY THE SUBSTANTIVE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO ITS CONFLICT OF LAW PRINCIPLES.

 

11.07                 Tax Treatment.  Licensor and Licensee acknowledge and agree that the rights transferred from Licensor to Licensee pursuant to this Agreement shall be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a transfer of property from Licensor to Licensee occurring as of the effective date of the Master Separation Agreement.  Neither Licensor nor Licensee shall take, or shall permit an Affiliate of theirs to take, a contrary position on any U.S. federal, state or local tax return.

 

11.08                 No Assignment.  Licensee may not assign or otherwise transfer its rights or obligations under this Agreement to any Person, provided that Licensee may assign this Agreement in whole in connection with the sale or transfer of all or a significant portion of the Business or associated assets of the Business to which this Agreement relates.  Any assignment in violation of the foregoing sentence shall be void and of no force and effect.  This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties and their successors, respective heirs and legal representatives.

 

11.09                 Remedies Cumulative.  All remedies in this Agreement are cumulative, in addition to and not in lieu of any other remedies available to a Party at law or in equity, subject only to the express limitations on liabilities and remedies set forth herein.

 

11.10                 No Third-Party Beneficiaries.  Except as expressly provided herein, no third party is intended, or shall be deemed, to be a beneficiary of any provision of this Agreement.

 

11.11                 Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

 

11.12                 Further Assurances and Cooperation.  Each Party agrees to execute and deliver such other documents and to take all such other actions as the other Party may reasonably request to effect the terms of this Agreement.

 

11.13                 No Strict Construction; Headings.  The language used in this Agreement shall be deemed to be the language chosen by the Parties hereto to express their mutual intent and no rule of strict construction against either Party shall apply to any term or condition of this

 

11



 

Agreement.  The article and section headings of this Agreement are for reference purposes only and are to be given no effect in the construction or interpretation of this Agreement.

 

11.14                 Enforceability.  The Parties represent that this Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by, and constitutes the valid and legally binding obligations of, such representing Party, enforceable against such representing Party in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and to general principles of equity, where applicable.

 

12



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been duly executed on the day and year first above written.

 

 

MOELIS & COMPANY GROUP LP

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

MOELIS ASSET MANAGEMENT LP

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

13





Exhibit 10.13

 

Employment Agreement

 

This Employment Agreement (the “Agreement”), dated as of [S-1 Effective Date], 2014 (the “Effective Date”), is made by and between Moelis & Company, a Delaware corporation (together with any successor thereto, “Moelis & Company”), Moelis and Company Group LP (together with any successor thereto, “Group LP”) (Moelis & Company and Group LP together, the “Company”) and Kenneth Moelis (the “Executive”).  This Agreement supersedes the previous Employment Agreement with Moelis & Company Holdings LLC dated as of July 2, 2007.

 

1.              Employment.

 

(a)         General.  On the Effective Date, the Company will employ the Executive, and the Executive accepts employment with the Company on the Effective Date and on the terms and conditions herein provided. The Executive will have his primary office in Los Angeles, California.

 

(b)         At-Will Employment.  The Executive’s employment with the Company will be “at-will” employment and either party may terminate it at any time with or without cause; provided the Executive hereby agrees that he will not terminate his employment (other than for Good Reason (as defined in Section 3)) prior to the third anniversary of the Effective Date.  The Company may terminate the employment of the Executive at any time without notice and without cause; provided that such termination shall be effective no later than 90 days after it gives any notice.  Neither the Executive’s job performance nor promotions, commendations, bonuses or any other positive treatment by the Company give rise to or in any way serve as the basis for modification or amendment of the at-will nature of the employment.  The period of the Executive’s employment with the Company under this Agreement is the “Employment Period.”

 

(c)          Position and Duties.  The Executive shall serve as Chief Executive Officer of the Company and if so elected, as Chairman of the Board of Directors of Moelis & Company (the “Board”) with such customary responsibilities, duties and authority as the Board may from time to time assign to the Executive. The Executive will report directly to the Board.  The Executive shall devote his primary business time and efforts to the business and affairs of the Company (which may include service to the Company’s affiliates); provided it is understood that (i) the Executive may manage the Executive’s personal investments, (ii) the Executive may continue to serve as a member of any board of directors or in any similar position of any business entity or any charitable organization on or in which Executive serves as of the Effective Date which have been previously disclosed to and approved by the Company, (iii) subject to the prior approval of the Board (which shall not be unreasonably withheld), the Executive may serve as a member of any additional board of directors or in any additional similar position of any business corporation or any charitable organization; provided in each case, and in the aggregate, that such activities do not conflict or materially interfere with the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder or conflict with Section 3 of this Agreement, and (iv) the Executive may continue to act as managing member for Moelis Asset Management LP.  The Executive agrees to observe and comply with the rules and policies of the Company as adopted by the Company from time to time.

 

(d)         Tax Status; Withholding. The parties acknowledge and agree that all of the compensation and benefits provided to the Executive hereunder will be in respect of services performed by the Executive for Group LP.  For tax purposes the Executive is treated as a partner of Group LP and therefore is self-employed for federal, state and, if applicable, local tax purposes.  Accordingly, the Executive is responsible for all self-employment and income taxes, and the Company will not withhold any taxes from any payments under this Agreement for so long as the Executive is a limited partner of Group LP or a member of its affiliate Moelis & Company Partner Holdings LLC, unless

 

1



 

the Company becomes required to withhold for taxes.  The Company shall be entitled to rely on advice of counsel if any questions as to the amount or requirement of withholding shall arise.  The Company will provide the Executive with written notice of any decision to withhold under this Section 1(d).  In the event the Company’s failure to withhold causes the Executive to pay interest or penalties or to incur out-of-pocket costs and expenses in connection with filing or amending a tax return, the Company will reimburse the Executive for such interest, penalties and/or out-of-pocket costs and expenses to the extent the Company has agreed to reimburse any other executive of the Company who is also a limited partner of Group LP or a member of its affiliate Moelis & Company Partner Holdings LLC for such similar interest, penalties and/or out-of-pocket costs and expenses.

 

2.              Compensation and Related Matters.

 

(a)         Base Salary.  During the Employment Period, the Company will pay the Executive base compensation (“Base Salary”) equal to $400,000 annually, paid in semi-monthly installments in accordance with the customary payroll practices of the Company, subject to adjustment, if and as determined by the Board provided any reduction shall be applicable generally to a majority of Managing Directors of the Company.

 

(b)         Annual Incentive Compensation.  During the Employment Period, the Executive will be eligible for an annual discretionary performance bonus, subject to the satisfaction of the Board with the performance of the Executive.  The Company will pay any such annual discretionary performance bonus at the same time or times and subject to the same conditions (such as repayment upon the Executive’s resignation prior to specified dates) as payments to other Managing Directors in the United States and any additional conditions imposed pursuant to Section 2(c) below.

 

(c)          Deferred Compensation.  The Executive will be subject to any deferred compensation plan for its executive officers adopted by the Board from time to time.

 

(d)         Benefits.  To the extent permitted under the terms thereof, the Executive shall be entitled to participate in employee benefit plans, programs and arrangements of the Company, as in effect from time to time, including the Company’s medical and dental insurance plans and 401(k) plan that apply to similarly situated executive employees of the Company.

 

(e)          Expenses.  The Company shall reimburse the Executive for all reasonable travel and other business expenses properly incurred in the performance of the Executive’s duties to the Company and in accordance with the Company’s expense reimbursement policies.

 

(f)           Vacation.  The Executive shall be entitled to paid vacation in accordance with the Company’s vacation policies applicable to executives of the Company.  The Executive will take vacation at his and the Company’s reasonable and mutual convenience.

 

(g)          Aircraft.  The Company shall reimburse the Executive for the cost of his business use of a private aircraft.

 

3.             Termination.

 

(a)         Notice of Termination by Executive.  It is reasonable and necessary to provide a smooth transition if the Executive chooses to leave the Company.  Consequently, the Executive agrees to provide the Company with 90 days prior written notice of his intent to terminate his employment (the “Notice Period”); provided that such Notice Period will not apply if the Executive terminates his employment

 

2



 

for Good Reason.  The Company may elect to place the Executive on paid leave for all or any part of such Notice Period.

 

(b)         Effect of Notice of Termination. If on or prior to the date any incentive compensation is paid or any equity interests vests, the Executive gives notice of his intent to terminate his employment (or engagement as a consultant or otherwise) in the business of the Company and/or its affiliates (other than for Good Reason), the Executive shall not be entitled to receive any such incentive compensation and shall forfeit any such unvested equity interests.  If on or prior to the date any incentive compensation is paid, the Company terminates the Executive’s employment (or engagement), the Executive shall not be entitled to receive any such incentive compensation.

 

(c)          Class B Condition Termination by the Company.  The Company may terminate this Agreement if (i) the Executive breaches the covenant in Section 1(c) to devote his primary business time and effort to the business and affairs of the Company and its subsidiaries or (ii) the Executive suffers an Incapacity (as defined below), only after (x) the Company shall have provided the Executive with a sufficiently detailed written notice describing such breach or Incapacity within 60 days of the date on which the Company knows or should have known of such breach or Incapacity and (y) the Executive shall have at least 30 days to cure such breach or Incapacity, to the extent curable (provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, if the Executive receives such notice and fails to timely cure within such 30-day period, the Company shall not be required to provide any additional notice or notice period and the Company may terminate the Executive for such breach or Incapacity after the last day of such 30-day period).

 

(d)         “Good Reason”. “Good Reason” means a material breach of a material provision of this Agreement with the Company or an Affiliate thereof by the Company and/or the Affiliate, the Vesting Agreements related to the Executive’s equity interests in the Company or the Stockholders Agreement between the Company and Moelis & Company Partner Holdings LP by the Company and/or its Affiliates; provided, however, that the Executive must provide the Company or the Affiliate as applicable with a sufficiently detailed notice of the events deemed to constitute “Good Reason” within 60 days of when the Executive knew or should have known that the events deemed to constitute “Good Reason” occurred and allow the Company and the Affiliate 30 days to cure any of the events or occurrences described above, to the extent reasonably capable of prompt cure, before the Executive may resign for Good Reason (the “Good Reason Notice”).  For the avoidance of doubt, if the Executive gives the Good Reason Notice and the Company or the Affiliate fails to timely cure within such 30-day period, the Executive shall not be required to provide any additional notice or notice period, and the Executive may terminate his employment with the Company and/or its Affiliates for Good Reason after the last day of such 30-day period but within forty-five (45) days of the end of such 30-day cure period.

 

(e)          “Incapacity”.  “Incapacity” means, with respect to the Executive, the entry of an order of incompetence or of insanity, or permanent physical incapacity or death.

 

4.             Restrictive Covenants.

 

(a)         Non-Compete.  Except as the Company otherwise agrees, the Executive shall not during the Employment Period and, if the Executive terminates this agreement other than for Good Reason for 90 days thereafter, directly or indirectly provide services to, engage in, have any equity interest in, or manage or operate any Competitive Enterprise (as defined below); provided, however, that the Executive shall be permitted to acquire a passive equity interest in such a Competitive Enterprise provided (i) the Executive notifies the Company of any such investment in accordance with the

 

3



 

Company’s notification policies in effect from time to time and (ii) the interest acquired is not more than five percent (5%) of such Competitive Enterprise’s outstanding equity interests.

 

(b)         Non-Solicit.  During the Employment Period, except for the purpose of terminating or encouraging the resignation of underperforming or excess limited partners, employees, independent contractors, consultants, service providers or suppliers of the Company, and for a period of twelve months following immediately after the termination or expiration of the Employment Period, the Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, recruit or otherwise solicit, encourage or induce any limited partner, employee, independent contractor, consultant, service provider or supplier of the Company (i) to terminate his, her or its employment or arrangement with the Company, or (ii) to otherwise change his, her or its relationship with the Company.

 

(c)          “Competitive Enterprise”.  “Competitive Enterprise” means any business enterprise that is engaged, or owns or controls a significant interest in any entity that is engaged, in either case, primarily or in any substantial manner in any place in the world in (x) investment banking or securities activities or financial services, including, without limitation, private equity, hedge fund or other asset or investment management businesses, or (y) any business activities in which the Company and/or its affiliates are engaged primarily or in any substantial manner; in each case excluding Moelis Asset Management LP and its affiliates..

 

(d)         Non-Disparagement.  Except pursuant to Section 5(c), the Executive agrees that, during the Employment Period and at all times thereafter, he will not disparage in any material respect the Company, any of its products or practices, or any of its directors, officers, agents, representatives, stockholders or affiliates, either orally or in writing.

 

5.              Nondisclosure of Proprietary Information.

 

(a)         Except in connection with the faithful performance of the Executive’s duties hereunder or pursuant to Section 5(c), the Executive shall, in perpetuity, maintain in confidence and shall not directly, indirectly or otherwise, use, disseminate, disclose or publish, or use for the Executive’s benefit or the benefit of any person, firm, corporation or other entity any confidential or proprietary information or trade secrets or intellectual property of, from or relating to the Company (including, without limitation, information, documents, techniques or other know-how or materials owned, developed or possessed by the Company, whether in tangible or intangible form, the terms of this Agreement, any information with respect to the Company’s operations, processes, protocols, products, inventions, business practices, investment performance, “track record,” finances, principals, business partners, investors, clients, personnel, strategic planning, portfolio investments and/or companies, service providers, vendors, suppliers, customers, potential customers, marketing methods, costs, prices, contractual relationships, regulatory status, prospects, and any and all information of any nature relating to the Company and its affiliates, including any vehicle(s) formed in connection therewith or as a successor thereto) (collectively, “Proprietary Information”), or deliver to any person, firm, corporation or other entity any document, record, notebook, computer program or similar repository of or containing any such Proprietary Information.  The foregoing matters are important, material and confidential proprietary information and trade secrets and affect the successful conduct of the businesses of the Company (and any successor or assignee of the Company).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Proprietary Information does not include information that (i) becomes publicly available (other than by disclosure or other wrongful act by the Executive), (ii) is contained in a publicly available document, (iii) was known to the Executive before the Executive commenced employment with the Company, or (iv) is required to be disclosed by law.  The Executive acknowledges that it is

 

4



 

reasonable and necessary for the Company to take these reasonable steps to maintain the confidentiality of its Proprietary Information.

 

(b)         Upon termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company for any reason, the Executive will promptly deliver to the Company all correspondence, drawings, manuals, letters, notes, notebooks, reports, programs, plans, proposals, financial documents, computer disk drives, flash drives, disks, or any other materials concerning the Proprietary Information in his possession.

 

(c)          The Executive may respond to a lawful and valid subpoena or other legal process but shall: (i) give the Company the earliest possible notice thereof, (ii) as much in advance of the return date as possible, make available to the Company and its counsel the documents and other information sought and (iii) assist such counsel at Company’s expense in resisting or otherwise responding to such process.

 

(d)         Nothing in this Agreement shall prohibit the Executive from (i) disclosing information and documents when required by law, subpoena or court order (subject to the requirements of Section 5(c) above), (ii) disclosing information and documents to his attorney or tax adviser for the purpose of securing legal or tax advice, (iii) disclosing the post-employment restrictions in this Agreement in confidence to any potential new employer, or (iv) retaining, at any time, his personal correspondence, his personal rolodex and documents related to his own personal benefits, entitlements and obligations.

 

6.              Inventions and Other Works.

 

During the Employment Period, the Executive may either alone or with others, author, create, conceive or develop or reduce to practice, or cause to be conceived or developed or reduced to practice, or assist in the authoring, creation, conception, development or reduction to practice of documents, materials, designs, drawings, processes, Proprietary Information and other works which relate to the Business or are otherwise capable of being used by the Company or any such affiliates (“Works”).  The Executive agrees that any and all Works and the related intellectual property and other rights in those Works including, without limitation, inventions, patents, copyrights, mask works, design rights, database rights, trademarks, service marks, internet rights/domain names, trade secrets and know-how (whether registered or unregistered and including any applications or rights to apply) subsisting anywhere in the world in any and all media now existing or hereafter created (collectively, “Works IP Rights”) will belong solely to and be the absolute property of the Company. The Executive agrees that all original works of authorship which are made by the Executive (solely or jointly with others) within the scope of and during the period of his employment with the Company and which are protected by copyright are “works made for hire,” as that term is defined in the United States Copyright Act.  The Executive hereby assigns with full title guarantee to the Company by way of present assignment all Works IP Rights, all Intellectual Property Rights in the Works.  The Executive hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives any moral rights which he may have in any Works. The Executive shall immediately disclose to the Company all Works and all Works IP Rights, and shall immediately on request by the Company (whether during or after the termination of his Employment Period) and at the expense of the Company execute all instruments and do all things necessary for vesting in the Company (or such other person as the Company may designate) all right, title and interest to and in the Works and Works IP Rights and as otherwise necessary for giving to the Company the full benefit of this clause.  The Executive further agrees that his obligation to execute or cause to be executed, when it is in his power to do so, any such instrument or papers shall continue after the termination of this Agreement.  Group LP shall have the rights of the Company in this Section.

 

5



 

7.              Injunctive Relief.

 

The Executive understands that that a breach of the covenants contained in Sections 4 and 5 will cause irreparable damage to the Company and its goodwill, the exact amount of which will be difficult or impossible to ascertain, and that the remedies at law for any such breach will be inadequate.  Accordingly, the Executive agrees that in the event of a breach of any of the covenants contained in Sections 4 and 5, in addition to any other remedy which may be available at law or in equity, the Company will be entitled to specific performance and injunctive relief, without having to post a bond or other surety.  The Executive agrees not to raise as a defense or objection to the request or granting of such relief that the Executive could compensate the Company for a breach of this Agreement by an award of money damages, and the Executive waives any requirements for the securing or posting of any bond in connection with such remedy.

 

8.              Assignment and Successors.

 

The Company may assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement to any successor to all or substantially all of the business or the assets of the Company (by merger or otherwise), and may assign or encumber this Agreement and its rights hereunder as security for indebtedness of the Company and its affiliates.  This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company, the Executive and their respective successors, assigns, personnel and legal representatives, executors, administrators, heirs, distributees, devisees, and legatees, as applicable.  The Executive may not assign, delegate or transfer any of the Executive’s rights or obligations, other than the Executive’s rights to payments hereunder, which may be transferred only by will or operation of law.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive shall be entitled, to the extent permitted under applicable law and the applicable benefit plans, programs and arrangements described under Section 2(d), to select and change a beneficiary or beneficiaries to receive compensation hereunder following his death by giving written notice thereof to the Company.

 

9.              Governing Law.

 

This Agreement shall be governed, construed, interpreted and enforced in accordance with its express terms, and otherwise in accordance with the substantive laws of the state of Delaware, without reference to the principles of conflicts of law or choice of law of the state of Delaware, or any other jurisdiction, and where applicable, the laws of the United States.

 

10.       Notices.

 

Any notice, request, claim, demand, document or other communication hereunder to either party shall be effective upon receipt (or refusal of receipt) and shall be in writing and (a) delivered personally to the person or to an officer of the person to whom the same is directed, (b) sent by facsimile, overnight mail or registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (c) sent by email, with electronic, written or oral confirmation of receipt, in accordance with the following sentence.  Such communication, in the case of the Company, shall be mailed to its principal office, and in the case of the Executive: (i) if the Executive is then employed by the Company, shall be emailed to the Executive at the Executive’s “@moelis.com” email address, and (ii) if the Executive is no longer employed by the Company, shall be mailed to the Executive’s most recent home address or emailed to the Executive’s most recently disclosed personal email address, in either case as the Executive has provided the Company in writing.

 

6



 

11.       Counterparts.

 

This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same Agreement.  Signatures delivered by facsimile, email or in PDF format shall be deemed effective for all purposes.

 

12.       Entire Agreement.

 

The terms of this Agreement are intended by the parties to be the final expression of their agreement with respect to the employment of the Executive by the Company and supersede all prior understandings and agreements, whether written or oral, including the Executive’s previous Employment Agreement with Moelis & Company Holdings LLC dated as of July 2, 2007.  The parties further intend that this Agreement shall constitute the complete and exclusive statement of their terms and that no extrinsic evidence whatsoever may be introduced in any judicial, administrative, or other legal proceeding to vary the terms of this Agreement.

 

13.       Amendments; Waivers.

 

This Agreement may not be modified, amended, or terminated except by an instrument in writing, signed by the Executive and a duly authorized officer of the Company.  By an instrument in writing similarly executed, the Executive or a duly authorized officer of the Company may waive compliance by the other party or parties with any specifically identified provision of this Agreement that such other party was or is obligated to comply with or perform; provided, however, that such waiver shall not operate as a waiver of, or estoppel with respect to, any other or subsequent failure.  No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising any right, remedy, or power hereunder shall preclude any other or further exercise of any other right, remedy, or power provided herein or by law or in equity.  Except as otherwise set forth in this Agreement, the respective rights and obligations of the parties under this Agreement shall survive any termination of the Executive’s employment.

 

14.       Construction.

 

This Agreement shall be deemed drafted equally by both the parties. Its language shall be construed as a whole and according to its fair meaning.  Any presumption or principle that the language is to be construed against any party shall not apply.

 

15.       Arbitration.

 

(a)         Except as expressly provided in clauses (b) or (c) below, if any claim, controversy or dispute arises in connection with this Agreement and Executive’s employment by the Company, the Company and the Executive agree to final and binding arbitration administered by JAMS or any successor organization or body thereto pursuant to its Employment Arbitration Rules & Procedures and subject to JAMS Policy on Employment Arbitration Minimum Standards of Procedural Fairness, with the exception that the Executive and the Company agree that no depositions will be taken, except if ordered by the arbitrator due to extraordinary circumstances.  The arbitration hearing will take place at the JAMS hearing site located nearest to the Company’s office at which the Executive is providing services or was providing services as of the date his employment or other relationship terminated.  Any such arbitration shall be before one arbitrator, who shall be a former judge, selected in accordance with the rules described above.

 

7



 

This agreement to arbitrate disputes includes, but is not limited to, any claims of discrimination and/or harassment under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, claims for breach of contract or the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing, tortious conduct (whether intentional or negligent), including claims of misappropriation, fraud, conversion, interference with economic advantage or contract, breach of fiduciary duty, misrepresentation, or any other federal, state or local law relating to discrimination in employment, any claims relating to wage and hour claims and any other statutory or common law claims.  In the course of any arbitration, the employee and the Company agree:  (1) to request that a written award be issued by the arbitrator(s); (2) that each side is entitled to receive any and all relief they would be entitled to receive in a court proceeding; and (3) that the Executive will not be required to pay any fees in the arbitration that are greater than the fees the Executive would be required to pay in a court proceeding.  Any arbitral award may be entered as a judgment or order in any court of competent jurisdiction.

 

(b)         The Executive and the Company knowingly and voluntarily agree to waive any rights that might otherwise exist to request a jury trial or other court proceeding, except that the Executive and the Company agree that each has the right to seek injunctive or other equitable relief from a court with respect to the enforcement of any obligations the Executive may have regarding any notice period the Company is entitled to, trade secrets, confidential information, non-solicitation of employees, consultants or independent contractors, non-solicitation of clients or customers, non-competition, inventions, work product or other intellectual property and non-disparagement (whether such obligations arise pursuant to this Agreement, any employee handbook, any confidentiality and/or restrictive covenant agreement, the common law or otherwise).

 

(c)          Any claims filed by the parties in arbitration must be brought in the parties’ individual capacity and not as a plaintiff or class member in any purported class, collective or representative proceeding.  In the event that the preceding sentence is ruled to be unenforceable, any such purported class, collective or representative proceeding must be heard in court and not in arbitration.

 

(d)         Each provision of this arbitration agreement is intended to be severable, and the invalidity or unenforceability of any portion or provision of this agreement shall not affect the validity, enforceability or legality of the remainder hereof.  In the event any provision of this arbitration policy is determined by any court of competent jurisdiction or arbitrator(s) to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable as written, such provision shall be interpreted so as to be legal, valid and enforceable to the fullest extent possible under applicable law.  In the event any provision of this arbitration policy is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction or arbitrator(s) to be void, the remaining provisions of this arbitration policy shall nevertheless be binding upon the parties with the same effect as though the void provision thereof had been severed and deleted.

 

16.       Enforcement.

 

If any provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable under present or future laws effective during the term of this Agreement, such provision shall be fully severable; this Agreement shall be construed and enforced as if such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision had never comprised a portion of this Agreement; and the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall not be affected by the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision or by its severance from this Agreement.  Furthermore, in lieu of such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision there shall be added automatically as part of this Agreement a provision as similar in terms to such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision as may be possible and be legal, valid and enforceable.

 

8



 

17.       Executive Acknowledgement.

 

The Executive acknowledges that he has read and understands this Agreement, is fully aware of its legal effect, has not acted in reliance upon any representations or promises made by the Company other than those contained in writing herein, and has entered into this Agreement freely based on his own judgment.  The Executive further acknowledges that, immediately prior to entering into this Agreement, the Executive is not bound by any noncompetition, nondisclosure, confidentiality, employment or other agreements (collectively, “Other Agreements”) which would prevent or restrict the performance of the Executive’s duties hereunder, that by entering into this Agreement the Executive will not be in breach of any Other Agreements or cause the Company to incur any liability with respect to any Other Agreements, and that the Executive shall indemnify and hold harmless the Company with respect to any liability arising from the breach of any Other Agreements.  The Executive further acknowledges that the Executive will be bound by the terms and conditions contained in the Company’s employee handbook, as it may be amended from time to time and will, upon request of the General Partner, sign a copy thereof from time to time.

 

18.       Section 409A.

 

It is the intent of the parties that the payments and benefits under this Agreement comply with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations and guidance issued thereunder (“Section 409A”) (except to the extent exempt as short term deferrals or otherwise) and accordingly, to the maximum extent permitted, this Agreement shall be interpreted to be in compliance therewith.  In the event that following the Effective Date the Company reasonably determines that any compensation or benefits payable under this Agreement may be subject to Section 409A, the Company and Executive shall work together to adopt such amendments to this Agreement or adopt other policies or procedures (including amendments, policies and procedures with retroactive effect), or take any other commercially reasonable actions necessary or appropriate to exempt the compensation and benefits payable under this Agreement from Section 409A and/or preserve the intended tax treatment of the compensation and benefits provided with respect to this Agreement.  Without limiting the foregoing and notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, to the extent required in order to avoid accelerated taxation and/or tax penalties under Section 409A, amounts that would otherwise be payable and benefits that would otherwise be provided pursuant to this Agreement or any other arrangement between the Executive and the Company or its affiliates during the six-month period immediately following the Executive’s separation from service shall instead be paid on the first business day after the date that is six months following the Executive’s separation from service (or, if earlier, the Executive’s date of death).  To the extent required to avoid an accelerated or additional tax under Section 409A, amounts reimbursable to the Executive under this Agreement shall be paid to the Executive on or before the last day of the year following the year in which the expense was incurred, and the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement (and in kind benefits provided to the Executive) during one year may not affect amounts reimbursable or provided in any subsequent year. The Company makes no representation that any or all of the payments and benefits described in this Agreement will be exempt from or comply with Section 409A and, except to the extent provided in this Section 19, makes no undertaking to preclude Section 409A from applying to any such payment.  The Executive shall be solely responsible for the payment of any taxes and penalties incurred under 409A or any other provision of the Code.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

9



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement on the date and year first above written.

 

 

COMPANY

 

 

 

Moelis & Company

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

Elizabeth Crain

 

Title:

Chief Operating Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Moelis & Company Group LP

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

Elizabeth Crain

 

Title:

Chief Operating Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EXECUTIVE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Kenneth Moelis

 

10





QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 23.1


CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

        We consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our report dated February 26, 2014 relating to the combined financial statements and financial statement schedule of the Advisory operations of Moelis & Company Holdings LP (which report expresses an unqualified opinion on the combined financial statements and financial statement schedule and includes an explanatory paragraph referring to certain expenses that have been allocated from Moelis & Company Holdings LP to the Advisory operations of Moelis & Company Holdings LP) appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement.

        We also consent to the reference to us under the heading "Experts" in such Prospectus.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

New York, New York
March 4, 2014




QuickLinks

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM